O X
F O
R
D
I B
S
T
U
D
Y
G
U
I D
E
S
Garrett Nagle
Briony Cooke
Geography
F O R
T H E
I B
D I P L O M A
2nd edition
3
Great
Clarendon
Oxford
the
by
University’s
publishing
Press
©
in
the
Oxford
The
All
rights
law,
by
and
of
in
in
in
be
of
excellence
No
or
or
a
United
of
in
the
Kingdom
University
research,
registered
of
Oxford.
scholarship,
trade
mark
of
It
and
furthers
education
Oxford
University
countries
2017
have
part
of
this
transmitted,
of
under
to
is
other
authors
Enquiries
sent
Oxford
Press
writing
organization.
6DP,
department
certain
the
OX2
a
been
asserted
2017
reserved.
system,
licence
should
objective
rights
permission
is
worldwide.
UK
published
retrieval
Oxford,
Press
University
moral
First
Street,
University
the
Oxford
terms
publication
in
any
University
agreed
concerning
Rights
form
may
or
by
Press,
with
the
reproduced,
or
as
means,
Oxford
outside
stored
without
expressly
appropriate
reproduction
Department,
be
any
in
the
permitted
reprographics
the
University
scope
Press,
of
at
the
the
a
prior
by
rights
above
address
above.
You
must
same
British
Data
not
circulate
condition
Library
on
this
any
work
in
any
other
form
and
you
must
impose
this
acquirer
Cataloguing
in
Publication
Data
available
978-0-19-839607-9
1
3
5
7
Paper
from
the
9
10
used
8
6
in
wood
4
2
the
production
grown
in
environmental
Printed
in
Great
of
this
sustainable
regulations
Britain
by
of
Bell
book
forests.
the
and
is
a
The
natural,
country
Bain
Ltd.
recyclable
manufacturing
of
product
process
made
conforms
to
origin.
Glasgow
Acknowledgements
We
are
and
in
grateful
Smith,
K.,
et
al.,
crowdsourcing
by
permission
Petra
to
particular
(NGI)’
237–237
©
authors
the
Table
1
of
the
publishers
for
use
of
extracts
from
their
titles
Crowdsourcing
J.Inf.
Syst.
categories
Technol.
from
Manag.
‘Economic
Vol.
12,
no.
resilience
3.
and
Reproduced
authors.
Table
from
and
following:
platforms’,
Vujakovic:
Index
the
for
from
Atlantic
International
‘How
to
Economic
Atlantic
Measure
Journal,
Globalization?
June
Economic
2010,
Society
A
Volume
2010.
New
38,
With
Globalization
Issue
2,
pp
permission
of
Springer.
Extract
from
Reproduced
‘Principles
of
Reproduced
of
EM-DAT:
The
The
use
–
D.
frans
by
We
made
to
rectify
and
http://globalization.kof.ethz.ch.
–
if
at
deaths
Database
–
per
like
copyright
Stock
to
©
Brussels,
thank
the
group,
1994-2013'
catholique
de
from
Louvain
Belgium.
following
for
permission
to
material:
Photo;
b.v./Alamy
p188:
income
Université
www.emdat.be,
would
agency
SFL
Aid.
of
UN;
p16,
p25:
Garrett
Stock
Photo;
p85:
p194,
197(l):
Garrett
Choice/Alamy
Stock
Photo;
Nagle;
Garrett
p216:
p75:
Nagle;
Nagle;
epa
p94:
p98,
p99,
WWF.
Inc.
every
but
https://www.tradeaid.org.nz/our-story/made-fair/.
Trade
Events
other
Images;
Aptara
these
Globalization’,
number
authors
p197(r):
Artwork
publication,
of
lemmens/Alamy
Bloomberg/Getty
have
and
pressphoto
p142,
of
from
Guha-Sapir
and
photographs
p139,
Trade’
Emergency
CRED,
european
Index
permission
disasters
publisher
Cover:
KOF
permission.
Fair
by
'Number
(UCL)
‘2013
by
effort
notied
the
to
of
earliest
trace
any
and
errors
contact
or
opportunity.
all
copyright
omissions,
the
holders
publisher
before
will
be
happy
Introduction
Study
Aims
This
second
2019)
will
edition
help
Study
you
Guide
(for
rst
assessment
This
in
the
to:
Guide
Study
syllabus.
•
develop
an
understanding
of
how
people,
places,
the
environment
are
connected
and
that
develop
an
awareness
understanding
•
develop
and
an
face
a
of
global
how
world
global
these
perspective
appreciation
the
of
of
the
environments,
are
of
and
an
shaped
and
sustained
diversity
and
change,
issues
and
also
provides
Units
a
comprehensive
required
provides
a
for
series
the
of
coverage
updated
questions
SL
and
of
and
all
HL
you
can
"Check
Your
Understanding",
answers,
and
exam-
interdependant
style
•
It
and
spaces
so
and
Guide
Options
challenges
"Exam
you
prepare
You
will
many
that
today.
practice"
for
learn
of
the
questions
nal
you
topics.
You
will
well
as
learning
and
data.
will
to
skills
be
develop
mark
schemes
to
help
examinations.
geographic
which
and
throughout
able
core
interpret
to
apply
research
and
this
across
and
analyse
course,
a
variety
writing
maps,
skills,
of
as
infographics
Contents
Option
A
Freshwater
1
Drainage
2
Flooding
basin
3
Water
scarcity
4
Water
management
and
–
Drainage
hydrology
ood
and
and
basins
1
Unit
geomorphology
1
1
Population
5
2
Changing
9
3
Challenges
and
2
climate
mitigation
water
quality
futures
B
Oceans
and
1
Ocean-atmosphere
2
Interactions
3
Managing
4
Ocean
coastal
coastal
margins
18
interactions
between
oceans
and
coastal
places
margins
management
C
Extreme
1
The
2
Physical
futures
3
Managing
4
Extreme
of
processed
extreme
and
extreme
D
Geophysical
Global
1
The
causes
2
The
consequences
of
26
3
Responding
to
3
environments
landscapes
Global
and
34
1
Global
38
2
Impacts
42
3
Resource
futures
46
hazards
51
4
trends
of
in
Power,
networks
2
Geophysical
hazard
risks
55
3
Human
3
Hazard
vulnerability
59
global
4
Future
adaptation
and
sport
1
Changing
2
T
ourism
and
sport
at
the
local
3
T
ourism
and
sport
at
the
international
4
Managing
F
The
sport
and
geography
1
Measuring
food
2
Food
3
Stakeholders
4
Future
systems
and
and
of
for
national
scale
scale
the
food
future
spread
in
154
resource
consumption
and
and
networks
global
power
ows
Option
G
health
food
and
Urban
and
food
and
health
disease
on
182
interactions
5
Human
development
Development
2
Changing
and
diversity
72
3
Local
opportunities
identities
responses
to
and
188
culture
global
194
interactions
6
Global
risk
and
resilience
The
variety
of
sustainability
environments
urban
1
Geopolitical
2
Environmental
and
3
Local
economic
risks
Changing
3
Urban
and
global
210
resilience
216
221
97
102
environments
4
Building
urban
can
be
found
online
at
102
systems
environmental
sustainable
and
106
social
urban
stresses
systems
for
the
205
205
risks
www.oxfordsecondary.co.uk/9780198396079
2
199
85
93
and
188
76
Answers
1
171
89
health
security
171
176
inuences
Index
in
159
165
and
physical
1
85
of
consumption
80
health
the
and
68
Unit
Option
148
68
patterns
and
142
63
Unit
tourism
change
trends
places
interactions
leisure
136
change
stewardship
Global
tourism
change
climate
consumption
Global
Leisure,
and
154
changing
2
E
global
resource
1
Option
128
security
51
and
119
123
vulnerability
climate
of
climate
systems
and
–
global
Geophysical
risk
patterns
places
136
1
resilience
development
and
opportunities
18
Unit
Option
economic
22
34
environments
environments’
and
populations
119
30
environments
characteristics
population
resilience
Unit
Option
Changing
13
Unit
Option
1
110
future
114
OPTION
A
FRESHWATER
DRAINAGE
1
The
BASIN
drainage
–
DRAINAGE
HYDROLOGY
AND
Evaporation
becomes
drainage
and
its
processes
and
boundary
of
is
an
open
regulated
include
area
The
The
various
and
throughow,
an
drainage
system.
by
is
Drainage
outputs.
the
evaporation
and
basin
tributaries.
that
basins
inputs
basin,
main
means
of
overland
vegetation,
ow
soil,
is
drained
have
and
is
the
Flows
and
a
cross
The
ow,
and
the
the
drainage
basin
which
outputs
include
base
river
stores,
precipitation,
storage.
aquifers
by
inputs,
outputs
hence
input
transpiration.
is
include
•
vapour
•
air
•
wind
•
and
stores
cryosphere
(snow
is
It
the
is
a
physical
function
process
by
which
a
liquid
of:
pressure
temperature
rock
surface,
for
rates
evaporation
which
of
example,
have
a
protective
Transpiration
is
the
loss
Evapotranspiration
vegetation
Potential
hydrology
from
PRECIPITATION
gas.
high
from
basin
a
bare
soils
and
compared
tilth
where
rocks
with
rates
have
surfaces
are
low.
inltration,
ice).
Drainage
GEOMORPHOLOGY
basin
DEFINITIONS
The
BASINS
an
and
is
of
the
water
water
surfaces
evapotranspiration
area
if
there
were
from
combined
no
is
to
the
vegetation.
loss
of
the
rate
shortage
of
water
atmosphere.
of
water
loss
water.
Channel
Interception
precipitation
FLOWS
1.VEGETATION
Stemflow
&
Inltration
throughfall
rise
.5
ground.
LENNAHC
Floods
Infiltration
Capilliary
Interflow
3.
is
the
process
by
which
water
sinks
into
the
flow
EGAROTS
Overland
2. SURFACE
SOIL
Inltration
moisture
rate
soil.
that
refers
a
to
soil
the
capacity
can
hold.
speed
Throughow
with
refers
to
refers
By
to
the
contrast,
which
water
amount
the
water
inltration
can
moving
in
of
enter
soil,
the
laterally
MOISTURE
following
natural
pipes
(percolines)
or
between
horizons.
Percolation
Capilliary
Overland
Base
rise
4.
Evaporation
run-off
occurs
when
precipitation
intensity
flow
GROUND-
Recharge
WATER
Transpiration
exceeds
the
capacity
is
refers
water
to
inltration
reached
rate,
and
moving
the
or
soil
deep
when
is
the
inltration
saturated.
into
the
Percolation
groundwater
zone.
groundwater
–
Leakage
EVAPORUN-OFF
Baseow
refers
to
the
movement
of
for
TRANSPIRATION
Transfer
groundwater
to
ow
the
water
table
must
rise
above
the
Output
river
level
water
to
provide
the
hydraulic
gradient
needed
for
movement.
Storage
Input
STORES
Precipitation
surface
sleet
from
and
the
snow.
important
for
rain
cover
is
the
transfer
Precipitation
overland
Interception
plant
is
atmosphere.
that
refers
prolonged,
and
Some
will
trickle
trunk
(stemow).
the
water
to
total
and
to
dew,
the
earth’
s
hail,
intensity
rain,
capture
direct
drop
is
of
contact
and
are
the
and
retained
raindrops
with
capacity
to
branches
Some
of
down
the
will
the
stems
leaves
and
You
be
transmit
or
later
asked
to
hydrological
cycle.
A
that
a
ows
and
diagram
glaciers,
a
soil,
most
cycle
and
vegetation,
are
important
and
varies
store
maintain
with
with
rocks
of
river
porosity
soils,
that
hold
water,
aquifers
water.
regulate
ow.
(the
amount
permeability
(the
largest
of
ability
of
pore
to
water).
cryosphere
may
important
CHECK
be
stores,
water
in
including
Aquifers
be
is
stored
store
–
the
for
trees
store
millennia.
store
more
freshwater,
Vegetation
water
than
is
and
another
grasses
or
crops.
TIP
may
moisture
spaces)
The
stores
the
hydrological
If
(throughfall).
many
cryosphere.
provide
Soil
soil.
leaves
ground
on
the
by
are
the
They
evaporated.
EXAM
There
the
the
retaining
will
along
moisture
includes
ow.
prevents
exceeded
of
It
rivers,
draw
a
diagram
of
systems
diagram
–
outputs
that
tries
lakes
and
–
to
is
a
much
show
oceans,
drainage
with
better
trees,
for
a
basin
inputs,
diagram
clouds,
YOUR
1.
Identify
2.
Briey
as
ve
UNDERSTANDING
forms
explain
open
of
why
storage
drainage
in
a
drainage
basins
can
be
basin.
considered
systems.
rainfall,
example.
Drainage
basin
hydrology
and
geomorphology
1
River
discharge
DEFINITIONS
Discharge
point
per
metres
FACTORS
refers
unit
per
of
to
second
downstream
as
the
time.
volume
It
is
(cumecs).
shown
by
of
usually
water
Normally,
the
passing
expressed
in
discharge
Bradshaw
a
certain
•
Load
cubic
increases
•
model.
•
BRADSHAW
MODEL
OF
CHANNEL
VARIABLES
–
the
course
of
a
river.
Velocity
and
Water
while
velocity
channel
and
bed
the
Gradient
–
particle
size
sharper
the
load
the
greater
the
discharge
greater
–
the
increased
the
greater
potential
gradient
the
for
velocity
and
erosion.
increases
the
rate
of
–
are
soft,
unconsolidated
easily
rocks,
such
as
sand
and
eroded.
discharge
roughness
pH
–
rates
of
solution
are
increased
when
the
water
is
and
more
load
and
erosion.
discharge
Geology
•
downstream
heavier
for
gravel,
increase
the
potential
EROSION
erosion.
•
over
AFFECTING
acidic
decrease.
•
Upstream
Human
impact
interfere
Downstream
end
up
with
–
deforestation,
the
natural
increasing
the
ow
rate
of
dams,
of
a
and
river
bridges
and
frequently
erosion.
Discharge
TRANSPORT
Occupied
channel
width
The
•
main
ow
Load
particle
Channel
bed
in
the
Saltation
along
size
the
•
Solution
•
Traction
along
MAIN
Abrasion
TYPES
(or
by
OF
corrasion)
the
Attrition
It
is
the
wearing
away
of
the
the
is
load
the
carried
wearing
by
a
creates
Hydraulic
rivers
smaller,
away
rounder
up
by
turbulent
heavier
–
of
the
particles
the
are
bounced
or
bumped
river.
action
and
in
is
Solution
(or
chemical
bed
–
heaviest
load
is
dissolved
of
the
leaves
material
is
in
dragged
the
or
water.
rolled
river.
and
twigs
are
carried
on
the
surface
river.
the
OF
RIVER
CHANNEL
LOAD
of
the
load
carried
by
a
capacity
force
of
air
and
water
on
that
a
of
a
stream
stream
can
refers
carry;
to
its
the
largest
amount
competence
refers
of
to
the
diameter
of
the
largest
particle
that
can
be
carried.
The
cracks.
corrosion)
is
the
removal
of
chemical
which
causes
rocks
to
erosion
velocity
is
the
lowest
velocity
at
which
grains
ions,
of
calcium,
the
particles.
critical
especially
held
bed
the
of
include:
are
river.
debris
sides
particles
EROSION
The
river.
–
bed
–
the
THEORY
bank
transportation
small
river.
Floatation
of
and
–
roughness
•
THE
of
quantity
•
Load
types
Suspension
a
given
size
can
be
moved.
The
relationship
between
these
dissolve.
variables
Hydraulic
is
shown
by
means
of
a
Hjulström
curve
10.0
action
5.0
Erosion
t
r
o
p
1.0
s
n
i
y
t
i
l
r
r
a
i
e
n
t
T
n
m
l
v
a
n
d
ero s
io
g
n
i
t
l
t
S
0.05
t
n
e
m
0.10
e
s
id
yticoleV
Abrasion
t
0.5
a
)s/m(
Solution
n
E
Attrition
Transport
Deposition
d
e
0.010
d
n
e
p
0.005
s
u
S
0.001
0.050.1
0.01
CHECK
YOUR
0.5
1.0
5
10
Grain
3.
Dene
the
50
100
1000
UNDERSTANDING
terms
hydraulic
action,
attrition
Clay
and
Silt
Sand
diameter
(mm)
Gravel
abrasion.
4.
Outline
the
ways
in
which
a
river
transports
its
load.
There
•
to
•
are
the
three
smallest
lift
important
and
features
largest
on
particles
Hjulström
require
high
curves:
velocities
them
higher
velocities
are
required
for
entrainment
than
for
transport
•
when
velocity
velocity)
2
Option
A
–
Freshwater
falls
particles
below
are
a
certain
deposited.
level
(settling
or
fall
Temporal
River
landforms
RIVER
REGIME
A
regime
a
river
variations
in
processes:
(1)
DEPOSITION
is
the
annual
variation
in
the
ow
of
Deposition
river.
energy.
The
is
character
inuenced
by
•
the
amount
•
the
local
•
the
amount
or
regime
several
and
rocks,
of
variable
nature
of
especially
and
the
type
of
resulting
stream
or
river
factors:
and
vegetation
oodplain,
likely
precipitation
porosity
permeability
cover.
than
during
river
is
there
is
more
precipitation,
rivers
are
more
likely
low
rst,
a
river
the
sea
a
behind
(ood)
and
oods
a
dam.
(such
as
conditions
The
smaller,
down
river
conditions
ow
include
as
or
sediment.
the
slows
occurs
ow
high
carrying
deposited
as
this
enters
during
deposition
When
occurs
T
ypically,
larger,
lighter
oodplains,
It
in
–
loses
levees
as
a
also
more
drought)
long
as
the
particles
later.
and
is
a
heavier
ones
its
across
are
Features
of
deltas.
to
FLOODPLAINS
to
be
affected
by
solution.
Floodplains
river,
The
regime
of
the
River
Shannon,
the
Shannon
at
are
at
comprising
areas
of
clay,
found
silt
or
in
the
lower
alluvium
parts
deposited
of
a
when
Ireland
river
is
in
ood.
Killaloe
40
LEVEES
)
egrahcsiD
2
mk/s/I(
When
a
river
oods,
its
speed
is
reduced,
slowed
down
20
by
friction
caused
velocity
is
It
the
drops
by
reduced
contact
the
coarser,
river
with
has
heavier
the
to
oodplain.
deposit
material
rst
some
to
As
of
form
its
its
load.
raised
0
J
F
M
A
M
J
J
A
S
O
N
banks,
D
over
or
levees
centuries
such
as
sand
at
the
and
the
edge
levees
are
gravel,
of
the
built
while
river.
up
the
of
This
means
coarse
oodplain
that
material,
consists
of
WATERFALLS
ne
Waterfalls
frequently
occur
on
horizontally
bedded
silt
and
clay.
rocks.
1
The
soft
rock
The
weight
waterfall
is
of
to
undercut
the
water
collapse
by
hydraulic
and
and
the
retreat.
lack
action
of
Over
and
support
abrasion.
cause
thousands
of
the
years,
River
the
waterfall
may
retreat
enough
to
form
a
level
in
Deposition
flood
gorge
2
of
recession.
3
Soft
rock
4
Hard
rock
River
4
3
Soft
Levee
rock
1
Raised
Broken
pieces
of
rock
hard
riverbed
5
2
1
When
load
1
Hydraulic
2
Abrasion
3
Lack
(silt
impact.
2,
of
soft
rock
by
hard
support
by
soft
3,
and
4.
Weight
EXAM
Make
just
of
water
causes
unsupported
hard
rock
to
The
river
refer
to
you
high
use
units
discharge
ow
and
low
ow).
A
sure
that
you
make
use
further
continues
has
built
material,
CHECK
that
sand)
it
bursts
closer
to
it
banks.
the
It
bank
deposits
and
the
its
coarsest
finer
load
away.
over
up
a
long
raised
time,
banks
for
called
centuries.
levees,
scale
of
–
and
is
it
would
low
be
easy
discharge
provided
–
and
a
floodplain
of
fine
consisting
of
material.
collapse.
TIP
sure
clay)
This
floods,
and
rock.
coarse
4
river
fragments.
5
of
the
(gravel
here
(or
please
to
high
make
YOUR
5.
Describe
6.
Suggest
the
UNDERSTANDING
regime
reasons
December
and
for
of
the
the
River
Shannon.
variation
in
ow
between
July.
it.
Drainage
basin
hydrology
and
geomorphology
3
River
landforms
(2)
MEANDERS
Meandering
in
motion.
from
in
ice
is
DELTAS
the
normal
Meanders
to
solid
conditions
can
rock.
where
behaviour
occur
on
Meander
channel
of
a
uids
variety
and
of
development
slope,
discharge
gases
materials
Deltas
are
a
enters
river
occurs
lagoon,
and
reduced.
load
formed
or
a
as
ocean.
A
river
standing
sediments
body
Deposition
number
of
of
occurs
factors
are
water
deposited
such
as
because
affect
the
a
when
lake,
velocity
formation
is
of
deltas:
way
that
equally
the
stream
throughout
can
the
use
up
the
channel
energy
it
possesses
•
reach.
the
amount
laden,
•
Bluff
and
salinity
–
size
of
load
–
sediments
salt-water
causes
rivers
will
clay
be
must
be
heavily
deposited
particles
to
rst
stick
line
together,
Bluff
and
coarse
they
get
heavier
and
are
deposited
line
Floodplain
•
Former
of
Valley
is
gradient
of
coastline
–
delta
formation
is
more
likely
on
positions
point
bar
gentle
widened
coastlines
Direction
by
lateral
Pool
erosion
of
Riffles
flow
Deposition
convex
the
on
bank
velocity
inside/
•
vegetation
–
plant
waters
will
slow
waters
and
so
where
is
increase
least,
deposition
B
In
time
the
meander
migrates
forms
B
down
a
point
bar
•
B
its
floodplain
in
this
low
energy
river
discharge
and/or
low
energy
wave
or
direction
tidal
Pool
formed
concave
and
Oxbow
adjacent
bank
erosion
where
are
to
outside/
the
velocity
Deltas
greatest
energy.
occur
in
three
main
forms:
lake
Point
•
bar
arcuate
–
many
distributaries
which
branch
out
radially,
B
for
example,
the
Nile
Delta
B
Former
of
Deposition
results
in
B
positions
point
•
cuspate
–
a
pointed
delta
formed
by
a
dominant
bar
the
Erosion
channel
former
meander
blocked
off
being
from
•
main
river
bird’
s
end
A
river
is
exceeds
three
said
1.5.
to
The
major
foot
–
long,
projecting
ngers
which
grow
at
the
Pool
be
meandering
wavelength
factors:
channel
of
when
its
sinuosity
meanders
width,
is
and
distributaries,
for
example,
the
Mississippi
Delta.
ratio
dependent
discharge,
of
on
the
Mississippi
nature
of
the
bed
and
banks.
New
Development
of
a
meander
(a)
through
Orleans
time
(b)
(c)
Sinuosity
is:
Pool
actual
channel
length
Nile
straight
line
distance
Riffle
Original
course
Alexandria
5
times
the
bedwidth
one
wavelength
usually
times
10
the
bedwidth
Different
Line
of
main
forms
of
deltas
current
(THALWEG)
EXAM
For
TIP
most
landforms
(of
erosion
and
deposition)
you
Meanders
should
you
learn
can
explain
features,
COMMON
Most
✗
lowland
✓
Both
MISTAKES
erosion
occurs
in
need
upland
areas
and
deposition
to
in
how
the
example,
learn
a
diagram,
landform
waterfalls
sequence
of
and
is
and
ensure
formed.
levees,
that
For
you
many
may
diagrams.
areas.
erosion
of
a
river.
and
deposition
Most
erosion
occur
takes
throughout
place
when
the
the
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
river
7.
is
for
annotated
in
CHECK
course
an
Outline
the
main
factors
required
for
the
formation
ood.
deltas.
8.
4
Option
A
–
Freshwater
Briey
explain
how
waterfalls
are
formed
by
rivers.
of
FLOODING
2
AND
FLOOD
MITIGATION
Hydrographs
DEFINITION
A
a
storm
river
ood
changes
couple
the
or
HYDROGRAPH
of
key
hydrograph
over
days.
It
a
short
shows
processes
of
how
the
is
a
graph
period,
a
such
river
that
as
a
channel
hydrological
cycle.
shows
day
or
how
a
and
responds
It
Generally,
the
the
the
at
which
river
during
a
rainfall
channel.
It
storm
run-off
Run-off:
or
is
falling
a
on
graph
a
on
event
drainage
which
is
river
plotted
rainfall,
size,
the
the
THE
greater
greater
the
GRAPH)
the
discharge,
discharge.
the
A
time.
IN
HYDROGRAPHS
number
of
factors
(rainfall
affect
•
climate
total,
•
soils
•
vegetation
(vegetation
ooding
less
(impermeable
ood
hydrographs:
intensity,
clay
soils
seasonality)
create
more
ooding)
discharge
3
in
the
basin
UNDER
reaches
discharge
against
the
(AREA
to
measures
basin
higher
larger
VARIATION
speed
SIZE
cumecs
(m
/sec)
Peak
flow
intercepts
rainfall
and
so
or
50
discharge
•
doofl
40
is
inltration
cause
likely)
capacity
much
(soils
overland
with
a
low
inltration
capacity
ow)
Rising
ni
•
reviR
limb
30
F alling
limb
or
type
thereby
Bankfull
Rainfall
•
slope
•
drainage
angle
mm
the
Run-off
or
•
dams
to
inltrate,
(the
slopes
more
there
stream
is
greater
channels
run-off)
there
that
gets
into
are
rivers
the
ow
of
water;
afforestation
schemes
llafniaR
interception
Rainf
all
20
•
basin
size,
shape,
and
relief
(small,
steep
basins
reduce
Baseflow
10
of
rise
lag
(day
1)
0000
Discharge
(day
2)
1200
(day
0000
1)
(day
3)
of
time,
the
(Q)
is
of
the
The
rising
and
the
in
ash
a
limb
speed
volume
river
ood
response
is
in
of
ow
during
cumecs,
indicates
at
which
or
rapid.
in
It
a
passing
given
through
period
of
a
the
it
is
small
is
that
is,
m
time
amount
of
increasing.
drainage
generally
/s).
discharge
It
is
basins
steep
in
very
steep
where
ow
Steep
discharge
catchments
catchments
will
throughow
and
is
and
peak
discharge.
run-off
overland
low,
rainfall
channel
high
The
strong
is
–
the
this
pore
main,
can
is
be
rates,
between
the
by
shorter
•
a
steeper
•
a
higher
•
a
steeper
is
more
basins.
rates;
so
peak
have
very
AND
THE
STORM
lag
are
different
to
rural
ones.
They
have:
time
rising
peak
limb
ow
(discharge)
recessional
limb.
because
areas
there
(roofs,
drainage
are
more
impermeable
pavements,
channels
roads,
(gutters,
surfaces
buildings)
drains,
as
in
well
as
sewers).
at
more
shape,
is
impermeable
will
important
is
a
of
slow
the
inuenced
and
atter
between
infiltration
into
where
the
rocks
movement
river’
s
by
behaviour
gradients
is
surface
dominate
groundwater
supplier
composition
Where
flow
of
Baseow
gentler
bulk
rainfall
basin
relationship
moisture,
limb
larger
hydrographs
a
and
is
discharge.
basin
of
have
and
size,
local
aquifers.
permeable
CHECK
rocks
the
order.
overland
catchments,
where
arrive).
HYDROLOGY
•
This
urbanized
inltration
inuenced
throughow.
long-term
recessional
inuences
peaks.
seepage
spaces.
geological
Larger
It
antecedent
Baseow
lower
in
inltration
interval
reveals
and
higher
have
stream
curve
ow
high
and
the
and
time
is
high
lower
time
The
the
will
have
Lag
steepness,
Urban
urban
or
oodwaters
shape
the
catchments.
Peak
basin
HYDROGRAPH
the
measured
while
(hours)
3
(usually
•
water
disrupt
increase
Throughflow
cross-section
•
steeper
density
more
URBAN
•
water
10
CHARACTERISTICS
•
allow
storm
ni
30
Time
•
will
peak)
time
segment
1200
•
rocks
ood
Approach
40
Time
•
(on
the
Lag
50
0
•
(permeable
reducing
discharge
peak
20
rock
recession
recessional
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
limbs.
9.
Briey
explain
how
climate
and
soils
inuence
hydrographs.
10. Explain
how
an
urban
hydrograph
differs
from
a
rural
one.
Flooding
and
ood
mitigation
5
Land-use
POTENTIAL
change
HYDROLOGICAL
and
EFFECTS
ood
(a)
OF
risk
Forest
Precipitation
URBANIZATION
Interception
Evaporation
Urbanizing
inuence
Potential
hydrological
response
Soil
Removal
of
trees
and
Decreased
vegetation
evapotranspiration
interception;
and
increased
Rock
stream
sedimentation
Water
Initial
construction
houses,
streets
of
Decreased
and
lowered
culverts
inltration
groundwater
increased
storm
runs
and
dry
baseows
development
and
After
clearcut
periods
Decreased
residential,
reducing
interception
Increased
surface
sediment
production;
time
of
low
evaporation
run-off
flow
more
tree
commercial
industrial
and
concentration,
areas
run-off;
porosity,
and
of
soil
during
Little
Complete
and
the
table;
ows
(b)
decreased
infiltrates
through
increasing
discharge
landslides
roots
that
to
due
stream;
to
weaken
decaying
soil
strength
thereby
peak
discharges
Soil
compaction
and
compressing
distribution
of
the
the
time
ow;
Landslide
greatly
increased
run-off
and
volume
ood
of
damage
Increase
potential
Construction
of
storm
Local
in
relief
from
and
channel
concentration
improvements
oodwaters
ood
After
urbanization
of
may
problems
aggravate
downstream
Large
from
Urbanization
has
lower
a
a
greater
impact
on
sediment
ooding;
(c)
drains
in
channel
processes
in
and
the
increase
urban
storm
in
run-off
surfaces
sewers
Storm
This
part
is
parts
of
because
of
drainage
more
drainage
basin
urban
than
areas
the
are
upper
found
course.
in
the
sewers
lower
basins.
DEFORESTATION
Deforestation
on
ood
can
have
hydrographs.
a
similar
The
impact
presence
increases
interception,
increases
evapotranspiration.
reduces
to
of
urbanization
vegetation
overland
ow,
and
CHANNEL
reduces
interception,
evapotranspiration.
shorter
In
of
time
deforested
higher
is
and
intervals
for
Hence
peak
risk
greater
becomes
ow,
and
hydrographs
reduces
Channel
to
and
have
is
increased.
frequencies,
greater
when
The
likely
urbanization.
industrial
likely
hydrological
to
is
over
because
(for
a
to
allow
more
a
reduced
channels
the
vegetation
more
broader
conversion
make
way
urbanization
widespread
impact
and
water
.
from
Thus
of
an
an
6
the
and
12. Describe
urban
Option
time
the
straight.
lags
levees
are
(raised
peak
and
so
to
banks)
may
and
create
This
likely
ow
channelization
area,
enlargement
new
speeds
be
higher
.
is
a
of
to
carry
However
,
the
threat
Enlarging
rivers
straightening
reduce
water
reduced.
enables
be
channels.
up
to
remove
ood.
COMMON
MISTAKE
occur.
✗
All
oods
✓
An
annual
have
the
same
impact.
on
ood
a
50-year
low-frequency
trees
quite
may
may
be
only
a
few
centimetres
deep
processes.
YOUR
11. Describe
channelization,
may
whereas
CHECK
be
so
through
purpose
water
to
include
Channelization
to
for
to
likely
movement
risk
deforestation
to
are
and
much
example,
development,
and
have
occur
This
changes
developments
it
to
modications
straightening.
These
ows.
the
is
land-use
agriculture),
tourist
ood
MODIFICATIONS
deforestation
removed.
than
occur
ood
contrast,
overland
causes
higher
areas
Deforestation
area
increases
This
magnitudes,
recurrence
cover
lags
In
more
UNDERSTANDING
hydrological
impacts
of
the
removal
of
vegetation.
the
impact
of
urbanization
area.
A
–
Freshwater
on
channels
in
ood
could
be
high-magnitude
powerful
low-magnitude
and
damaging
ood
events.
a
metre
ood
than
deep.
events
the
are
The
much
high-frequency
Flood
prediction
FORECASTING
According
to
publication
number
of
warnings.
•
•
better
These
rainfall
gauging
better
and
•
better
of
be
done
snow-pack
rivers,
need
to
be
of
estimates,
collection
of
of
information
ood
better
and
meteorological
incorporated
about
into
agencies,
relief
meteorological
and
hydrological
in
ood
basins
and
of
stream
within
be
sharing
risk
oods
information
among
forecasting
and
throughout
all
risk
the
is
drainage
and
of
reseeding
•
property,
Much
time
available
of
the
ood-ghting
depends
proong
use
and
includes
on
to
people
sealing
covering
of
techniques,
efciency
warn
includes
valves,
the
removal
terracing
of
and
walls,
such
as
forecasting
clear
sewer
buildings
people
and
the
area.
the
sparsely
include
However
and
Its
many
lack
limited
of
use.
environmental
Physical
ood
the
control
abatement
decreasing
ood
of
ways
peak
of
vegetated
of
slopes
reduce
such
the
and
clearance
sediment
of
as
the
in
a
of
and
amount
of
drainage
reducing
areas
contour
run-off
protection
overgrazing,
of
to
ood
peaks.
increase
and
ploughing
or
coefcient
vegetation
clearcutting
construction
of
small
•
preservation
of
natural
of
from
wildres,
forests
other
debris
from
headwater
water
and
water
sediment
storage
holding
zones,
such
include
the
areas
as
lakes.
the
machinery.
Flood
diversion
of
measures,
levees,
of
river
channels.
of
river
engineering.
in
the
upper
appropriate
Levees
small
contrast,
are
the
Reservoirs
drainage
in
by
reservoirs,
basin.
and
the
most
store
common
excess
However,
drainage
modication
this
form
rainwater
may
only
be
networks.
STUDY
In
PROTECTING
THE
1993,
over
a
century
following
heavy
rain,
many
of
the
levees
MISSISSIPPI
collapsed
For
–
of
to
losses
to
construction
CASE
involves
•
Flood-
by
design.
it
given
countries
strategy.
makes
money,
streams
sandbags.
adjustment
as
are
insurance
adjustments
number
comprehensive
and
and
a
of
treatment
world.
MEASURES
action
that
underinsured.
countries
reducing
are
evaporative
•
Emergency
and
reforestation
•
EMERGENCY
aid
such
developed
have
measures
abatement
thereby
There
agencies
both
FLOODS
diversion.
include:
•
In
loss-sharing
hazard-resistant
two
aid,
assistance
be
OF
disaster
any
disaster.
may
poor
modication
These
•
insured
on
to
households
many
basin.
basins
a
important
are
depend
run-off,
needed
assessment
an
in
and
Flood
information
international
shared
between
organizations
of
is
include
refers
technical
following
that
Event
control
aid
and
ood-prone
those
human
and
ood
needed
timely
should
insurance
AMELIORATION
adjustments
staff
community
ood
is
and
technology
equipment,
all
AND
Disaster
availability
elevation
complete
countries
Loss-sharing
insurance.
channels
information
public
general
the
improve
a
models
the
in
are
not
infrastructure,
national
involved
to
Programme’
s
there
rainfall
mapping
and
sharing
among
•
and
forecasters,
more
Environment
assessment
a
more-current
assessment
•
and
could
of
and
populations,
channels
Nations
PREVENTION
include:
forecasts
information
•
United
that
mitigation
WARNING
warning
things
improved
longer
the
Early
AND
and
the
Mississippi
has
been
damage
mapped,
allowing
was
the
river
estimated
to
to
be
ood
over
its
$12
oodplain.
billion
yet
The
only
2
protected
the
USA
and
and
agricultural
used
to
regulated.
it
affects
regions.
control
A
The
some
river
of
the
number
ooding
and
of
the
drains
USA’
s
one-third
most
methods
effects
of
43
of
important
have
been
•
stone
and
•
dams
to
earthen
hold
straightening
Altogether
controlling
are
nearly
back
of
over
the
levees
to
raise
the
water
in
times
of
the
$10
channel
billion
Mississippi,
$200
million.
to
has
and
banks
annual
the
river
ood
remove
been
of
water
spent
speedily.
on
maintenance
costs
Over
surge
protection
death
than
and
to
50
occurred
to
its
some
were
left
been
created
by
ports
at
Orleans
New
However,
river
example,
at
New
and
own
is
and
Orleans
YOUR
a
a
Hurricane
new
Baton
if
the
much
Rouge
7-metre
Katrina
In
leading
Mississippi
would
so
that
would
have
have
the
be
defunct.
prevented
levees
the
ooded.
hurricane
scale.
channel
so
below
were
Orleans’
s
massive
schemes
ood
land
New
geographers,
1.5metres
13. Distinguish
in
mid-1970s,
below
of
km
during
on
devices
protection
5.5metres
CHECK
the
New
Orleans
25,000
breaches
destruction
According
including:
•
died.
more
to
ooding
people
2005
ank
average
the
river
this.
For
river.
level
level.
UNDERSTANDING
between
a
levee
and
a
ood
relief
channel.
14. Explain
the
term
“ood
Flooding
abatement”.
and
ood
mitigation
7
Flood
control
–
ood
channels
protective
measures
along
Sluice
Bypass
Enlarged
Sluice
or
channel
channel
pumping
station
Sluice
Flood-relief
Enlarged
channel
channel
2
Channel
enlargement
to
3
Flood-relief
channel.
This
is
Embankments
accommodate
1
Flood
The
embankments
main
raise
problem
ood
levels
with
with
sluice
this
upstream
is
gates.
it
One
may
is
and
downstream.
problem
that
as
the
only
rarely
with
weed.
larger
with
discharges.
such
enlarged
used
it
appropriate
schemes
channel
becomes
modify
is
be
clogged
where
original
rather
it
impossible
channel
expensive,
ood-relief
is
as
e.g.
channels
it
to
tends
to
the
around
Oxford
UK.
Intercepting
Old
development
Dam
channel
free
Old
from
ooding
river
channel
Dam
Washlands
Old
New
enlarged
river
4
Intercepting
channels.
divert
only
away,
allowing
and
part
of
ow
agricultural
Great
Ouse
in
UK.
the
These
the
5
Flood
ow
for
use,
Protection
is
town
e.g.
Redeveloped
channel
Embankments
storage
widely
used,
reservoirs
the
purposes
Scheme
control
especially
created
may
role,
channels
reservoirs.
for
have
such
along
a
as
the
This
as
solution
6
many
is
water-supply
secondary
the
ood
intercepting
Loughton
The
Brook,
removal
rarely
settlements.
because
of
This
cost,
although
many
communities
were
forced
leave
as
the
1993
UK.
of
used
restored
area
to
Mississippi
Valmeyer,
a
result
oods,
of
e.g.
Illinois.
Tributary
Floodplain
Main
river
Urban
CHANNEL
area
MODIFICATION
EXAM
Modication
of
river
channels
includes
raising
the
When
(to
hold
more
water),
straightening
the
river
(to
writing
ow
and
remove
the
water
as
quickly
as
creating
new
channels
(ood-relief
channels)
be
water
when
strengthened
less
vulnerable
the
river
with
to
is
steel
in
or
ood.
Channels
concrete
to
as
make
the
loss
can
made
are
the
most
common
form
of
in
This
is
when
the
banks
of
the
river
height
so
sediment.
that
the
Levees
river
can
can
also
be
carry
more
used
to
restrict
Flood
water
to
low-value
km
the
land
on
the
ood
4,500
Channel
of
Mississippi
improvements
sediment
will
increase
such
the
as
River
has
dredging
YOUR
15. Identify
two
carrying
capacity
river
of
the
bed
reduce
8
in
which
ood
revegetation
of
an
ooding.
Option
A
–
life,
economic
loss
or
number
of
warnings
Freshwater
area
MISTAKE
protection
all
measures
will
protect
measures
protect
a
settlement
Flood
oods.
a
protection
given
magnitude/recurrence
against
interval.
For
a
ood
example,
on
the
Mississippi
withstand
a
could
100-year
at
New
caused
Hurricane
ood.
Orleans
However,
are
could
help
the
designed
to
oodwaters
of
UNDERSTANDING
ways
how
of
homeless.
by
Katrina
were
river.
improved.
16. Explain
named,
levees.
the
so
CHECK
a
details
plain.
levees
Over
use
and
divert
of
and
you
oods
are
✓
and
sure
the
river
against
water
of
also
✗
increased
make
erosion.
levees
engineering.
dates
them
COMMON
Articial
oods,
with
to
people
carry
example,
possible)
such
and
about
speed
located
up
TIP
banks
be
the
levees
were
breached.
a
150–200-year
ood
WATER
3
Water
SCARCITY
SCARCITY
AND
WATER
QUALITY
scarcity
THAT
AFFECTS
•
LICs
Economic
physically
Where
water
scarcity
•
supplies
affect
Physical
LICs
meet
in
water
consumption
water
are
inadequate,
types
of
water
needs,
particular:
scarcity
exceeds
needs
two
60%
some
are
occurs
of
where
the
countries
water
usable
such
as
Saudi
T
o
help
Kuwait
import
much
of
their
food
and
required
Little
Not
or
countries
of
more
their
Water
an
scarcity
extended
of
at
in
least
29consecutive
The
of
the
The
severity
increased
humans
of
addition,
hosepipe
washing
LICs,
the
access
to
exhaustion
adequate
of
water
traditional
supplies
sources,
such
is
and
seasonal
as
rivers.
2025
bans,
Partial
of
a
and
which
0.2
drought
how
can
on
days
is
a
the
leading
drought
with
less
period
of
average
is
than
at
least
daily
the
upon
water
include
an
QUANTITY
an
the
in
crop
private
in
is.
yields,
illnesses
increase
in
res,
or
WATER
needs
to
In
lack
safe
access
sanitation.
be
to
The
that
and
affected
pesticides
and
World
other
by
to
safe
4
adequate
countries
parasitic
farming,
processes
drinking
water
availability
water
infrastructure
•
cost
deaths
diseases.
and
and
water
•
water
from
by
and
(WHO)
year
cholera,
Water
are
hepatitis,
quality
may
fertilizers
metals
transport.
people
supplies
sewage,
heavy
for
many
each
particularly
waste
quality
too
Organization
million
disease,
•
of
an
affordable
organic
from
of
Health
around
industrial
access
be
developing
water-related
malaria
from
forest
gardens
also
consumption.
estimates
length
shortage
reduced
increase
watering
AND
Water
from
depends
dehydration),
ban
weather
mm.
severe
mortality,
a
dry
Absolute
drought
during
drought
to
of
dryness.
cars.
WATER
in
by
that
consecutive
exceed
animal
(linked
15
days
not
drought
impacts
in
countries.
2025
period
extreme
rainfall.
does
and
many
QUALITY
conditions
rainfall
large
in
than
DROUGHT
of
on
as
cereal
consumption
0.2mm
projects
scarcity
import
50%
of
embarking
its
facilities
estimated
will
period
meet
transport
scarcity
no
Indicates
a
mean
water-development
country
scarcity
Economic
is
will
and
a
to
plants.
Physical
to
this
storage
where
resources
in
wells
Drought
–
occurs
water
Arabia
invest
affected
desalinization
scarcity
sufcient
additional
sub-Saharan
In
and
but
expensive
supply.
water
has
and
Factors
and
acids
affecting
include:
water.
QUALITY
DISTRIBUTION
CHECK
The
world’
s
available
freshwater
supply
is
not
YOUR
17. Distinguish
evenly
around
the
globe,
either
seasonally
or
from
•
water
physical
water
scarcity
and
scarcity.
year.
18. Dene
•
between
year
economic
to
UNDERSTANDING
distributed
About
three-quarters
containing
less
Two-thirds
of
receiving
only
than
the
a
of
a
annual
third
world’
s
quarter
of
rainfall
the
world’
s
population
of
the
occurs
live
world’
s
in
the
term
“drought”.
areas
population.
in
the
annual
areas
rainfall.
Water
scarcity
and
water
quality
9
Environmental
impacts
of
agricultural
and
IRRIGATION
rivers,
from
Irrigation
is
the
addition
insufcient
water
taken
surface
from
for
of
adequate
stores,
CONSEQUENCES
water
OF
to
areas
crop
such
as
where
growth.
lakes,
there
Water
dams,
is
can
irrigation,
be
each
In
T
exas,
irrigation
as
much
as
Pakistan,
much
as
50
•
IRRIGATION
has
m.
By
irrigation
6
m
since
reduced
contrast,
has
raised
1922,
the
in
the
and
water
the
table
Indus
water
caused
Irrigation
by
as
individual
surface
reduce
as
may
the
earth’
s
10%.This
be
is
by
Plain
table
by
Plains
in
replaced
by
one
a
with
as
in
also
in
in
the
T
ypes
case
amounts
T
exas,
and
of
of
irrigation
paddy
are
elds,
measured
soils
have
increases
in
in
areas,
range
to
out
drip
to
precipitation.
such
as
been
linked
with
Under
natural
have
sparse
However,
in
changes
tornadoes.
areas
summer.
cause
semi-arid
the
and
rates
amount
irrigated
complete
increase
of
Large-
High
rainfall,
conditions
and
these
dry
soils
areas
vegetation
and
summer
the
increased
vegetation
when
summer
Evapotranspiration
sandy
green
of
semi-arid
(reectivity)
reective
dark
as
plant
can
hailstorms
widespread
albedo
because
groundwater.
precise
irrigation
moist
can
much
where
Irrigation
salinization.
•
from
ooding,
reservoirs
scale
•
or
total
activities
there
have
cover.
have
been
rainfall.
crops.
SALINIZATION
Poor
drainage
concentrate
•
Irrigation
frequently
leads
to
Even
increase
in
the
amount
of
salt
in
In
the
arid
often
soil.
This
occurs
when
are
Capillary
close
forces
surface
where
leaving
behind
that
it
is
to
the
may
any
carrying.
regions,
poor,
soil
drainage
evaporation
is
good-quality
irrigated
land.
water
rates
and
contains
can
leave
irrigation
some
dissolved
behind
tonnes
salt
of
high
and
the
water
table
is
low.
hectare
each
salt
per
year.
surface.
bring
it
evaporation
on
groundwater
are
levels
and
salts
an
water
be
soluble
This
to
the
evaporated
is
salts
known
as
salinization
•
Some
rice,
irrigation,
requires
especially
huge
paddy
amounts
Unless
salts
are
below
root
level,
washed
soil
down
salinity
will
Irrigation
of
stunt
growth
and
eventually
As
water
evaporates
in
all
but
the
most
resistant
sun,
the
occurs
salinity
water
behind
levels
of
increase.
large
raise
metre
of
groundwater
the
surface,
levels
bringing
to
up
plants.
more
remaining
a
the
off
hot
can
kill
within
water.
the
This
dissolved
subsoil
and
salts
root
from
the
aquifer,
zone.
also
dams.
EUTROPHICATION
Time
Eutrophication,
or
bodies
algal
nutrient
enrichment,
of
water
Sunlight
and
a
has
led
decline
to
in
blooms,
species
oxygen
diversity
.
starvation
While
1.
there
Nutrient
load
up:
5.
excessive
is
a
strong
body
of
evidence
to
link
nutrients
Death
oxygen
fertilizers
are
ushed
with
increased
use
of
nitrogen
the
land
into
rivers
or
some
scientists
phosphates
from
There
number
farm
argue
sewage
that
where
a
of
are
the
stakeholders
•
eutrophication
Fish
organisms
life
a
is
and
other
die.
cause.
involved
layer
in
3.
the
reach
no
rainwater.
increased
algae
are
ecosystem:
lakes
possible.
by
fertilizers,
the
levels
from
point
eutrophication
of
from
increased
Algal
blooms,
algal
bloom,
oxygen
is
depleted:
process:
chemical
fertilizer
fertilizers
to
companies
that
wish
to
sell
reaching
and
preventing
other
oxygen
in
plants.
the
sunlight
The
water
plants
is
die
depleted.
farmers
•
governments
that
•
farmers
who
want
wish
make
greater
to
to
produce
grow
more
more
food
food
decomposers
and
nutrient
a
prot
material
•
health
organizations
organizations
that
and
wish
environmental
to
have
safe
water
2.
Plants
these
•
consumers
who
want
cheaper
food,
but
flourish:
pollutants
aquatic
may
also
drinking
CHECK
up
water
YOUR
19. Briey
10
end
A
the
cost
of
making
the
–
process
algae,
other
clean.
UNDERSTANDING
explain
Option
paying
of
salinization.
Freshwater
4.
cause
Decomposition
dead
plants
further
are
depletes
broken
down
oxygen:
by
who
plant
growth
duckweed
of
bacteria
and
more
decomposers,
oxygen
in
the
using
up
even
water.
plants.
20. Briey
explain
the
eutrophication.
changes
in
a
stream
that
result
from
Human
pressures
POPULATION
As
populations
grow,
pressure
growth
increased
pressure
certain
The
increases
Middle
contains
of
its
on
the
over
water
world’
s
in
6%
water
and
of
As
the
15
water
uneven
growth
there
Urban
are
Lakes
is
areas
likely
to
population
population
likely
water-scarce
(MENA)
efuent.
face
the
to
region
but
increases,
intensify.
countries
are
be
aquifers
China
The
and
polluted
sewage,
largest
India.
increase
in
1.4%
The
results
of
by
oil,
UNEP
The
Nubian
Sandstone
Aquifer
from
on
sulphur
of
lakes
survey
chemical
and
decades
acidication
are
and
nitrogen
there
lakes
in
has
there,
South
shown
fertilizers,
industrial
are
been
and
Korea
also
and
Japan.
below.
pressure
the
of
Global
variations
in
eutrophication
MENA
Region
region.
of
recent
impacts
a
run-off
acidication
sources
Over
the
transboundary
only
Twelve
in
may
phosphates,
an
Africa
world’
s
is
resources
so
stress.
North
the
resources
on
is
locations.
economic
East
freshwater.
the
in
rapid
and
POLLUTION
Population
greatest
lakes
GROWTH
increases.
experiencing
on
System
under
Percentage
of
lakes
and
the
reservoirs
suffering
from
2
Sahara
Desert
is
over
2
million
in
km
area
and
offers
eutrophication
great
and
potential
irrigation
Project
(from
region
to
for
the
region.
channels
the
access
such
Sahara
more
to
Careful
as
the
Libya)
freshwater
use
Great
would
of
the
aquifer
Man-made
enable
the
River
Asia-Pacic
54
Europe
53
MENA
resources.
Africa
CASE
28
North
America
48
South
America
41
STUDY
GROUNDWATER
POLLUTION
IN
The
BANGLADESH
rst
identied
There
in
has
been
Bangladesh.
arsenic
wells.
that
be
in
It
Estimates
as
For
many
30
sunk
supply
as
by
wells
drinks
lung,
been
the
85
million
a
of
COMMON
All
✓
Some
water
of
by
up
125
in
or
the
wells,
free
for
a
naturally
from
the
year.
arsenic
tube
arsenic
will
water.
convenient
But
killing
the
One
will
10
people
ultimately
the
which
die
who
of
cancer.
is
lungs,
solution
collect
the
tube
easy
to
millions
sink
of
renewable
resource
aquifer
thousands
fell
as
the
of
the
annual
use
of
the
aquifer
will
decrease
years
ago
groundwater
in
that
in
a
a
ll
wetter
its
usually
an
the
Skin
ingesting
fatal.
their
water
all
of
their
poison.
bladder
and
lives
1983.
the
cancers
thirties
in
typically
the
Bangladeshi
of
were
India,
cancer
especially
epidemic
in
lesions
–
The
doctors
by
2010.
forties
people
who
in
their
to
the
water
a
lter
they
the
problem
from
are
is
system.
the
soft
wells
use
to
is
soil,
water
possible
as
replace.
alluvial
have
concrete
Other
Neither
designed
delta’
s
to
gutters.
convenient
Tube
and
for
revolutionized
wells
tens
as
are
of
access
water.
YOUR
how
the
UNDERSTANDING
lakes
term
may
used
to
become
identify
polluted.
a
water-bearing
rock.
non-
helped
exceeds
start
skin
Bengal,
disease.
cancers,
people
peasants
21. Explain
considered
water
in
West
years.
include
wells
slow
in
people
are
be
productive
22. State
be
will
most
solutions
a
expect
drinking
CHECK
can
to
been
to
is
border
after
which
victims
arsenic-induced
internal
have
to
renewable.
groundwater
is
warned
butts
from
years
and
One
one-
water
in
20
danger
were
of
the
poisoning
real
bacterial
was
MISTAKE
groundwater
occurs
The
Bangladesh
contamination,
groundwater.
suggest
population
Unicef,
a
Arsenic
occurring
the
drinking
of
that
cancers
Organization
million
providing
water
containing
skin
lead
of
through
Health
its
the
children
tested
water
bladder
tube
surface
million
never
naturally
the
✗
of
drinking
of
incidence
caused
World
following
millions
of
the
pumped
by
years,
was
occurs
has
in
arsenic-contaminated
contamination
quarter
increase
groundwater
affected
has
an
cases
across
the
climate.
If
regeneration,
size.
Water
scarcity
and
water
quality
11
Internationally
A
SOURCE
OF
shared
water
which
CONFLICT
is
non-renewable.
increase.
As
populations
resources.
factor
in
Many
Water
many
drinking,
grow,
resources
societies,
industry
societies
greater
and
are
demands
are
and
now
the
becoming
needs
dependant
the
on
is
Grand
the
more
than
limiting
water
for
primarily
on
groundwater
,
Nile.
It
Grand
Africa’s
is
designed
megawatts
double
of
Ethiopia’s
of
supplies
fail,
lead
Ethiopian
largest
Renaissance
The
inequity
steps,
considered.
building
6,000
water
be
Ethiopian
Blue
produce
a
of
on
to
The
Ethiopia
made
availability
agriculture
now
are
resources
usage
such
to
increased
mass
unrest
Renaissance
dam,
This
Dam,
for
will
develop,
water
freshwater
consequences.
be
migration.
and
for
forced
Water
to
can
When
take
needs
lead
to
water
drastic
shortages
may
also
wars.
Dam
opportunity
disaster
societies
political
populations
as
civil
and
As
demand
for
Ethiopia
could
spell
Egypt.
to
electricity,
current
output.
Med.
Nile
nearly
Sea
of
IRAN
IRAQ
provides
all
Egypt’s
water.
N
i
l
Cairo
e
The
Sudan
will
of
the
power
receive
by
the
dam.
By
stabilizing
some
produced
the
Nile’s
LIBYA
flow,
EGYPT
S
A
R
Dam
A
R
U
A
D
B
will
I
Sudan
A
flooding,
I
e
Aswan
it
S
d
more
to
also
prevent
consume
water
and
agricultural
a
e
increase
allow
Egypt
of
the
claims
flow
output.
two-thirds
based
on
a
The
treaty
it
signed
Sudan
in
with
stakeholders
SUDAN
CHAD
the
B
include
u
l
1959.
governments
e
ERITREA
N
Ethiopia
i
Khartoum
of
Egypt,
YEMEN
as
the
Sudan,
people
as
who
e
l
well
and
will
make
use
of
the
water.
W
h
Addis
is
no
longer
SUDAN
enough
satisfy
water
the
to
t
e
The
N
eli
SOUTH
This
Ababa
Grand
Renaissance
Dam
project
will
cost
approximately
US$4.8
bn.
ETHIOPIA
I
growing
L
population
(1.8%
A
growth
in
2015)
and
UGANDA
0
M
agricultural
sector.
The
500
O
CONGO
In
March
Ethiopia
2015
and
approved
dam
as
“significant
of
signed
a
construction
as
there
harm”
is
to
Egypt,
There
declaration
ultimate
use.
Ethiopia
produce
only
power.
will
be
of
the
no
downstream
the
is
just
20
Sudan
km
border.
km
KENYA
leaders
Sudan
that
long
the
dam
from
is
also
uncertainty
used
downstream
for
over
the
insists
dam’s
that
Egyptians
irrigation,
it
will
fear
it
reducing
supply.
countries.
EXAM
different
information
the
impact
drainage
energy,
12
CHECK
TIP
Consider
ways
about
of
the
dams,
basins,
water
Option
A
–
you
could
Renaissance
the
sustainability,
that
Dam.
management
security,
water
etc.
Freshwater
use
of
the
For
example,
international
supply,
renewable
YOUR
23. Outline
the
24. Suggest
UNDERSTANDING
benets
reasons
development
of
to
why
the
Sudan
Egypt
GERD.
of
does
the
not
GERD.
approve
of
the
WATER
4
MANAGEMENT
Increased
THE
BUILDING
OF
dam
LARGE
FUTURES
building
almost
DAMS
the
The
number
being
built
CASE
of
is
large
dams
increasingly
(more
rapidly
than
and
15
is
m
high)
reaching
that
are
level
of
a
Kariba
The
the
THREE
Three
GORGES
Gorges
world’
s
100
kilometres
Dam
largest
metres
high.
long.
ever-increasing
Advantages
dam
times
on
dam,
The
The
need
and
can
more
world’
s
China’
s
at
lake
dam
for
over
2
behind
was
Yangtze
River
is
has
dams
Hoover
include
(USA),
and
will
generate
the
largest
supply
long
and
the
over
600
built
electricity
dam
is
help
meet
to
and
of
water
the
Three
moved
the
the
China’
s
drains
China’
s
storage,
were
700
as
Gorges
rice
1.8
up
to
Aswan
HEP
China's
energy
for
18,000
Dam
dam,
megawatts,
and
the
50%
Itaipu
in
eight
more
than
the
Paraguay.
Up
to
for
the
sustainable
and
valley
Yangtze
contains
square
kilometres
to
dependency
Shanghai
economic
on
and
coal.
be
an
area
development.
million
China
people
died
as
a
from
result
of
to
river
400
Over
make
basin
million
kilometres
water
800
existence
a
million
to
a
way
for
provides
people.
and
people
the
dam
66%
The
of
river
discharges
annually.
(over
ooding
in
300,000
the
thin
the
slopes
the
to
above
530
the
is
tonnes
The
port
of
silt
are
the
head
as
a
result
a
delta
Most
oods
join
the
raised
The
region
river
may
in
way
and
had
resettlement
it
is
colder
slopes.
needed
but
pressure
on
the
may
be
of
at
carried
of
increased
the
head
starved
of
through
the
lake
the
may
deposition
of
silt,
the
and
lake.
and
The
erosion
of
result.
recent
Yangtze
for
steep
greater
at
of
20th
is
make
Wanxian
therefore
relatively
causing
to
respectively,
available
afforestation
up
the
people
level,
on
development
of
moved
example,
dam.
million
coastline
be
for
land
sea
and
people
annually.
silted
of
load,
to
80,000
above
soils
silt
of
had
towns,
and
Much
metres
resettlement
Up
of
140,000
infertile
reduce
people
Dozens
ooded.
Gorge
ooding
of
million
dam.
with
over
T
o
Chongqing,
1.2
Fuling
the
10
of
The
million
cubic
mouth
in
a
culture.
Dam
the
protects
out
lake.
become
people
from
Disadvantages
reduced
earmarked
moves
urban
and
kilometres
disadvantages
than
next
population
with
It
Famous
(Brazil),
(Zimbabwe).
western-style
is
It
day.
Tucurui
more
to
It
every
(Ghana),
DAM
Advantages
The
completions
STUDY
the
THE
two
Akosombo
years
below
have
the
come
Three
from
Gorges
rivers
which
Dam.
century).
It
allows
shipping
water
levels
gorge
into
It
has
by
a
generated
the
the
metres,
dam:
and
the
turned
dams
the
have
rapids
in
the
lake.
construction
with
above
90
the
availability
of
jobs,
industrial
of
cheap
both
in
its
development
is
seismically
The
contribute
thousands
and
frequent.
to
weight
seismic
Archaeological
associated
energy.
Zhang
the
It
Fei
cost
as
River
much
as
active
the
and
water
landslides
behind
are
the
lake
may
instability.
treasures
temple.
Yangtze
of
The
were
dam
Dolphin
$70
drowned,
has
is
including
interfered
now
believed
with
to
the
aquatic
be
life:
extinct.
billion.
Beijing
N
Great
Wall
.
R
l
l
e
Y
o
w
Sanmenxia
YELLOW
SEA
Dam
Three
Gorges
Dam
Banqiao
.
R
Jialing
a
Y
n
River
z
t
g
Wuhan
Shanghai
e
Reservoir
Sandouping
0
500
Chongqing
km
CHECK
YOUR
25. Describe
1945
the
and
UNDERSTANDING
distribution
2005
(as
of
shown
large
on
dams
page
built
between
17).
Water
26. Outline
the
main
advantages
of
large
dams.
management
futures
13
Integrated
IDBM
to
drainage
deliver
freshwater
for
water
basin
sustainable
resources.
management
use
of
uses
a
basin-wide
is
economically,
sustainable.
when
Missouri
of
For
and
of
consulted
often
which
states.
needs,
$16
construction
socially
are
with
river,
biodiversity,
is
and
is
forests,
and
spawning
grounds
for
water
for
20
industry,
million
mining,
important
oodplain
problems
seen
was
lost
as
sh.
ecosystem
An
the
farming
due
river
is
to
articial
Danube,
for
a
it
levees.
has
lakes,
wetlands,
provides
important
source
of
80%
drinking
important
production.
of
the
It
is
original
projects,
declining
and
water
In
other
biodiversity,
River
lower
Corridor
.
This
consists
and
the
areas,
increased
the
water
,
tourism,
Another
on
forests
in
through
the
used
to
benet
However
,
payments
ha
the
the
Danube
from
for
Costa
owners
water
quality
forest
are
not
owners
enough
and
Moldova,
Danube
of
Green
protected
wetlands,
This
reduce
has
pollution,
sheries
Rica,
private
for
users
and
reduced
and
and
wildlife.
pay
of
(Bulgaria,
support
benets
of
focuses
directive.
network
to
from
forest
it
monitoring
sites.
payments
This
and
protected
other
late
Europe.
Lower
ha
newly
the
management
countries
habitats
comes
some
where
a
tax
hydroelectric
maintaining
in
lowland
quantity
.
The
sedimentation
power
behind
have
complained
to
economically
be
their
areas
that
viable.
UNDERSTANDING
outline
the
main
management
the
of
in
economic
Framework
400,000
through
made
YOUR
a
of
areas.
regulation
companies
dams.
is
upland
basin
new
and
basin
Water
oodwaters,
provide
use
accidents,
river
whom
Protection
established,
200,000
capacity
example
fossil-fuel
companies
of
retain
and
of
the
of
inert-basin
and
Eastern
for
established
100,000
restoration
Corridor.
Freshwater
the
EU
some
change
political
of
from
ooding.
made
political
much
from
the
Ukraine)
28. Outline
–
risks
pollution
countries,
of
was
(IDBM)
and
which
W ith
era
(ICPDR)
of
17
Commission
and
wetland
in
spills
War,
management,
addition,
basin
A
new
Romania
27. Briey
Option
a
occurred
quality,
CHECK
14
Cold
impossible.
International
Danube
purify
Danube
economically
construction
erosion,
combination
Europe’
s
The
its
energy
Over
1993
of
and
and
route.
The
the
1990s,
information
the
not
were
failure
success.
is
at
a
also
and
needs.
by
occupied
by
implementation
were
to
the
a
on
states
needs
on
the
due
known
It
focused
people
economic
of
well
people,
USA
downstream
meadows
transport
included
the
are
on
is
basin
and
biodiversity,
toxic
divided
1980s
for
agriculture,
development
conict
management
wetlands
management
and
possible,
in
development
billion,
and
management
longest
in
and
with
oodplain
an
The
framework
always
Indigenous
estimated
contrast,
second
rivers
compared
an
oodplain
their
basin
post-1940s
benetted
upstream
over
cost
drainage
Mississippi
ignored
oods
poor
example,
building,
expense
for
not
and
the
Examples
high
is
countries
of
industry
were
other.
frequent.
In
It
management
draining
plans
limited
that
neighbouring
of
(IDBM)
world’
s
It
especially
dam
the
management
environmentally
each
basin
PLANS
Integrated
aim
drainage
aims
of
integrated
drainage
plans.
successes
of
the
Lower
Danube
Green
Wetlands
RAMSAR
The
Ramsar
conserve
fen,
CONVENTION
Convention,
wetlands,
peatland
permanent
owing,
Ramsar
types,
classication,
and
gravel
earth's
surface,
are
of
OF
salt”.
are
ones,
which
15%
30%
are
or
that
Thus,
of
static
Between
or
to
the
coastal
and
wetland
bogs,
RIVER
KISSIMMEE
MANAGEMENT
–
THE
RIVER
articial,
is
reservoirs,
oodplains
STUDY
CHANGING
marsh,
natural
represent
are
to
of
according
marine,
as
treaty
“areas
natural
such
now
as
water
categories
Wetlands
swamps,
VALUE
or
30
human-made
pits.
with
there
into
international
wetlands
whether
brackish
subdivided
nine
THE
water,
temporary,
fresh,
and
20%
or
or
an
denes
CASE
only
barrages
6%
26%
and
are
2%
inland
of
lakes.
WETLANDS
1962
deepen,
which
deep
was
The
and
1971
straighten
ood
canal.
loss
widen
into
The
protection
channelization
unintended
engineering
and
transformed
drainage
provide
the
fens,
are
to
a
river
for
of
the
90-kilometre,
was
land
the
changes
were
Kissimmee
10-metre
channelized
adjacent
Kissimee
made
River
,
to
River
to
the
river
.
had
several
impacts:
•
the
•
a
90%
2,000
to
14,000
hectares
of
reduction
of
in
wading
bird
waterfowl
•
a
continuing
long-term
decline
and
in
wetlands
game
usage
sh
populations.
Wetlands
provide
environmental
many
important
social,
economic
and
benets.
Concerns
led
Functions
Products
to
a
about
state
result
was
unmatched
control
accretion
Fisheries
Biological
existing
ecosystems
restoration
Game
Culture
deposition
a
massive
restoration
project,
on
study.
a
scale
diversity
1999
and
2015
over
100
square
kilometres
and
of
and
of
supported
elsewhere.
Between
Sediment
sustainability
federally
Attributes
The
Flood
the
and
river
and
associated
wetlands
were
restored.
The
heritage
project
Groundwater
created
over
11,000
hectares
of
wetlands.
Forage
recharge
The
Groundwater
costs
of
restoration
•
The
project
•
Restoration
cost
over
$410
million.
T imber
of
the
river's
oodplain
may
result
in
discharge
Water
purication
Storage
of
losses
during
wet
of
water
due
to
evapotranspiration
Water
periods.
organic
matter
Food-chain
Benets
of
•
water
Higher
natural
support/cycling
•
Water
higher
restoration
river
levels
should
ecosystem
Reestablishment
of
ultimately
support
a
again.
oodplain
wetlands
and
the
transport
associated
nutrient
ltration
decreased
nutrient
loads
function
should
result
in
T
ourism/recreation
•
LOSS
The
AND
loss
factors,
and
DEGRADATION
degradation
of
wetlands
is
caused
by
including:
•
increased
•
population
•
infrastructure
•
river
•
invasion
•
natural
ow
for
agricultural
and
in
such
as
usage
the
species
and
drought
some
Dissolved
the
Potential
development
non-native
key
cases
oxygen
survival
bird
have
of
Lake
species
returned
numbers
levels
sh
such
to
the
have
have
and
Okeechobee.
as
more
doubled,
other
wading
restored
than
tripled.
which
aquatic
birds
area,
is
critical
species.
land
growth
regulation
of
•
of
waterfowl
for
demand
causes
several
Populations
and
to
pollution
and
revenue
(such
restored
as
associated
hunting
river
and
could
regional
economies.
CHECK
YOUR
with
increased
shing)
and
signicantly
recreational
ecotourism
enhance
local
on
and
hurricanes.
29. Outline
the
30. Distinguish
of
UNDERSTANDING
main
advantages
between
natural
of
wetlands.
and
human-induced
loss
wetlands.
Water
management
futures
15
Community
WATER
Water
and
participation
SUPPL
Y
resources
SUSTAINABLE
can
communities
be
managed
make
changes
sustainably
locally
and
if
individuals
this
Water
by
national
government.
Use
can
be
self-imposed
when
such
it
as
is
bath
awareness
There
restraint.
essential,
are
water.
of
example,
Education
issues
many
For
minimizing
and
waste,
using
and
campaigns
encourage
opportunities
to
water
increase
water
reusing
can
water
water
•
redistribute
•
water
in
reservoirs
water
from
for
use
wetter
in
increase
local
conservation.
freshwater
dry
There
its
(for
areas
example,
The
is
seasons
to
drier
recycle
that
has
but
already
could
be
been
used
used
for
so
is
other
•
harvesting
extraction
primitive
rivers
forms
water
water
•
pumping
These
of
and
lakes
irrigation
screw),
can
behind
from
be
aided
dams
(for
such
by
and
aquifers
achieved
low-technology
can
for
water
places
a
t
and
tapped
use
be
as
example,
our
It
is
out
and
using
on
In
banks
either
from
those
the
of
water
but
a
right
to
the
nation’
s
long-term
social
from
use,
their
have
to
meet
peoples’
water
and
resources
economic
recognizing
change
over
that
time.
to
basic
domestic
reserved.
apportionment
should
public
interest,
use
a
to
society
in
be
and
carried
sustainability,
manner
out
management
using
equity
and
the
of
criteria
which
reects
the
value
efciency
of
water
by
shaduf
while
ensuring
that
basic
domestic
needs,
and
requirements
are
rocks).
of
the
environment
and
international
met.
high-technology
Responsibility
should,
catchment
regional
interested
or
or
parties
rivers
and
lakes,
to
where
level
possible,
in
such
participate
a
and
be
delegated
manner
reach
as
to
to
a
enable
consensus.
right
it,
locations,
the
but
it
rate
of
is
of
Cape,
all
citizens
to
have
access
to
basic
water
although
(the
provision
of
potable
water
supply
and
especially
groundwater
removal
important
that
and
disposal
of
human
excreta
and
waste
may
the
necessary
to
afford
them
a
healthy
environment
rate
an
equitable
and
economically
and
environmentally
recharge.
South
basis
Adapted
South
should
from
Africa,
be
supported.
Department
Water
law
of
Water
Affairs
and
principles
Africa
useful
what
what
is
is
to
are
done
in
being
back
up
your
given
on
this
your
done
home
to
answers
page.
area
make
to
sure
with
You
provide
that
it
evidence.
could
is
nd
water,
used
sustainably.
Stone
CHECK
Option
A
–
Freshwater
plinth
YOUR
for
water
collection,
Antigua
UNDERSTANDING
31. Explain
the
meaning
32. Outline
the
main
law
16
only
which
(bunds)
collecting
other
pumps,
exceed
Eastern
examples
(more)
of
TIP
always
Some
be
resources
Forestry,
EXAM
may
of
Source:
dam,
society
required
sustainable
Check
use
gravity
(water-bearing
with
collected
children.
not
the
methods.
burden
by
does
managing
of
on
of
of
development,
water)
be
all,
for
the
women
ownership
optimum
should
services
this
to
control.
purposes).
The
Water
no
allocations
obligations
trapping
common
national
–
the
•
to
includes:
from
Archimedes
be
achieve
water
Water
Africa
areas
grey
not
resource
objective
to
The
drinking
a
subject
shall
needs
water
South
use.
The
conservation
is
be
benet
retain
of
only
supplies
supplies:
•
principles
WATER
reduced
should
by
OF
is
All
supported
law
USE
principles.
of
the
objective
term
of
“water
South
harvesting”.
Africa’
s
water
Exam
The
maps
practice
below
show
the
number
of
large
dams
around
the
world
in
1945
and
2005.
Storage
3
capacity
<
5
5
–
–
25
25
–
50
50
–
100
100
(i)
Describe
(ii)
Outline
(b)
Explain
(c)
Either
Discuss
one
the
)
10
10
<
(a)
(km
the
the
distribution
main
advantage
view
that
of
changes
and
large
to
two
the
dams
in
1945.
distribution
disadvantages
agricultural
activities
of
of
large
the
inevitably
dams
by
2005.
development
lead
to
a
of
decline
large
in
dams.
water
(2
+
2
quality.
(2
marks)
(2
marks)
+
2
marks)
(10
marks)
(10
marks)
Or
Evaluate
the
efforts
to
protect
wetlands
from
increasing
human
pressures.
Water
management
futures
17
OPTION
B
OCEANS
AND
OCEAN–ATMOSPHERE
1
Ocean
SURFACE
COASTAL
INTERACTIONS
currents
OCEAN
•
CURRENTS
Warm
currents
temperatures
Surface
ocean
prevailing
pattern
clockwise
the
in
the
ocean
caused
by
the
steadily
across
currents
is
northern
inuence
the
sea.
roughly
hemisphere
and
of
The
circular
westerly
main
in
ow,
anticlockwise
in
•
of
the
UPWELLING
ocean
is
cold
on
or
temperatures
depends
the
waters
Many
where
eastern
the
oceans
ocean
experience
currents
nutrients,
from
upwelling
currents
the
ocean
are
move
oor
found
upwelling
cold
to
off
water,
the
the
currents,
rich
surface.
coast
of
However,
such
coast
and
of
but
as
of
the
only
if
regions
(with
the
the
North
south-west
support
upwelling
in
areas
the
effect
North
is
Labrador
America
wind
of
only
Atlantic
north-west
the
raise
aid
noticeable
Drift
raises
Europe.
Current
may
the
prevailing
off
reduce
blows
from
the
summer
the
land.
California
CURRENTS
equatorial
temperatures
temperature,
warm.
from
polar
example,
currents
north-east
currents
current
For
winter
Cold
of
winds).
winter.
the
hemisphere.
effect
whether
are
blowing
surface
southern
The
on
currents
winds
of
MARGINS
important
current,
periodically
off
during
El
the
Niño
Africa.
These
sheries.
coast
of
The
nutrient-rich
best-known
Peru,
disappears
events.
Such
Ocean
Peru,
conveyor
belts
Cold
deep
Warm
Heat
current
surface
release
current
to
atmosphere
Equator
Driven
upper
by
Known
Ocean
Some
CHECK
1.
2.
as
YOUR
Identify
benet
18
temperature
then
thermohaline
scientists
the
ocean
in
and
conveyor
Outline
of
changes
latitudes
belts
are
speculate
moving
and
cold
circulation,
important
that
salinity,
back
this
for
global
large
toward
ocean
the
phenomenon
the
transfer
warming
of
could
currents
includes
energy
weaken
of
ocean
currents
on
the
climates
margins.
two
ways
human
Option
B
–
in
which
ocean
currents
may
activities.
Oceans
and
Coastal
Margins
the
and
this
UNDERSTANDING
impact
are
in
constant
motion,
moving
heat
from
the
equator
to
the
equator.
Gulf
Stream,
nutrients
circulation
which
around
and
the
leave
moderates
northern
Europes
world.
some
regions
relatively
cooler.
climate.
sea
to
El
Niño
EL
El
and
La
Niña
LA
NIÑO
Niño
–
the
atmospheric
involves
a
intervals
two
“Christ
Child”
circulation
warming
between
of
in
the
two
–
is
the
a
reversal
southern
eastern
and
ten
Pacic
years,
of
the
Pacic
that
and
occurs
lasts
La
normal
Ocean.
for
Niña
east
It
of
at
up
NIÑA
normal
cold
to
been
CONDITIONS
The
circulation
Walker
IN
is
the
in
low
THE
normal
PACIFIC
that
occurs
America
winds
upwelling
of
the
waters.
contrast,
blow
cold,
conditions
Its
with
with
off
the
impact
unusual
unusual
current
Pacic
whereby
water
Pacic.
and
cold
equatorial
High-altitude
OCEAN
that
Ocean.
strong
coast
extends
rainfall
It
ows
is
easterly
of
South
beyond
patterns
temperature
an
from
winds
push
America
the
in
into
Pacic
the
patterns
the
intensication
Sahel
in
the
and
has
and
in
Canada.
flow
east–west
Rising
circulation
intermittent
the
linked
India,
NORMAL
an
upwelling
western
years.
South
is
across
latitudes.
offshore,
air
Descending
air
Near
causing
nutrient-rich
Surface
Low
flow
High
Equator
In
warm
surface
pressure
water
pressure
SOUTH
is
pushed
into
the
western
Pacic.
Under
AMERICA
normal
conditions,
sea
surface
temperatures
AUSTRALIA
(SST
s)
in
the
causing
an
producing
America
exists,
western
area
high
SST
s
and
of
Pacic
low
high
are
Pacific
Ocean
28°C,
and
T
owards
lower,
conditions
over
pressure
rainfall.
are
are
South
Several
up
pressure
to
degrees
1m
higher
warmer
than
in
and
Eastern
Pacific
dry.
120°
180°
120°
60°
Upwelling
cold
encourages
water
growth
brings
of
nutrients
plankton
and
and
fish
stocks
EL
NIÑO
CONDITIONS
IN
THE
PACIFIC
•
OCEAN
in
Zimbabwe
compared
During
El
patter n
in
the
Niño
of
air
easter n
wester n
souther n
oscillation
circulation
Pacic
Pacic
is
rise
ows
as
into
episodes,
reversed.
warm
the
Water
water
east
the
normal
•
the
temperatures
from
of
the
heavy
the
food
with
rains
Zika
in
virus
South
(there
pressure
develops
over
the
increased
by
over
America
was
more
enabled
whereas
high
pressure
wester n
rainfall
Pacic.
occurs
over
develops
flow
South
the
wester n
Pacic
catches
down
20%
over
air
Rising
air
heavy
America
Surface
High
whereas
for
Pacic.
Consequently,
coastal
spread
water
easter n
Descending
the
the
stagnant
Fish
Pacic,
50%
breeding).
High-altitude
Low
prices
2015
flow
Low
Equator
experiences
pressure
pressure
SOUTH
warm,
dry
conditions.
AMERICA
The
2015–16
El
Niño
event
is
believed
to
AUSTRALIA
have
had
been
many
the
second
impacts.
strongest
For
on
record.
Pacific
Ocean
It
example:
Drought
in
Australia’s
green
belt
Floods
•
around
100
million
people
experienced
Increase
in
bush
Peru
water
and
food
southern
Africa
experienced
its
driest
35
180°
120°
60°
currents
MANAGING
THE
IMPACTS
OF
EL
NIÑO
is
CHECK
difcult
to
manage
the
impact
of
these
events.
In
the
YOUR
Compare
Niño
events
could
not
be
predicted
accurately
.
Now
sensors
across
advance:
one
supplied
with
Some
they
•
some
of
there
though
to
Pacic
predicted
and
that
so
people
remain,
large
the
are
the
food
affect
resources
•
was
problems
•
fish
to
predict
far
in
El
Niño
advance
moved
from
water
–
move
beyond
range
months
that
the
UNDERSTANDING
conditions
normal
conditions
in
the
and
south
during
Pacic
El
Niño
Ocean
conditions.
there
4.
are
colder
past
under
El
to
AND
NIÑA
3.
It
force
years
offshore
LA
Chile
year
Warm
for
and
shortages
120°
•
in
fires
Peru
vulnerable
Outline
the
impacts
of
the
2015
El
Niño
event.
in
was
areas.
however:
parts
countries
of
the
globe,
affected
do
not
not
just
have
the
Pacic
the
cope
indirect
trade
impacts
and
aid
on
other
parts
(teleconnections).
of
the
world
Ocean–atmosphere
interactions
19
Hurricanes
Hurricanes
Indian
(known
Ocean
low-pressure
winds,
and
ooding
by
500
and
moist
24
erratic
so
it
A
It
damage
may
air
is
be
not
in
water.
High
causes
possible
to
rainfall
give
for
that
such
as
characterised
due
their
of
up
origin
to
Their
more
a
a
calm
strong
belt
to
pressure
has
up
800
may
winds
to
km
drop
central
300
wide.
by
that
area
path
than
km
wide.
In
fully
over
a
80
air
most
The
whole
localized
rise.
the
eye.
hurricane
as
areas
Some
into
excess
start
of
tropical
disturbances
tropical
storms
Hurricanes
Sea
with
temperatures
•
Warm
•
The
water
of
heat
ever
only
equator
so
that
rotation
of
the
to
area
speeds
the
be
to
to
creates
118
set
kph
CASE
of
the
main
hurricane
Philippines
the
by
winds
were
killed
About
up
in
the
315
were
of
the
destroyed.
mph).
(since
to
the
every
make
Over
year.
Philippines.
landfall,
10,000
people
Those
Visayas,
little
or
are
no
The
storm
in
the
surge
area
in
caused
the
sea
path
water
a
depth
of
enough
(the
rotation
force
in
60
m.
away
from
caused
the
rising
by
air
the
the
mass.
0.1–0.9
per
year
1.0–2.9
per
year
and
more
per
year
tracks
Oceans
living
in
among
even
the
the
so
was
knocked
making
hardest-hit
poorest
the
greater
in
typhoon
risk
of
economic
out
and
communication
areas,
the
future
is
such
as
Philippines.
caused
cost
there
an
food
the
job
$15
no
only
by
eastern
Many
already
and
about
was
possible
had
vulnerable
insecurity
.
billion.
of
waters
to
6.
–
Power
signal,
estimated
and
Coastal
Margins
YOUR
Describe
the
B
m.
savings
population
5.
Option
6
phone
CHECK
20
warm
Leyte.
buildings
The
typhoons
struck
cyclone
(195
of
20
Haiyan
tropical
kph
province
70–80%
about
T
yphoon
violent
to
over
mobile
experiences
2013,
most
with
Haiyan
mph).
tracks
HAIYAN
November
was
(74
millibars.
radio.
It
is,
hurricane,
rise
In
of
that
STUDY
TYPHOON
The
may
10%
conditions.
3.0
location
and
about
Average
The
warm
hurricane).
far
force
higher
hurricanes,
27°C
the
be
cause
only
above
over
extend
Coriolis
earth)
that
true
under
drives
to
depressions,
thunderstorms
However,
form
has
latitudes
pressure
become
must
that
low
tropical
produce
storms.
needs
low-pressure
from
low
wind
generally
the
heat
small-scale
these
tropical
•
the
developed
They
provides
as
of
is,
to
develop
proper
known
cause
Hurricanesmove
latitudes.
strong
ooding.
to
insufcient
also
and
intense
hazards
is
intensity
invariably
is
are
This
Pacic
are
rainfall,
other
Hurricanes
of
This
heavy
cause
South
measures.
very
up
bring
and
always
warning.
has
that
seas.
hours
hurricane
also
the
Japan)
waves
tropical
evacuation
in
in
quantities
in
hours’
“cyclones”
“typhoons”
mudslides.
mm
12
as
as
systems
high
enormous
over
is
and
the
UNDERSTANDING
distribution
of
hurricanes
as
shown
map.
Outline
the
main
impacts
of
T
yphoon
Haiyan.
in
Oceans
THE
as
CARBON
a
source
and
store
of
carbon
•
CYCLE
Oceans
are
dioxide
the
largest
CO
sink
on
2
Earth.
90%
Atmosphere
(CO
750
Over
of
settled
the
in
world’
s
the
time,
carbon
over
has
ocean.
)
2
•
Photosynthesis
dioxide
time,
the
0.5
Vegetation
geological
into
organic
deep
turns
organic
carbon
ocean.
In
circulation,
carbon
oor
be
could
carbon
material.
settles
a
thermohaline
on
lifted
Over
into
the
to
ocean
the
surface,
610
60
so
5.5
the
ocean
could
become
a
60
121.3
1.6
source
of
rather
CO
than
a
sink.
2
•
Fossil
fuels
Oceans
play
a
carbon
cycle.
key
role
in
the
&
cement
The
major
reservoirs
production
of
carbon
dioxide
are
the
oceans
4,000
Soils
92
12
(38,000
×
kg
10
of
carbon),
fossil
1,580
12
fuels
90
Rivers
of
(10,000
carbon)
×
and
10
the
kg
atmosphere
12
kg
of
carbon).
Photosynthesis
by
plankton
(750
•
Surface
ocean
×
10
1,020
generates
organic
compounds
of
dioxide.
Some
50
100
carbon
of
this
91.6
40
Marine
biota
Deep
3
material
ocean
Storage
in
passes
through
the
food
GtC
38,100
4
Fluxed
in
chain
GtC/yr
and
sinks
to
the
ocean
6
0.2
oor
Dissolved
where
it
is
decomposed
into
organic
6
carbon
<700
Sediments
150
sediments.
at
•
subduction
Carbon
during
•
The
very
volcanic
to
is
destroyed
of
may
be
released
activity.
carbon
atmosphere
long
it
zones.
dioxide
transfer
ocean
OCEAN
Eventually
dioxide
involves
from
a
time-scale.
ACIDIFICATION
1
Ocean
acidication
is
caused
by
Atmospheric
carbon
anthropogenic
(man-made)
Less
More
acidic
acidic
dioxide
sources
CO
–
as
carbon
emissions
industrial
such
plants,
power
vehicles
and
from
2
stations,
planes.
2
3
Dissolved
Hydrogen
More
acidic
oceans
are
carbon
beginning
shellsh
to
kill
beds
off
and
coral
reefs
threaten
dioxide
and
Increasing
ions
acid
+
H
2
sh.
Water
stocks
CO
of
Carbonic
O
2
H
H
CO
2
3
acidication
Bicarbonate
reduces
calcication
in
coral,
ions
resulting
in
slower
growth
Carbonate
and
–1
ions
HCO
weaker
skeletons.
Oceans
absorb
3
–2
CO
around
a
million
dioxide
every
tonnes
hour
and
of
are
3
carbon
now
Deformed
30%
more
acidic
than
they
were
shells
last
century.
Reef
the
pecies
1990
and
the
growth
has
due
to
a
of
by
Barrier
some
14%
combination
YOUR
Outline
Great
rate
declined
temperature
CHECK
7.
On
coral
since
of
ocean
acidication
stress.
UNDERSTANDING
the
reasons
the
process
for
the
acidication
of
the
oceans.
8.
Explain
of
ocean
acidication.
Ocean–atmosphere
interactions
21
INTERACTIONS
2
Physical
BETWEEN
inuences
on
OCEANS
AND
coastal
WAVES
COASTAL
landscapes
SUBAERIAL
AND
WAVE
PROCESSES
Human
Constructive
PLACES
activity
waves:
•
Can
increase
•
Sea
defences
run-off
and
erosion
Subaerial
•
Depositional
•
Also
called
•
Long
•
Low
•
High
•
Swash
waves
“spilling”
wavelength,
or
low
“swell”
•
surface
•
rain
run-off
wash
waves
height
•
weathering
•
mass
landslides,
frequency
(6–8
per
by
wind
movement
–
and
soil
frost
creep,
slumps
minute)
Corrosion
period
(one
every
8–10
seconds)
•
greater
than
backwash
salt
crystallization
weaker
•
blue-green
down
Long
algae
help
break
rock
wavelength
Biotic
•
Low
disintegrates
layers
factors
burrowing
and
browsing
organisms
height
Abrasion/corrasion
Shallow
gradient
•
Elliptical
orbit
wearing
away
material
hurled
of
(rocks,
against
cliff
by
sand)
Hydraulic
it
•
air
Destructive
•
Erosional
•
Also
•
Short
pressure
compression
and
of
trapped
sudden
release
waves:
waves
Hydraulic
Currrents
called
“surging”,
“storm”
or
“plunging
waves”
•
generated
waves
wavelength,
high
(wave
by
and
•
tides
shock
High
•
Low
frequency
•
Backwash
(10–12
waves
height
per
up
to
2
30
•
action
pounding
tonnes/m
minute)
Solution
period
(one
every
5–6
seconds)
•
dissolving
other
greater
than
acid
Short
in
limestone
by
and
carbonic
seawater
Attrition
wavelength
•
wearing
smaller,
High
of
minerals
swash
down
more
of
broken
rounded
materials
into
particles
height
Sub-aerial,
•
Steep
Circular
salt
or
cliff-face,
weathering:
processes
the
process
include:
by
which
sodium
and
gradient
orbit
magnesium
thereby
•
weakening
freeze–thaw
freezes,
•
compounds
and
in
joints
and
cracks,
structures
weathering:
expands
biological
rock
expand
the
degrades
weathering:
process
jointed
carried
out
whereby
water
rocks
by
molluscs,
TIDES
sponges
and
urchins.
It
is
very
important
in
low-energy
coasts.
T ides
by
are
the
regular
movements
gravitational
pull
of
of
the
the
sea’
s
moon
surface
and
the
caused
sun
on
the
LITTORAL
oceans.
T ides
coastlines.
are
The
greatest
tidal
in
range
bays
and
(difference
between
high
Littoral
tide
and
low
tide)
controls
the
vertical
range
of
have
a
weathering
scouring
effect
and
and
biological
remove
activity.
or
longshore
drift
is
the
movement
of
sediment
erosion,
along
deposition,
DRIFT
funnel-shaped
It
can
the
coastline.
also
debris.
Land
Direction
steepest
Swash
of
slope
SEDIMENT
There
•
are
Mass
many
sources
movements
of
sediment
provide
Backwash
supply.
large
amounts
of
Longshore
material
Prevailing
which
•
may
Rivers
and
bury
mostly
sands)
to
beaches
carry
the
and
sediment
protect
wind
drift
cliffs.
(ne-grained
silts,
clays
coast.
Plan
•
Periglacial
for
•
of
material
for
The
cliffs
frost-shattered
view
Sea
shingle
Wind
•
Volcanic
sea
produces
This
may
large
amounts
protect
the
of
cliff
CHECK
bars
transport
and
erosion
B
–
sediments
shorewards
forming
transport
may
carries
produce
Oceans
9.
YOUR
Contrast
the
UNDERSTANDING
movement
of
swash
and
beach.
beaches.
and
activity
Option
the
building.
erosion.
may
offshore
by
beach
further
sea
•
22
provide
beaches.
Erosion
from
•
processes
dust
and
a
lot
and
of
ash
Coastal
ne
for
sand.
beaches.
Margins
10. Outline
two
forms
of
hydraulic
action.
backwash
on
a
Coastal
landforms
CLIFFS
The
STACKS
prole
of
a
cliff
depends
upon
a
number
of
factors
Plan
including:
•
geological
•
subaerial
•
amount
of
•
rates
removal
•
stage
Rocks
to
of
of
of
marine
2
A
natural
3
A
sea
resistance
an
are
overhang.
of
control
weaknesses
WAVE-CUT
the
easily
Jointing
in
the
shape
platforms
(also
platforms
platforms
and
of
eroded
may
rock,
the
called
and
are
determine
just
as
the
arch
unable
the
angle
of
stack
platforms)
platforms),
platforms.
include
high-tide
Wave-cut
platforms
1
are
Wave
refraction
Weaknesses
found
in
high-energy
environments
and
are
forming
2
less
view
headland
cliff.
shore
(wave-cut
low-tide
frequently
typically
a
PLATFORM
intertidal
most
in
processes
development.
dip
Wave-cut
caves
undercutting
location
may
Side
Two
structure
and
low
support
view
1
than
500
m
wide
with
an
angle
of
about
1º.
Caves
concentrates
such
as
joints
or
erosion
cracks
in
on
the
the
sides
rock
are
of
headlands.
exploited,
caves.
enlarge
and
are
eroded
further
back
into
the
headland
A
until
eventually
the
caves
from
each
side
meet
and
mass
and
an
arch
is
formed.
3
cliffs
(1)
are
replaced
by
a
lengthening
platform
and
Continued
the
cliffs
(5),
subjected
to
subaerial
processes
rather
arch
frost
and
cause
standing
weathering
the
roof
of
the
arch
movements
to
collapse,
enlarge
forming
a
stack.
than
Wave
by
erosion,
lower
high
angle
refraction
concentrates
wave
energy
on
the
sides
action,
of
headlands.
If
there
are
lines
of
weakness,
these
may
be
Cliff
salt
weathering,
or
1
biological
2
3
4
5
and
lower
sea
Wave-cut
form
level
caves,
Over
time
these
may
be
enlarged
and
and
if
the
caves
on
either
side
of
a
to
headland
platform
merge,
levels
widened.
action
Sea
during
eroded
an
arch
is
formed.
Further
erosion
roof
collapse,
and
weathering
different
of
the
arch
may
cause
the
to
leaving
an
climates.
upstanding
stack.
produces
stump.
a
The
eventual
erosion
of
the
stack
BEACHES
SPITS
Beaches
which
are
are
an
accumulation
sheltered
and/or
of
have
sand
a
or
large
shingle
supply
in
of
areas
sediment
A
spit
land.
Storm
beach
–
a
semi-permanent
found
at
highest
the
noticeable,
Berms
–
ridge,
beach
ridges
level
spring
of
up
the
by
levels
tides
a
is
beach
found
of
sand
on
or
shingle
indented
linked
coastlines
or
at
one
at
river
end
to
mouths.
small-scale
For
example,
along
are
common
and
a
coast
where
headlands
and
bays
built
successive
of
is
It
tides
near
mouths
(estuaries
and
rias),
wave
or
energy
is
reduced.
They
generally
have
a
thin,
attached
storms
end,
Cusps
–
the
proximal
smaller
embayments
recurves.
the
the
Spits
and
often
a
larger,
become
distal
curved
end
as
with
waves
found
undergo
in
end,
semi-circular
shingle
or
refraction.
Cross-currents
or
occasional
storm
at
shingle–sand
waves
may
assist
this
hooked
formation.
interface
EXAM
If
you
of
a
of
form
is
materials,
Sediment
rate.
affected
tidal
size
by
range,
affects
the
and
beach
size,
wave
prole
shape
and
using
physical
explain
Beach
TIP
are
the
a
diagram
feature,
processes
to
make
that
help
sure
have
explain
that
you
formed
the
add
formation
labels
that
it.
composition
characteristics.
through
its
percolation
CHECK
YOUR
11. Briey
12. Explain
Interactions
UNDERSTANDING
explain
the
the
formation
formation
between
of
oceans
a
of
wave-cut
platforms.
spit.
and
coastal
places
23
Eustatic
CHANGING
Sea
levels
ice
sheets.
in
sea
level.
ago,
sea
The
Land
SEA
change
of
At
level
of
rise
of
the
relative
an
a
ice
change
the
to
glacial
m
land
varies
also
result
sheet.
to
of
with
refers
100–150
the
as
change
ADVANCING
connection
height
was
removal
land
in
the
isostatic
LEVELS
Eustatic
level
may
and
the
of
The
level
in
relation
localized
of
the
sea
or
sea
to
the
in
known
the
as
According
•
years
to
RETREATING
Valentin’
s
retreating
coasts
level.
coasts
where
the
COASTLINES
classication:
include
rate
of
submerged
erosion
coasts
exceeds
the
and
rate
of
emergence/deposition
sea.
following
change
is
decay
change
18,000
current
uplift
and
global
advance,
below
tectonic
growth
a
AND
•
the
level
advancing
coasts
coasts
where
include
deposition
is
emerged
coastlines
and
rapid.
of
isostatic
D
A
V
A
N
C
rate
adjustment
or
isostasy.
Parts
of
Scandinavia
and
of
erosion
I
Canada
N
balances
to
rise
at
rates
of
up
to
20
of
sea
level
T
emperatures
decrease,
and
fall
change
glaciers
can
and
ice
be
described:
300
m
sheets
advance
200
m
100
m
A
•
sequence
uplift
tfilpu
simple
G
mm/year
.
of
A
m
C
continuing
400
O
are
rate
thickness
eustatically.
increases
and
the
land
is
lowered
S
X
A
T
Ice
levels
S
•
sea
R
isostatically.
T
emperatures
rise,
ice
melts,
and
sea
levels
rise
E
•
Continued
R
melting
releases
pressure
on
the
land
and
A
•
land
rises
isostatically.
I
the
G
Although
eustatic
changes
are
global
changes
in
Y
ecnegrembus
T
B
eustatically.
rate
of
deposition
balances
rate
of
C
sea
submergence
O
A
level,
sea
not
all
level,
places
and
not
will
to
show
the
evidence
same
of
degree.
the
This
rise
is
or
fall
because,
S
of
Advancing
addition
to
eustatic
changes,
there
are
isostatic
changes
changes
–
meaning
that
different
places
will
relative
rises
and
falls
in
sea
both
and
from
erosion
experienced
erosion
Points
has
B
taken
and
Y
submergence,
overall
uplift
place
20,000
years
have
but
change
FEATURES
m
These
and
result
from
deposition.
sea-level
Points
of
at
around
A,
100
reducing
metres,
A
and
the
but
in
OF
Y
its
experienced
has
about
effect
experienced
position
relative
EMERGED
100
of
metres
uplift.
deposition,
to
sea
level
of
so
is
the
reduced.
COASTLINES
include:
•
raised
•
coastal
beaches,
such
as
the
Portland
Raised
Beach
UK
plains
ago
•
200
coasts
coasts
m
Present
100
retreating
retreating
level.
X
0
and
and
have
changes
different
S
–
Advancing
local
T
in
relict
cliffs,
such
as
those
along
the
Fall
Line
in
eastern
m
USA
Sea
level
change
on
the
south
coast
of
Britain
•
As
a
result
effect)
sea
low-lying
of
global
levels
are
warming
rising,
(the
enhanced
impacting
especially
raised
River
greenhouse
mudats,
Forth
in
•
YOUR
Carselands
13. Describe
the
changes
over
two
such
the
in
last
sea
level
20,000
on
the
south
rising
COASTLINES
as
conditions
which
sea
the
River
levels
or
Fal,
due
drowned
to
a
river
sinking
fjords
such
can
lead
to
Fjord,
as
Milford
Norway,
Sound,
caused
New
by
B
–
Oceans
the
Zealand,
drowning
advancing
coasts.
•
Option
valleys
caused
land
coast
valleys.
retreating
of
and
the
years.
Oslo
24
the
UNDERSTANDING
•
Britain
and
of
include:
rias,
by
14. Identify
the
on
These
of
example,
communities.
SUBMERGED
CHECK
for
Scotland.
and
Coastal
Margins
fjards
or
“drowned
glacial
lowlands”.
of
U-shaped
Sand
dune
development
Yellow
Embryo
Strand
Embryo
Yellow
dune
dune
b
a
dune
Sea
the
a
line
the
is
the
out,
top
line.
forms
in
of
A
is
to
called
the
over
dune
behind
the
can
good
be
grass
sand.
1 m
replaces
embryo
dune
couch
bind
beach
shelter
unless
Sea
the
litter
small
This
destroyed
sand
up
the
and
the
line.
the
blown
seaweed
strand
easily
by
At
of
goes
and
strand
dune
the
tide
out
beach.
Semi-fixed
dune
Sea
a
dries
dune
line
Sea
As
Embryo
dune
colonizes
Once
high,
the
forms
sea
at
and
dune
marram
couch.
10–20
long-rooted
sand
the
m
c
A
marram
helps
Once
the
yellow
grows
high,
less
sand
grass
and
marram
yellow
thin
humus
high
with
forming
form,
a
on
trap.
colonized
fixed
plants.
(a)
4
Fixed
dune
becomes
can
3
grow
(or
grey
damper
on
the
dune):
and
as
richer.
dune.
They
of
dune.
has
yellow
time
is
dies
As
are
As
is
the
to
form
able
a
formed.
a
on,
the
soil
and
continuous
to
grow
semi-
dune
new
mosses
to
dandelions.
called
developed,
goes
m
it
a
begins
original
have
10
behind
soil
including
dune
over
up
dunes
Lichens,
form
grass
plants
dune
kind
dune
builds
layer.
other
the
This
a
b
embryo
and
develops
flowering
cover
over
and
plants
the
sand.
Semi-fixed
Marram
grass
is
replaced
by
red
fescue
grass.
dune
2
Yellow
Dune
dune
Silica
sand
heathland
(acidic)
1
Wet
Dune
Dune
slack
slack
slack
Slack
Shell
sand
5
Embryo
(alkaline)
dune
Dune
grassland
Strand
line
Sand
flat
Peat
Beach
You
As
the
the
dune
back
of
system
a
ng
gets
dune.
Peat
est
du
older
These
ne
and
damp
est
Old
s
ne
du
s
larger,
hollows
water
are
can
known
collect
as
towards
dune
Climax
slacks.
grasses
small
willow
and
trees
vegetation
flowering
succeeds
plants
as
mature.
Marram
trapping
on
the
sand
Heather
yellow
gorse
dune
COMMON
✗
✓
MISTAKE
Vegetation
lead
to
the
The
on
CHECK
development
same
type
depends
older
of
species
being
vegetation
many
climate,
moisture
burning
and
the
on
such
content
and
introduction
dunes
will
always
present.
that
factors
sand
eventually
as
soil
human
of
vary
rock
activities
exotic
type,
such
as
yellow
sea
are
the
dunes
UNDERSTANDING
how
between
16. Suggest
develops
type,
YOUR
15. Suggest
and
on
why
dunes
called
wind
the
the
speed
beach
dunes
whereas
grey
and
and
moisture
the
nearer
those
xed
the
availability
dunes.
beach
furthest
are
away
called
from
the
dunes.
species.
Interactions
between
oceans
and
coastal
places
25
MANAGING
3
Coastal
COSTS
AND
BENEFITS
of
Hard
engineering
Sea
MARGINS
management
T
ype
management
Cliff-base
COASTAL
OF
COASTAL
PROTECTION
Aims/methods
management
walls
T
o
control
To
stop
Revetments
Gabions
cliff
or
wave
energy
Porous
design
wave
held
T
o
reect
to
Easily
made;
areas
of
Easily
energy
in
wave
prevent
to
erosion
curved
wire
than
cages
Cheaper
energy
and
longshore
armour
Large
rocks
absorb
Offshore
Rock
breakwaters
Reduce
strongpoints
T
o
at
wave
strategies
To
drift
of
Cliff
drainage
Removal
in
the
30–40
Life
years.
span
about
Foundations
may
be
than
Relatively
cliff
to
cheaper
Life
power
the
span
offshore
drift
impacts
limited
walls
sea
walls
Small
scale
low
cost;
Cause
repaired
erosion
interrupts
Cheap
Cheap
to
Relatively
on
downdrift
sediment
Unattractive;
removed
longshore
reduce
subaerial
Expensive.
revetments
easily
Cliff-face
in
density
energy
wave
reduce
base
made;
sea
easily
Rock
good
high
undermined
absorb
Rocks
Groynes
beach
designed
Weaknesses
processes
concrete
walls
absorb
Strengths
natural
Large-scale
STRATEGIES
in
small-scale;
heavy
Disrupts
local
low
Disrupts
longshore
cost;
may
be
storms
build
repaired
side;
ow
ecology
drift;
erosion
downdrift
of
processes
of
water
from
rocks
Cost
effective
Drains
cliff
may
weakness;
become
dry
cliffs
new
may
lines
of
produce
rockfalls
Cliff
regrading
Lowering
make
of
cliff
slope
angle
to
Useful
safer
other
on
clay
(most
measures
are
Uses
not)
large
amounts
impractical
in
of
heavily
land
–
populated
areas
Vegetating
the
surface
T
o
increase
reduce
Soft
Off
engineering
shore
Working
reefs
Waste
with
speed
nourishment
Sand
to
Managed
“Do
retreat
nothing”
of
eroded
Coastline
allowed
places
that
Planning
defences
existing
COMMON
✗
Coastal
old
tyres
seabed
Looks
to
retreat
Cost
a
new
will
win
Some
forms
actually
they
trap
stretches
protect
waves
26
effective;
of
coastal
damage
sediment
on
downdrift
up
that
to
a
exceed
Option
of
certain
B
–
the
updrift
beach
always
–
protect
and
maintains
effective!
YOUR
17. Distinguish
the
notably
groynes,
downdrift,
side,
may
and
Sea
intense
and
of
landslides
Long-term
impacts
unknown
Expensive;
short-term
solution
Unpopular;
political
implications
Unpopular;
political
implications
Unpopular;
political
implications
from
walls
storms
as
starve
will
may
only
have
height.
Oceans
content
of
of
coastline
material.
height
that
of
risk
coastline
protection,
stretches
moisture
increase
coastline
18. Outline
may
increase
and
effective
natural
natural
Cost
coastline.
✓
cost
Cost-effective
line
back
technology
CHECK
schemes
May
sand
MISTAKE
management
cost
wave
nature
set
Low
relatively
permission
withdrawn;
low
soil
reduce
from
in
Accept
Red-lining
e.g.
to
incoming
pumped
certain
Relatively
nature
down,
replace
and
run-off
materials,
weighted
Beach
interception
overland
Coastal
Margins
UNDERSTANDING
between
two
gabions
cliff-face
and
methods
of
rock
armour.
coastal
protection.
Conicting
CASE
pressures
on
coastlines
due
to
land
use
STUDY
SOUFRIÈRE,
ST
LUCIA
N
Soufrière
island
of
is
located
St
Lucia.
agriculture
the
main
and
and
the
Caribbean
Anse
Jambon
Anse
Mamin
Traditionally,
shing
sources
income.
on
of
have
provided
employment
However,
with
the
Anse
development
shermen
of
and
the
tourism
farmers
are
Chastanet
industry,
competing
Grand
Caille
MRA
for
resources
with
a
variety
of
tourismSoufriére
related
In
users.
the
Trou
past,
attempts
to
Diable
Rachette
resources
down
were
in
adopted
which
with
consultation.
Soufrière
Area
a
approach
established
public
the
generally
Marine
(SMMA)
in
stewardship
a
top-
MRA
or
no
creation
Anse
Malgretoute
of
Mitan
Management
1995,
introduced
Caribbean
Sea
approach
to
the
management
of
resources
Petit
Petit
sustainable
r
i
v
e
r
Point
regulations
little
The
S
o
u
f
r
i
é
r
e
manage
Piton
Piton
2,460
ft
MRA
within
the
area.
Jalousie
The
SMMA
different
•
agreement
types
marine
of
created
zone
reserve
within
areas
ve
the
area:
(MRA):
Beausejour
Gros
designed
•
shing
to
protect
priority
natural
areas:
resources
designed
Piton
MRA
for
Gros
maintaining
and
sustaining
Piton
shing
2,619
ft
activities
•
recreational
areas:
beaches
and
Anse
marine
(swimming
and
snorkelling)
I’Ivrogne
areas
•
yachting
areas:
pleasure
boats
designated
for
0
•
multiple-use
diving,
and
areas:
snorkelling
for
other
Access
has
Reserves
activities.
Allows
Research
shown
that
fish
to
is
successful
stocks
the
when
there
Priority
clear
benet
involved.
benets,
If
to
there
as
has
be
derived
are
no
been
by
actions
are
Recent
surveys
has
of
seen
sh
often
an
case
activities,
suggest
increase
caught
and
in
Moreover
,
there
coral
resulting
reefs
CHECK
19.
has
YOUR
Outline
20. Identify
the
the
Soufrière
in
permit
and
and
protects
can
be
marine
enjoyed
flora
by
and
divers
fauna.
and
snorkellers.
Areas
fishing
has
precedence
over
all
other
activities
in
these
areas.
Yachting
areas
Yachting
is
perceivable
the
given
regenerate
by
those
not
low
such
sh
in
the
SMMA.
Moorings
are
provided
in
these
areas
only.
the
diving,
Recreational
Areas
SMMA
areas
for
snorkelling
and
other
legitimate
uses
are
allowed.
areas
public
recreation
–
sunbathing,
swimming.
amount
biodiversity
.
been
from
Fishing,
priority
.
that
the
allowed
with
Multiple-use
beach-monitoring
is
is
Commercial
a
to
area
coastal
Fishing
stewardship
2
km
shing,
and
Marine
recreational
1
yachts
less
damage
human
to
activity
.
UNDERSTANDING
function
varied
Marine
of
the
marine
stakeholders
Management
reserve
covered
by
areas.
the
Area.
Managing
coastal
margins
27
Coral
reefs
Coral
reefs
as
“rainforests
are
often
described
Coral
the
account
of
their
of
rich
the
sea”
reefs
on
Marine
biodiversity.
Areas
Some
coral
is
believed
to
be
2
Protected
(MPA)
million
Oahu
Pacific
years
old,
although
most
is
less
than
South
Coral
China
10,000
years
old.
Coral
reefs
Ocean
Hawaii
Triangle
(US)
contain
Sea
nearly
and
a
million
animals,
species
and
of
about
plants
25%
of
the
Equator
world’
s
sea
sh
breed,
grow,
spawn
I
and
evade
Some
of
include
and
predators
the
world’
s
Australia’
s
many
of
the
in
coral
best
Great
reefs
N
D
O
N
E
S
I
A
reefs.
coral
reefs
Barrier
around
Reef
the
Great
Philippines
and
Indonesia.
Barrier
AUSTRALIA
Reef
Coral
reefs
Protected
western
THE
VALUE
Coral
reefs
About
corals
OF
have
4,000
have
major
Coral
T
ourism
generated
A$4.6
value
billion
of
There
reefs
in
is
are
the
by
reefs
in
many
tourism
can
be
sh
and
the
to
and
to
of
be
Reef
sheries,
building
importance.
reef-building
is
users.
worth
The
tourism
about
with
an
and
interest
and
or
such
and
coastal
in
seek
to
for
The
industrialists
SWAMPS
Mangroves
salt-tolerant
grow
in
the
tidal
estuaries
areas.
The
muddy
waters,
leaves
and
wood,
are
worms,
about
crustaceans,
25%
570,000
ha
forests
and
rich
home
trees
coastal
in
to
molluscs
of
a
great
and
of
the
tropical
of
the
Sundarbans
in
of
the
shrubs
of
decaying
sponges,
Mangroves
largest
that
tropical
from
variety
algae.
coastline,
and
zones
nutrients
of
mangrove
Geographic
cover
being
including
dyes,
use
at
–
11
along
ha;
approximately
50,000
canal,
17%
of
on
hard
T
argets,
water
to
to
police
special
theory,
drilling
with
agreed
in
Diversity,
and
shing
vessels
In
shing,
conservation
stop
used
as
banned,
Biological
inland
relates
to
areas
(MPAs).
such
or
Aichi
under
action
it
MANGROVE
provide
humans
fuelwood,
and
provide
sediment
10%
by
of
2020.
vessels.
entering
Their
illegally.
MPAs.
with
charcoal,
food
swamps
such
as
protection
SWAMPS
many
timber,
as
shellsh.
nurseries.
from
ecological
thatching
In
tropical
Many
sh
addition,
storms,
services,
materials,
species
mangrove
and
act
as
traps.
Owing
to
the
there
large
are
a
•
restoration
30-year
range
many
swamps
•
including
local
and
of
benets
and
that
mangroves
interested
shermen,
residents
strategies
cycle
of
stakeholders
in
farmers,
politicians.
include:
planting
and
harvesting
afforestation
plants
•
drainage
harmful,
The
sensitive
areas
restricted
areas
sometimes
Management
a
least
conservationalists,
Notes
airport
be
Convention
urgent
poisons
provide,
location
Brisbane
UN
makes
mangrove
trees
the
Bangladesh.
restoration
Australia
deemed
then
marine
are
mangrove
Examples
ecologically
protected
cement).
Mangroves
are
give
marine
are
MANAGING
MANGROVE
to
REEFS
rule-breakers.
most
Satellites
is
a
the
have
and
CORAL
can
under
remoteness
involved
for
that
penalties
coral
as
mining,
coastal
people
material
approach
status
2010
global
and
One
activities
against
some
billion.
conservationalists
a
for
alone.
US$375
tourists
of
coasts
prots
Barrier
stakeholders
as
economic
species
protect
large
Great
terms
sector,
MANAGING
Queensland
shermen,
used
the
800
They
generate
estimated
including
(coral
biological
of
annually
coral
protection
reefs
in
Ocean
REEFS
identied.
erosion.
Marine
Pacic
CORAL
species
been
and
Areas
partial
managed
realignment
–
allowing
mangroves
to
migrate
offset
inland
for
losses
during
runway
construction
•
Bangladesh
148,500
Pakistan
19,000
and
generic
protection
of
mangrove
ecosystems.
ha
ha;
3,000
16,000
ha
of
ha
of
assisted
plantation
natural
CHECK
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
regeneration
21. Briey
Thailand
Mangrove
restoration
in
explain
22. Outline
shrimp
the
ponds
swamps.
28
Option
B
–
Oceans
and
Coastal
the
value
of
coral
reefs.
abandoned
Margins
ecological
services
provided
by
mangrove
Sovereignty
An
economic
coastal
resources
to
200
of
has
the
nautical
nautical
having
exclusive
nation
mile
is
zone
sovereign
sea,
rights
(EEZ)
rights
seabed
and
from
the
coast
1.852
km).
The
term
authority
an
over
area
all
subsoil,
miles
independent
is
over
(the
and
the
in
which
a
economic
extending
up
Exclusive
means
territory.
COMPETING
CLAIMS
IN
THE
Almost
for
Arctic
many
and
also
believed
The
sea
years.
of
to
lie
Arctic
of
these
their
the
resource
There
are
gas
and
vast
are
limits
to
the
hold
and
melting
opening
beneath
borders.
are
is
been
access
could
oil
up
to
a
oil
of
that
trade
and
Five
gas
is,
the
rate
gas.
routes,
reserves
better
85%
racing
far
to
beyond
Russia
to
the
and
Arctic’
s
base.
is
also
as
small
abundant,
survive
the
crustaceans
and
Arctic
potential
feeding
winter.
shing.
(copepods)
on
The
for
the
and
smaller
increase
in
Planktonic
krill
as
and
mineral
urgency
could
in
a
Arctic
the
oil
a
miles
regions
larger
its
under
fall
cod
…
shore.”
the
within
sea
an
population.
populations
the
since
“exploit,
resources
from
reserves
have
called
which
have
for
a
bans
most
up
Ocean
the
Arctic
Ocean
Basin
seabed
tempting
disputes
of
the
time.
in
Arctic
This
the
journey
by
and
up
EEZ.
As
migrated
treaty
similar
military
as
to
activity
from
in
and
a
has
to
and
gas
prices.
gained
summer
to
months
drilling
route
Pacic
York
oil
temperatures
improve
Passage,
New
its
energy
Arctic
ice-free
rushing
and
rising
would
Atlantic
are
rising
the
believe
North-West
linking
sea
of
the
scientists
decades’
the
to
all
Polar
more
territorial
thousands
states
Antarctic,
around
on
because
open
coastal
cod
groups
the
made
leave
few
on
resources
mining.
claims
Resolving
impact
ocean
shing
support
major
of
nautical
rise,
a
zones
80°N.
regulating
reserves,
have
conserve
known
world’
s
Environmental
reduce
plankton
all
of
and
200
could
that
stake
right
temperatures
north
and
increased
of
the
Countries
billion
Nearly
Norway,
access
90
are
stretching
far
world’
s
some
countries
Denmark,
gain
of
natural
territory,
Canada,
to
accelerating
potential
quarter
reserves,
their
an
Arctic.
up
offshore.
of
at
valuable
amounts
competing
such
now
that
oil
the
land
USA
animals
This
deposits
establish
has
providing
undiscovered
barrels
ice
of
productivity
ARCTIC
the
almost
zones
conservation
manage
90%
98%
water
That
and
extending
to
and
recognize
develop
economic
economic
management
they
international
“sovereign”
a
exclusive
access
through
that
the
would
Singapore
by
miles.
primary
Agreed
borders
Equidistant
200-mile
border
line
Lomonosov
Ridge
Russian-claimed
territory
USA
CANADA
RUSSIA
Arctic
Ocean
FRANZ
JOSEF
LAND
GREENLAND
Disputed
area
NORWAY
CHECK
YOUR
23. Briey
UNDERSTANDING
explain
economic
24. Outline
the
meaning
of
the
term
“exclusive
zone”.
the
potential
advantages
of
an
ice-free
Arctic
Ocean.
Managing
coastal
margins
29
OCEAN
4
MANAGEMENT
Developing
The
continental
sand
and
transport
the
mud.
by
shelf
continental
and
to
shelf
manganese
The
contains
These
rivers
are
economics
commodity
prices
technology
has
abiotic
come
the
sediments
from
sea.
the
Diamonds
areas
off
Africa
found
on
the
of
mining
are
much
advanced.
has
can
and
ocean
than
means
it
resources
as
of
be
gravel,
rocks
found
Indonesia.
and
in
Gold
oor
.
changed.
higher
That
such
erosion
FUTURES
Industrial
in
the
may
1970s,
now
and
become
protable
minerals
been
Authority
are
molecules
found
the
on
compounds
trapped
the
ocean
in
slopes
surface.
that
water.
of
usually
In
the
continental
Some
scientists
consist
1970s
of
they
shelves
believe
methane
were
The
to
up
bring
bottom
using
such
deep
beneath
these
hydrates
than
and
oil
gas
deposits
Persian
Gulf
reserves
The
are
found
accounts
and
33%
of
continental
shelf
area
explored
and
for
the
developed
in
the
66%
world’
s
of
the
since
continental
of
world’
s
proven
Gulf
the
the
of
gas
shelf.
proven
reserves.
Mexico
has
been
1940s.
The
plate
Distribution
of
spills
Occurences
of
manganese
Occurences
of
black
location
CHECK
of
deep
YOUR
25. Suggest
why
resources
26. Outline
is
the
Option
sea
level
nodules
smokers
ocean
resources
UNDERSTANDING
the
development
of
problems
B
of
–
associated
oceanic
oil
ocean
Oceans
with
abiotic
the
resources.
and
China
Coastal
Margins
Sea.
The
prospecting
evidence
widespread
–
2,000
m
–
4,000
m
–
6,000
in
in
the
the
6,000
m
Sea.
Papua
New
Guinea,
no
oil
Oil
Gulf
vary.
of
effects
the
or
gas.
secure
coasts.
on
less
energy
Mexico
is
deter
also
oil
is
and
evidence
may
is
Some
them.
benthic
500-plus
fossil
exploration
of
There
There
of
countries
contain
and
the
industry
.
deposits
to
hydrocarbons
toxic
plans
the
or
mammals.
vicinity
North
m
than
marine
deep-ocean
from
hydrates
threats
for
the
Minerals,
known
release
have
Seabed
offshore-oil
little
as
other
gold
attractive
regions
some
of
of
the
the
with
to
and
contaminate
such
disorientate
deeper
difcult.
development
30
below
crusts
in
all
methane
needed
regularly
by
on
Nautilus
north
highly
India,
that
and
countries
International
copper
than
of
possibilities
Sea
them
crusts
number
company
,
developed
and
A
the
mining
energy
activity
acoustic
by
Bismarck
makes
communities
Depth
margins
cobalt
the
manganese
containing
energy
platforms
Continental
ore
argue
South
that
explore
Japan
the
major
the
licences
Canadian
more
This
as
Oil
a
The
of
the
discovered.
technology
scientists
OIL
Oil
to
seabed.
fuels.
Hydrates
exploit
awarded
contain
HYDRATES
to
recently
or
growing
(deep
sea)
production
Trends
in
biotic
resource
use
180
sennot
160
Aquaculture
140
Capture
production
production
120
noilliM
100
80
60
40
20
0
1950
World
1955
1960
capture
1965
sheries
1970
and
1975
1980
aquaculture
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
2014
production
100
At
biologically
unsustainable
levels
90
Overfished
Within
biologically
sustainable
levels
80
70
egatnecreP
60
Fully
50
fished
40
30
20
Underfished
10
0
1974
Notes:
The
Dark
light
(above
Global
160
shading
line
the
World
1979
food
for
The
per
state
sustainable
biologically
(below
the
of
sh
136
in
light
shading
=
at
sustainable
levels
into
marine
sh
stocks
contributed
2012,
million
levels;
1999
two
Africa,
kg
while
an
in
sheries
valued
tonnes
and
as
with
average
of
Fish
food
an
a
population.
2012.
Asia
the
28. Comment
with
almost
at
were
has
average
growth
World
9.9
in
biologically
2009
unsustainable
subcategories:
over
used
as
kg
fully
2013
levels.
fished
for
rate
of
capita
was
reached
rate
1.6%
sh
two-thirds
Asia
1974
tonnes,
of
outside
China.
animal
protein.
the
per
problems
in
the
lowest
of
total
85.4
million
almost
argue
closing
of
of
that
the
few
caught.
For
the
be
the
reduced.
from
million
sh
At
areas
cent
of
too
to
of
same
was
fail
as
to
too
many
consumed
about
their
such
still
industry:
and
sheries
the
tonnes
provides
measures
number
improved
sh
per
shing
too
and
20
shing
chasing
boats
42.8
Globally,
with
of
supply
which
people
Many
growth
food
per
since
grown
consumption
accounted
Consumption
YOUR
27. Describe
sh
compared
from
consumption.
CHECK
1961,
world’
s
19
of
2004
line).
world
aquaculture
of
supply
since
year
the
to
sh
within
1994
people.
increased
in
Over
world’
s
for
1960s
and
1989
biologically
stocks
the
tonnes
dramatically
year
within
the
underfished
in
sheries
billion.
3.2%
and
trends
million
$215
=
divides
line)
1984
3.0
intake
quotas,
address
many
be
protected,
the
employed
in
time,
the
must
sh
and
real
are
are
being
number
shing
efciencies
be
bans
the
shermen
immature
men
technology
billion
of
of
must
which
come
embraced.
UNDERSTANDING
changes
in
the
aquaculture
on
the
size
of
world
capture
production.
sustainability
of
the
world’
s
main
stocks.
Ocean
management
futures
31
Managing
SOURCES
OF
ocean
pollution
POLLUTION
CASE
Marine-based
activities
that
lead
to
pollution
include
STUDY
the
DEEPWATER
shing
industry
,
transport,
shipping
tourism
and
(including
recreational
the
use
of
shing),
boats
offshore
mining
In
and
extraction,
gear
.
The
activities
main
such
industrial
of
illegal
sources
as
and
of
from
untreated
rivers
RADIOACTIVE
at
marine
discharge
outfalls,
beaches
dumping
and
sea
and
litter
discarded
include
stormwater
municipal
April
2010
the
Deepwater
Horizon
oil
rig
exploded
shing
and
collapsed,
into
the
releasing
up
to
4.9
million
barrels
of
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Over
160
km
of
coastline
usually
in
affected,
degrading
including
oyster
marine
and
land-based
ecosystems
littering
beds
and
shrimp
farms.
landlls.
WASTE
waste
the
comes
power
is
FALLOUT
300
Rems
150
Rems
MAP
also
oceans
from
process,
was
drains,
sewerage,
75
dumped
oil
land-based
RADIOACTIVE
Radioactive
HORIZON
for
Rems
and
the
Canada
nuclear
medical
Bering
and
Sea
research
use
of
radioisotopes
Sea
of
Okhotsk
and
industrial
uses.
24
Following
Hrs
36
the
explosion
of
power
station
Daiichi
in
the
at
Japan
Fukushima
in
2011,
Nuclear
radioactive
waste
across
the
Ocean
towards
Hrs
nuclear
was
northern
carried
S
Korea
Japan
Fukushima
Explosion
Daiichi
Plant
Pacic
North
Pacific
48
Canada
and
Hrs
the
Ocean
USA.
Between
1958
and
1992,
Mexico
the
18
former
Soviet
unwanted
Union
nuclear
several
still
Ocean.
Nuclear
dumped
HI
reactors,
containing
their
waste
nuclear
remains
fuel,
in
radioactive
the
for
Arctic
decades.
PLASTIC
ACTIONS
According
held
was
to
nearly
UNEP
,
18,000
concentrated
region
containing
suspended
twice
the
in
of
as
much
Turtles,
and
in
picked
95%
just
up
had
the
dead
in
plastic
It
as
seals
A
their
sea
There
it
handling
Patch,
a
Convention
tonnes
garbage
centuries
birds
of
of
Much
Garbage
million
of
take
and
countries
in
100
kilometre
plastic.
Pacic
gyres
can
Pacic.
square
oating
Great
separate
T
exas.
every
of
the
decompose.
not
2006
in
two
size
in
pieces
in
for
an
study
around
the
of
560
North
plastic
area
plastic
inadvertently
Dutch
of
eat
to
it,
only
of
Sea
found
stomachs.
the
on
for
A
the
around
series
eliminated
the
the
force
in
1994,
zones
the
international
The
United
signed
in
established
rules
for
Nations
1982
a
deep-sea
extending
200
but
framework
mining
nautical
states.
international
discharge
waste
to
ships,
public
Sea,
including
exclusion
incinerator
in
environment.
of
oceans,
the
International
successes
Law
nation
of
radioactive
from
some
marine
into
economic
miles
of
been
of
entering
law
and
fulmars
have
laws
of
sewage
into
have
toxic
the
pressure
in
effectively
materials,
from
sludge
and
waters
around
the
air
drums
pollution
mid-1990s
Europe.
forced
the
OIL
reversal
Brent
Shipping
is
a
major
cause
of
ocean
pollution.
Ships
oil,
which
may
be
responsible
for
about
a
major
Spar,
a
large
each
year
from
chest
and
lung
diseases,
industry,
Most
of
these
occur
near
coastlines
in
Europe,
South
when
all
Asia.
Oil
spills
single-hulled
have
ships
become
were
rarer
since
oil
into
Pacic
area
Oceans
water
then
other
at
the
YOUR
a
30. Identify
–
the
west
of
scuttle
North
Sea
the
Scotland.
offshore
European
have
indicated
structures
should
that
be
all
production
removed
end
of
their
lives
wherever
from
possible.
2010,
oceans
B
from
to
banned.
29. Using
Option
deep
since
and
elds
CHECK
32
plans
East
the
and
structure
of
including
platforms
cancer.
company
60,000
agreements
deaths
oil
burn
oil
bunker
by
and
Coastal
Margins
UNDERSTANDING
named
and
contribute
major
Ocean,
affected.
located
to
sources
and
example,
transboundary
of
state
plastic
the
state
how
the
pollution.
pollution
estimated
in
size
the
of
the
Oceans
CASE
as
a
source
of
conict
–
geopolitics
of
oceans
STUDY
GEOPOLITICS
OF
THE
SOUTH
CHINA
CHINA
SEA
TAIWAN
The
for
South
about
China
30%
£3trillion
in
Sea
of
is
the
a
vital
trade
artery,
accounting
world’
s
trade
passes,
worth
over
value.
HAINAN
In
2015–16
China
is
alleged
to
have
installed
two
Approximate
location
launch
batteries
for
surface-to-air
missiles
on
Woody
Woody
of
Island
Island
oil
South
rig
China
in
the
Paracel
archipelago.
The
Paracels
are
also
claimed
by
Duncan
to
T
aiwan.
it.
The
has
also
China
region
is
insists
also
that
rich
in
virtually
oil
and
all
the
sea
gas.
the
Spratly
used
for
built
Islands
military
to
over
4
create
use,
of
km
land
including
articial
with
an
air
land
facilities
strip
mass
that
with
a
PHILIPPINES
Paracel
2
China
Sea
Island
in
could
3000
be
m
V
belongs
and
Islands
MANTE
Vietnam
Manila
Southwest
Thitu
cay
Island
Eldad
Reef*
runway.
Subi
In
2016
China
delegates
visited
Itu
Aba,
the
Itu
natural
island
in
the
Spratly
archipelago
in
the
Reef
biggest
South
Spratly
Aba
Islands
Island
China
Mischief
Gaven
Sea.
Under
UN
law,
Itu
Aba
is
a
rock
that
cannot
Reefs
sustain
Reef
human
life,
so
it
is
entitled
to
12
nautical
miles
of
Fiery
territorial
Cross
Hughes
Reef
waters,
but
not
the
200-mile
exclusive
economic
Reef
zone
Cuarteron
accorded
to
habitable
Johnson
islands.
Reef
South
Three
approaches
are
being
tried
to
moderate
China’
s
Reef
Reclamation
Swallow
behaviour
–
legal,
diplomatic
and
Reef
The
legal
case
that
the
Philippines
brought
to
the
BRUNEI
UNCLOS
is
to
show
that
China’
s
work
historic
claim
has
no
legal
China
Taiwan
Vietnam
Malaysia
Philippines
Extent
A
of
China’s
I
S
basis.
deterrence,
despite
a
marked
250
claim
Airstrips
O
military
N
for
E
0
As
by:
military.
increase
MALAYSIA
km
*Unconfirmed
I
in
defence
USA
is
spending
the
CHECK
only
power
YOUR
31. Identify
South
the
across
capable
region
of
in
recent
standing
up
years,
to
the
China.
Geopolitical
conict
involved
in
the
conict
over
the
32. Suggest
Sea.
China
reasons
why
(i)
South
(ii)
(b)
Outline
the
coral
Explain
coral
Cancer
there
Describe
major
of
the
China
Sea
is
a
conict
over
the
South
Sea.
(a)
Tropic
in
UNDERSTANDING
countries
China
the
two
distribution
of
the
(2
reasons
for
the
(2
advantages
of
marks)
distribution
reefs.
two
world’
s
reefs.
coral
+
of
2
marks)
(4
marks)
reefs.
Equator
(c)
Tropic
Either
of
Discuss
the
view
that
oceanic
pollution
is
an
Capricorn
inevitable
be
result
of
human
activities,
and
managed.
cannot
(10
marks)
Key
20°C
isotherm
Or
Ocean
currents
Major
areas
of
coral
reefs
Evaluate
the
role
development
Ocean
of
of
coastal
coastal
processes
landforms.
management
in
(10
the
marks)
futures
33
OPTION
THE
1
The
cold
environments
and
•
hot,
arid
ENVIRONMENTS
areas,
high
OF
among
mountains
non-tropical
(hot
deserts
EXTREME
and
glacial
areas,
areas)
semi-arid
areas).
ENVIRONMENTS
extreme
These
(polar
,
in
EXTREME
of
others:
environments
environments
DISTRIBUTION
OF
distribution
include,
high-altitude
periglacial
EXTREME
CHARACTERISTICS
global
Extreme
•
C
areas
viewed
they
as
are
relatively
inhospitable
provide
economic
environments
inaccessible
to
numerous
human
and
tend
habitation.
opportunities
for
to
be
Despite
settlement
this,
and
activity.
ENVIRONMENTS
Mountains
Tundra/Periglacial
Ice/snow
Desert
N
Arctic
Tropic
of
and
semi-arid
Circle
Cancer
Equator
Tropic
of
Capricorn
COLD
AND
HIGH-ALTITUDE
Cold
environments
high
altitudes.
the
North
radiation
is
of
a
belt
of
in
land
the
include
southern
at
cold
mountains.
associated
the
low.
South
In
the
Andes
high
latitudes
are
Pole,
located
where
northern
This
zone
is
and
levels
of
“on
the
generally
given
the
solar
there
edge
relative
DESERT
Desert
not
of
are
associated
with
high
high
of
Himalayas.
Other
high-altitude
Rockies,
tropics
•
the
located
ground
in
the
•
in
Asia,
that
2.
34
YOUR
of
Briey
the
areas
Americas.
UNDERSTANDING
distribution
deserts
explain
Option
C
and
the
–
of
periglacial
semi-arid
location
Extreme
of
Four
main
areas
with
environments.
high
mountain
ranges.
Environments
of
distance
as
the
rain-shadow
•
proximity
to
amount
the
west
Namib
of
the
as
moisture
coast
of
a
third
around
subtropical
the
for
rain
location
of
the
high-pressure
Sahara
(known
of
in
the
as
held
continentality),
Sahara
Patagonia
upwelling
desert.
the
as
located
potential
inuence
sea
parts
effects,
cold
the
subtropical
the
much
include:
example,
from
as
generally
with
limits
They
central
•
cover
are
factors
stable,
for
ENVIRONMENTS
associated
which
deserts.
location
areas
They
main
large
the
Compare
are
belt
such
off
1.
surface.
and
formation.
SEMI-ARID
semi-desert
high-pressure
the
CHECK
and
Earth’
s
world’
s
lack
AND
conditions,
areas
the
the
the
60°–65°S.
extensive
and
at
towards
hemisphere,
means
hemisphere,
environments
are
in
(periglacial
around
There
with
the
the
environments.
mass
Other
and
very
found
environments
periglacial
glacial”)
found
of
Pole
are
are
Polar
ENVIRONMENTS
(South
currents,
in
southern
the
air,
Africa,
America)
which
for
limit
example,
helping
to
form
Conditions
COLD
AND
environments
may
have
warm
temperatures
altitude
areas
of
to
to
very
and
low
build
Mountain
In
cold
nights.
10°C
be
cooler
than
high-altitude
rainfall
areas
DESERT
about
rainfall.
their
varied.
very
In
because
limit
environments
On
average,
1000
receive
they
are
low
in
a
they
experience
low-
and
and
high
rates
of
the
500
SEMI-ARID
the
absence
areas,
mm,
so
the
hand,
areas.
for
of
there
water
the
areas
are
rainfall
is
water
is
a
a
hot
varies
greater
of
be
at
risk
barrier
is
dry
ash
year
In
mm
farming,
are
used.
conditions
especially
from
250
for
methods
warm,
to
the
difcult.
between
possibility
developments,
may
major
throughout
farming
conservation
guarantee
tourism
Desert
of
ENVIRONMENTS
freshwater
,
annual
where
other
lack
T
emperatures
especially
excellent
difcult
are
in
in
On
is
coastal
oods.
often
Hot,
thin
areas,
semi-arid
rainfall.
Soils
and
and
but,
rain
transport.
on,
so
large
are
desert
AND
development.
mountain
mountains
infertile,
m,
surrounding
other
receive
nature,
per
areas
contrast,
generally
steep
environments
ENVIRONMENTS
by
will
Some
relief
Polar
Owing
areas
areas
receive
shadow.
are
days
decrease
areas.
amounts
extreme
HIGH-ALTITUDE
Cold
high-altitude
in
desert
climate
erosion
500
In
contrast,
produce
in
low
periglacial
rates
temperatures
soils
growing
above
season
6°C
for
is
are
relatively
only
a
few
30
frequently
short
as
months
of
year.
Climate
associated
with
a
periglacial
area
40
700
30
600
20
500
10
400
0
300
350
20
250
10
150
0
Annual
M
A
M
J
J
A
mm
S
O
50
N
D
llafniaR
erutarepme
T
−10
F
390
)mm(
) Cº(
J
precipitation
llafniaR
the
low
and
)mm(
are
areas
erutarepme
T
The
temperatures
the
evaporation,
)Cº(
waterlogged.
of
200
−20
100
Annual
precipitation
230
mm
0
J
F
M
Extreme
Arctic
A
M
J
J
environments
A
S
are
O
N
D
characterized
by
low
population
densities
Circle
Siberia
Alaska
Sahara
Tropic
of
Cancer
desert
Equator
Tropic
of
Capricorn
Great
Australian
desert
2
Inhabitants
Over
100
50
6
–
–
–
200
100
3.
YOUR
Describe
the
periglacial
4.
Describe
hot
Urban
population
Over
10 000 000
5 000 000
–
10 000 000
1000 000
–
5 000 000
6
UNDERSTANDING
main
characteristics
of
the
climate
of
a
of
the
climate
of
a
environment.
the
desert
km
50
Under
CHECK
per
200
main
characteristics
climate.
The
characteristics
of
extreme
environments
35
People
in
POPULATION
extreme
DENSITIES
IN
environments
EXTREME
TRADITIONAL
ENVIRONMENTS
Extreme
environments
densities.
Examples
northern
Canada,
is
the
due
to
Iceland
for
and
Canada,
outside
Each
the
Nevertheless,
example,
the
cold
of
than
the
zones
for
may
are
low
western
water
is
human
be
Sahara.
heat
in
a
the
able
This
Sahara,
turned
areas,
For
with
populations.
to
during
for
and
the
the
for
example,
in
the
also
of
daytime
tend
to
afternoon.
Their
clothing
the
is
they
travel
in
T
o
an
avoid
Inuits
south
to
the
have
extremely
in
periglacial
peninsula.
The
cope
by
migratory
,
people
Y
amal
early
be
people
migratory
.
IN
used
to
heading
Fishing
examples.
They
and
indigenous
Nenets
rest.
been
tend
indigenous
oceans.
are
excellent
have
They
summer
Many
many
the
inhabitants
are
pastures
caribou.
winter
.
activity
temperatures
a
in
rivers
Fulani
take
hunting
north
Desert
the
or
margins
important
biased.
deal
periglacial
herding
forest
habitation.
to
T
raditionally
,
moving
in
MECHANISMS
ENVIRONMENTS
for
long
culturally
better
population
Iceland,
insufcient
environments
zones
populations
other
and
by
Australia,
insufcient
these
comfort
central
climate,
and
of
comfort
Inuit
characterized
Namibia
extremes
example.
way
are
include
COPING
EXTREME
Bedouin
with
direct
the
and
extreme
sunlight
morning
and
and
late
Impossible
–
loose-tting
garments
–
also
helps
environment
45
them
and
Limit
of
light
to
cope
allows
with
them
high
to
temperatures.
remain
reasonably
It
reduces
sweating
comfortable.
40
July
sedentary
activity
35
Sept
) C°(
May
erutarepmet
30
25
Nov
July
Mar
20
blub
Sept
Jan
15
May
yrD
10
Comfort
Nov
zone
COPING
WITH
DRY
AREAS
Some
coping
to
adapt
•
to
mechanisms
the
seasonal
WATER
natural
mobility
insufcient
SHORTAGES
are
”natural“
environment.
(the
amounts
•
reduction
of
size
•
exchange
of
livestock
of
•
greater
•
use
•
windbreaks
rainfall
and
require
Methods
traditional
of
IN
way
and
of
farmers
include:
dealing
with
pasture)
herds
and
livestock
products
5
New
York
use
of
drought-tolerant
species
Mar
Phoenix,
Arizona
0
of
wild
species
and
tree
crops
Jan
to
reduce
wind
erosion
of
bare
soil.
5
%
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
COPING
Relative
Note
how
outside
the
the
climates
comfort
of
zone
New
in
York
most
and
of
the
Phoenix
six
fall
months
The
indigenous
a
zones
factors
remote
also
to
and
are
isolated.
increases
be
important,
the
This
cost
of
too.
makes
Iceland
is
communications
materials
and
by
relatively
goods,
costly.
which
It
have
imported.
to
migrating
drier
times.
kept
for
a
YOUR
Describe
shown
6.
How
the
milk
to
in
do
the
characteristics
of
the
comfort
diagram.
indigenous
people
adapt
to
life
in
cold
environments?
36
Option
C
–
Extreme
the
Environments
zone
diet
of
The
and
milk
is
more
the
the
Sahel
in
North
of
the
for
also
of
Africa
have
animals
have
common
in
in
the
drier
sheep
to
–
grazing
with
periods,
for
cattle
and
make
vegetation
varies
periods.
leave
are
goats
consumption.
different
wetter
the
sources
diversied
pastoralists
people
of
overgrazing
They
water
market,
available
use
growth.
are
subsistence
allows
indigenous
consumed
herds
through
combat
permanent
meat
the
make
and
seasonal
more
in
conditions
They
Sahel,
livestock
meat
variety
the
strategies.
of
areas
income
greater
because
UNDERSTANDING
main
of
around
diversication
5.
of
environmental
resources
vegetation
for
CHECK
SAHEL
people
their
combination
limited
Other
THE
plotted.
adapted
Comfort
IN
humidity
Herd
use
of
resources
patterns.
conditions.
whereas
The
More
meat
is
The
changing
distribution
of
extreme
environments
THE
A
ADVANCE
glacial
and
system
outputs.
AND
is
the
Inputs
RETREAT
balance
include
OF
between
GLACIERS
inputs,
accumulation
of
180º
storage
snow,
Pacific
avalanches,
debris,
store
of
is
debris,
that
heat
ice,
moraine,
but
and
and
the
meltwater
.
glacier
meltwater
.
also
The
The
Ocean
main
carries
outputs
Cordilleran
are
of
the
losses
snow
vapour
,
and
as
due
ice,
well
to
ablation,
and
as
the
sublimation
ice
melting
of
ice
sheet
to
sediment.
East
ice
The
regime
whether
the
of
the
glacier
glacier
is
refers
advancing
Siberian
sheet
to
or
retreating:
•
if
accumulation
>
ablation,
Arctic
the
Ocean
Central
North
glacier
Asian
Pole
advances
90ºW
90ºE
ice
•
if
accumulation
glacier
•
if
<
ablation,
the
=
ablation,
the
retreats
accumulation
glacier
is
steady.
Fennoscandinavian
ice
The
past
cap
and
present
sheet
distribution
Greenland
of
ice
sheets
and
ice
caps
in
the
ice
cap
Laurentide
northern
hemisphere
ice
The
glacier
has
accumulation
a
positive
exceeds
regime
ablation
sheet
when
Alps
(melting,
Atlantic
Ocean
evaporation,
avalanche,
calving,
and
so
wind
on),
so
erosion,
the
glacier
0º
thickens
and
advances.
A
negative
0
regime
occurs
when
ablation
km
Modern
accumulation,
and
retreats.
into
two
thus
Any
and
an
glacier
glacier
sections,
altitudes,
the
can
namely
area
of
2,000
exceeds
thins
be
an
ice
sheets
alpine
glaciers
divided
area
ablation
of
at
NATURAL
DESERTIFICATION
Deserts
also
change
in
distribution.
accumulation
lower
at
high
altitude.
The
evidence
for
climate
Granary
change
in
the
Sahara
N
for
0
ancient
Approximate
their
km
northern
limit
today
Fossil
This
is
partly
due
laterite
soils
to
and
Fossil
long-term
changes
ergs
water
25,000
—
years
in
possibly
old
formed
Numerous
by
climate,
for
water
as
Ahaggar
well
T
assili
Mountains
des
Egyptian
aridity
by
wadis
in
Ajjers
example,
as
increasing
1,000
Rome
wind
desert
River
in
Nile
Approximate
River
today’
s
desert
areas
southern
limit
Pollen
Ancient
today
and
Niger
compared
civilization
with
from
cedars.
left
cave
in
mountains
”pluvials“
Lake
(rainy
found
paintings
Tibesti
wetter
Small
pastoralists
crocodiles
who
oaks
Garamantes
periods)
Chad
which
2
Once
occurred
around
Lake
and
Volta
large
flow
the
same
time
advances
in
up
CHECK
7.
8.
Forests
southwards
to
in
Volta
is
1974
of
has
the
the
dried
River
decreasing
in
Volta,
size
sea,
dried
50
m
is
up.
now
into
Lake
early
now
and
farmland
20th
century
desert
virtually
terraces
high
areas.
YOUR
Compare
during
since
headwaters
Lake
temperate
km
enough
as
Drought
glacial
300,000
the
the
Outline
UNDERSTANDING
distribution
Pleistocene
the
evidence
of
with
for
glacial
that
climate
of
environments
today.
change
in
the
SaharaDesert.
The
characteristics
of
extreme
environments
37
PHYSICAL
2
Glacial
PROCESSES
AND
LANDSCAPES
erosion
METHODS
OF
PLUCKING
AND
GLACIAL
EROSION
In
INCLUDE
the
on
ABRASION
northern
north-
or
accumulation
formed
Plucking
1.
This
occurs
extent
or
at
those
the
is
at
side.
It
weakened
meltwater
and
mostly
seeps
then
the
is
ripped
most
by
into
base
of
the
effective
freeze-thaw.
the
out
joints,
by
glacier
the
in
As
freezes
moving
and
jointed
the
ice
onto
to
rocks
preglacial
2.
Ice
3.
Having
rock
4.
debris
carried
by
the
glacier
scrapes
and
scratches
leaving
The
out
load
and
a
is
are
generally
mountains
ablation
enlarged
(this
the
is
found
where
lowest.
They
are
is
by
freeze-thaw
also
known
as
and
nivation).
hollow.
critical
weight
rotational
and
manner,
depth,
eroding
the
the
ice
oor
by
abrasion.
trickling
cirque
grow
down
by
armchair-shaped
the
bergschrund
freeze-thaw.
hollow
After
remains,
allows
glaciation
frequently
lled
the
a
lake,
for
example,
Blue
Lake
Cirque,
New
South
rate
of
erosion
the
and
velocity
of
the
the
ice,
depends
glacier
,
(c)
on:
the
(a)
the
weight
of
and
(d)
the
amount
and
Australia.
local
and
character
features
of
glacial
erosion
include
arêtes
and
of
pyramidal
the
in
a
to
Other
thickness
of
striations
amount
(b)
in
reached
Wales,
geology
,
and
melt
the
with
rock
hollow
snow
Meltwater
an
The
by
plucking
Abrasion
highest
accumulates
moves
glacier.
is
cirques
slopes
stages.
removal
moves,
the
A
an
in
hemisphere,
east-facing
peaks
(horns)
caused
by
the
headward
carried.
recession
LANDFORMS
PRODUCED
BY
GLACIAL
(cutting
troughs
(or
oors.
plan
In
back)
U-shaped
view
of
two
valleys)
they
are
or
more
have
straight
truncated
of
The
the
Olympic
e.g.
lake
Blue
or
Lake
tarn
National
also
carve
frequently
Pyramidal
Australia
English
Lake
the
tributary
Matterhorn,
rivers,
Wood,
level
spur
deep
lled
with
glaciers
do
of
Stickle
with
waterfall
e.g.
Veil
Yosemite,
Falls,
valley.
The
spurs
rock
ice
basins
ribbon
are
lakes
formed
not
the
which,
by
unlike
cut
down
to
main
valley,
but
the
are
left
District
Truncated
valley
interlocking
valleys
suspended
Hanging
at
peak
spur
Glencoyne
have
cirque
Alps
e.g.
they
Park,
Washington
e.g.
Truncated
the
preglacial
Hanging
NSW,
and
Catwalk,
may
Cirque
since
Glacial
sides
EROSION
Arête
e.g.
cirques.
steep
Bridal
UK.
Glacial
above,
Beck
They
in
are
the
for
example,
Lake
usually
District,
marked
by
waterfalls.
U-shaped
USA
valley
Ribbon
e.g.
Lake
(trough)
Lauterbrunnen
Lake
Como
the
lake
Jungfrau,
e.g.
Valley,
Switzerland
and
Garda,
Italian
Deposits
of
(boulder
clay)
moraine
Lakes
Braithwaite,
Keswick,
Lake
EXAM
Glacial
other
is
complex
plucking
and
and
involves
abrasion.
If
mechanisms
you
are
✗
writing
✓
about
glacial
erosion,
that
freeze-thaw
weathering
strictly
crucial
in
CHECK
9.
glacial
the
38
glacial
nor
the
Option
the
link
C
to
mention
erosion
and
include
pressure
erosional,
of
that
these
glacial
other
meltwater,
release.
Although
processes
are
scenery.
UNDERSTANDING
explain
10. Outline
sure
development
YOUR
Briey
aid
be
mechanisms
not
English
District
COMMON
TIP
erosion
than
e.g.
near
–
formation
between
of
a
cirque.
plucking
Extreme
and
abrasion.
Environments
All
Many
other
troughs
relict
processes
impacts)
their
MISTAKE
glacial
over
shape
are
troughs
(mass
have
been
movements,
thousands
altered.
U-shaped.
of
years,
acted
upon
by
weathering,
and
so
may
human
have
had
Glacial
The
term
drift
(meltwater)
deposition
refers
deposits
to
all
left
glacial
after
and
the
ice
uvioglacial
has
melted.
Medial
deposits
erratics,
into
or
are
lodgement
glaciers,
or
till
drumlins
and
angular
and
till,
material
ablation
retreating
and
unsorted,
moraines.
till,
T ill
is
dropped
deposits
and
often
by
Pyramidal
Arête
peak
Glacial
moraine
Lateral
include
moraine
subdivided
actively
dropped
by
moving
stagnant
ice.
Ice
THE
•
CHARACTERISTICS
Poor
sorting
–
till
OF
contains
a
TILL
large
range
of
grain
sizes,
Subglacial
for
example,
boulders,
pebbles,
moraine
clay
Terminal
•
Poor
•
Mixture
stratication
•
Many
•
Long
•
Some
•
Mostly
of
rock
particles
axis
–
no
types
have
in
of
subangular
sorting
from
variety
a
striations
orientated
compaction
regular
–
the
by
of
(scratch
direction
moraine
size
sources
marks)
of
glacier
ow
deposits
particles
Lateral
moraine
(a
ridge
of
a
at
the
side
valley)
ERRATICS
Hanging
Erratics
are
large
boulders
foreign
to
the
local
Section
for
example,
which
THE
is
Madison
estimated
to
Boulder
weigh
over
CHARACTERISTICS
Moraines
valley
of
the
are
sides
the
lines
and
glacier
is
of
loose
carried
a
OF
by
New
4,600
A
Hampshire,
tonnes!
MORAINE
rocks,
the
in
valley
geology,
weathered
glaciers.
crescent-shaped
At
mound
the
of
from
the
snout
terminal
Drumlin
moraine.
load
and
in
the
character
glacier
rate
always
of
was
is
carrying,
retreat.
steeper
than
Massachusetts,
determined
The
the
USA
is
the
by
speed
ice-contact
down-valley
a
ne
the
of
amount
Terminal
moraine
movement
slope
slope.
example
of
of
a
Boulders
(up-valley)
Cape
Clay
sertem
is
the
Its
Cod
terminal
5
moraine.
Lateral
moraines
are
ridges
of
materials
found
on
the
Angular
edge
of
Glacier
a
in
glacier.
The
Switzerland
lateral
are
moraines
good
on
the
examples.
Gorner
Where
unsorted
two
Section
glaciers
in
the
merge
middle
medial
of
of
rounding
are
the
touching
enlarged
Again,
the
glacier
Gorner
lateral
they
moraines
are
Glacier
known
contains
from
and
enlarged
as
many
CHECK
are
typically
melting
sorting
both
A
ow
moraines.
deposits
inuenced
(meltwater)
two
MISTAKE
glacial
Meltwater
✓
the
medial
COMMON
✗
of
moraines.
examples
All
and
by
to
angular
glaciers
occur.
glacial
may
Many
action
and
cause
glacial
and
unsorted.
a
degree
deposits
YOUR
11. Distinguish
12. Compare
of
lateral
UNDERSTANDING
between
the
drift
location
of
and
till.
terminal
moraine
with
that
moraine.
uvioglacial
action.
Physical
processes
and
landscapes
39
Periglacial
PERIGLACIAL
environments
PATTERNED
PROCESSES
Freeze–thaw
weathering
is
freezes
and
by
at
pressure
thaw
on
per
process
so
tur n
not
the
soil
the
fallen
fall
as
to
process
10%.
more
which
in
a
heave
soil
lifts
levels,
the
slopes
a
stones
initially,
other
and
is
particles
stones
ground
circles,
subjected
individual
The
melting
melts,
stone
freeze–
surface.
from
Patterned
water
great
of
Frost
the
nally
original
in
puts
cycles
freezes
towards
stones
their
It
impact.
under neath
under
back
back
ice
its
that
stones
a
The
greater
the
ice
rocks.
water
or
protect
when
have
year,
of
expands
jointed
whereby
particles
in
0°C
of
GROUND
to
intense
Kerid
stone
stripes
exact
mode
is
a
polygons
frost
crater
,
replace
of
general
and
southern
formation
frost
heave,
vegetation
are
widely
an
isolated,
for
are
and
unclear
soliuction
regarded
to
On
in
on
although
the
soils
the
steeper
polygons.
and
be
the
found
example,
Iceland.
circles
is
describing
that
action,
stone
differential
term
stripes
slopes
Their
ice
sorting,
effect
of
responsible.
do
much.
PINGOS
Soliuction
water
freezes
segregation
melts
and
in
of
literally
the
of
deposits
them
soil
the
ows
owing
causing
individual
water
because
means
soil
expansion
particles.
downhill.
impermeable
soil.
It
In
In
of
winter
the
spring
cannot
permafrost.
soil
the
inltrate
As
it
and
ice
the
moves
A
pingo
and
soil
over
areas.
of
is
1000
They
water
downslope
as
a
soliuction
lobe
or
terracette.
Open
the
landscape
water
water
features
Scree
are
is
by
system
from
local,
are
pressure.
pingos
system
is
conical
They
formed
open
system
closed
Periglacial
wide.
under
identied:
further
m
a
are
and
the
and
closed
formed
100
in
are
formed
is
expansion
nearly
and
the
when
are
of
high
freezing
generally
the
as
pingos.
source
source.
formed
the
m
periglacial
system
where
elevated
pingo
to
movement
types
are
the
up
found
Two
distant
pingos
hill
only
In
of
contrast,
supply
a
result
of
of
permafrost.
There
slope
1,500
Mackenzie
Patterned
pingos
Delta
of
in
the
Canada.
THERMOKARST
Tor
ground
Thermokarst
Braided
rivers
caused
by
melting
of
because
or
local
refers
to
due
permafrost.
of
broad
to
This
climatic
environment
Local
depressions
subsidence
the
may
be
changes
changes.
environmental
changes
include:
•
cyclical
which
•
Solifluction
and
lobes
changes
may
in
affect
reectivity
of
shifting
stream
which
of
may
the
vegetation,
the
albedo
or
surface
affect
channels,
the
amount
of
terracettes
heat
affecting
permafrost
Pingo
•
Asymmetric
re,
which
rapidly
destroys
slope
permafrost
•
disruption
of
vegetation
by
PERMAFROST
human
Periglacial
areas
impermeable
20%
of
places
the
up
are
associated
permanently
world’
s
to
also
700
m
frozen
surface
deep.
is
with
ground.
underlain
Three
types
the
permafrost,
permafrost
continuous
–
where
mean
annual
permafrost
temperatures
are
discontinuous
YOUR
to
–
where
mean
annual
temperatures
sporadic
–
where
mean
annual
temperatures
are
The
thaws
active
out
movements.
less
layer
is
seasonally
The
than
Option
at
and
characterized
depth
1.6
C
found
–
m
at
of
is
the
70°N
the
active
to
Extreme
surface.
0–
up
layer
to
4
This
layer
by
intense
in
Siberia
m
at
50°N.
Environments
human
soliuction
activity
are
5°C
1.5°C.
40
temperatures
and
in
mass
varies
of
thermokarst.
may
and
frost
lead
to
heave.
the
so
summer.
UNDERSTANDING
between
how
formation
from
air
layers
50°C
1.5
•
raised
surface
5
14. Explain
•
to
remove
in
13. Distinguish
to
may
exist:
CHECK
•
which
Approximately
by
of
open
permafrost,
activity,
Hot
arid
WEATHERING
•
Salt
IN
of
growth.
salt.
First,
THE
DESERTS
crystallization
solutions
causes
There
in
are
areas
the
two
breakdown
main
where
26–28°C
sodium
sulphate
expand
by
300%.
Second,
about
crystals
rises,
the
may
salts
a
large
range.
up
by
is
diurnal
Daytime
night-time
day
left
expand
Disintegration
is
be
found
conductor
of
in
(daytime
hot
and
contract
heat,
all
are
by
of
As
of
may
near
exceed
rock
stresses
too.
There
•
occur
•
Deation
•
Rivers
Rocks
(ow
heat
layers.
This
causes
peeling
or
only
in
the
exfoliation
to
occur
.
and
Moisture
is
essential
for
this
to
size
There
ACTION
IN
(over
action
20
is
important
km/h),
direction
and
for
a
the
surface
wind
rougher
the
ground
the
is
vegetation,
FEATURES
more
likely
and
is
IN
it
THE
ARID
come
more
be
where
largely
winds
from
are
of
and
intensity
many
desert
it
is
sources
of
irregular
events
of
important
water
but
it
mechanical
for
in
does
although
erosion,
deserts.
occur,
there
are
oods.
expose
through
an
from
inland
deposit
depends
of
the
are
the
water
deserts.
a
table
These
different
basin),
the
on
sand
the
ground
two
a
is
the
leaving
desert
constant
•
reduced
wind
moved
loose
and
Deation
strong
time.
speed
to
dry,
areas
long
Near
Sediment
in
turbulent,
blow
may
and
of
operation
and
to
produce
can
climate
be
anoasis.
classied
zone),
ephemeral
as
endoreic
(seasonal).
they
supply
carry
of
as
dunes.
sand,
Their
direction
of
shape
wind,
types
surface,
of
wind
and
presence
of
vegetation.
erosion.
DESERTS
•
W ind
low
the
happen.
nature
WIND
for
poor
W inds
outer
be
(come
to
development
number
ash
ow
exotic
whereas
a
low
occasional
there
the
important
may
as
WATER
weathering,
are
Rainfall
mostly
rock.
where
a
is
carbonate
evaporates,
OF
for
It
chemical
40°C
is
vital
and
temperature
freezing.
As
is
landforms.
uctuate
on
areas
WORK
Water
by
crystal
temperature
pressure
desert
rock
salt
water
the
night-time)
night.
the
of
sodium
when
exert
temperatures
temperatures
and
and
behind.
and
types
temperatures
around
salt
•
environments
if
by
speed
there
friction
is
is
a
or
particles.
reduced).
and
lack
within
of
LANDSCAPE
Rock
a
pedestal
rock
due
that
to
carried
is
more
in
or
mushroom
eroded
more
abrasion
suspension
by
is
a
progressive
larger
the
They
exploiting
largest,
small.
the
removal
materials.
This
of
small
forms
a
material
stony
reg.
Abrasion
(the
is
behind
metre
erosion
act
like
weaker
of
heaviest,
the
carried
rocks.
erosive
by
wind-borne
smoothing
Most
surface,
most
out
sandpaper,
abrasion
since
this
particles
is
surfaces
occurs
where
are
the
carried.
rock
near
its
base,
material
near
the
surface
Butte
Wadis
isolated
peak,
often
the
dry
remnant
of
a
gullies
Heavy
mesa
or
that
have
been
eroded
by
flash
floods.
former
rainstorms
(100–250
mm)
create
rushing
plateau.
torrents
on
steep
slopes.
Mesa
a
relatively
plateau
large
that
has
isolated
from
plateau
either
or
through
area
of
become
the
main
by
slope
erosion
retreat.
Inselbergs
are
isolated
resistant
formed
or
by
domes
rock.
by
of
They
parallel
exhumation
can
be
retreat
where
of
the
slopes
basal
hard
surface
is
surface
stripping.
exposed
as
a
result
rock
of
soft
rock
Yardangs
Zeugen
Yardangs
wind
Alluvial
eroded
rocks,
fans
Barchan
where
cones
alternating
of
sediment
of
hard
rocks
series
of
Zeugen
rivers
owing
to
and
produce
loss
of
energy
as
they
leave
a
mountain
onto
a
channels
and
enter
ridges.
wind
horizontal
eroded
layers
CHECK
of
rock
hard
YOUR
15. Explain
16. Briey
formed
when
the
structures
and
soft
consisting
bearing
the
plain.
rocks
surface.
are
This
and
wind
there
dunes
speed
is
a
is
high,
large
water-
supply
their
crescent
where
Oasis
an
constant
abrupt
soft
by
or
are
formed
deposited
strata
that
vertical
exposed
is
done
by
deation.
changes
in
deserts.
of
sand.
at
commonly
of
rock.
UNDERSTANDING
briey
explain
how
rocks
two
forms
may
of
be
wind
weathered
erosion
in
by
temperature
hot,
arid
areas.
Physical
processes
and
landscapes
41
MANAGING
3
Agriculture
HOT
Hot
ARID
arid
a
lengthy
type
of
the
cattle
settled
T
unisia
in
in
agriculture.
dates
number
so
of
leaves
can
that
be
gs
–
can
is
of
areas
be
and
new
enough
provide
into
the
as
T
rue
palm
ropes
and
control
the
Arabia
planting
is
reducing
•
using
animal
•
using
solar
animal
ARIDITY
AND
a
•
using
•
building
most
arid
and
•
lacking
In
lack
of
freshwater
and
also
arid
areas
make
agriculture
and
a
negative
areas
soils.
challenging.
water
outputs
more
the
from
input
is
Poor
All
balance.
evapotranspiration
from
due
to
low
precipitation.
rainfall
and
high
are
infertile
low
organic
•
a
•
being
due
efcient
in
limited
amounts
fertilizer
produce
energy
rather
than
resulting
types
of
irrigation
may
is
o ccu r
less
in
th a n
a re a s
25 0
wh ere
a nn ua l
millimet res .
and
sa lts
e va p ora tes
(see
a lso
and
In
po or l y
p. 10 ) .
leaves
T he
be hind
s al i n e
the
growth
of
mo s t
crop
p la nts
by
s oil s
re du c i ng
arid
and
of
water
upta k e
by
roots ,
an d
pl a nts
di e
du e
stores
of
soils
limited
Some
salt
crop s ,
tolerant
s u ch
as
da te
p al m
and
c ot t on ,
( h a lo p hytic) .
water
are
for
those
without
access
to
irrigation
arid
and
security
of
land
tenure,
agriculture
is
a
venture.
biomass
–
THE
ADDITION
OF
Irrigation
WATER
TO
CROPS
IN
ORDER
TO
types
HELP
THEM
GROW
Surface
Sprinkler
irrigation
irrigation
Lateral
Centre
Basin
Border
Travelling
Furrow
Drip
Move/Side
pivot
gun
roll
Costs
of
implementing
various
irrigation
systems
2
Irrigation
Centre
Side
method
pivot
$31.88
Drip
Canal
CHECK
YOUR
$47.94
between
18. Outline
main
42
the
Option
C
gun
$31.63
lining
$9.44
UNDERSTANDING
17. Distinguish
–
aridity
sources
and
of
Extreme
infertility.
water
Capital
$26.31
roll
Travelling
in
hot
arid
areas.
Environments
to
semi-
means
evapotranspiration.
from
t he
transport
That
Desert
of
w a te r
thin
IRRIGATION
using
dams.
to:
content
of
clay
locations,
high-risk
They
on
dominated
water
(dry)
as
to
small-scale
However,
exceed
dung
panels
amounts
more
the
pressure
salt-tolerant
animals
UAE,
wilting.
have
and
for
more
water
.
rate
can
and/or
fodder
made
INFERTILITY
semi-arid
infertile
size
be
a
affect
by
provide
could
mats,
large
in
areas
supply
drained
Agriculture
arid
dung
precipitation
–
to
herd
Salinization
CHALLENGES
hot
vegetation
thatching
season.
of
drought-resistant
Douz,
for
supply
•
•
Oases,
Date
dry
by:
vegetation
opportunities
at
in
sustainable
sheep
used
Saudi
plentiful
goats,
oasis
be
can
in
such
a
the
is
Agriculture
main
pasture.
provide
can
made
The
favour
nomadism.
oranges.
Dams
water
good.
is
for
sunlight
camels,
rivers
bark
countries,
plants
is
areas
and
the
and
where
example,
eaten.
there
oil-rich
desalination
arid
herds
water
For
crop
areas
exotic
dates,
the
fencing,
hot
of
opportunities
heat
farming
their
and
of
of
In
for
most
search
or
water
season.
plants
useful
of
number
with
produces
the
a
potential
particularly
and
arid
SUSTAINABILITY
abundance
wander
desalination
for
offer
the
farming
nomads
and/or
–
growing
available,
in
ENVIRONMENTS
AREAS
areas
agriculture
EXTREME
cost
per
km
are
Human
and
extraction
MINERAL
physical
in
EXTRACTION
hot
IN
HOT
opportunities
arid
ARID
is
mineral
Middle
enormous
resources
East,
Australia
hot
arid
The
AREAS
illustrate
these
are
Copper
50
arguments
Arguments
Copper
is
example,
and
uranium
riches
be
and
basic
need
in
is
a
km
for
gas
of
in
mining
that
difcult
transport
utilities
to
since
the
be
is
such
many
water,
hot
arid
the
Resource
many
expensive.
as
water
may
require
reserves
areas
are
resources
to
to
remote
be
desalination
be
tapped.
and
plants
to
Moreover
,
inaccessible,
exported
is
difcult
and
expensive.
in
because
of
groundwater
transporting
in
occur
or
les
In
and
and
energy
people
their
linked
exploitation
environmental
can
waste
in
hot
introduce
can
be
arid
impacts.
a
in
exotic
major
to
an
increase
Arizona,
an
undeveloped
areas
The
species.
source
respiratory
can
have
movement
of
The
dust
of
vehic
mines
that
is
problems.
provided.
favour
hybrid
would
•
The
used
land
•
The
mine
would
19
years
contractors
mine
of
of
the
a
project
in
Rosemont
County,
Copper,
contain
twice
economy;
as
much
for
be
of
reclaimed
employ
400
the
and
people
water
against
copper
copper
directly
and
support
1,700
indirect
support
linked
industries
goods
during
the
and
services
nearly
two
at
jobs.
to
•
the
of
operation.
mine
the
proposal
mines
structures
83,
a
pollute
Destruction
of
the
loss
remains
Degradation
•
Signicant
of
of
air
trafc
would
visible
route.
and
air
and
85
historic
and
nearby
water
generate
along
55–88
State
representing
properties
nine
that
include
Native
sites.
throughout
increases
Arizona
species.
prehistoric
quality
from
individuals
threatened
Complete
•
be
scenic
habitat
and
American
mine
would
designated
endangered
–
decades
The
Route
•
for
Open-pit
supplies.
needed.
restored.
would
providing
Arguments
•
•
105%
area
Arizona
proposal
clean-energy
import
will
operation
Pima
Tucson.
cars.
mine
project
mining
against
for
cars
conventional
The
copper
south-east
needed
The
least
ARIZONA
and
•
•
may
remote,
COPPER,
approximately
as
development
Oil
shortage
STUDY
Rosemont
•
and
potential
and
disposal
ROSEMONT
The
the
Chile
the
areas.
built
negative
housing
waste
CASE
in
for
arid
exploitation
areas
addition,
and
copper
hot
areas.
However,
of
potential
in
mineral
environments
be
There
for
the
region.
Highways
round-trip
83
truck
and
82,
as
shipments
the
daily
.
Tucson
10
Coronado
Benson
National
Sonoita
Forest
Valley
19
scenic
overlook
83
82
Sonoita
Santa
Rita
mountains
83
N
82
0
8
16
Sonoita
km
Proposed
CHECK
YOUR
19. Identify
arid
at
Rosemont
Ranch,
Arizona
UNDERSTANDING
advantages
of
mineral
extraction
in
hot
areas.
20. Outline
be
the
mine
the
caused
environmental
by
resource
damage
exploitation
that
in
may
hot
arid
environments.
Managing
extreme
environments
43
Opportunities
extraction
The
exploitation
resources
development
but
it
of
creates
can
cold
environments
opportunities
can
also
cold
in
improve
put
and
the
pressure
and
for
the
their
of
fragile
mineral
conict
FRAGILITY
between
OF
different
CASE
these
regions,
environment
STUDY
RESOURCE
areas
fragile
for
The
ecosystem
is
highly
due
to
The
extremely
the
limited
three
of
lacks
both
physical
rapid
development.
thick
and
pollution
to
species
temperatures
is
has
a
easily
very
human
–
and
of
changes
the
in
the
permafrost,
heat
effect
from
on
Close
to
rivers,
heave
is
owing
very
vegetation
which
to
an
can
cover
,
lead
abundant
signicant
out
therefore
need
of
the
to
and
ground.
overcome
Bay
,
mass
Alaska,
be
can
Piles
embedded
movement
they
are
in
supply
lift
for
deep.
more
than
capital,
The
each
human
cost
impact
on
of
infrastructure
has
the
a
land
mass
to
population
is
support
of
covered
the
country
is
connecting
the
scattered
inaccessible.
just
There
communities
and
are
a
no
single
serves
in
active
the
the
settlements
been
a
long
on
$3000
in
periglacial
the
history
western
side
mining
in
of
the
island.
Greenland.
was
2009,
mined
Nuuk
for
130
achieved
years
full
between
home
rule,
1857
and
including
1987.
control
natural
resources.
foreign
affairs.
Denmark
remained
Greenland’
s
in
resource
charge
of
nationalism
security
was
water
,
oil
price
to
bring
In
this
great
since
benets
2013
has
to
Greenland.
made
Arctic
However
,
oil
expensive
and
not
worthwhile.
100
80
60
40
20
0
20
extremely
early
OCEAN
1970s.
areas
CANADA
The
are
hazards
diverse
associated
and
may
with
be
the
use
intensied
of
by
cold
environments
human
impact.
80
Nord
Ellesmere
Problems
include
mass
movements,
ooding,
island
thermokarst
Hans
subsidence,
season
and
low
a
temperatures,
lack
of
poor
soils,
a
short
Island
growing
light.
Qaanaaq
Greenland
Problems
Unstable
Radiators
with
for
Sea
pipelines
permafrost
pipeline
above
ground
ammonia
Fibreglass
cooling
and
polyurethane
system
insulation,
pumpable
to
in
keep
oil
winter
war m
and
shutdowns
Steel
Baffin
pipe
Bay
Oil
Ittoqqortoormiit
Teflon-coated
20
shoes
pipe
allows
to
slide
70
llulissat
Gunnbjorn
Active
layer
Fjeld
60
Aasiaat
Pipe
Pipes
for
liquid
anchored
only
ammonia
Sisimiut
every
cooling
system
summer
heat,
–
250
550
m.
disperses
Zig-zag
line
allows
pipe
expand
retains
to
Kangerlussuaq
and
permafrost
Slurry
Arc
backfilled
around
vertical
in
contract
and
permafrost
range)
support
pipeline
buried
tic
Cir
cle
(temperature
and
adjust
to
Maniitso
earthquakes
Unstable
Earthquake
Tasiilaq
and
Denmark
(i.e. where
block
above-ground
caribou
pipe
would
other
migration)
pipe
Strait
NUUK
Davis
fractures
Strait
Automatic
Refrigerated
Oil
pumped
limiting
spillage
to
average
of
an
through
15,000
small
valves
close,
brine
Insulation
pipes
barrels
of
oil
keeps
60
ground
60
Qaqortoq
frozen
Cape
Farewell
Labrador
NORTH
Sea
ATLANTIC
OCEAN
CHECK
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
0
21. Explain
why
permafrost
can
be
a
problem
in
cold
0
100
200 km
100
200
40
mi
environments.
Settlements
22. Briey
44
explain
Option
C
the
–
term
”resource
Extreme
the
exploration
to
Prudhoe
is
collapse
pipelines
permafrost
the
of
and
layer
.
However
,
has
cause
of
piles
carrying
deep
the
11m
the
80%
ARCTIC
expensive:
to
and
subsidence.
too
to
human
isolated
and
oil
structures
and
Some
of
expected
frost
challenges
ecosystems.
buildings
and
•
political
decomposition,
of
thawing
and
geographically
impact
In
pipelines,
is
involved.
reduce
long-lasting
disrupted
Nuuk,
Much
Cryolite
Permafrost
the
ice.
There
•
physical
country
reasons:
susceptible
number
GREENLAND
AREAS
ship
low
major
The
roads
•
has
development.
16,000.
•
IN
stakeholders.
PERIGLACIAL
are
NATIONALISM
and
in
Periglacial
mineral
Resource
Greenland
create
for
environments
challenges.
economies
on
challenges
nationalism“.
Environments
in
Greenland
T
ourism
COLD
AND
HIGH
ENVIRONMENTS:
populations
TOURISM
The
Clean
air,
breathtaking
interest
and
second
most
after
and
in
heroic
coasts.
pristine
been
the
many
They
to
have
landscapes.
such
paragliding
and
make
become
Whereas
has
STUDY
ZUNI
PUEBLO,
cultural
mountain
tourist
for
trekking
the
biking,
zones
the
skiing
This
have
economy
include
of
means
human
soil
other
MEXICO,
but
issues
of
Pueblo
New
history
in
remote
regions
of
the
high
•
the
Mexican
and
a
is
of
Pueblos.
resulting
area
the
of
relatively
•
the
negative
and
cultural
its
an
of
language,
geographic
sparsely
attractive
and
the
19
culture,
isolation
life
there.
Zuni
in
needs
order
that
There
casinos
to
the
because
potentially
to
affect
been
golf
control
safeguard
could
have
and
presents
the
social
proposals
courses,
but
Some
tourism.
guide.
by
Overall,
largely
Water,
that
can
developments
hunting
the
it
impact
has
air,
be
are
non-Indians
because
arid
T
ourism
to
limit
in
environments:
hot
the
arid
areas
potential
is
not
referred
easily
to
on
the
have
as
a
low
fragile.
damaged
thin
by
erodible
therefore
contentious
difcult
that
to
regenerate
tourism
some
are
resources
slopes,
interest.
depends
easily.
The
brings
environmental
and
resolve.
in
Zuni
theme
or
Consider
within
the
audio
before
Assume
Pueblo
record
Always
Observe
events
with
been
long
as
tourism
such
they
has
as
artifacts
have
been
or
and
controlled.
not
Hike
in
in
of
sense
your
an
–
active
not
instead
a
of
activities
photograph,
and
ask
any
video
informed
permission
involving
images
inside
people.
the
traditional
Old
NO
Mission.
dances
Applause
is
as
setting.
by
or
not
climbing
adobe
these
by
walls.
areas
not
is
around
Removal
fragile
of
a
Federal
offence.
using
alcohol
or
drugs
weapons.
designated
around
homes
specically
encounter.
church
from
to
activity
respect
may
a
rst
community
bringing
and
starting
visiting
“cultural”
unless
any
structures
our
are
memories
ALL
off-limits
quiet
objects
only
not
that
inquire
common
Respect
before
you
lives
visual
sketch
you
as
archaeological
daily
permitted
that
Exercise
affected
are
or
photographing
is
Center
park.
capturing
photography
and
Visitor
Remember
,
residents’
photographs!
and
allowed
as
of
soil
easily
the
of
for
none
with
Pueblo.
areas
archaeological
(check
ruin
at
Visitor
Center)
sites.
tourism
needs
damage
steep
does
tourism
museum
and
Hot,
in
Zuni
otherwise.
against
the
to
inappropriate
concerns:
resources
of
generate
environments
environment
that
which
primary
sometimes
mountain
community
populated
option
implemented.
by
visit
or
consequences
are
limited
unique
investment
tourism
biodiversity
Zuni
traditional
most
is
concerns:
of
Environmental
a
a
the
capital
complexes,
big-game
of
most
from
T
ourism
low
development
been
has
part
are
also
tourism
USA
returns.
Sociocultural
have
and
It
in
one
USA.
economic
motel
largest
the
of
Indigenous
Check
Zuni
the
sites
success
Mountain
and
vegetation
benets,
of
because
Responsible
NEW
social
see.
that
impact
and
social
to
capacity
development
snowboarding,
rafting.
come
carrying
holidays
archaeological
and
management
tourists
accessible
and
tourist
to
careful
destination,
adventure
diversied
mountain
white-water
CASE
species,
increasingly
looking
attractions,
areas
as
rare
international
tourists
traditional
mountain
activities
potential
popular
attractive
scenery,
and
economic
to
it
be
controlled
could
do.
Gallup
N
Ramah
W
E
Zuni
Hanlibinkya
El
Morro
S
Nat’l
Park
ZUNI
Kothluwala
RESERVATION
Zuni
St
Salt
0
0
ARIZONA
Responsible
EXAM
Extreme
tourism
and
its
environments
and
If
between
you
in
attempt
different
impact
a
are
very
will
vary
high-income
different
environments,
of
25
miles
20
40
km
NEW
MEXICO
tourism
CHECK
TIP
environments
types
question
you
should
extreme
varied.
between
and
of
to
type
tourism
show
in
lands
Towns
State
roads
Lakes/reservoirs
State
boundary
Mesas
Rivers
Zuni
YOUR
23. Suggest
of
why
Archaeological
sites
Pueblo
UNDERSTANDING
extreme
environments
are
vulnerable
to
tourism.
extreme
low-income
extreme
about
try
The
Zuni
Lake
Johns
countries,
24. Identify
the
main
attractions
of
Zuni
Pueblo.
environments.
in
the
extreme
variety
of
types
environments.
Managing
extreme
environments
45
EXTREME
4
Causes,
ENVIRONMENTS’
acceleration,
management
WHAT
IS
is
the
spread
previously
productive
the
land
population
are
of
areas.
territory
OF
nearly
by
Loss
•
of
soil
water
Changes
16%
of
as
•
•
loss
is
of
Reduced
of
STRATEGIES
•
soil
erosion
area
FOR
of
income
of
from
(pastoralism
cultivation
of
Decreased
availability
necessitating
for
by
is
when
already
over-exploited.
overgrazing
and
food
traditional
•
fragile
This
land
overuse
in
arid
can
be
deforestation.
purchase
•
streams
Increased
dependence
•
Increased
rural
on
knowledge
and
oil/
•
food
migration
due
to
food
scarcity
Social
for
•
traditional
Forced
fuelwood,
of
of
cultural
skills
crops)
of
and
Loss
and
kerosene
pasture
tensions
in
reception
areas
migrants
aid
poverty
and
accumulations
of
of
available
sedimentation
Cause
•
removed
land
and
Expansion
wind
biodiversity
Increased
sediment
caused
occurs
areas
Social
economy
cropping
because
world’
s
semi-arid
desertication.
through
composition
and
in
Desertication
and
Economic
vegetation
Reduction
into
of
DESERTIFICATION
nutrients
in
25%
the
erosion
vegetation
•
conditions
about
Environmental
and
and
desertication
desert-like
Currently,
and
threatened
CONSEQUENCES
•
consequences
DESERTIFICATION?
Desertication
global
of
FUTURES
in
under
reservoirs
sand
dunes
PREVENTING
Strategies
for
DESERTIFICATION
prevention
Problems
and
drawbacks
desertication
Overgrazing
•
Improved
stock
programmes
breeds,
yields
increased
•
Better
Overcultivation
•
Use
of
new
over
land
•
or
and
CHECK
YOUR
25. Dene
26. Explain
the
of
crops:
many
traditional
farming
Option
C
increased
the
to
reduce
combines
trees
T
rees,
protect,
Social
for
to
fodder
,
shade
forestry:
be
•
programmes
leading
Population
to
bigger
pressure
improve
survival
herds.
often
prevents
these
measures.
and
reduce
yields
of
•
Cost
•
Articial
•
Some
or
•
Risk
high-
•
Some
open
new
up
crops
with
qualities
all
fuels:
substituted
can
Extreme
on
agriculture
continue
fuel
could
and
to
farmers.
fertilizers
crops
of
crop
need
damage
the
soil.
fertilizer.
failure.
methods
special
may
expensive
require
expensive
technology
skills.
and
gas,
cause
Environments
with
building
the
of
and
as
can
all
land.
forestry
,
a
timber
.
kerosene
of
Long
growth
time
before
benets
of
trees
are
realized.
•
soil.
Expensive
irrigation
and
maintenance
may
be
needed.
community.
sources
•
while
tree-planting
members
wood
crop
cropping
fertilize
”desertication“.
practices
of
storage
pressure
and
oil,
for
use
grain
village-based
involve
Alternative
and
farmer
using
farming
–
to
crops
methods:
irrigation
desertication.
46
can
Vaccination
rates,
size.
sizes
both
double
need
UNDERSTANDING
term
how
can
the
drought-resistant
Agroforestry:
be
milk
herd
herd
would
•
better
introduced.
Improved
schemes
•
these
improved
allowing
•
and
of
farming.
varieties
rotation,
Deforestation
for
New
be
vaccination
the
reducing
areas
reducing
new
be
wool,
increasing
wider
fertilizers:
crops,
yielding
•
meat,
without
through
introduction
damage.
grain
•
of
the
management:
grazing
soil
quality:
and
can
fuel.
•
Expensive:
special
equipment
may
be
needed.
Increasing
to
As
in
international
resources
ice
caps
the
extremely
opening
CASE
THE
are
region.
melting,
The
USA
valuable
up
two
a
military
and
in
are
the
shipping
extreme
race
Russia
resources
major
in
is
also
building
competing
Arctic.
lanes,
The
and
oil
are
economic
region
is
gas
for
access
environments
reserves
for
and
competition
eight
worth
members
Norway,
trillions
competition
of
Iceland,
the
is
of
dollars.
erce,
Arctic
Finland,
The
potential
especially
Council:
Sweden,
among
Canada,
Russia
and
for
the
Denmark,
the
USA.
STUDY
YAMAL
MEGAPROJECT
0
300
600
km
K a r a
0
300
600
S e a
ml.
ARCTIC
Barents
OCEAN
sea
POLAND
YAMAL-NENETS
Gydan
Bay
MOSCOW
n
UKRAINE
o
D
a
g
l
o
V
Black
sea
I
r
O
s
h
b
y
Y
e
in
s
ie
t
GEO.
YAMAL
PENINSULA
Baidarata
AZER.
Bay
Caspian
KAZAKHSTAN
UZB.
sea
IRAN
Aral
sea
Taz
Bay
The
The
location
Yamal
of
the
Peninsula
Yamal
is
Peninsula
located
in
Northern
Siberia.
YAMBURG
Yamal
Ob
is
a
remote,
The
Nenets
have
used
wind-blown
are
the
graze
their
move
south
region
indigenous
Yamal
reindeer
during
nomadic
Peninsula
in
the
the
underlain
for
Yamal
winter.
reindeer
over
the
Nenets
herders
years.
They
summer
are
now
TAZOVSKIY
who
and
Operating
Projected
facing
and
threats
from
climate
change
and
also
from
Bay
permafrost.
1,000
during
The
by
oil
and
gas
under
gas
gas
gas
pipelines
Comprehensive
gas
processing
unit
Wells,
clusters
pipelines
pipelines
well
construction
Shelf
Continental
fields
fields
exploration.
Y
amal
an
energy
at
has
estimated
the
55
project
in
considerable
world’
s
trillion
history
risk.
largest
cubic
puts
Roads
natural
metres
the
and
gas
(tcm).
future
of
pipelines
reserves,
Russia’
s
nomadic
are
with
Yamal
oil
•
River
to
cross,
and
oil
pollution
is
threatening
pasture
the
The
and
and
freshwater
.
the
rst
of
its
The
gas
project
supplies
was
was
initiated
in
produced
Ob
Oil
and
gas
to
provide
nearly
30
60%
of
sheries
the
on
former
Soviet
tributaries
been
of
destroyed.
the
in
Reindeers’
migratory
routes
have
been
bisected
by
2012.
and
some
reindeer
have
been
shot.
impacts
According
•
used
catch;
have
railroads,
Environmental
Ob
sh
quality
•
1990s,
elds
for
the
of
gas
herding
difcult
Union’
s
reindeer
and
largest
operations
in
the
Yamal
Peninsula
to
a
Spokesperson
from
Survival
International,
destroyed
”The
Nenets
people
have
lived
on
and
stewarded
the
2
over
64,000
km
of
tundra
in
just
ten
years
of
tundra’
s
fragile
ecology
for
hundreds
of
years.
No
exploration.
developments
•
Fish
yields
on
the
River
Ob
have
decreased,
consent,
spawning
grounds
have
been
YOUR
27. Briey
28. State
the
how
Yamal
they
take
need
to
place
on
receive
their
fair
land
without
compensation
their
for
damages
caused“.
UNDERSTANDING
explain
negatively
and
polluted.
any
CHECK
should
sh
how
the
exploitation
affected
the
Nenets’
much
natural
gas
is
of
oil
has
lifestyle.
believed
to
exist
in
Peninsula.
Extreme
environments’
futures
47
New
in
technology
extreme
SUSTAINABLE
and
sustainable
development
environments
AGRICULTURE:
BUSTAN,
•
EGYPT
The
to
•
sh
tanks
The
ammonia
converted
before
and
•
10th
Ashmun
Ramadan
N
El
Obour
C
•
90%
of
the
nutrients
plants
need
that
into
being
results
nitrogen
sent
back
from
and
to
the
sh
absorbed
the
sh
breathing
by
tanks,
the
is
plants
ammonia-free
healthy.
Bustan
of
provide
grow.
is
a
labour-intensive
biological
pest
aphids,
order
Bustan
in
uses
control
to
90%
methods
in
year
could
avoid
less
Egypt.
It
farm
methods,
and
chemical
water
than
produces
uses
such
as
sustainable
ladybirds
to
kill
inputs.
traditional
6–8
tonnes
farming
of
sh
per
City
i
l
e
Al
if
Marj
it
and
were
to
potentially
grow
just
a
yield
single
45,000
type
of
heads
of
lettuce
vegetable.
DESALINIZATION
Cairo
New
Bustan
Cairo
City
Desalination
6th
or
desalinization
is
a
process
that
removes
of
October
salt
City
from
fresh
seawater.
water
t
for
Seawater
human
is
desalinated
consumption
to
produce
(potable
water)
Helwan
and
0
for
irrigation.
The
costs
of
desalinating
seawater
are
20
10
generally
high
due
to
the
large
amount
of
energy
required.
km
According
•
The
location
of
Bustan,
Around
to
1%
(Arabic
for
”orchard“)
is
the
rst
farm
in
Egypt.
Water
rise
to
The
world’
s
sh
circulates
from
through
Each
tank
hydroponic
contains
trays
about
a
that
are
native
to
Egypt.
Water
from
the
in
pond
tilapia
is
then
irrigate
the
olive
trees
that
produce
a
CASE
enables
waste
to
be
efciently
In
high
quality
olive
POWER:
2005
a
needed
data
of
power
hours,
As
wind
that
it
to
the
six
than
that
was
to
sun
only
within
small
its
enough
largest
cubic
Israel
desalination
which
project
produced
is
over
Ras
one
over
metres
40%
per
of
in
2014.
domestic
day
water
desalination,
the
largest
comes
from
contribution
to
any
country.
just
the
fall
EU
led
produce
own
in
a
It
to
Sahara
for
claimed
would
the
power
more
Algeria.
May,
suggesting
needed
receive
in
the
energy
map
Germany.
deserts
the
of
world.
the
that
energy
world,
in
just
from
the
of
of
to
its
solar
panels
conclude
in
renewable
and
The
from
Tu
in
on
The
in
is
now
supply
it
lenders
solar
was
the
renewable
Norther n
Tunisia,
Sahara
Tunisia
to
a
send
inappropriate
Algeria
develop
(CSP)
as
will
Morocco
is
for
an
some
has
the
plant
project
to
Tunisia
its
attracted
world’
s
export
power
as
of
at
and
own
funding
largest
Ourzazate.
project
increase
to
Spain,
but
Morocco’
s
energy.
2013
energy
borders.
YOUR
the
30. Explain
for
–
in
gover nment
power
as
in
seems
planned
promoted
of
project
This
Moroccan
concentrating
Originally
Nur
projects
neighbouring
projected
C
energy
with
2018.
overseas
29. State
Option
solar
ahead,
Europe
depends
it
price
Desertec
most
to
energy.
how
year.
the
going
CHECK
48
single
Arabia,
reused.
Nadine
solar
a
be
consume
could
amount
produce
and
happened,
in
Germany,
would
world’
s
humans
turbines
a
to
Sahara
the
from
produce
used
Europe,
Europe
from
will
DESERTEC
researcher
suggested
much
on
This
2025.
Saudi
Nevertheless,
Her
depends
needs.
oil.
still
be
daily
STUDY
SOLAR
In
their
sh,
one
and
meet
used
seawater
to
by
to
grow
thousand
•
which
Intelligence:
population
tanks
million
vegetables.
water
14%
Al-Khair
containing
Water
world’
s
commercial
•
aquaponics
the
Cairo
desalinated
Bustan
Global
of
Extreme
Environments
UNDERSTANDING
proportion
to
rely
on
why
hot
arid
solar
power.
of
the
world’
s
desalinated
areas
have
population
water
by
excellent
that
2025.
potential
is
The
impacts
change
CLIMATE
The
in
CHANGE
primary
and
management
extreme
IN
EXTREME
environmental
effects
climate
CLIMATE
change
Global
include:
in
•
falling
•
increased
crop
•
ooding
•
the
yields
water
of
spread
and
food
insecurity
stress
low-lying
of
rising
areas
diseases
sociopolitical
effects
of
climate
areas
as
malaria.
climate
freezing.
include:
Up
In
to
COLD
likely
40%
and
experience
a
will
rise
to
annual
of
the
contrast,
Antarctica)
Arctic
is
mean
degradation
central
change
the
risk
of
IN
change
where
below
they
The
CHANGE
(subsidence).
such
global
climate
environments
ENVIRONMENTS
of
of
AREAS
have
the
greatest
temperature
permafrost
development
just
areas
are
of
very
cold
glacial
areas
well
below
freezing
in
at
thermokarst
remain
temperatures
impact
is
(such
as
even
in
if
temperature.
have
increased
at
almost
twice
the
2
•
conict
•
loss
•
forced
•
of
over
resources
territory
and
migration
tension
over
such
border
resulting
energy
as
water
and
pasture
disputes
in
urban
supplies,
for
global
average
of
ice
sea
are
example,
Disadvantages
from
A
warming
STRATEGIES
of
climate
sea
hunter-gatherer
the
last
100
years.
Up
to
70,000
km
annually.
global
brings
ice
can
existence
environment
make
climate
many
be
is
fatal.
For
proving
their
change
problems
way
of
for
many,
difcult
life
the
the
as
harder.
Inuit.
traditional
changes
The
in
effect
include:
of
•
the
disappearing
Unpredictable
These
in
overcrowding
deforestation.
COPING
rate
improving
soil
fertility
by
the
careful
use
of
climate
change
exploration
•
using
•
improving
indigenous
the
plant
–
more
shipping,
mining,
and
oil
and
gas
fertilizers
–
may
threaten
the
environment.
species
efciency
of
irrigation
systems
and
pest
Advantages
of
global
climate
change
control
Rising
•
adopting
water
and
soil
conservation
techniques
temperatures
(stone
rows)
to
reduce
run-off
on
net
the
activities.
primary
growing
especially
also
be
in
adaptation
to
climate
Communications
The
A
Finance
presence
Access
Economic
diversication
Basic
to
to
and
representation
Right
to
private
Knowledge
and
generation,
planning
The
learning
CHECK
for
cold
32. Outline
areas
to
the
may
become
more
for
productive
coniferous
had
increases
increases.
forestry,
possibilities
over
90,000
accommodation
In
may
for
and
some
be
length
For
tourists
of
forestry,
possible.
tourism.
overseas
during
the
places,
There
may
example,
visit
and
stay
2015.
credit
a
of
range
as
and
and
accessibility
of
information
about
weather
in
even
and
extreme
insurance
economic
other
during
skills
and
events
products
livelihood
necessary
to
which
spread
risk
before,
during
options
understand
risks
and
shift
livelihood
necessary
civil
and
risk
media
particular
events
organize
social
in
functions
banking,
and
analyse
YOUR
31. Outline
paid
diversied
extreme
language
strategies
Organization
of
hazards
which
after
Access
Education
and
system
and
advantages
change
general
Transport
Farming
productivity
season
increased
Greenland
enabling
some
slopes.
as
Factors
have
using
economic
diguettes
may
and
to
society
scientic
and
have
access
to
and
voice
concerns
through
diverse
public,
organizations
basis
develop
to
learn
response
from
experience,
strategies
that
are
proactively
tailored
to
identify
local
hazards,
conditions
UNDERSTANDING
potential
problems
of
rising
temperatures
areas.
the
methods
reduce
the
that
effect
could
of
be
rising
used
in
hot
arid
temperatures.
Extreme
environments’
futures
49
Exam
practice
N
Key
500
Car
P
Park
Post
Office
500
Youth
Hostel
425
425
Toilets
275
A
Public
road
G
350
Lough
path
350
l
or
n
n
n ca
Bridleway
Nahanagan
River
425
l
500
sa
Lake
or
n
Cliff
R
s
Forest
Crag
650
e
i
v
e
v
275
700
Contour
575
575
500
G
l
575
e
n
e
a
500
l
o
R
i
200
v
P
425
Y
.H.
e
r
B
350
Laragh
425
P
275
200
Upper
Lake
575
500
500
575
425
425
350
200
275
r
e
v
i
R
Y
.H.
n
w
a
b
y
r
r
P
e
D
0
(a)
(i)
Identify
(ii)
Briey
(b)
Outline
(c)
Either
Discuss
the
two
explain
types
the
the
opportunities
the
view
that
of
lakes
formation
for
at
of
tourism
desertication
A
the
in
is
and
B.
type
this
both
of
lake
found
extreme
at
A.
environment.
inevitable
and
unmanageable.
0.5
1
km
(2
marks)
(3
marks)
(5
marks)
(10
marks)
(10
marks)
Or
Examine
the
economies
50
Option
view
of
C
–
that
extreme
new
technology
and
sustainable
environments.
Extreme
Environments
development
will
transform
the
OPTION
D
GEOPHYSICAL
GEOPHYSICAL
1
Plate
HAZARDS
SYSTEMS
movement
MECHANISMS
OF
PLATE
Subduction
MOVEMENT
beneath
The
up
theory
of
of
many
crust,
that
thinner
plate
layers.
is
tectonics
On
the
composed
oceanic
states
outside
of
thicker
that
there
the
Earth
is
very
a
continental
is
made
thin
crust
rigid
Rifting
Iceland,
Continental
12–40
Seawater
miles
(0–5
East
where
plunging
at
or
collides
of
one
form
with
plate
where
another
an
plate
–
oceanic.
constructive
Africa
the
zones
Rift
North
plate
Valley
or
American
boundaries,
the
Plate
rift
at
and
for
Thingvellir
,
the
Eurasian
crust
Plate
miles
(20–60
occurs
the
the
plate
continental
example,
to
Subduction
lithospheric
whether
and
crust.
Atmosphere
0–3
oceanic
refers
another.
are
moving
away
from
each
other
.
In
each
case,
hotspot
km)
activity
km)
is
believed
to
be
the
main
cause
of
rifting.
The
rift
Lithosphere
Oceanic
valleys
crust
30–125
3
miles
(5
consist
of
rock
that
is
hotter
and
less
dense
miles
km)
(50–200
Uppermost
created
km)
than
the
older
,
colder
plate.
Hot
material
wells
up
beneath
mantle
Asthenosphere
the
Upper
250
(a)
km)
Upwelling
the
gaps
created
by
the
spreading
convection
in
mantle
causes
the
oceanic
crust
plates.
to
form
ridge
zone
miles
(500
ll
Transition
a
310
to
mantle
miles
(400
ridges
km)
Lithosphere
tsurC
Partial
melt
Lower
mantle
1800
miles
reppU
km)
Outer
3200
core
miles
Asthenosphere
(5100
km)
Inner
core
(b)
3963
Lateral
tension
giving
The
internal
ow
comes
of
radioactive
and
structure
the
from
the
two
main
sources
decay
primordial
continues
of
heat
from
to
of
heat
cool
Earth’
s
materials
(that
from
is,
its
n
t
e
r
i
o
the
surface
–
in
the
interior
to
radiogenic
the
central
causing
block;
rift
faulting
magma
and
intrudes
downward
along
faults,
lava
lost
surface
is,
and
the
mantle
heat
original
the
(that
by
the
crust)
Earth
as
it
formation).
Lateral
movement
original
i
of
Earth
(c)
l
a
t
o
T
develops,
miles
movement
The
Asthenosphere
eltnam
(2900
rift
continues
with
further
intrusions
parallel
to
faults
r
o
w
fl
h
e
a
t
t
s
u
r
C
)
r
e
p
p
(
2
2
%
e
l
t
n
a
U
m
)
r
e
w
o
L
(
3
2
(d)
%
e
l
t
n
a
Main
rifting
sequence
is
repeated
periodically
as
upwelling
continues
m
Heat
transport
mechanism
E
o
i
v
i
s
D
i
o
n
a
f
s
r
t
h
l
a
t
o
t
’s
x
h
o
t
r
r
p
a
p
E
a
,
f
o
u
)
.
t
e
r
Advection
O
w
o
fl
%
(
)
t
a
e
h
(
2
2
Convection
%
e
r
o
C
I
e
n
n
r
Conduction
Key
Movement
mantle
Global
internal
heat
of
rising
Movement
Crust
Large-scale
of
lithosphere
Dykes
material
ow
convection
currents
occur
in
the
Mantle
Basalt
lava
Earth’
s
Solidifying
gabbro
interior.
Rifting
CHECK
1.
the
2.
YOUR
Identify
the
UNDERSTANDING
main
forms
of
internal
heat
ow
within
Earth.
Describe
the
processes
that
occur
at
a
subduction
zone.
Geophysical
systems
51
Volcanoes
CHARACTERISTICS
There
kinds
are
of
many
composite
•
types
eruption.
and
Shield
cinder
therefore
volcanoes
lava.
are
distances.
It
it
volcano
sloping
formed
most
by
•
various
common
are
from
hot,
a
is
fragments.
very
the
shield
there
hot,
lava
can
ow
crater
are
a
ssure
build
Unlike
large
lava
vast
the
but
a
occurs,
but
Large
erupt
lava
less
are
a
lava
the
eruption
volcanoes
continuously)
(where
characterized
quantities
vent.
is
in
and
eruptions
violent).
horizontal
this
silica
between
Philippines
eruptions
central
of
(which
the
Icelandic
involve
of
by
persistent
basaltic
lava
may
plains.
eruptions,
Occasional
important
Hawaiian
eruptions
pyroclastic
than
the
activity
lava
eruption.
shield
Runny
basaltic
volcano
•
and
Pyroclastic
explosive
•
and
eruption.
up
amount
difference
Hawaii
infrequent
great
have
and
lava
The
the
Japan
Icelandic
circumference.
Basic
in
basaltic
which
and
makes
Iceland
those
explosive
Shield
runny
volcanoes,
shallow
no
ERUPTIONS
eruptions:
what
in
when
ejected
up
sides,
up
Lava
is
shield,
volcanoes.
so
builds
the
build
no
is
VOLCANIC
VOLCANOES
of
formed
Because
gently
of
Three
volcanoes
activity,
OF
Composite
common
(or
type
alternating
strato)
of
volcanoes
volcano
eruptions
of
and
are
are
the
formed
fragmental
steam
material
gases
ows
are
that
from
the
produce
the
sides
of
the
easily.
Strombolian
commonly
emitted
down
escape
eruptions:
eruptions
Eruptions
most
by
lava
marked
eruptions
are
pyroclastic
rock.
by
cloud
a
white
of
crater.
followed
Strombolian
by
lava
slopes
The
for
outows.
of
30°
highest
near
the
volcanoes
example,
Chimborazo
Composite
These
Mount
and
strato
volcanoes
summit
in
the
Etna
are
and
5°
world
and
characterized
near
the
are
of
this
Vesuvius
in
Italy,
Popacatepetl
in
by
base.
type,
and
Mexico.
volcano
•
Vulcanian
eruptions:
when
pressure
of
trapped
becomes
sufcient
to
blow
solidied
lava.
the
these
are
violent
gases
off
the
and
in
occur
viscous
overlying
magma
crust
of
Vulcanian
•
Cinder
volcanoes
material
around
on
as
the
the
steep
which
the
vent
nature
to
of
material
angle
of
are
formed
accumulate
form
the
a
as
spreads
out
fragments
steep
cone.
material.
30°–40°
by
a
It
The
is
near
shape
usually
the
depending
of
conical
base
on
the
solid
hill
depends
concave
and
has
size
of
a
the
VOLCANIC
material.
high
(up
Cinder
to
300
and
m)
ash
with
cones
the
are
not
exception
usually
Volcano
Du
There
Fuego
in
Guatemala
which
is
3,350
m
and
all
are
a
are
Volcano
the
ows,
with
direct
ash
ejected
ash
join
or
Outline
the
the
Option
main
main
D
secondary
may
be
or
are
occur
eruption,
due
rainwater
to
mudows,
increase
also
–
ows
hazards
A
for
the
way
form.
with
avalanches
around
of
(lahars).
hazard
of
heavy
rain
lahars.
volcanic
and
the
the
example,
mudows
hazard
lava
emissions.
that
For
another
hazards
example,
gas
combination
the
occur
primary
and
form
are
associated
debris
commonly
to
changes
volcanoes.
Landslides
types
the
The
activity
.
lahars.
same
T
wo
Debris
time
as
an
UNDERSTANDING
characteristics
hazards
of
a
associated
shield
with
–
Geophysical
volcano.
volcanic
eruptions.
52
with
ash
eruption,
Describe
with
volcanic
avalanches
4.
and
eruptions.
of
reacts
unstable
main
3.
primary
pyroclastic
hazards
associated
and
impacts
material
may
Lahars,
YOUR
of
volcanic
fallout,
Secondary
CHECK
number
ash.
associated
Cinder
HAZARDS
very
hazards
and
they
may
also
help
the
eruption
to
occur
.
Earthquakes
An
earthquake
is
a
series
of
seismic
vibrations
or
shock
EARTHQUAKES
The
the
plates
release
their
tension
or
compression
movement
epicentre
Earth
marks
immediately
Shallow
focus
the
point
above
the
earthquakes
on
the
focus
occur
surface
of
the
of
surface,
whereas
depth
deep
under
the
km
the
into
the
below
the
close
to
crust
deepest
into
the
subduction
earthquakes
recorded,
zone
up
ground.
hotter
uid
When
the
oceanic
crust
to
slides
earthquakes
mantle
it
takes
time
to
warm
up.
As
the
occur
slab
descends,
it
distorts
and
cracks
and
eventually
at
earthquakes.
ground.
Along
cools,
Fold
of
earthquake.
relatively
focus
some
700
creates
considerable
oceanic
BOUNDARIES
the
the
ground
PLATE
suddenly.
creates
The
of
AND
mid-ocean
solidies
and
ridges
then
brittle
cracks
faults
due
to
occur
as
magma
upwelling
magma
mountain
from
Sea
below.
Earthquakes
here
are
small
because
the
level
brittle
Epicentre
faults
cannot
Nevertheless,
any
plate
many
extend
more
earthquakes
boundary.
Some
of
than
a
few
occur
a
long
these
are
kilometres.
way
related
to
from
human
0
activity,
such
fracking
and
as
the
the
construction
testing
of
of
nuclear
large
dams,
mining,
weapons.
100
Shallow-focus
earthquake
Earthquake
hazards
and
impacts
200
Primary
)mk(
300
Ground
htpeD
Oceanic
crust
hazard
Impacts
shaking
Secondary
hazard
Loss
of
life
Loss
of
livelihood
400
Ground
failure
and
soil
T
otal
liquefaction
of
or
partial
destruction
buildings
500
Landslides
Deep-focus
and
rockfalls
Interruption
Debris
600
ow
and
Breakage
disposal
Loss
and
water
supplies
mudow
T
sunamis
Shallow-
of
earthquakes
deep-focus
earthquakes,
and
of
of
sewage
systems
public
utilities
such
the
as
electricity
and
gas
epicentre
Floods
due
to
collapsed
dams
WAVE
TYPES
Release
•
Primary
wave
(P)
waves
type
and
shake
the
or
can
pressure
move
waves
through
are
the
solids
fastest
and
of
hazardous
material
liquids
–
Fires
they
•
Secondary
sideways
(S)
earth
waves
motion
backwards
or
and
shear
are
and
waves
unable
to
forwards.
move
move
with
–
they
make
the
ground
move
reach
a
the
surface
waves
Rayleigh
º
of
damage.
some
When
of
P-waves
them
are
illness
sanitary
conditions
due
and
as
may
cause
landslides,
other
geomorphological
liquefaction
and
hazards
tsunamis.
S-waves
transformed
Frequency
Frequent
Duration
Long
Areal
Widespread
Rare
into
waves:
Love
º
lot
surface,
chronic
of
lack
horizontally,
such
causing
of
to
through
Earthquakes
liquids
Spread
a
cause
waves
the
cause
ground
the
to
move
ground
to
sideways.
move
up
and
Short
down.
Love
waves
crust,
but
and
they
Rayleigh
cause
the
waves
most
travel
slowly
through
the
damage.
Limited
CHECK
YOUR
extent
UNDERSTANDING
Speed
5.
Distinguish
between
the
terms
“focus”
of
Fast
Slow
and
onset
“epicentre”.
6.
Outline
the
potential
impact
of
earthquake
hazards.
Earthquake
Spatial
Concentrated
Diffuse
dispersion
Regularity
An
Regular
earthquake
Random
hazard-event
prole
Geophysical
systems
53
Mass
Mass
the
movements
movements
Earth’
s
include
surface
that
any
are
large-scale
not
movement
accompanied
by
a
of
CAUSES
OF
Increasing
agent
such
as
a
river,
glacier
or
ocean
MASS
stress
and
of
mass
decreasing
resistance
wave.
Factor
T
ypes
MOVEMENTS
moving
Examples
movement
Factors
Flow
contributing
to
increased
shear
stress
Wet
Removal
River
support
of
lateral
undercutting
Mudflow
slope
Erosion
through
action,
or
or
by
rivers
and
faulting,
glaciers,
previous
wave
rockfalls
slides
steepening
Earthflow
Removal
of
Undercutting
underlying
subsurface
support
strength
Loading
of
slope
Weight
by
of
by
rivers
solution,
exposure
water,
and
loss
of
waves,
of
sediments
vegetation,
Solifluction
Landslide
accumulation
Lateral
pressure
Water
in
of
cracks,
debris
freezing
in
cracks,
Seasonal
Dry
soil
swelling,
creep
Talus
creep
Heave
release
Slide
Transient
Slow
stresses
Earthquakes,
movement
of
trees
Fast
in
Factors
A
pressure
Rockslide
classication
of
mass
movements
by
contributing
wind
to
reduced
shear
strength
speed
Weathering
Disintegration
effects
hydration
of
granular
rocks,
Percolation
baseflow
of
clay
minerals,
solution
Throughflow
of
cementing
minerals
in
rock
or
soil
of
material
Surface
run-off
Creep
Changes
in
pore
Saturation,
softening
Streams
Solifluction
water
pressure
Landslide
Earthflow
or
Changes
mudflow
of
Creation
of
ssures
in
clays,
Debris
1
ry/mm
1
of
of
mass
movement
overlap
more
between,
mudows.
(extremely
are
for
simplications.
example,
Sometimes
Sometimes,
rapid,
very
the
rapid,
the
✗
All
landslides,
names
are
descriptions
extremely
slow)
of
the
are
Identify
wet
UNDERSTANDING
the
54
(i)
and
Some
and
may
but
many
such
speed
of
a
landslide
with
that
of
soil
creep.
8.
mass
one
slow
Option
D
dry
and
mass
–
fast
mass
movement
movement.
Geophysical
hazards
and
animals,
decay
of
roots
as
(ii)
a
MISTAKE
movements
mass
kill
soil
are
movements
people
are
livelihoods.
YOUR
Compare
of
slow
helpful.
CHECK
7.
and
interchangeably.
speed
clays
1.0
Extremely
✓
used
effects
COMMON
lot
earthows
and
ry/mm
slow
0
1
1
Very
0
0
ry/mc
1
a
Burrowing
sands
–
1
1
0
yad/mm
1
1
is
Organic
of
9
8
–
–
1
yad/mc
yad/m
1
Slow
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
ces/m
Moderate
7
–
–
–
–
1
0
Rapid
6
5
4
3
2
–
1
1
063
rapid
TIP
Classications
There
1
ces/mc
ces/m
rh/mk
Very
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
rapid
EXAM
remoulding
cm/sec
avalanche
Extremely
structure
very
creep,
or
are
destroy
small
but
fast
and
destructive.
large
homes
(and
infrequent)
and/or
and
may
be
cause
little
impact
livelihoods,
relatively
to
frequent,
people
and
GEOPHYSICAL
2
HAZARD
Spatial
distribution
hazard
events
RISKS
of
geophysical
EARTHQUAKES
T
ectonic
hazards
tsunamis.
Most
boundaries,
Ocean
there
in
In
belts
cases
of
boundaries
these
chains
also
the
are
are
associated
of
with
conservative
belts
broad
Similarly
,
the
of
Most
volcanoes
some
occur
historically
Pacic
Ring
of
Not
all
with
of
ocean
earthquakes
plume
of
mantle
–
the
Hawaii,
hot
at
plate
About
active
boundaries
although
three-quarters
volcanoes
lie
along
of
the
the
Fire.
volcanoes
in
belts
found
hotspots.
550
Those
Collision
are
over
Earth’
s
Pacic
broad.
margins.
plate
plate
Atlantic
Ridge.
associated
plate
near
the
edge
quite
narrower
and
occur
of
Mid-Atlantic
constructive
whereas
centre
around
whereas
with
are
earthquakes,
the
the
earthquakes
zones,
associated
with
volcanoes
earthquakes
along
earthquakes
some
subduction
earthquakes,
world’
s
example,
many
Broad
are
the
association
are
Ocean.
include
of
for
VOLCANOES
for
and
are
occur
material
which
is
formed
example,
at
a
at
are
plate
hotspot.
rising
from
responsible
for
boundaries.
found
A
the
the
in
the
middle
hotspot
deep
is
a
within
the
volcanoes.
of
boundaries
give
LANDSLIDES
a
relatively
Many
belt
earthquakes
example,
testing
narrow
of
the
of
are
earthquakes.
related
construction
weapons.
These
of
to
large
may
human
dams,
occur
activities,
mining
quite
far
and
from
for
Landslides
the
landslides
plate
•
boundaries.
CHECK
active
uplift
YOUR
•
high
•
a
Compare
the
and
round
be
the
more
that
However,
in
lead
areas
to
high
fatal
that
have:
rates
of
earthquakes
including
population
world.
common
processes
occasional
rainfall,
high
short-term
intensities
density.
UNDERSTANDING
distribution
of
earthquakes
with
fatal
landslides
occur
in
low-income
countries
where
that
defensive
of
all
to
tectonic
high
Most
9.
occur
tend
structures
are
lacking.
Those
locations
include:
volcanoes.
10. Outline
the
main
features
of
the
distribution
of
•
the
•
central
southern
•
south-west
•
along
•
central
•
the
•
along
edge
of
the
Himalayas
fatal
China
landslides.
LOCATION
OF
NATURAL
the
India
western
boundary
of
the
Philippine
sea
plate
Indonesia
Caribbean
the
and
western
central
edge
of
Mexico
South
America.
HAZARDS
Earthquakes
Active
volcanoes
Geophysical
hazard
risks
55
The
relevance
of
hazard
frequency/recurrence
RECURRENCE
The
an
a
event
high
have
are
very
fewer
low
These
events.
return
size.
In
return
are
destructive
generalized
events
versus
Low-frequency
and
frequency
period
but
the
occurrence
of
Descriptor
Magnitude
Annual
magnitude
have
earthquake
than
of
minor
MomentMagnitude
many
low-
of
events
cause
the
management.
earthquakes
average
of
one
energy
Richter
the
amount
increase
different
Hazard
1
T
otal
18
Serious
Strong
6–6.9
120
Large
building
losses,
5–5.9
800
Signicant
4–4.9
6,200
Usually
Minor
3–3.9
49,000
T
ypically
material
ejected
Magnitude
VEI
volcano
in
and
This
in
some
the
is
measured
based
explosion,
frequency
Classication
of
on
the
by
the
the
felt
height
volcanic
Description
of
but
A
of
the
Scale
and
is
to
is
10
times
(M)
which
released
a
of
1.0
increases
doubling
on
that
of
on
by
the
observations
the
so
an
more
powerful
using
measures
gures
increase
times
more
increasingly
every
measure
logarithmic,
are
produces
based
1935
scale
100
MAGNITUDE
the
the
are
the
over
amount
similar
M
30.
energy
since
to
scale
Every
released.
1900
in
of
life
major
loss
urban
areas
populated
usually
and
level
the
is
life
areas
damage
little
5
of
damage
amount
of
considered
damage
to
be
caused.
Any
explosion
very
large
and
violent.
more
than
1,000
3
Volcanic
amount
and
represents
structural
creates
is
4.0
energy
loss
especially
above
a
high
damage,
losses
felt,
VOLCANOES
(VEI).
of
0.2
magnitude
destruction,
Moderate
of
of
Richter
of
For
in
scale
the
Scientists
scale.
The
AND
potential
Light
Index
one
3.0.
released
the
developed
on
than
7–7.9
strength
5.0
powerful
≥
Explosive
of
there
Great
The
was
earthquakes.
events
Major
MEASURING
scale
of
FREQUENCY
Thus
high-magnitude
greatest
Richter
for
and
management
large
high-frequency
high-magnitude
The
years
events
period.
low-frequency
8
the
in
whereas
return
into
is
small
earthquakes
require
of
period
measured
general,
frequency/high
destruction
Annual
or
risk
EARTHQUAKE
occurrence
particular
highly
magnitude
most
a
of
frequency/short
a
ones.
interval
frequency
of
for
INTERVAL
recurrence
expected
magnitude
VEI
8,
or
material,
cloud
it
VEI
8
supervolcano,
10
was
times
about
more
74,000
ejects
than
a
years
VEI
7.
The
last
km
of
eruption
of
eruptions
Height
of
Volume
of
Frequency
materials
Example
Occurrences
of
eruption
in
erupted
last
eruption
column
10,000
years
3
3
Vulcanian/
Severe
3-15
km
>10,000,000
m-
Yearly
Nevado
Pelean
Ruiz
del
868
(1985)
3
4
Pelean/Plinian
Cataclysmic
10-25
km
>0.1
km-
≥10
years
Soufriere
Hills
278
(1995)
3
5
Plinian
Paroxysmal
>25
km
>1km
-
≥50
years
Mt
St
Helens
84
(1980)
3
6
Plinian/Ultra-
Colossal
>25
km
>10
km-
≥100
years
Plinian
Krakatoa
39
(1883)
3
7
Plinian/Ultra-
Super-colossal
>25
km
>100
km-
≥1000
Plinian
T
ambora
4
T
oba
None
years
3
8
Plinian/Ultra-
Mega-colossal
>25
km
>1,000
km-
≥10,
Plinian
CHECK
and
the
between
hazard
magnitude
12. Compare
that
frequency.
Option
D
(73,000
BP)
UNDERSTANDING
relationship
of
MtSt
56
000
years
YOUR
11. Describe
–
Geophysical
a
ago.
hazards
a
the
VEI
frequency
5
Helens.
(Plinian
of
a
VEI
eruption),
8
(supervolcano)
for
example
with
Geophysical
hazard
risk
•
VULNERABILITY
Awareness
alerted
The
concept
conditions
to
a
hazard.
natural
in
of
the
It
increase
includes
hazard
affected
people’
s
vulnerability
that
but
A
vulnerability
catastrophic
not
also
area.
the
refers
only
the
the
status
number
to
to
the
susceptibility
natural
a
physical
of
of
geographic
of
people
factors
hazards,
and
can
of
•
Gender:
a
or
property
their
many
an
especially
factors
wealth
of
quality
•
Building
styles
the
of
Population
and
that
people
building
buildings
to
live
this
inuences
the
•
Age:
in.
codes:
collapsed
warnings
and
Insurance
in
Haiti
because
in
2010,
they
had
•
•
Japanese
are
people
better
with
able
greater
to
keep
access
Education:
a
the
up
to
date
with
Political
•
poor
cannot
afford
insurance
The
cover.
with
income
a
better
and
can
education
afford
Public
generally
•
have
THE
helped
educational
people
PROGRESSION
to
deal
OF
programmes
with
in
Japan
a
carers
may
for
feel
their
children
responsible
for
and/
them
large
urban
especially
areas
such
vulnerable
as
to
Port-
natural
may
be
less
mobile
than
younger
mortality
of
rate
2011
of
the
was
disabled
twice
that
in
of
the
those
disability.
factors
in
of
and
the
society:
to
2008
Sichuan
and
allow
the
aid
increased
failure
to
the
the
of
the
victims
number
Burmese
of
of
Cyclone
deaths
from
malnutrition.
of
lines
(China)
of
in
government,
allowed
communication:
2008
overseas
brought
which
aid
a
mobilized
into
the
the
swift
earthquake
response
100,000
troops
country.
earthquakes.
2
CAUSES
Asia
VULNERABILITY
1
ROOT
in
the
Effectiveness
better-quality
from
education:
people
government
housing.
•
are
they
are
tsunami
nature
disease
people
higher
South
to
factors
have
in
tsunamis
factors
Haiti
elderly
Nargis
Social
and
density:
in
Disability:
been
forecasts.
cover:
that
populations.
without
technology:
communications
•
development:
built).
Access
tsunami
dangers
hazards.
and
housing
many
poorly
•
of
2004
the
event.
Demographic
au-Prince
Levels
women
parents
following
•
•
the
to
increase
events.
Economic
hazards:
people
present.
community
effects
of
many
3
DYNAMIC
UNSAFE
PRESSURES
CONDITIONS
DISASTER
HAZARDS
Fragile
physical
environment
Lack

of

Dangerous

Unprotected
Local
locations
institutions
Earthquake

Training

Appropriate

Local
buildings
and
High
skills
Limited
access
(cyclone/
investments
Fragile
to

Power

Structures

Resources
winds
infrastructure
local
hurricane/

Local
markets

Press
freedom
economy
typhoon)

Ethical
in
RISK

Livelihoods

Low
at
risk
standards
public
Flooding
Hazard
income
levels
life
Vulnerability
Volcanic
Vulnerable
Ideologies
Macro-forces

R
H
V
eruption
society
Political

Rapid
population

systems
Special
groups
Landslide
growth

at
Economic

Rapid

Arms
risk
urbanization
Drought

systems
Lack
of
local
expenditure
institutions

Debt
Virus
and
repayment
Public
actions

of
pests
schedules

Deforestation

Decline
Lack
disaster
preparedness
in
soil

Prevalence
productivity
of
endemic
disease
CHECK
YOUR
13. Suggest
14. Briey
to
how
UNDERSTANDING
political
explain
hazards
why
than
factors
some
may
people
affect
are
hazard
more
risk.
vulnerable
others.
Geophysical
hazard
risks
57
Geographic
factors
geophysical
events
FACTORS
THAT
GEOPHYSICAL
AFFECT
THE
IMPACTS
affecting
•
OF
Secondary
the
EVENTS
the
impacts
interrelated
•
The
of
damage
the
it
depend
on
a
number
of
lahars
occur
•
and
do.
the
frequency
the
The
than
to
the
of
events:
earthquake,
more
damage
close
damaging
the
stronger
can
greater
that
events
factors.
magnitude
example,
the
geophysical
the
aftershocks
that
is
done.
surface
earthquakes
are
for
more
there
event.
and
than
these
For
Nevado
during
del
the
Economic
development:
better
Ruiz,
response
technology
and
health
rocks
deep-focus
•
will
absorb
more
of
the
energy
density:
a
geophysical
event
that
hits
area
of
high
damage
population
population
than
buildings:
have
better
one
that
density
hits
of
high-income
quality
earthquake
a
could
rural
inict
area
of
better
will
effective
access
to
services.
Australia
4.22
%
15.05
%
28.01
Brazil
4.09
%
9.53
%
42.92
%
%
16.58
%
27.65
%
59.96
%
3.01
%
10.25
%
29.42
%
7.03
%
9.39
%
74.80
%
11.65
%
30.95
%
37.66
%
6.39
%
14.43
%
44.29
%
17.00
%
42.61
%
39.89
%
Ecuador
7.53
%
16.15
%
46.63
%
Germany
2.95
%
11.41
%
25.87
%
far
low
buildings
countries
that
have
generally
Afr.
Rep.
been
built
China
to
be
Costa
resistant.
day:
hour,
countries
more
WRI
Chile
of
T ime
have
density.
T
ype
rush
to
an
Central
•
due
the
Canada
•
died
eruption.
since
of
Cambodia
more
people
than
Pinatubo
earthquakes.
Population
urban
fatalities
the
more
underground
Country
overlying
more
and
services,
better
more
following
high-income
prepared
emergency
cause
volcanic
usually
be
may
example,
of
Earthquakes
potentially
deep
are
hazards:
original
eruption
The
impacts
an
may
earthquake
cause
more
during
a
deaths
busy
than
time,
one
at
such
a
Rica
as
quiet
time.
•
Distance
from
the
decrease
with
distance
effect
an
from
•
of
the
T
ypes
act
of
like
at
the
from
earthquake
impact
the
may
be
of
a
volcano
volcano,
greater
may
whereas
further
Country
WRI
the
Haiti
11.68
%
16.26
%
71.85
Indonesia
10.24
%
19.36
%
52.87
%
%
Jamaica
11.83
%
25.82
%
45.81
%
Japan
away
epicentre.
rocks
liquid
liquefaction.
on
event:
areas
and
sediments:
when
Solid
of
shaken,
rock
solid
is
a
loose
much
rock
are
materials
process
safer,
more
known
and
may
12.99
%
45.91
%
28.29
%
Liberia
7.84
%
10.96
%
71.54
%
Malawi
7.98
%
12.34
%
64.66
%
Myanmar
8.90
%
14.87
%
59.86
%
Nepal
5.12
%
9.16
%
55.91
%
8.24
%
30.57
%
26.94
%
16.43
%
24.94
%
65.90
%
as
buildings
earthquake
built
resistant.
Netherlands
WorldRiskIndex
Papua
Components
Exposure
Exposure
natural
Natural
to
hazards
hazard
low
5.47
high
high
✗
The
Richter
✓
Scale
Capacities
–
–
–
in
%
Exposure
3.46
very
5.46
7.09
Adaptation
Capacities
for
long-term
strategies
for
in
high
10.29
–
36.28
very
reduce
Societal
societal
9.26
11.54
–
–
9.25
very
11.53
–
low
low
13.85
an
amount
of
every
the
24.79
medium
13.86
–
17.45
high
17.46
–
63.66
very
high
by
the
43.12
–
–
–
is
measured
now
use
measures
every
the
the
increase
released
increase
released
scale
on
of
is
widely
Moment
amount
1.0
on
increases
the
M
scale
used
in
the
26.70
%
52.46
%
50.90
%
Senegal
10.38
%
17.57
%
59.08
%
Serbia
7.12
%
18.05
%
39.46
%
Sri
7.32
%
14.79
%
49.52
%
Sudan
7.99
%
11.86
%
67.37
%
Syria
5.69
%
10.56
%
53.85
%
USA
3.76
%
12.25
%
30.68
%
Vanuatu
36.28
%
63.66
%
56.99
%
Viet
12.53
%
25.35
%
49.43
%
10.06
%
14.96
%
67.24
%
43.11
49.72
49.73
–
62.58
62.59
–
74.80
Make
one
TIP
sure
–
Geophysical
that
points.
named
As
you
a
have
general
example
in
a
named
rule,
every
you
example
ought
paragraph
to
to
in
back
have
an
at
up
least
essay.
Magnitude
of
the
by
energy
M
over
the
scale,
30,
the
and
amount
doubles.
D
Nam
Zimbabwe
of
CHECK
YOUR
15. Suggest
impact
the
hazards
UNDERSTANDING
how
if
earthquakes
they
could
a
have
occurred
on
weekday
how
magnitude
a
greater
rather
than
at
frequency
of
weekend.
hazard
Option
Lanka
34.40
16. Briey
58
WRI
Philippines
EXAM
earthquake
Richter
energy
0.2
%
your
which
For
in
34.41
MISTAKE
of
Country
change
sphere
Vulnerability
0.28
high
–
to
%
low
Guinea
level
consequences
medium
10.28
local
negative
low
–
scientists
(M)
energy
Coping
of
harm
and
scale.
released.
for
global
Likelihood
7.10
strength
Although
media,
the
Susceptibility
(WRI)
3.47
medium
at
Vulnerability
0.08
COMMON
WorldRiskIndex
sphere
low
very
the
suffering
WorldRiskIndex
very
of
New
explain
may
affect
the
its
impact.
and
HAZARD
3
WHAT
IS
RISK
AND
VULNERABILITY
RISK?
EXAMPLES
California
Risk
is
expressed
as
the
likelihood
of
loss
of
life,
destruction
and
damage
from
a
disaster
in
a
HAZARD
natural
EVENT
hazards
PROFILES
prole
injury,
Frequency:
or
OF
How
often
is
an
event
likely
to
occur?
given
Primary
period
of
time.
Disaster
risk
is
widely
recognized
as
Hazards
the
Earthquakes
consequence
of
the
interaction
between
a
hazard
and
the
Secondary
1/100
years
Various
times/1
year
Hazards
Volcanoes
exposed.
Landslides
Magnitude:
How
extensive
event
FACTORS
AFFECTING
At
an
individual
on
an
individual’
s
level
•
experience
THE
there
are
response.
PERCEPTION
three
For
OF
important
hazards
•
more
•
the
material
the
more
greater
–
of
adjustment
those
taker
or
–
risk
the
who
than
is
the
person
to
are
the
hazard
better
off
Duration:
a
leader
or
a
follower,
a
hazard
there
are
three
adjust
to
choices:
the
leave
do
nothing
situation
the
local
tsunamis
greatest
of
living
in
More
is
a
description
and
analysis
of
a
hazard.
Primary
wildres.
and
res.
losses
in
hazards
Secondary
Primary
terms
of
include
hazards
hazards
loss
of
possible
to
characterize
onset:
How
before
is
much
there
warning
an
event
time
occurs?
than
and
hazards
hrs
Less
earthquakes
are
than
1
hr
relatively
large
areas,
occur
without
common,
warning
and
are
they
over
earthquakes,
include
account
life
12
California,
for
quickly.
In
contrast,
smaller
areas,
landslides
are
less
common,
they
affect
landslides,
are
shortlived
and
happen
relatively
quickly.
the
Another
hazard
prole
Nevada
hazard
is
shown
for
Nevada,
below.
economic
in
many
prole
ways.
Characteristics
decreasing
order
of
importance:
Magnitude:
Intensity
of
an
earthquake
on
the
Frequency
(recurrence
of
size
Richter
scale,
interval):
or
how
often
an
certain
occurs,
for
example,
a
height
in
the
occur
may
occur,
same
only
every
Duration:
on
stream
the
a
ten
average,
ood
of
every
2
ood
year.
metres
of
1
exists.
in
By
of
varies
that
from
a
the
smog,
Areal
extent:
to
possibly
might
size
the
for
area
It
can
avalanche
range
chute,
to
from
very
of
hours
a
(for
scale,
a
Billion
return)
Extent
(area
affected)
sq.
ft.
50,000
sq.
ml.
for
(time)
drought.
covered
small
continental
of
5.0
by
Seconds
90
days
the
Speed
hazard.
probability
environmental
matter
decades
of
(annual
.01
10
the
dollars)
$1
Duration
urban
in
1000
Spatial
time
values,
contrast,
height
years.
length
This
property
m
5,000
hazard
to
event
$
a
(damage
M-scale.
Frequency
•
last?
specic
in
•
event
Weeks
of
Prole
•
the
a
damage.
•
will
area.
PROFILES
prole
and
is
long
and
affect
It
How
risk-
In
oods
50%
have
Minutes
environment;
HAZARD
of
10%
environmental
averse?
hazard;
hazardous
type
than
inuences
Speed
Ultimately
A
More
the
choice
personality
accept
could
example:
experience
the
well-being
area
RISK
Less
–
an
affect?
such
drought,
as
of
Onset
(time
between
initiation
and
exhibi.
)
an
for
3
Seconds
1
Month
example).
Natural
•
Spatial
concentration:
the
distribution
of
hazards
in
>6.0
over
space,
for
example,
they
could
be
concentrated
Hazards
decreasing
order
of
of
Nevada
importance:
Earthquakes
in
Landslides
certain
areas,
such
as
tectonic
plate
boundaries,
coastal
Volcanic
•
locations,
valleys
Speed
onset:
ood
of
and
this
hydrograph.
It
so
is
is
rather
the
like
time
the
time
difference
lag
in
a
between
the
CHECK
start
of
the
event
and
Ash
on.
the
peak
of
the
event.
It
YOUR
17. Describe
from
rapid
events,
such
as
the
Kobe
UNDERSTANDING
varies
earthquake,
the
hazard
risk
prole
for
volcanoes
in
to
California.
slower
events
such
as
drought
in
the
Sahel
of
Africa.
18. Suggest
•
Regularity:
some
hazards
are
regular
such
as
others
are
much
more
random
such
reasons
Nevada
differs
and
the
from
hazard
the
prole
hazard
for
prole
earthquakes
for
as
earthquakes
earthquakes
why
cyclones
in
whereas
in
California.
volcanoes.
Hazard
risk
and
vulnerability
59
Earthquakes
CASE
STUDY
HAITI’S
EARTHQUAKE,
of
2010
Port-au
shacks
In
2010
an
occurred
13
km
as
5.9,
earthquake
just
below
and
south-west
about
and
25
the
around
city
settlements
hopelessly
a
A
the
9
km
third
were
million
below
of
people
the
the
at
the
Richter
a
as
surface,
250,000
were
depth
were
population
was
more
56
were
homeless.
mainly
badly
0
any
km
injured
Red
Haiti’
s
the
vulnerable
two
re
health
2
on
Cross
estimated
poorest
even
degraded,
steep
that
needed
the
3
strategy
million
and
it
disaster
.
destroying
for
dependent
in
tin-roofed
people
was
The
aid.
–
Haiti
athird
is
one
overpopulated
country
degraded
many
Haiti
lived
ravines.
emergency
earthquake
earthquake
aid
residents
countries,
The
by
long-term
the
–
before
stations.
service
million
unstable,
population
world’
s
before
buildings,
shaking.
The
of
A
shanty
constructed
withstanding
only
affected:
it
are
scale
of
strong
made
around
overcrowded,
to
on
aftershocks
killed,
region
ill-suited
7.0
Port-au-Prince,
Further
just
city
.
people
of
of
surface.
the
and
measuring
west
occurred
of
230,000
The
km
Prince’
s
perched
hospitals
an
had
only
already
and
feeble
clinics.
rebuilding
Haiti
was
environmentally
and
poor,
had
few
is
basic
of
and
vital.
Even
services.
Many
0
200
3
Toussaint
Louverture
Roads
International
ATLANTIC
Airport
km
km
Port-au-
OCEAN
Prince
Bay
CUBA
Cap
Haïtien
N
ISRAELI
Seaport
Gonaïves
SPANISH
DOMINICAN
FAULT
LINE
Port-au-Prince
HAITI
Delmas
REPUBLIC
Champs
Santo
du
Port-au-Prince
Pétion
Mars
Jimani
Domingo
San
Isidro
Ville
Club
RUSSIAN
Barahona
Jacmel
FAULT
LINE
Pétionville
EPICENTRE
Caribbean
12
Field
WFP
hospitals
distribution
Sea
January
hubs
Urban
CASE
STUDY
CHRISTCHURCH,
EARTHQUAKES,
NEW
the
ZEALAND,
region
2011.
2010–2012
town
Christchurch
with
a
South
There
were
asleep,
Another
powerful
killing
185
CHECK
many
YOUR
the
the
Option
which
lack
them
The
of
the
lack
of
in
am.
in
New
6.3
in
characteristics
of
reasons
more
why
the
devastating
than
in
It
was
city,
struck
earthquake
Christchurch
the
earthquake.
–
Geophysical
a
the
local
was
10
Although
number
The
epicentre
The
earthquake
of
time
on
centred
km
Tuesday
2
km
south-east
smaller
earthquake
•
hazards
whereas
10
•
•
2010
km
The
on
high.
the
earthquake
2011
quake,
and
•
people
(p.53).
was
Lyttleton
for
New
are
2011.
the
12.51pm
deadly
with
homes.
damaged
magnitude
a
in
most
Zealand
Christchurch
severely
was
happened
timber-framed
of
at
earthquake
in
was
of
of
the
magnitude
more
22
west
February
the
port
centre
than
damaging
of
the
and
reasons.
Aftershocks
compared
when
The
Christchurch.
2010
struck
2011.
earthquake
in
which
casualties
morning,
area
Christchurch
aftershock
casualties
The
that
6.3
4.35
urban
UNDERSTANDING
main
D
hit
event
at
occurred
standards
main
prole
Christchurch
60
of
2010
earthquake
strongest
Saturday
earthquake
earthquake
Zealand
The
because
building
people.
20. Identify
New
a
The
magnitude
earthquake.
of
second-largest
386,000.
relative
natural
19. Describe
hazard
of
partly
hours
Futhermore,
a
of
7.1
2012.
a
Haiti
was
early
a
Zealand’
s
earthquake,
was
2010
Zealand
was
into
magnitude
the
New
Island
continued
the
is
population
earthquake
the
areas
2011
weekday
Many
Christchurch.
2010
at
5
km
quake
underground,
was
measured
at
had
the
CBD
already
occurred
was
been
at
lunchtime
busy.
already
weakened
by
earthquakes.
was
signicantly
earthquake,
400,000
earthquake
when
buildings
Liquefaction
2010
to
shallower
September
February
a
closer
was
deep.
previous
•
the
was
tonnes
causing
ofsilt.
greater
the
than
upwelling
during
of
more
the
than
Volcanic
CASE
eruptions
STUDY
SOUFRIÈRE
HILLS,
Montserrat
a
MONTSERRAT
N
been
is
affected
small
by
island
the
in
the
Soufrière
Caribbean,
Hills
volcano
and
since
it
has
1995.
Davy
Hill
Northern
The
cause
of
the
volcano
is
the
plunging
of
the
South
under
the
Caribbean
Zone
American
and
North
American
Plates
0
Plate.
St
St
Peter’s
4
John’s
km
In
July
1995
the
Soufrière
Hills
volcano
erupted
after
Central
being
gave
dormant
off
for
clouds
of
nearly
ash
400
and
years.
steam.
At
The
rst
the
biggest
Zone
volcano
settlement
Salem
and
capital,
Plymouth,
was
covered
with
a
population
of
just
4,000,
Exclusion
impact
on
in
and
Montserrat
government
The
ash
ofces
southern
third
abandoned.
as
and
of
Plymouth
most
the
of
island
This
has
had
contained
the
had
shops
to
be
all
and
a
of
Zone
severe
the
services.
Soufriére
evacuated.
Hills
Plymouth
volcano
The
of
the
hazard
risk
people
All
posed
by
experienced
there
were
public
the
on
other
services
volcano
was
Montserrat.
just
For
one
the
(abandoned)
aspect
displaced
hazards.
(government,
health
and
education)
No
Exclusion
had
to
be
moved
to
the
north
of
the
island.
Zone
admittance
scientific
and
population
fell
from
11,000
to
4,500.
Many
people
ed
Antigua.
Some
“refugees”
stayed
on
in
national
in
tents.
Central
Zone
state
means
All
The
northern
part
of
the
has
been
redeveloped
upgraded
island
roads
and
new
homes,
hospitals,
a
of
matters.
only.
of
alert.
exit
residents
and
with
security
area
All
residents
Montserrat
in
living
for
to
Residential
nearby
except
monitoring
Montserrat’
s
dust
All
24
have
hours
must
a
have
rapid
day.
hard
hats
masks.
new
Significantly
lower
risk,
Northern
airport.
suitable
for
residential
Zone
and
Volcanic
CASE
hazard
and
doctors
Kitchens
Mount
Sinabung
is
a
volcano
in
northern
to
Indonesia.
Indonesia
is
located
on
the
Pacic
Ring
of
some
120
active
volcanos.
the
most
active
volcanoes
Sinabung
there.
is
suffered
It
erupted
in
2013
then
dormant
until
2010.
Since
The
the
area
fertile
surrounding
plateau
that
the
the
volcano
volcano
2010
it
has
is
has
populated
helped
to
the
recent
volcanic
activity
30,000
homes.
The
EXAM
TIP
When
for
using
example,
scheme.
hazard
8
km
For
risk
×
8
villagers
have
been
Department
of
began
in
maps,
use
evacuated
Health
2010,
from
provided
the
spatial
example,
in
in
extent
the
Montserrat,
km.
of
the
of
map
the
a
scale
to
Disaster
blankets,
sleeping
masks.
showing
one
fatality
was
mats
and
reported
–
a
tents
person
from
respiratory
failed
due
problems.
to
caused
the
the
deaths
ash
of
fall.
at
In
least
February
16
eruption
occurred
just
after
people.
residents
living
due
than
5
km
from
Sinabung
were
allowed
to
return
In
2016
Sinabung
erupted
again,
killing
more
people.
their
medicines
show,
hazard/protection
exclusion
Only
crops
this
CHECK
make
up;
face
form.
seven
than
National
and
been
home.
Since
set
eruptions
more
to
the
food
1600,
Ironically,
active.
and
provided
currently
2014
was
were
provided.
In
of
evacuees,
Fire
who
has
the
Agency
Sumatra,
were
and
Montserrat
SINABUNG
Management
one
in
occupation.
STUDY
MOUNT
and
risk
commercial
the
zone
volcanic
is
about
YOUR
21. Describe
as
the
shown
UNDERSTANDING
variations
on
the
map
in
of
the
volcanic
volcanic
hazard
hazard
risk
risk,
in
Montserrat.
22. Outline
people
one
of
advantage
of
Mount
Sinabung
to
the
Indonesia.
Hazard
risk
and
vulnerability
61
Landslides
CASE
STUDY
exacerbated
MANAGING
URBAN
during
Kalimpong
It
is
is
located
T
eesta
river.
wealth
a
at
hill
a
below
the
mismanagement
problems,
The
are
with
two
poor
water
In
control
channel
and
is
choked
the
anks
CASE
main
in
is
an
the
slopes
with
of
cause
and
run
the
channel.
shows
lead
for
This
the
of
is
dry
steeper
is
a
is
on,
a
increases
Water
death
key
causing
and
Pakha.
of
is
to
adding
of
instability
an
problem
toll
in
than
that
the
channel
transports
slope.
slope
By
is
the
by
problems
rst
creating
creating
made
a
are
a
more
terrace
mini-terrace
behind
the
by
to
terrace,
and
instability.
storm
into
is
the
a
drains.
natural
serious
Large
channels
downstream.
problem.
landslide
will
waste
problem,
volumes
during
Close
in
Adding
an
to
heavy
the
a
the
ow
rainfall,
town,
weight
make
lack
water
uncontrolled
extra
inevitably
with
of
to
the
manner
the
top
stability
worse.
being
IN
SRI
from
LANKA,
three
days
of
2016
Sri
Lanka,
during
torrential
May
2016,
rain
rose
Red
150
to
people
leave
their
missing.
homes.
Rains
The
forced
worst
difcult
were
treacherous.
range
Central
of
Personal
costs
as
said
rescue
roads
operations
leading
to
the
had
been
mountainous
made
area
and
to
37,
area
more
affected
had
received
more
and
16
Dozens
than
100
mm
of
rain
with
15
May.
of
houses
were
than
when
mountain
slopes
collapsed,
forcing
area
hundreds
the
Cross
more
destroyed
137,000
A
built
construction
active
between
in
the
problems
dumping
The
landslides
was
ows
settlement
are
management
sewers
unregulated
without
the
build
of
Water
in
houses
into
that
season,
extensive
instability
urban
Some
The
more
large
STUDY
LANDSLIDES
The
the
monsoon.
excavating
residents.
Dumsi
the
low
problems
Pakha
through
There
how
the
Elsewhere
local.
landslide
discharged
end
India.
the
disruption.
Dumsi
is
to
landslide
slope
above
Bengal,
comparatively
area
can
water
garbage.
the
of
outcomes
than
towards
West
overlooking
area
This
that
town,
gullies
dry
in
m
terrains
management
into
is
located
1,250
town.
steep
elements
on
The
on
Pakha
Kalimpong
any
of
catastrophic
key
management
factor.
station
height
Dumsi
by
LANDSLIDES
of
villagers
to
evacuate.
Hills.
commonly
cost
Fatal
associated
with
landslide
problems
accidents
Injuries
Psychiatric
Immediate
costs
problems
Evacuation
and
Mobilization
Transport
Cost
Indirect
costs
of
Research
Design
Costs
All
✗
✓
but
are
Some
landslides
many
are
and
by
trafc.
Option
can
D
replacement
emergency
housing
services
insurance
of
property
into
and
premiums
the
or
land
nature
and
construction
monitoring
of
values
extent
are
be
–
by
of
landslide
preventative
potentially
unstable
by
natural
processes.
caused
by
human
activities
triggered
by
natural
the
Geophysical
processes,
such
as
vibrations
hazards
road
caused
problems
measures
at
including
universities
drainage
and
regrading
slopes
CHECK
caused
caused
building,
62
and
MISTAKE
landslides
heavy
workers
or
Compensation
prevention
COMMON
temporary
repair
Depreciated
of
relief
of
delays
Increased
Cost
of
provision
YOUR
23. Briey
UNDERSTANDING
outline
the
two
main
causes
of
landslides
Kalimpong.
24. Explain
why
it
is
costly
to
manage
landslides
at
FUTURE
4
Global
TRENDS
IN
RESILIENCE
geophysical
GEOPHYSICAL
AND
ADAPTATION
hazard
more
HAZARDS
They
The
frequency
broadly
of
geophysical
constant
population
between
growth
considerably.
and
disasters
1994
and
economic
Earthquakes
remained
2013.
In
of
contrast,
development
(including
and
tsunamis)
have
have
people
are
natural
varied
all
than
in
a
disaster.
notably
killed
than
rarer
casualties
disaster
short
Asia
Indonesia,
countries
hazards,
bear
a
other
oods
natural
but
period.
bore
the
Pakistan
can
a
huge
disasters
cause
T
sunamis
brunt
and
of
China.
disproportionate
including
trends
in
together.
high
were
the
natural
numbers
deadliest
disasters,
Low-income
burden
disparity
put
very
of
death
natural
rates.
450
World
400
Africa
Americas
350
Asia
Europe
Oceania
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
adequate
Deaths
(%)
Number
1,700
13
182,000
252,000
474,000
17
1,119
33
441,000
and
by
26. Outline
income
the
billion
world’
s
Congo,
in
nine
Ethiopia,
growth
in
combating
to
be
all
poorest
include
hunger
enrolment
housing,
is
the
These
of
and
and
health
which
are
achieved.
1994–2013
35
YOUR
8.5
concentrated
challenges.
development
19
25. Describe
the
Uganda.
educational
1,751
CHECK
2
providing
sustainable
reach
of
D.R.
inequality,
26
CRED,
0
and
crucial
of
1,992
in
1
and
set
27
data
3
own
30
on
2
poverty
be
and
middle-income
Based
0
its
to
population
middle-income
Source:
1
presents
of
Lower
income
2
2
Indonesia
to
Half
Pakistan,
Upper
Low
0
USA,
2050.
expected
Nigeria,
systems,
disasters
1
is
expected
in
expanding
group,
1
of
2
Number
income
0
(%)
per
1
deaths
growth
the
is
billion
malnutrition,
if
0
income
of
2
number
0
and
9.7
India,
eradicating
0
disasters
population
concentration
countries
9
more
2
increasingly
areas.
Disasters
High
population
0
of
are
to
The
0
high-risk
There
due
T
anzania,
8
Number
globalization.
largely
such
more
2
in
disasters,
areas
becoming
countries:
0
people
and
natural
are
1994–2013
and
population
squatter
high-risk
world’
s
2030
0
The
7
growth
to
onto
People
increased
2
susceptible
expand
embankments.
has
and
0
and
zones
Slums
0
frequently
slopes
seismic
decades.
6
settlements
as
recent
2
highly
over
0
within
signicantly
0
continent,
by
Urbanization
5
2
0
GROWTH
0
by
4
2
0
0
and
3
2
0
URBAN
0
worldwide
2
2
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
1
9
AND
9
disasters
9
1
9
9
8
1
9
GROWTH
9
of
7
1
9
9
number
6
1
9
9
5
1
9
9
POPULATION
4
The
of
deaths
2015
UNDERSTANDING
trend
in
natural
disasters
for
the
world
continent.
the
main
impact
of
natural
hazards
on
groups.
Future
resilience
and
adaptation
63
Geophysical
PREDICTIONS,
hazard
FORECASTS
AND
adaptation
WARNINGS
PREDICTING
Volcanic
on
the
time,
place
are
more
are
commonly
warning
general
to
expressed
on
well
and
of
as
forecast,
future
event.
future
probabilities.
and
and
remain
a
about
science
systems
Earthquakes
predict
are
size
statements
depends
communications
them.
and
most
although
events.
ability
difcult
areas
They
Effective
technology,
people’
s
the
Forecasts
that
as
to
are
as
interpret
“at
hazard
are
occur
The
of
chemical
lasers/GPS,
main
better
ways
preparing
forecasting
and
for
•
earthquakes
improve
•
establish
building
number
of
to
it
is
which
and
building
small-scale
ground
small-scale
uplift
ways
of
predicting
the
•
ground
surface
or
the
of
tiny
earthquakes
rises
increased
physical
sulphur
swelling
of
levels
the
as
low-frequency
the
at
surge
of
Gunung
waves
gas
and
Agung
in
the
molten
rock
(Java).
always
will
possible
happen.
It
to
is
state
also
exactly
difcult
when
to
a
predict
location
timescale
days,
and
of
while
an
eruption.
at
others
measurement
go
destructive
on
Some
volcanoes
erupting
plate
for
may
years.
erupt
boundaries
tend
In
general,
to
produce
monitoring
volcanoes,
whereas
those
at
hotspots,
such
as
of:
Hawaii,
•
predicting
procedures.
involve
•
swarms
measure
from
such
not
more-explosive
earthquakes,
to
monitor
resulting
eruption
volcanoes
a
earthquakes
of
include:
for
are
record
magma
detect
observations,
the
There
than
ways
warning
design
emergency
to
sensors,
ultrasound,
volcanic
•
main
include:
the
to
predict
volcano/crater
However
,
•
to
The
as
•
magma
EARTHQUAKES
easier
signs.
eruptions
•
•
PREDICTING
are
certain
seismometers,
that
risk”
known.
eruptions
there
volcanic
•
well
natural
since
VOLCANOES
produce
more
frequent
but
less-explosive
eruptions.
changes
subsidence
GEOPHYSICAL
HAZARD
ADAPTATION:
tilt
PREPAREDNESS
•
changes
•
micro-earthquake
in
rock
•
anomalies
•
changes
in
radon
•
changes
in
electrical
in
stress
the
activity
Earth’
s
gas
(clusters
magnetic
of
small
quakes)
•
from
concentration
resistivity
of
Land-use
hazard
eld
a
rocks.
locations
hazard.
hospitals
Monitoring
for
earthquake
Purpose
Seismometers
T
o
Magnetometer
T
o
record
record
a
volcanic
T
o
record
changes
create
the
may
Sensors
in
wells
Satellite
relays
in
larger
the
shear
earthquake
waves
surface
T
o
monitor
changes
groundwater
data
Geological
•
of
be
survey
T
o
in
known
densely
areas
of
of
not
geophysical
may
to
be
be
be
populated
should
at
risk
are
Mount
formed,
codes
an
can
as
be
adequate
Insurance:
to
prevented
at
risk
of
buildings,
of
built
landslides.
close
evacuated,
Sinabung,
for
and
In
some
example,
in
the
case
of
an
exclusion
Montserrat.
enforced
nations
not
preparedness
in
the
events.
and
so
that
most
even
US
Survey
measure
and
the
to
ensure
to
take
survive
a
international
prepared
is
to
that
buildings
for
out
rare
hazard
event.
community
events.
insurance
One
cover
are
method
However,
some
geophysical
against
events
by
the
insurance
industry
as
“acts
of
are
God”,
deformation
levels
to
well
standard
probe
if
surface
insurance
it
LIC
is
harder
to
might
not
event
Laser
is
uses
zone
monitor
relay
that
services
aspect
land
Earth’
s
shocks
T
o
T
o
zone
residents
slopes
considered
meters
or
areas,
zone
hazard
Strain
re
line
from
of
T
o
the
a
example,
and
generally
truck
in
important
Different
eld
seismometer
Vibroseis
an
micro-earthquakes
are
Near-surface
For
fault
Building
magnetic
is
prediction
to
Instrument
zoning
adaptation.
has
cover
residents
available.
justify
is
not
are
In
addition,
spending
occur.
It
is
available.
unable
it
money
far
easier
be
used
to
to
is
on
Another
afford
always
an
spend
factor
is
insurance,
much
event
that
money
after
an
happened.
movement
•
New
technology
can
to
record
the
swelling
of
equipment
volcanoes
phones
and
with
geophysical
CHECK
YOUR
27. Briey
28. Suggest
how
reasons
insurance
64
UNDERSTANDING
explain
Option
against
D
–
land-use
why
some
natural
zoning
people
operates.
do
not
have
hazards.
Geophysical
hazards
changes
GPS
can
changes.
in
be
water
used
to
chemistry,
inform
and
mobile
agencies
about
Pre-event
MANAGING
management
buildings
LANDSLIDES
the
There
are
many
landslides,
ways
such
to
•
terracing
steep
•
drainage
of
the
risks
associated
with
•
building
•
erosion
•
diversion
slopes
water
control
at
structures
the
roads
slopes
base
away
of
from
as
stone
walls
built
with
park
raised
that
the
the
areas.
THE
RISK
OF
ground
EARTHQUAKES
on
can
that
be
designed
occurs
in
an
to
withstand
earthquake.
the
use
of
Pakistan
destructive
quake
8
Location
Northern
Magnitude
Fatalities
sink
the
down
on
under
areas.
the
deep
steel-constructed
a
it
and
–
mounting
mounts
building
isolates
into
as
earthquake,
onto
reinforcement
built
such
an
–
is
the
strategies
frames
that
this
which
widely
building
underlying
the
allow
used
from
include
in
the
building
bedrock,
can
as
buildings
isolation
rubber
This
in
structures
tall
bottom,
collapses
Basement
building
move
at
This
Some
and
withstand
ground-
Haiti
October
storey”
oors
multi-storey
reduced.
Land-use
planning
is
another
important
way
of
Single-storey
reducing
Most
to
a
Building
shaking.
shaking
of
than
is
pillars.
impact.
foundations
the
Buildings
“soft
on
earthquake-prone
tremors.
MANAGING
a
suitable
swaying
upper
the
foundations
cliffs
active
for
car
cushions
such
more
are
so
from
restraining
of
reduce
as:
are
potential
2005
12
Pakistan/Kashmir
earthquake
risk.
Peru
January
2010
Port-au-Prince
31
area
Indonesia
May
1970
26
December
Chimbote
Sumatra
7.6
7.0
7.9
9.1
75,000
222,500
70,000
227,900
2004
(including
tsumami
Light
In
global
roofs
Haiti
heavy
concrete
on
the
deaths)
roofs
many
more
beam
Corner
column
homes;
sheet-metal
wooden
Crown
collapsed
roofs
trusses
on
Bamboo
are
resistant.
Mesh
Light
walls
and
Lightweight
gables
structures
Reinforced
are
subject
to
and
are
reinforcing
to
fall
when
not
be
made
the
of
ground
rods
less
need
likely
walls
smaller
The
forces
metal.
Natural
shakes.
materials
such
as
eucalyptus
Shock
or
bamboo
absorbers
Quake-resistant
houses
are
being
work
built
in
Pakistan
–
well
too.
Tyres
filled
stones
straw.
The
compressed
Small
windows
Small,
regularly
In
Peru
the
walls
of
Conned
or
are
held
together
spaced
some
adobe
fewer
have
been
with
a
houses
In
Indonesia
nylon
netting
and
openings
create
reinforced
elsewhere,
brick
weak
spots
in
walls.
plastic
mesh
can
be
framed
and
foundation
walls
can
between
and
between
and
floor
by
sandwiched
sand
masonry
fastened
bales
with
of
serve
as
cheap
and
ground-motion
layers
of
plaster.
But
the
bigger
problem
to
prevent
collapse.
connected
to
the
roof
absorbers
in
Haiti
was
that
walls
by
corner
not
properly
and
reinforced.
a
crown
concrete.
the
quake
is
many
a
building.
structure
unit.
houses
CONTROLLING
It
as
of
of
In
moves
Safe
beam
reinforced
a
for
columns
types
were
possible
to
dry
channels
the
lava
reduce
to
evacuate
swelling
cool
it.
impacts
the
lava
explosives,
to
the
of
manage
or
front
to
VOLCANOES
area.
by
There
from
GPS
volcanoes,
ows
or
is
MANAGING
by
diverting
pumping
little
that
pyroclastic
can
which
be
used
could
can
ows
to
them
water
be
done
other
monitor
indicate
an
using
onto
than
the
T
sunamis
warning
the
are
bigger
a
of
RISK
generally
systems.
height
provide
THE
the
certain
OF
managed
However,
wall
TSUNAMIS
that
amount
cost
can
of
using
sea
walls
constraints
be
built.
protection
Walls
and
and
usually
can
will
early
dictate
only
not
stop
waves.
imminent
eruption.
CHECK
YOUR
29. Suggest
an
how
UNDERSTANDING
small
windows
and
light
roofs
help
in
earthquake.
30. Outline
a
cheap
method
of
producing
shock
absorbers.
Future
resilience
and
adaptation
65
Post-event
management
strategies
Maximal
ytivitca
gnipoC
Minimal
0.5
Disaster
1
2
3
4
5
10
20
30
40
50
100
200
Time
Sample
Completion
indicators
and
of
in
search
weeks
following
End
of
Restoration
rescue
urban
emergency
shelter
Clearing
or
of
disaster
Return
feeding
rubble
main
model
400
500
of
disaster
major
Attain
services
pre-disaster
levels
of
stock
A
300
event
of
Rubble
refugees
Completion
capital
of
and
construction
activities
major
projects
cleared
from
arteries
recovery
RESCUE,
REHABILITATION
AND
Rescue
RECONSTRUCTION
In
is
the
immediate
aftermath
to
rescue
people.
and
rescue
teams
This
of
may
a
disaster
involve
the
the
main
use
of
sniffer
dogs.
Thermal
priority
sensors
the
used
to
nd
number
of
survivors
people
alive
among
the
wreckage.
after
72
very
quickly
.
Few
South
produced
a
Asian
master
tsunami,
plan
for
the
the
Indonesian
rehabilitation
The
and
decreases
2004
may
government
be
PRACTICE
search
Following
and
IN
reconstruction
of
the
region.
The
government:
survive
•
provided
help
•
buried
•
enhanced
for
survivors
of
the
disaster
hours.
the
bodies
basic
of
the
dead
facilities
and
infrastructure
to
be
able
to
Rehabilitation
provide
Rehabilitation
homes
safe
refers
and
live
to
in
people
them
being
able
to
make
so
reconstruction
very
long,
major
is
to
to
overall
get
(rebuilding)
Mobile
hazards
aim
is
process,
is
not
possible,
necessary.
taking
up
This
to
a
to
and
can
be
decade
a
back
to
their
human
and
reconstruction
pre-disaster
to
the
much
in
of
has
a
level,
The
use
of
ICT
location
of
a
in
Rio
to
map
make
the
management
of
the
to
the
theory,
mobile
geophysical
mobile
RapidFTR
guarantee
YOUR
the
phones
can
make
5
hazards
phone.
Even
easier,
those
not
who
FOR
MISSING
rst,
redevelop
then
the
HAZARD
MAPPING
AND
CHILDREN
allows
de
hazard
information
Janeiro,
social
to
be
about
UNICEF
and
distributed
has
been
environmental
RapidFTR
was
created
open-source
app
designed
the
scale
quickly.
training
In
and
a
project
young
people
risk.
by
a
New
to
York
reunite
student.
children
It
with
is
an
their
in
rapidly
actively
app.
Just
because
the
its
successful
of
search
app
after
the
process
Option
D
–
by
disaster
situations,
and
it
is
UNICEF
.
phones
and
laptops,
workers
to
the
register
app
enables
information
about
exists
children.
The
quicker
children
are
found,
the
less
use.
and
rescue,
they
EXAM
as
shown
in
When
show
main
developing
developed
might
taking
place
between
disaster.
4
and
HICs
takes
not
66
nally
everyone
do
UNDERSTANDING
length
the
weeks
and
Indonesian
communities
the
diagram.
32. Identify
and
reconstructed.
the
geophysical
likely
31. State
homes
been
helped
and
missing
CHECK
had
development.
Using
not
rebuild
PHONES
TRACK
humanitarian
does
Aceh
easier.
management
have
Banda
contributions
infrastructure,
TO
being
not
of
MISTAKE
phones
Although,
access
victims.
economy.
families
✓
years,
billion
restore
USING
rehabilitation
continuing
the
for
projects.
of
communities
promote
COMMON
✗
rehabilitation
drawn-out
construction
The
eight
$7
government
Reconstruction
residents,
for
their
Some
some
services
again.
W ithin
For
adequate
Geophysical
hazards
are
to
suffer
violence,
exploitation
or
trafcking.
TIP
writing
that
and
LICs.
much
have
about
there
is
In
a
many
longer
the
disaster
funds
recovery
difference
LICs,
than
in
as
the
rehabilitation,
rehabilitation
rehabilitation
HICs,
available.
and
between
and
in
recovery
government
does
Exam
The
practice
diagram
shows
a
hazard
response
curve.
Improvement
Stage
2
Strategies
event
vulnerability
to
modify
or
Stage
Hazardous
1
to
return
to
prevent
normality?
further
Improvement
disasters
Normality
Deterioration
Modifying
Stage
4
Relief
and
may
cause
rehabilitation
period
-
the
include
outside
help
and
(national
or
Stage
international)
5
event
Quality
of
related
to:
recovery
of
Use
life,
Nature
level
of
•
the
need
to
reduce
of
vulnerability
vulnerability
economic
strategies
activity,
•
the
need
to
normality
Stage
Modify
3
communications
Search,
rescue
(e.g.
the
aid
loss
as
services
and
rebuilding
housing
of
and
soon
and
temporary
care
as
possible
Permanent
and
restore
social
stability,
physical
and
social
services)
infrastructure
Pre-disaster
Relief
(hours
(a)
(i)
For
one
(Stage
(ii)
(b)
named
1
Suggest
Contrast
the
of
the
why
geophysical
hazard
the
main
hazard,
response
quality
of
to
life
characteristics
describe
(days
how
to
it
Reconstruction
weeks)
could
(weeks
be
modied
and/or
to
years)
its
impacts
reduced
curve).
may
of
Rehabilitation
days)
the
decrease
dramatically
relief/rehabilitation
in
Stage
period
2.
with
that
of
the
reconstruction
marks)
(2
marks)
period.
(3
(c)
(2
+
3
marks)
(10
marks)
Either
Examine
the
impact
of
social
the
role
hazard
factors
on
geophysical
hazard
risk.
Or
Examine
of
magnitude
and
frequency
in
the
development
of
hazard
management
strategies.
(10
Future
resilience
and
marks)
adaptation
67
OPTION
E
LEISURE,
TOURISM
LEISURE
PATTERNS
CHANGING
1
The
growth
time
for
and
changing
societies
development
in
of
mind.
Leisure
In
be
thought
terms
can
also
FACTORS
The
dened
of
be
in
terms
time,
as
AFFECTING
growth
of
leisure
of
leisure
dened
has
time,
can
be
specic
THE
activities,
seen
as
activities
GROWTH
been
facilitated
free
states
of
based
time.
many
reduction
in
the
length
of
the
working
day
•
a
reduction
in
the
length
of
the
working
week
•
an
increase
in
wages
•
an
increase
in
disposable
exercise,
a
strong
link
between
factors:
of
thorough
people
watching
TV
,
and
reading,
watching
movies,
and
denition
would
participating
the
growth
of
leisure
activities
an
increase
in
people
taking
•
an
increase
in
self-employment
•
developments
and
PARTICIPATION
and
more
•
and
income
A
majority
•
income
AND
the
as
freezers)
chores,
DEVELOPMENT
“leisurely”.
what
such
IN
and
the
so
in
list
as
sports
may
leisure
or
on.
leisure
in
technology
which
other
internet,
enable
early
exitime
(such
as
washing
people
to
spend
developments
which
retirement
and
provide
in
machines
less
technology
,
opportunities
time
such
for
States
274
activity.
in
LICs
have
less
disposable
income
and
264
therefore
Japan
less
chance
of
engaging
in
leisure
pursuits,
particularly
262
if
Italy
this
involves
purchasing
expensive
indigenous
populations,
254
equipment.
Russia
For
some
include
of
life
story-telling
and
amount
As
standard
of
life
had
of
to
become
music.
living
time
expectancy
retirement
has
leisure
and
and
is
For
so
the
that
leisure
it
Spain
quality
limits
needs
of
France
the
in
leisure
the
234
234
Brazil
activities
The
246
activities
their
activities.
important.
accommodate
leisure
others,
low
leisure
increases,
more
224
Germany
industry
over-65s
United
222
Kingdom
216
who
Australia
make
up
25%
of
the
population
in
many
Gender
differences
can
also
be
noticed.
Men
leisure
time
than
women.
This
is
Korea
193
generally
The
more
196
HICs.
South
have
largely
Netherlands
190
due
China
to
the
household
and
parenting
responsibilities
155
of
Sweden
women,
although
this
is
changing.
Women’
s
status
154
in
Time
society
they
is
closely
linked
to
the
TVs
leisure.
Poland
Societies
on
as
LEISURE
United
is
geographic
as
on
activities,
LEISURE
a
There
leisure
conventionally
OF
by
or
•
ECONOMIC
of
contexts
be
may
SPORT
purpose
different
DEFINITIONS
Leisure
AND
amount
of
leisure
Average
daily
countries
in
18
breakdown
OECD
minutes
time
have.
24-hour
in
of
time
spent
in
main
TV
viewing
worldwide
activities
for
all
in
time
2015
respondents
per
(in
person
in
selected
minutes)
aged
15
and
over
countries
Key:
CHECK
YOUR
Leisure
Personal
care
Paid
work
or
study
Unpaid
work
Unspecified
UNDERSTANDING
10 0
1.
Suggest
why
leisure
90
activities
increase
with
80
levels
2.
of
Outline
development.
the
characteristics
countries
people
60
of
where
watch
most
%
the
70
main
50
TV
40
each
day.
30
20
10
0
1
E
r
r
C
w
m
g
D
a
d
y
8
y
n
i
F
N
i
G
B
U
sport
S
i
and
w
t
U
tourism
K
i
d
t
Leisure,
i
C
d
N
–
d
S
g
p
t
K
w
E
d
t
d
e
r
Z
P
s
T
J
F
t
l
I
r
t
a
l
r
a
Option
m
m
s
e
l
a
a
p
r
n
k
i
l
d
y
y
d
a
n
i
68
The
categorization
sporting
of
tourist
activities
and
activities
CATEGORIZATION
OF
TOURIST
ACTIVITIES
Tourism
Niche
Mass
Tourism
Ecotourism
T
ypes
There
of
of
Medical
tourism
are
their
Heritage
many
cost,
holidays
are
needed.
As
7
types
of
duration
generally
they
tourism.
and
expensive
mainly
These
destination.
occur
due
in
vary
For
to
greatly
in
example,
the
Tourism
terms
skiing
Adventure
and
14
days.
in
coastal
In
contrast,
tourism
This
areas,
Silver
type
and
is
ecotourism
and
is
often
the
costs
In
food
and
more.
Most
contrast,
specialist
density
Groupings
1
of
of
has
tourists
beach
equipment
form
Group
drink
to
be
is
usually
holidays
is
needed.
tourism
and
go
may
areas,
and
skiing
be
Athletics
and
rugby
2
Dancing
and
Group
3
Outdoor
sports
yoga
Keep
Swimming,
cycling
t,
Racquet
sports
6
Bowling
Group
7
Cricket,
and
and
and
8
Bowls
football,
tenpin
Boxing,
Group
9
Group
10
or
sports
pub
bowling
martial
Minor
team
Water
arts
sports
below
OF
classies
popular
are
whereas
or
tness
for
union,
dance
health,
BMX,
curling,
track
very
such
as
expensive
others
or
are
low-impact
found
holiday
.
form
of
nature.
SPORTING
sporting
ACTIVITIES
activities.
swimming,
such
cheap,
as
such
shing
skiing
as
or
and
running
Some
and
sports
jogging.
yachting,
or
football.
sports,
lacrosse,
orienteering,
triathlon
trampolining,
cycling
activities,
gymnastics,
athletics,
mountain
training),
motor
sports,
eld
pilates,
cyclo-cross,
recreation,
conditioning
tness
Gaelic
and
exercise,
backpacking,
yoga
biking,
climbing/mountaineering,
(to
to
get
places,
rambling/walking
swimming
or
diving
for
e.g.
work,
pleasure,
(indoor
or
shops),
shooting
outdoor),
pleasure
ice-skating,
(lawn)
(outdoor),
Cricket,
croquet,
darts,
skittles,
snooker,
pool,
Boxing,
judo,
training
(including
karate,
Baseball/softball,
sports
is
jogging,
cross-country,
Any
other
water
not
just
summary
included,
playing
with
to
in
answer.
your
bowls
road
running,
squash,
table
tennis,
billiards
other
body
sport,
(indoors
martial
arts
dinghy
for
of
sport
example,
conkers.
If
there
–
there
Australian
is
a
sport
are
many
rules
you
football
like,
refer
outdoors),
bar
billiards),
(including
golf,
pitch
tenpin
and
putt,
putting,
bowling
self-defence),
taekwondo,
weight
weightlifting
hockey,
canoeing,
or
and
(excluding
building),
basketball,
yachting
(indoor)
football
netball,
rowing,
rounders,
skiing,
volleyball
waterskiing,
windsurng
or
sailing
CHECK
a
and
it
table
very
Some
archery,
TIP
table
are
high-
rugby
shing,
(for
boardsailing,
The
a
aerobics,
Badminton,
weightlifting
EXAM
package
tennis
Group
Group
is
The
less
between
football,
trekking
cycling
running
sports
for
league,
Health,
gym
5
a
with
frequently
a
it
week.
because
tourism
Angling
hill
Group
one
last
American
cycling
4
generally
as
sports
Group
and
for
often
rugby
Group
most
much
therefore
cheaper
Large-scale
holidays
is
provided
equipment
mountainous
imported,
tourism
associated
CATEGORIZATION
of
of
usually
YOUR
3.
Distinguish
4.
Choose
and
UNDERSTANDING
between
any
two
comment
mass
activities
on
their
tourism
from
likely
Changing
and
two
cost,
ecotourism.
different
popularity
leisure
groups,
and
site.
patterns
69
The
link
between
participation
DEVELOPMENT
AND
THE
in
economic
leisure
RANGE
OF
development
and
activities
LEISURE
facilities
is
ACTIVITIES
less
and
all
age
important
groups
than
are
survival
catered
and
for.
leisure
In
LICs
facilities
leisure
are
more
limited.
The
of
level
of
leisure
development
activities
CHANGES
As
IN
countries
within
develop,
that
people
reasons.
Very
poor
CASE
a
HICs
LEISURE
activities
appliances
of
it.
such
a
part
people
as
is
change
This
not
be
the
range
widespread
AND
in.
may
televisions.
affects
have
TIME
there
take
country
leisure
ACTIVITIES
in
the
occurs
able
However,
leisure
for
to
as
many
afford
improve,
It
is
not
activity,
it
is
also
or
partake
the
incomes
to
LEISURE
ACTIVITIES
SUDAN,
a
with
AN
of
greater
having
the
more
wealthy
more
income
range
of
important
able
to
time
leisure
afford
to
the
enjoy
leisure
the
activity
countries/communities,
and
leisure
more
leisure
time
activities.
When
rural
to
shop,
children
are
collecting
water,
running
weeding
plots
and/or
herding
sheep
introduce
elements
of
play
into
their
example,
when
boys
are
out
herding,
games
enjoyable
scrap
local
(play
ghting
where
participants
THE
metal
shops.
of
the
labour
for
leisure
and
industry
China)
has
in
the
been
BRIC
countries
accelerating
due
income,
online
a
growing
connectivity
middle
and
an
class,
aging
rapid
Across
the
BRICs,
combining
make
led
visiting
the
world
the
cinema
with
2.9
time
passes
more
the
quickly.
work
Children
make
dolls,
then
use
tractors,
these
to
houses
act
out
and
models
domestic
cycles.
An
awareness
of
how
trade
life
and
operate
is
in
in
using
exemplied
2013.
India
money
in
made
their
Although
relative
to
out
cinema
TV
,
of
acting
out
broken
of
china.
attendances
gaming
and
have
other
has
been
cinema
attendance
in
Brazil,
Russia
rising.
urbanization,
the
BRIC
population
ages,
the
demand
for
leisure
population.
is
a
billion
such
as
health
resorts,
spas,
theatres,
concert
favourite
halls,
India
the
entertainment,
China
activities
pastime.
By
rising
As
greater
can
(Brazil,
to
and
disposable
to
They
crops
attendances
BRICs
online
India
played.
boys
to
beenfalling
Russia,
are
herds,
such
have
paying
IN
and
agricultural
wage
Growth
them)
the
activities.
and
LEISURE
behind
and
of
shedduck
leg
overseeing
errands
use
they
one
with
LIC
more
as
For
an
being
IN
games
For
it.
becomes
about
about
combination
leads
hop
goats,
in
TV
just
STUDY
CHILDREN'S
the
watching
activity.
exhibitions
and
cruises
is
set
to
increase
dramatically.
cinema
>50%
40–49.9%
30–39.9%
20–29.9%
<19.9%
No
Global
COMMON
✗
As
the
demand
✓
to
70
for
new
for
comes
to
inactivity
MISTAKE
participate
inrm
physical
population
Demand
elderly
data
facilities
new
from
–
there
Option
E
–
there
and
facilities
those
participate
CHECK
ages,
are
in
and
many
Leisure,
be
activities
who
leisure
will
are
in
all
activities
well
who
off
are
5.
increased
among
too
can
poor
the
afford
or
activities.
tourism
much
countries.
and
and
sport
YOUR
Explain
6.
leisure
Explain
are
UNDERSTANDING
briey
why
limited.
why
many
people
in
NICs
do
not
have
time.
leisure
activities
in
low
income
countries
Factors
and
affecting
participation
DEMOGRAPHIC
SOCIO-ECONOMIC
AND
PLACE
population
to
are
that
cycle,
sport
and
economic
refers
part
factors
in
demographic
sex,
takes
many
participate
rate
to
in
that
and
of
the
a
specic
tourism.
socio-economic
free
proportion
inuence
circumstances,
amount
OF
RESIDENCE
FACTORS
Many
participation
There
sports
tourism
PHYSICAL,
The
in
time
sporting
a
a
disposable
physical,
including
health,
age,
stage
in
people
as
Good
decision
include
factors,
just
activity
.
person’
s
These
ethnicity
,
and
of
as
those
access
hilly
spend
that
who
who
to
areas
their
in
live
live
rivers
may
mountainous
a
coastal
and
lakes
promote
holidays
which
in
in
they
in
a
area
may
cycling.
different
areas
may
ski
go
promote
Many
type
regularly,
surng.
shing,
people
of
just
prefer
environment
to
to
live.
life
income.
STAGE
The
IN
family
FAMIL
Y
life
cycle
LIFE
refers
CYCLE
to
the
responsibilities
that
a
AFFLUENCE
person
Most
tourists
and
many
afuent.
Most
people
relatively
large
distance
visit
place
that
sports
take
place
courts
and
an
a
entry
and
in
Most
LICs
to
from
do
there
cater
is
for
in
home,
normally
venues
which
a
in
sport
holiday
their
not
pools,
on
participants
although
in
go
sporting
swimming
fee.
NICs,
courses
they
participants
who
are
travel
that
as
is,
they
are
growing
Many
•
young,
•
a
young
a
couple
•
tennis
generally
golf
number
•
older
HICs
of
single
at
These
Walk
Cycle
family.
Some
of
the
stages
people
couple,
with
not
living
without
children
at
home
children
being
supported
at
home/
couple
with
no
dependent
children
living
golf
tourists.
status
their
home.
stages
disposable
Socio-economic
towards
university
charge
from
have
include:
a
experience.
such
may
Sport
and
or
to
take
may
affect
income
a
that
the
is
amount
available
of
to
time
and
participate
in
sport
holiday.
active
90
recreation
80
73.6
73.9
73.7
70.0
Managerial
and
74.3
13.2
62.7
70
63.7
62.1
professional
60
Intermediate
employers
and
67.4
10.0
51.7
64.2
9.6
55.9
egatnecreP
Small
occupations
self-employed
Lower
supervisory
and
66.7
9.9
48.3
50
37.5
36.4
40
49.4
30
technical
occupations
16.7
20
14.4
Semi-routine
and
routine
62.0
10.3
53.6
12.1
9.3
10
5.2
Never
worked
and
67.0
10.3
53.6
0
long-term
unemployed
16–24
25–44
45–64
65–74
75+
Walking
GENDER
Sport
There
is
women
a
relatively
low
in
athletics
and
convention
that
participation
swimming,
for
Muslim
women
successful
Muslim
athletes,
middle-distance
criticism
at
runner,
Hasna
to
rate
for
of
example.
remain
such
as
robed
the
Benhassi,
and
active
recreation
by
age
in
sport
in
the
UK
Muslim
In
The
means
survey
outdoors
Moroccan
receive
a
sport
much
to
home.
of
participation
16–24-year-olds
the
gym)
highest
olds
(over
among
for
were
20%),
this
was
The
age
a
those
(18%).
most
and
top
ten
to
football
group.
aged
in
likely
play
was
Health
activity
16–24
16–44-year-olds
the
and
for
(over
the
all
UK,
football
most
tness
age
20%)
groups
and
were
the
over
were
popular
(going
and
25–44-year
most
likely
to
PERSONALITY
swim,
Some
people
prefer
team
more
solitary
sports
such
like
very
to
participate
between
prefer
“sun,
cultural
sand
in
those
sport.
who
heritage,
and
sports
as
sea”.
while
running.
Likewise,
prefer
and
others
Some
tourist
adventure,
those
who
may
people
prefer
do
not
to.
while
Golf
people
was
a
top
aged
ten
75
and
activity
for
all
age
the
least
groups
likely
except
16–24-year-olds.
destinations
those
prefer
to
who
seek
out
CHECK
7.
8.
YOUR
Suggest
UNDERSTANDING
how
changes
participation
in
Describe
variations
three
the
sporting
in
life
cycle
can
affect
tourism.
activities
in
age
and
shown
Changing
in
participation
the
in
the
diagram.
leisure
patterns
71
TOURISM
AND
SPORT
AT
THE
LOCAL
AND
NATIONAL
2
SCALE
Rural
and
urban
tourism
hotspots
Primary
DEFINITION
existing
Hotspots
that
are
attract
attracted
of
intense
average
these
hotspots
to
secondary
areas
above
resources
and
sporting
numbers
because
are
or
of
leisure
visitors.
they
have
activity
T
ourists
primary
not
are
and
accessible.
built
scenery,
sites.
These
IN
OXFORD,
UK
Oxford
world-famous
recreational
is
a
city
AN
URBAN
The
HOTSPOT:
million
The
(population
visitors
most
Museum
Old
c.
each
popular
and
Bodleian
historic
university
150,000)
but
it
city.
attracts
It
is
annually.
within
the
which
result
by
a
attractions
number
Library
of
and
include
Oxford
the
the
working
in
and
of
is
£300
jobs
is
is
Over
a
one
tourism
the
number
cleanliness
of
–
at
colleges,
in
of
Killarney,
and
over
The
the
the
include
of
of
a
4,000
ve
Killarney
most
visitors
£160
visit
nature
•
conserve
other
•
encourage
increase
•
encourage
or
levels
in
is
an
and
is
a
and
buses,
NATIONAL
a
including
major
Kerry
area.
venues
each
Of
resident
the
Killarney
as
the
a
larger
the
coach
use
park
of
public
transport
walking
tours,
registered
and
park
and
sightseeing
ride
buses
cycles
provide
comprehensive
visits
to
on-street
lesser-known
information
attractions
to
and
places
interest
increase
the
spread
PARK,
•
enable
in
year
these
and
the
four
Ireland.
bringing
the
population
•
an
majority
of
The
number
the
the
for
Killarney
main
the
of
tourist
visitors
in
the
off
to
science
season
in
order
load.
park
National
Park
•
14,000
are
to
contribute
monitoring
National
Park
and
through
research.
Management
Plan
identies
zones:
Natural
zone:
where
conservation
of
nature
is
the
main
objective.
Cultural
zone:
conservation
human
features
of
and
the
relationship
to:
where
of
the
primary
noteworthy
activities
archaeological
qualities
heritage
•
and
the
between
the
park
Intensive
including
and
historic
•
resort
such
as
a
other
than
provided
park
Resource
restoration
CHECK
tourist
management
objectives
conifer
overcrowded
E
–
small
National
university
Killarney
Option
problems
strategy
the
National
attraction
tourist
to
the
relatively
or
72
the
objective
features
demesne
sites,
is
the
resulting
from
landscapes,
buildings
and
zone:
where
conservation
resources
are
zone:
not
basic
are
adversely
removal
of
park
emphasized,
affected.
non-native
plantations.
YOUR
9. Suggest
why
UNDERSTANDING
Oxford
has
become
an
urban
tourism
hotspot.
it,
in
environmental
particular,
overcrowding.
park.
Oxford
House
In
the
MISTAKE
hotspot
visitor
spending
3–4%
rooms!
harmonious
hotspot
the
ensure
tourist
the
conservation
community
such
a
appreciation
and
national
area,
is
signicant
public
a
COMMON
minimize
to
in
structures.
develop
the
to
objectives
conserve
for
aims
increase
and
7,300
trafc
coaches
toilets
visited
with
tourist
basic
It
travel
million
town
•
need
an
Oxford
directly
about
KILLARNEY
renowned.
million
Strategy
tourism.
environmental
world
estimated
A
accommodation,
shopping.
Theatre.
million
sustained
estimated
to
HOTSPOT
scenery
area
✓
heritage
tourist/
to:
•
IRELAND
A
include
climate,
and
secondary
pre-
those
population.
related
particular
RURAL
and
from
provide
to
availability
T
ourism
city,
•
•
✗
which
and
including
cultural
is,
Ashmolean
University
Sheldonian
around
number
tourism
Problems
•
from
the
around
of
Park,
people,
are
(that
year.
generates
The
indirectly
The
resources
recreation
purpose),
distinguished
encourage
encourage
city,
or
a
•
the
the
resources,
Oxford
and
T
ourism
of
for
indigenous
entertainment
satisfaction,
attempts
5
are
tourism
STUDY
TOURISM
small
for
specically
wildlife,
catering,
CASE
tourist/recreational
attractions
Park
area
National
of
area,
but
a
not
the
small
Oxford,
or
whole
part
of
within
Muckross
Park.
Leisure,
tourism
and
sport
10. Briey
explain
National
Park.
the
land-use
zoning
used
in
Killarney
Spheres
of
touristic
inuence
for
a
sphere
facility
or
of
an
playground
or
inuence
attraction
may
have
of
a
minimum
number
SPORTS
FACILITIES
refers
draws
low
to
its
the
area
support.
threshold
people
needed
from
A
which
small
population
to
support
a
service)
will
have
small
a
contrast,
(the
example
could
of
small
about
1
km,
facility
gym
to
a
a
children.
a
of
be
from
a
10
site
a re a,
pro vid in g
At
a
high e r
le ve l,
a
varie ty
of
a
sports
the
the re
in doo r
ce n tre
a
bott o m
s p he re
of
of
fa cilitie s /a c t i v i t i e s
with
or
at
w ith
–
may
a nd
be
a
f or
a
sc a l e
UK,
you ng
an
ac t i v i t i e s
ra nge
of
–
up
Sphere
sporting
of
facilities
in
different
Community
inuence
size
<5km
Village
Small
country
town
Community
hall
open
As
2,000–6,000
T
own
above
a
end
(the
maximum
inuence
sports
hence
(catchment
stadium
will
distance
it
will
area).
derive
its
In
support
area.
people.
ha
tennis
of
hierarchy,
suggested
golf
3
the
athletics
population
been
1,000
of
and
larger
about
course
playing
In
the
courts
is
from
that
elds
have
a
a
may
greater
the
about
USA,
there
be
stadium/swimming
should
be
baseball
In
the
population
people,
provided
pitches
threshold
top-level
distance.
threshold
30,000
a
pool,
and
for
for
that
every
(“diamonds”)
population
of
6,000
and
respectively.
simple
hierarchy
Activities
is
outlined
below.
offered
Badminton,
keep
t,
yoga,
football,
cricket
space
plus:
T
ennis
courts,
Sports
hall
As
range
facility/service),
library
Swimming
<25km
top
has
facilities
Community
Mobile
<10km
of
a
settlements
Recommended
500–1,500
small
visit
wider
complex
1,000
of
to
national
18-hole
and
km.
hierarchy
a
the
it
A
A
very
sphere
much
serving
s po rt s
out do or
provid ing
t he
i n ue nc e
f or
a
travel
facility
At
s p o rts
pla y
and
people
sports
An
and
facilities
DEFINITIONS
The
sporting
above
Specialist
As
gyms
above
tennis,
plus
netball,
gym,
hockey
pool
plus:
As
sports
judo,
above
plus
bowling,
golf,
skateboarding,
karate
venues
Golf
courses
Skateboard
parks
Bowling
<50km
City
Sports
stadia
Athletics
Capital
TOURIST
city
As
grounds
National
sports
selected
sports
centre
for
As
areas,
FACILITIES
such
Nairobi
T
ourist
attractions
sphere
of
National
Park
tourists.
Most
that
attractive,
or
are
both
are
areas.
located
EXAM
When
are
to
and/or
are
of
there
and
are
some
and
and
global
Killarney
international
located
located
areas,
international
Oxford
in
signicant
usually
urban
of
national
parks
rugged,
However
,
natural
away
from
natural
some
beauty
sphere
in
that
the
some
South
sphere
urban
events,
be
the
sure
sphere
of
to
named
give
inuence
of
tourism
UK
or
examples.
of
the
sport
a
at
is
as
National
of
Park
New
America,
in
in
Mumbai
Y
ork,
such
have
a
London
as
and
truly
and
Centre
USA.
to
a
recognize
country,
Park
the
clubs
grounds)
destinations
localized
possible
whereas
has
Addo
an
national/
for
example,
international
Elephant
Park
has
a
inuence.
UNDERSTANDING
term
how
in
it
such
more
sports
teams
National
tourist
attractions
sphere
YOUR
facilities
and
are
of
athletics
national
Some
Kruger
inuence
11. Dene
for
Camp
tourist
12. Describe
Tourism
and
grounds
hockey,
inuence,
countries,
local/national
home
Gandhi
Park.
others
Africa
CHECK
about
of
in
In
but
Sangay
Parcs
international
large
parks
within
as
National
whereas
environments
plus
rugby,
above,
Paris,
TIP
writing
sporting
national
examples
attract
and
close
a
The
national
signicance,
urban
have
inuence.
above
(football,
“sphere
the
sphere
village
the
and
of
of
a
local
inuence”.
inuence
varies
for
city.
and
national
scale
73
Factors
sports
Most
teams
affecting
in
the
support
global
following,
follow
their
CASE
IN
Rugby
is
one
a
level
coloured
of
in
on
of
tend
their
area.
to
national
Some
many
television
Cup
Currie
including
a
national
of
or
the
the
have
a
clubs
fans
can
internet.
much
sports
have
of
a
only
In
smaller
inuence.
They
international
support
is
contrast,
to
sphere
broader.
(or
more
university
or
do
not
even
have
localized.
for
a
the
national)
job,
success
interest.
However,
so
the
some
fan
to
generate
Hence,
base
fans
may
their
move
on
become
AFRICA
most
these
Cup
is
Since
Currie
and
the
the
six
team
main
most
sports
apartheid
soccer.
from
provincial
place
Division
a
In
in
South
South
2017,
Ireland,
successful
became
takes
First
In
played
rugby
Cup
popular
sports.
features
2015,
Bulls.
Division
the
communities
Currie
The
league
wide
although
SOUTH
which
Blue
a
teams
league,
The
of
STUDY
RUGBY
high
top
from
team
league
geography
league
derive
lower
the
professional
Cheetahs
Scotland
was
in
Western
sport
between
along
rugby
competition
province
roughly
the
Wales,
rugby
Africa,
Africa,
in
July
the
and
with
was
soccer
the
received
and
an
cricket.
person’
s
invitation
to
The
country
game”,
play
in
has
whereas
the
competed
most
Rugby
black
Union
at
and
Pro12
Italy.
South
Africa.
Province
early
and
“white
1990s,
October.
It
has
(Western
The
no
been
contested
Cape),
single
format
followed
team
divides
has
14
since
by
1892.
the
dominated
teams
into
Up
Northern
the
eight
to
and
Transvaal/
Currie
Cup.
Premier
teams.
Leopards
Golden
Lions
Pumas
Blue
Bulls
Falcons
Griquas
Free
State
Cheetahs
Griffons
Natal
Sharks
Westerns
Boland
SWD
Province
Cavaliers
Eagles
Eastern
Province
Kings
Border
Currie
CHECK
Cup
teams
YOUR
13. Explain
Bulldogs
why
CASE
UNDERSTANDING
some
teams
have
an
international
STUDY
fan
GAELIC
GAMES
IN
IRELAND
base.
14. State
the
South
name
of
the
provincial
rugby
competition
in
In
Ireland,
camogie)
Africa.
Republic
(6
of
the
knock-out
out
competition
the
may
residence
–
Leisure,
tourism
and
sport
The
a
have
counties)
in
a
are
from
moved
is
is
based
away
university
Northern
on
on
a
and
nal.
each
from
in
the
a
knock-
whereas
knock-
followed
Support
so
for
the
although
county
and
and
Ireland
provincial
county
,
their
studies
form
merit,
provinces),
and
within
football
T
eams
league
based
four
Gaelic
level.
and
national
semi-nals
jobs,
(hurling,
county
league
(there
largely
for
at
competition
All-Ireland
are
Games
(26
compete
competition.
some
E
Ireland
counties)
counties
Option
Gaelic
arranged
out
by
74
the
are
on.
of
birth/
Costs
and
leisure
benets
sporting,
musical,
have
costs
also
may
take
leisure
Music
in
the
as
that
the
but
in
a
rest
Festival,
areas
such
place
for
UK.
are
the
associated
the
is
not
such
may
or
religious
benets.
that
year,
Others
in
cultural
many
location
of
triathlon
Woodstock,
large-scale
be
with
as
Some
normally
the
grounds
of
used
and
ENVIRONMENTAL
GLASTONBURY
•
Air
pollution:
the
popular
tourism,
been
Palace,
UK.
Glastonbury
in
Festival
Europe.
made
Waste
FESTIVAL
is
the
waste,
largest
Festival-goers
are
open-air
attracted
to
see
and
to
at
its
increase
Car
exibility,
encourage
a
particular
be
part
of
type
the
of
dramatically
transport
but
is
still
attempts
supporters
to
use
very
have
public
tents
are
a
leave
them
began
as
the
Pilton
Rubbish
site.
This
plastic
big
is
water
problem
one
of
consists
bottles
because
the
greatest
mainly
and
many
of
human
tents.
of
The
the
fans
behind
at
the
end
of
the
festival
and
their
the
performance
festival
the
empty
is
not
good
enough
for
charity
use.
or
Noise
pollution:
Many
of
the
performances
continue
culture.
through
Glastonbury
to
festival.
music
by
•
performer
emissions
of
disposal:
condition
opportunity
THE
transport.
GLASTONBURY
festival
CO
three-day
because
problems
The
OF
2
during
events
Blenheim
IMPACTS
FESTIVAL
for
Glastonbury
temporary
leisure
festivals
events
•
THE
temporary
sites
Large-scale
many
of
Pop
Festival
in
the
night,
which
causes
disturbance
to
local
1970.
residents.
The
festival
is
held
in
a
huge
open-air
arena
which
covers
•
approximately
800
acres.
This
site
now
accommodates
Provision
to
to
250,000
of
resources:
Energy,
water
and
food
need
up
be
supplied
and
residue
disposed
of.
people.
200
REDUCING
THE
IMPACT
OF
THE
FESTIVAL
150
Waste
Number
of
(thousands)
100
Ticket
management
price
£
•
Over
•
It
•
50
0
175,000
costs
Over
over
about
one
ve
provide
1970
1980
1990
2000
the
growth
price
of
of
visitor
numbers
attending
people
Glastonbury
£800,000
million
days.
over
visit
to
plastic
T
o
400
dispose
bottles
reduce
water
Glastonbury
Festival
this
taps
are
of
every
the
used
number,
around
year.
rubbish.
at
the
Festival
organizers
the
site.
2010
•
The
at
visitors
the
and
the
increase
Glastonbury
in
Festival
•
Over
11
million
each
year.
Over
15,000
litres
refuse
of
water
bins
are
drunk
at
the
Festival
are
used
at
the
Festival
each
recycle
60%
of
the
Festival
waste
year.
•
ECONOMIC
IMPACTS
OF
THE
Glastonbury
aims
to
GLASTONBURY
each
year.
FESTIVAL
The
local
area
benets
nancially
from
the
•
Over
1,300
•
Over
10,000
average,
each
visitor
to
the
festival
spends
The
income
from
the
festival
makes
in
and
Oxfam
such
as
hand,
the
the
including
include
The
to
and
charities
such
may
be
provision
of
Glastonbury
dealing
with
congestion,
festival
community.
restricted
also
is
The
and
Nevertheless,
Festival
large
to
of
is
offers
facilities.
has
of
local
a
local
the
by
the
residents
for
people
up
been
the
waste.
planted
order
to
protect
the
natural
since
habitat.
All
Festival
programmes
bags,
not
are
plastic
placed
in
reusable,
ones.
projects
other
CHECK
impacts
people.
drug-taking
burden
clear
Greenpeace
On
negative
welcomed
local
Aid,
support
numbers
wholly
festival
also
Water
pollution,
activities
the
it
sporting
litter
,
not
as
used
to
have
substantial
organic
contributions
help
trees
about
•
£300.
native
festival.
2000
On
volunteers
Problems
and
theft.
ticket
severely
the
prices
16. Briey
local
are
YOUR
15. Describe
UNDERSTANDING
trends
at
describe
Glastonbury
the
in
(a)
visitor
Glastonbury
the
problems
numbers
Festival,
associated
and
(b)
1970–2010.
with
the
Festival.
them.
an
employment
opportunity.
Tourism
and
sport
at
the
local
and
national
scale
75
TOURISM
3
Niche
AND
national
SPORT
AT
tourism
THE
for
types
MOVIE
tourism
relatively
of
niche
location
refers
small
and
to
tourism,
heritage
ADVENTURE
special-interest
numbers
of
tourists.
including
tourism
There
adventure,
catering
are
There
many
movie
tourism.
are
Lord
such
attracted
travel
high-value
as
many
series
attract
series
Inspector
is
a
to
in
form
a
remote
of
niche
area
popularity
customers.
all
costs
around
adventure
also
For
in
and
tourism
some
recent
example,
local
About
66%
sector
remains
also
of
communities,
is
in
the
spent
to
level
climb
of
and
Oxford.
local
heritage
risk.
•
Extra
in
the
than
It
Adventure
–
it
businesses,
for
future
tourism
tourism
It
is
it
was
tax
celebration
provides
and
direct
and
foreign
projects,
local
for
the
and
can
produce
in
Environmental
has
have
one
exchange,
connected
government
airports,
(e.g.
employment
T
ourism
T
ourism
benets
customs
employment
indirect
construction).
an
along
The
TV
detective
boosted
tourism
series
in
include
the
Game
number
of
of
tourists
T
aj
travelling
sites
and
is
as
with
a
to
as
World
one
the
of
to
experience
indigenous
cultural
Heritage
the
Great
new
Wall
place,
of
an
area.
in
2007
tourism.
Site
seven
of
the
people
and
wonders
China,
the
of
the
Coliseum
Mahal.
benets
water
local
and
supply,
•
people.
cultural
costs
Cultural
a
which
to
can
events.
be
•
and
Increase
food
It
•
Jobs
•
sales.
and
production
•
and
“multiplier
of
the
effect”
economy
whereby
benets
in
local
is
derelict
and
cultural
volatile
“Leakage”
country
resources
otherwise.
18. Explain
two
heritage
UNDERSTANDING
economic
benets
environmental
of
heritage
problems
tourism.
associated
with
tourism.
Option
E
–
but
Leisure,
tourism
and
sport
goods
and
easily
by
subject
or
occur.
services.
to
downturns
terrorism.
This
tourism
returns
and
seasonal.
means
does
not
that
stay
in
home.
money
other
sectors.
that
•
Visitors
•
Heavy
The
are
costs
causing
rainfall,
local
banks
the
can
of
mainly
recession
generated
of
footpath
steep
slopes,
vegetation
infrastructure
urbanization.
overloaded
YOUR
are
economic
Environmental
natural
of
moralvalues.
crime.
prices
tourism
money
recent
17. Outline
local
abandonment
and
costs
T
ourism
to
and
customs
in
inates
due
benets
become
•
the
sector
conserved
in
from
ticket
accommodation
(e.g.
invested
development.
comes
conicts
traditional
•
76
TV
increase
referred
Picchu
selected
the
is
trampling
CHECK
have
have
television
TOURISM
sometimes
world
promotes
(electricity,
of
restaurants,
housing
would
visitors.
Some
Ireland.
Economic
valuable
revenue
generated
•
to
historic
Machu
tourism
and
costs
popular
tourism
artefacts,
involves
and
Heritage
tourism.
use.
communications)
the
services
guides)
•
Zealand.
to
fans.
Hobbit
not
tourism
mass
adventure
practices
infrastructure
accommodation,
•
of
said
The
TV
for
Mount
benets
provides
local
is
and
New
numbers
Morse
Other
Social
of
and
Encourages
It
to
in
It
benets
Improvement
Economic
•
Rings
used
attraction
Disadvantages
sewerage
•
tourists
leading
Northern
Benets
•
the
places
their
attracts
however,
Adventure
more
destination.
protection
Picchu:
Social
of
and
that
decades
person,
expensive.
sustainable
supports
environmental
per
economies
revenue
encourages
Machu
$50,000
tourism
supports
between
lms
large
HERITAGE
Everest
TOURISM
TOURISM
tourism
increased
links
Films
to
has
many
and
Thrones,
involves
LOCATION
programmes
in
Adventure
SCALE
strategies
DEFINITION
Niche
INTERNATIONAL
are
with
can
with
lead
cannot
The
to
cope
sewage
garbage.
and
landslides.
Urubamba
untreated
covered
erosion.
deforestation
with
river
and
is
its
The
role
of
transnational
expanding
TNCS
AND
international
SECONDARY
TOURISM
corporations
tourism
been
RESOURCES
to
In
many
LICs
economic
of
global
tourism
growth
GNP
primary
such
hotels.
as
place
to
and
and
possess
has
the
development.
13%
of
resources
LICs
develop
potential
may
their
not
own
It
consumer
and
some
have
stimulate
generates
spending.
secondary
all
tourist
to
the
TNCs
over
6%
Many
So
resources
they
are
chains
LICs
infrastructure
industry.
forced
organize
in
rely
usually
upon
based
in
the
world
are
ve
tourism
tour
are
main
industry
operators
increasingly
and
in
destinations
market
There
the
have
to
and
(TNCs)
the
concerned
resources
in
HICs
all
US-based
areas
–
TNCs
these
–
of
airlines,
travel
integrating
the
eight
with
tourism
products.
largest
The
hotel
companies.
TNC
involvement
hotels,
agents.
their
and
All
cruise
TNCs
in
lines,
have
been
businesses.
National
business
chains
Tourists
Competi
tors
Activist
Employees
groups
Tourism
Residents
Government
Planners
The
stakeholders
The
advantages
in
tourism
and
planning
disadvantages
of
TNC
involvement
Advantages
1
The
2
T
ourists
provide
3
TNCs
and
of
ags
from
demand
TNC
(and
than
the
introduce
an
a
can
(with
boost
TNCs
are
smaller
diverse
economy
its
those
often
range
of
environmental
TNCs
the
and
1
demand.
from
more
independent
including
management,
numerous
tourist
increasingly
standards.
into
hotel
display)
HICs
these
can
the
on
high
skills
expanding
new
LICs
able
too)
2
to
operators.
improve
sector
and
the
productivity
and
Removal
TNCs
can
technologies
3
Outow
systems.
of
to
some
provide
a
greater
range
which
can
of
capital
innovation
the
by
local
generate
and
that
TNCs
often
In
some
cases
8
TNCs
EXAM
Make
may
use
resources
population
or
which
host
bars)
that
–
much
(transport,
leaves
the
the
TNCs
of
the
income
accommodation,
host
are
country
based
and
passes
in.
type
of
–
decisions
facility
to
invest
about
where
in
so
and
on
to
are
on
the
basis
of
rather
how
than
it
will
the
benet
local
the
TNC
community
in
and
its
which
more
employment
is
than
The
to
be
based.
outow
of
wealth
from
LICs
is
widening
the
global
local
divide
–
tourism
is
helping
reinforce
global
pay
higher
wages
and
offer
better
than
make
an
local
by
providing
competitively
priced
holidays
in
packages
low
income
and
emerging
economies.
rms.
effort
to
establish
linkages
to
a
TNC
with
suppliers.
TIP
sure
specic
to
country.
employees
local
part-
they
some
for
is
to
inequalities
7
(leakage)
decision-making
what
economic
in
get
local
employment
paid.
rms.
employment.
proportionally
rms
the
the
low
tourist
lead
5
generate
of
and
TNCs
tourism
countries
Outside
it
TNCs
–
wealth
by
restaurants
4
destinations,
much
the
economy.
help
in
of
generated
sustainability
–
unskilled
benetted
shareholders
6
destinations
country.
made
activities
of
have
invest,
5
exploitation
seasonal,
could
advanced
nancial
Labour
time,
to
4
tourism
Disadvantages
presence
national
in
CHECK
that
details
you
of
can
refer
involvement
in
named
touristic
and
give
destinations.
YOUR
19. Outline
two
UNDERSTANDING
advantages
of
TNC
involvement
in
tourism.
20. Suggest
how
diagram
residents
Tourism
and
do
the
not
stakeholders
necessarily
presented
place
the
in
needs
the
of
local
rst.
sport
at
the
international
scale
77
The
and
benets
development
strategy
THE
costs
BENEFITS
OF
of
tourism
T
ourist
TOURISM
as
a
development
strategy
has
many
attractions.
a
positive
route
towards
economic
development
for
especially
It
when
can
be
they
an
lack
the
effective
raw
way
materials
for
a
its
problems
is
labour
of
balance
intensive
of
and
the
of
(catering,
indirectly
T
ourism
for
unemployment.
transport,
(construction,
also
provides
example,
in
It
guiding
overcome
provides
and
opportunities
languages,
jobs
and
to
catering
is
which
circulated
means
T
ourism
can
redistribute
wealth
through
globally,
and
locally
economy.
provided
T
ourism
leakage
adds
is
not
diversity
to
allowed
the
to
export
of
country
exchange
and
thereby
helps
to
stabilize
its
earnings.
directly
food
or
production).
acquire
and
the
the
accommodation)
engineering
effect,
people
payments.
can
foreign
problem
multiplier
local
to
base
T
ourism
a
by
for
country
drain
overcome
create
gained
economy.
nationally
manufacturing.
can
income
poor
the
countries,
national
It
that
is
a
links
T
ourism
T
ourism
as
new
skills,
entertainment.
maintenance
&
repair
services
accommodation
travel
agency
food/catering
duty-free
shop
entertainment
banking
services
tour
guides
Travel
e.g.
airline
medical
services
Origin
regional
rail
Destination
airline/rail/road
travel
ship
bus
insurance
services
car
banking
services
shops
luggage
supplies
taxi/bus/hire
taxi/bus/
hire
car
car
to
from
arrival
point
departure
laundry/cleaning
food/catering
THE
COSTS
Many
costs
have
development
but
OF
TOURISM
arisen
strategy.
due
A
makes
imports
(for
expensive.
T
ourism
puts
ecosystems,
increased
soil
biodiversity.
seasonal,
the
leading
CHECK
the
national
22. Study
the
undue
poorly
in
national
on
and
lacking
especially
decline
is
rights
water,
UNDERSTANDING
economic
diagram
destination
Option
E
for
are
advantages
of
tourist
that
of
tourism
as
a
strategy.
may
links.
be
Identify
controlled
the
by
links
external
TNCs.
78
of
–
Leisure,
tourism
and
sport
tourists
large
while
(leakage),
companies
and
by
is
petty
involving
nature
as
the
so
TNCs
is
but
terrorist
very
tour
on.
and
Crime
crime
local
strength
of
people
prots
of
the
there
the
have
hotel
tourist
on
directed
been
in
very
tourists.
varying
economy,
stage
may
goes
decision-making
increasingly
attacks
and
of
operators,
Many
unpredictable,
opportunities,
local
proportion
companies
it
unskilled,
any
A
minimized.
services,
the
for
without.
owned
natural
employment
and
tourists
marketing
ecosystem
pollution,
paid
a
attracts
and
pressure
resources,
development
the
costly
decline
litter,
as
currency
tourists)
a
Important
YOUR
tourism
tourist-related
part-time,
21. Outline
in
erosion,
Much
workers.
to
to
weak
provided
the
cost,
chains,
making
at
serious
safety,
go
airline
are
is
tourists;
a
lot
factors
is
by
such
alternative
cycle.
of
incidents,
tourism
many
life
to
overseas
facilities
Finally,
with
family
have
to
Hosting
There
that
are
countries
a
many
affect
the
the
event
include
World
The
political,
hosting
that
position
international
bid
where
to
Cup
(2008
and
such
can
an
cultural
event
guarantee
NICs
that
have
Games)
Olympic
and
and
international
Olympic
2016
advantages
an
host
they
successfully
.
China
economic
of
need
to
of
be
can
the
Brazil
in
such
hosting
and
if
it
the
is
TV
event
rights,
event
is
a
may
an
honour
success
make
tickets
a
boost
Economic
or
a
and
It
build
allocation
football’
s
an
an
as
event
the
such
IOC
as
the
to
host
host
city
the
gains
event
There
in
used
may
in
to
prot
through
merchandise,
sales
as
of
well
as
radio
and
spending
A
in
large
CASE
sports
improve
facilities
their
trade
and
facilities
and
other
to
tourism
facilities.
host
in
Large
events.
GAMES
country
and
OL
YMPIC
to
particular.
If
an
and
2012
gives
AND
Olympic
regenerate
12,000
upgrading
new
one
jobs
infrastructure
than
Olympic
of
46,000
Village.
End
of
Financial
a
sense
of
The
London,
costs
of
and
London’
s
Paralympic
up
to
poorest
£17
Cup
stadia
and
Games
facilities
have
been
derelict.
visitors
puts
etc.
security
risks;
a
strain
on
hotels,
are
does
The
if,
they
not
host
do
will
indeed,
it
are
well,
have
wants
due
now
to
the
international
potential
the
host
difculty
terrorist
country’
s
attracting
targets.
image
other
to.
A
new
1
January
Olympic
the
Olympic
and
building
worked
in
2,800
the
Games
encouraged
Westeld
as
benets
Games:
stadium:
Athletes’
village
Security:
£200
and
£10.710
COMMON
Hosting
economic
was
the
along
Queen
the
River
Elizabeth
Lea.
Park,
Around
opened
2,800
housing
units
were
created
50%
these
were
affordable
The
of
new
of
the
Park
Athletes’
for
Village
local
and
people.
event
with
the
there
were
Games.
many
Some
people
people
and
who
were
not
businesses
not
want
to
the
South
move
but
were
forcibly
relocated.
did
London
and
and
developments
2012
the
housing
homes.
Olympic
shopping
from
spent
in
East
received
the
bulk
of
the
funds,
increasing
the
with
the
rest
of
the
country.
centre.
London
Olympic
and
Paralympic
Games
INCOME
bn
m
park:
£650
m
£800
£7
events
always
£50
£300
Council
tax
levy:
£3.735
“prestige”
sporting
large-scale
and
they
is
said
events,
events
might
to
be
many
since
not
a
benet
people
they
make
a
are
cost
of
not
suppliers:
£450
m
m
Agency:
£250
m
£625m
billion
YOUR
24. Outline
m
m
Development
23. Outline
brings
£560
ofcial
the
the
UNDERSTANDING
economic
international
national
up,
and
revenues:
CHECK
sporting
bn
London
T
otal
MISTAKE
set
marketing
and
Licensing:
bn
billion
hosting
to
£1.5
TV
T icket
m
infrastructure:
success.
of
Lottery
Sponsorship
m
international
deal
£1.5
£560
and
large-scale
Although
favour
Park,
2013
Games
areas.
billion
such
and
Running
great
such
Benets
Transport
in
national
organizations
PARAL
YMPIC
Games
and
people
Redevelopment:
✓
by
involved
Games
pride.
Costs
hosting
of
World
Olympic
supplies
coverage
inequalities
✗
or
problems;
Athens
become
water
event
happy
T
otal
factors
Olympic
lobbying
corruption
Games
nancial
2004
Nevertheless,
created
East
the
and
for
2012
London
More
include
alleged
Olympic
events
television
on
helped
Political
as
hotels
facilities
STUDY
LONDON
The
Cup
part.
such
training
etc.
spin-offs,
the
infrastructure,
and
FIFA.
number
transport,
events
unites
taking
events
World
be
the
suffers.
It
the
of
and
and
abandoned
restaurants
gives
athletes/players
the
transport
tourists/fans,
Disadvantages
considered
hotels,
Cities
for
governments
reputation.
The
stadia,
facilities
and
Advantages
Prestige,
requires
other
in
events
events
event
the
run
(2014
Hosting
disadvantages
Most
they
hosted
and
Games).
factors
event.
that
sporting
sporting
economic
international
sporting
advantages
of
staging
events.
disadvantages
of
staging
events.
a
prot.
Tourism
and
sport
at
the
international
scale
79
MANAGING
4
TOURISM
Unsustainable
CARRYING
AND
touristic
SPORT
•
•
CAPACITY
capacity
physical
absolute
within
space,
a
car
TOURISM
The
historic
buildings
clear
in
as
average
the
A
in
of
use
and
competition
IN
–
three
main
is
measure
the
number
day
of
ecological
ways:
•
will
of
Brecon
Wales
for
THE
A
living
The
in
cities
is
Environmental
Stressor
ha
for
an
increase
Research
visit
a
visitors
for
Day
with
Venice
and
There
visitor
is
has
been
creates
a
are
•
transport
•
tourist
•
marinas,
as
•
day
as
impacts
the
Park
closest
a
of
located
social
Birmingham
of
all
restructuring
the
and
that
boats
an
of
crowding
the
location
environment
occurs
that
is
a
tourist
too
full.
•
transport
is
of
day
important,
important.
economy
number
to
the
than
Day
visitors
trippers,
the
while
trippers
who
stay
.
Venetian
city
by
unauthorized
tour
coaches
terminal
the
city
has
seen
do
meals
and
in
they
stay
They
in
over
fell
by
hotels,
and
often
bring
charged
visitors
irritation
at
move
a
times
their
to
gates
that
about
they
2.2
to
enter.
or
the
no
their
benet
and
the
an
eat
guide.
area
Farmers
nd
machinery
tourist,
gain
Cruise
not
own
to
large
the
they
community,
passed
do
problems.
For
and
million.
they
have
of
than
passengers.
€300
generally
and
number
more
million
animals
drive
have
2015,
around
blocked.
pleasurable
increasing
In
they
little
disruption,
nd
heritage
bringing
Venice,
an
passengers.
receipts
not
tourists.
cause
merely
cruise
docked,
understanding
bad
Primary
little
the
or
trip
no
landscape
or
the
through.
of
local
environmental
response
Change
in
habitat
Change
in
population
of
Expansion
Change
in
health
welfare
of
taken
Pollution
and
leisure
activities
activities
built
Changes
out
of
in
visual
and
species
of
humans
quality
primary
loadings
•
emissions
•
efuent
•
solid
•
noise
skiing
•
hunting
•
walking
•
trail-bike
population
Change
discharge
waste
disposal
(trafc,
Trampling
•
of
aircraft)
vegetation
and
soils
riding
dynamics
Destruction
Population
of
density
(seasonal)
air
•
water
•
soil
of
organisms
of
humans
in
habitat
Change
in
population
of
media
species
Congestion
from
for
•
land
•
energy
YOUR
26. Briey
sport
environmental
Change
perceptual
and
of
Health
25. Distinguish
tourism
quality
Health
Demand
CHECK
Leisure,
in
•
species
growth
–
local
less
production
waste
E
increasingly
environments
Land
ski-lifts
Option
the
Venice
and
environments
facilities
recreation
80
level
becoming
coach
tourism
difcult
as
people
Bristol.
is
is
around
2000,
liners
about
south
to
Restructuring
network
of
on
the
deciding
that
damage
tourism
expansion
population
in
gates
passengers
BRECON
parks
the
However
,
but
national
microcosm
main
large
activity
tourism,
•
is
via
Stress
•
Effect
use
have:
access
Since
congestion
VALLEY
,
to
the
denied
cruise
suggested
of
control
built
in
HOTSPOT
London,
is
Generation
T
ourist
of
that
resources.
National
environmental
urban
level
becoming
less
650
range
such
is
contribute
•
numbers
every
tripping
authorities
1,460
Venice.
planners,
LLANTHONY
of
Valley
construction
•
before
tourism
T
o
estimated
Venice
day
for
in
has
activities
Permanent
Major
one
such
Llanthony
the
environmental
capacity,
tolerate
residential
government
accommodation.
visitors
RURAL
700
by
capacity
capacity
scarce
Beacons
and
before
spaces
it
The
capacity,
sustain
perceptual
of
HOTSPOT
accommodation,
trippers
25,000
of
URBAN
carrying
with
problems
BEACONS
in
comprises
hotel
carrying
volume
economic
TOURISM
the
alterations
weekends.
of
and
AN
Venice
from
37,500
limit
large
–
non-hotel
at
maximum
The
of
variations
and
of
which
example,
optimum
staying
August.
for
who
seasonal
thought
capacity,
VENICE
centre
The
summer
an
IN
tourists
tourists
be
FUTURE
park
protected
legislation.
9,780
can
carrying
THE
growth
can
Carrying
FOR
natural
resources
water
UNDERSTANDING
between
carrying
explain
cruise
and
why
ship
physical
carrying
capacity
and
capacity.
Venice
tourism.
does
not
benet
greatly
Sustainable
SUSTAINABLE
Sustainable
meets
the
the
development
of
Sustainable
•
ensure
rate
DEVELOPMENT
needs
ability
of
the
future
that
is
faster
than
maintain
•
respect
local
cultures,
•
involve
local
people
THE
development
to
meet
needs
their
own
needs.
to:
sources
are
the
of
rate
that
compromising
livelihoods
in
is
sustainable
tourism.
ecosystems
such
reefs
not
consumed
natural
at
a
and
“green”
forest
experience
replacement
a
of
importance
•
increasing
•
being
processes.
•
balancing
as
It
or
“alternative”
includes
game
parks.
natural
of
customs
and
development
Ecotourism
It
tourism
parks,
aims
to
nature
give
environments
conservation.
involvement
appropriate
to
Its
of
the
conservation
is
local
of
related
reserves,
people
and
to
a
to
coral
rst-hand
show
characteristics
local
and
form
that
them
the
include:
communities
area
development.
CLOUD
FOREST
,
RICA
Monteverde
but
are
as
without
biodiversity
MONTEVERDE
established
ha
ECOTOURISM
STUDY
COSTA
The
dened
therefore
renewable
•
CASE
is
present
generations
tourism
that
tourism
in
now
over
Cloud
1972.
covers
100
Forest
Initially
,
around
species
of
Reserve
it
was
covered
14,200
N
I
C
A
R
A
G
U
A
328
ha.
There
Guanacaste
Arenal
mammals,
Atlantic
Ocean
insect.
Monteverde
e
attracts
Cordillera
d
70,000
e
of
around
r
Tempisque
species
u
T
thousand
e
r
several
v
and
o
reptiles
o
r
t
of
u
amphibians,
species
g
and
1,200
M
birds,
o
of
n
t
species
e
400
Volcanica
visitors
a
year
.
Monteverde
about
18%
of
Central
now
accounts
Rica’
s
total
for
tourist
development
of
revenue.
tourism
The
came
Costa
growth
at
a
and
time
Pacifico
when
there
agriculture
was
in
a
long-term
Costa
Rica.
ecotourism
absorbed
agricultural
workers
of
this
scale.
For
Costa
Rica
some
in
their
development
the
of
same
the
own
was
in
Central
La
time,
displaced
Amistad
N
villages.
on
a
small
Pacific
Ocean
example,
70%
of
the
hotels
in
Osa
less
than
20
rooms.
0
New
businesses
have
A
N
A
P
have
been
100
created
A
M
Much
At
decline
km
in
Monteverde,
and
breakfasts,
riding
trails,
and
a
stables,
botanical
controlled
140
are
of
these
Local
tourists
also
in
attract
guided
EXAM
be
locally
have
also
farmers
area.
tourists.
of
and
the
ponds
Garden
a
Over
created.
walks
of
of
and
food
Coffee
coffee
from
of
to
been
more
were
and
interchangeable
ecotourism
generally
population
densities.
ecotourism
terms.
occurs
They
in
are
are
remote
often
similar
areas
considered
with
of
low
the
cloud
jobs
guides
is
YOUR
27. Compare
Managing
been
and
in
income
value
and
and
the
not
only
crafts
of
were
their
use
are
impact
have
The
should
local
been
food
increase
be
more
in
evenly
programmes
community
natural
farmers
transport,
education
the
local
coffee.
visitor
created.
informal
resources
are
even
than
farmers.
UNDERSTANDING
tourism
advantages
Monteverde
that
reduction
that
sustainable
the
forest,
means
arts
of
accommodation,
have
and
they
a
Local
in
means
the
when
28. Outline
but
to
strengthened,
aware
supporting
production
forest.
Formal
towards
the
there
and
businesses
CHECK
TIP
tourism
the
distributed.
they
but
go
in
as
communications
have
provides
eld
parts
access
employed
created,
small
consumed
the
on
and
Saturday
T
our
proceeds
involved
rejuvenated,
there
multiplier
every
locals
jobs
suspension
the
markets
Monteverde
production
and
of
colony.
full-time
The
families
Controlled
of
climate-
addition,
cup.
and
buttery
consists
four
400
In
and
much
Farmers’
a
leafcutter-ant
opportunities
provide
and
garden,
owned.
been
canopy
The
the
frog
Buttery
gardens
are
are
stalls,
hiking
medicinal
jobs
the
tour
Sustainable
to
The
a
employment
There
bridges.
a
buttery
indirect
effects.
by
garden.
bed
craft
reserves,
galleries,
centre,
part-time
hotels,
restaurants,
private
hummingbird
biodiversity
Many
including
Cloud
tourism
of
with
ecotourism.
ecotourism
at
the
Forest.
and
sport
for
the
future
81
Future
TRENDS
international
AND
PROJECTIONS
IN
tourism
TOURISM
)snoillim(
Forecasts
Actual
1,800
1.8
Africa
Middle
bn
East
1,600
deviecer
Americas
1.4
1,400
Asia
and
the
bn
Pacific
slavirrA
1,200
Europe
1,000
940
mn
tsiruo
T
800
lanoitan retnI
600
400
200
0
1950
Trends
1960
and
region,
1970
predicted
1980
growth
for
1990
global
2000
tourism
by
tourist
3.3%
a
arrivals
year
worldwide
over
the
are
period
expected
2010
to
1.8
billion
by
2030.
By
2030,
arrivals
in
impact
are
expected
to
increase
at
those
in
twice
the
advanced
economies.
The
market
to
economies
increased
from
30%
in
share
1980
2014,
to
over
and
is
expected
billion
to
reach
international
57%
tourist
by
2030,
airlines,
concern
on
the
travel
long-term
and
decline.
tourism
Any
hotels
and
restaurants
are
terrorist
a
for
many
governments
and
cause
of
TNCs.
success
of
travel
and
tourism
does
not
shield
it
45%
the
impact
of
terrorism.
The
11
September
2001
equivalent
(9/11)
1
to
of
to
from
in
lead
rate
The
emerging
terrorism
could
emerging
major
of
of
to
threats
destinations
SECURITY
to
2030
industry
reach
2030
INTERNATIONAL
The
increase
2020
by
1950–2030
International
2010
terrorist
attacks
in
the
USA
highlighted
the
need
arrivals.
for
safe
At
travel.
the
national
level,
governments
can
also
do
a
lot
FORECASTS
to
implement
certain
International
tourist
arrivals
in
the
emerging
of
Asia,
Latin
America,
Central
Eastern
Mediterranean
Europe,
the
and
Africa
economy
will
grow
at
destinations.
double
the
rate
Consequently,
economies
are
expected
to
economies
before2020.
exceed
of
Middle
centres
The
strongest
the
growth
by
region
will
in
in
be
seen
in
Asia
niche
tourism
of
media
has
made
a
huge
impact
on
tourism
and
changed
their
terrorism,
is
and
how
people
experiences.
research
T
ourism
recommendations.
trips,
relies
on
make
decisions
favourable
million
users)
and
to
easily
Social
media
Facebook
share
consumers
in
sites
such
as
other
COMMON
have
They
locally
(800
million
users)
and
are
or
is
Do
said
form
very
82
the
main
potential
that
Diaspora
important
has
tourism
(visiting
form
distinctive
for
is
friends
an
and
of
features
important
relatives).
tips
that
and
they
suggestions.
trusted
In
social
of
not
more
likely
than
connections
most
with
international
the
are
more
likely
to
stay
with
local
relatives,
businesses
to
eat
in
(e.g.
local
bed
and
restaurants,
breakfast
one
on.
Although
they
might
not
go
to
spend
local
as
as
international
tourists,
it
is
more
likely
to
much
go
survey
media
to
local
businesses.
Thus,
diaspora
tourism
can
more
positive
development
potential.
Moreover,
diaspora
advertising.
tourism
is
may
spread
be
not
as
seasonal
more
as
evenly
international
throughout
tourism,
the
and
year.
MISTAKE
tourism
predictions
expect
volatile
stability
one
make
owned
so
are
YOUR
which
Option
all
and
E
–
predictions
depends
might
not
on
occur
Leisure,
UNDERSTANDING
correct.
29. Describe
✓
be
the
allow
CHECK
All
✗
limit
T
ripAdvisor
have
any
increasingly
is
tourism
tourists
to
directly
than
so
and
money
of
and
opinions
pubs
92%
an
it
value.
VFR
accommodation),
customers
Afghanistan
to
travel.
or
(50
out
MEDIA
economy.
and
turning
TOURISM
potential
tourists
has
for
tourism,
Diaspora
share
are
there.
Diaspora
sub-set
It
Africa
emerging
and
Social
that
advanced
Pacic.
SOCIAL
Pakistan,
believe
East
DIASPORA
and
East,
experts
advanced
arrivals
those
Middle
Many
Eastern
tourism
and
the
sub-Saharan
power
Europe,
of
security.
economy
and
destinations
parts
tighter
to
be
correct.
economic
in
all
and
T
ourism
political
regions.
tourism
and
to
trends
in
international
tourism
up
2030.
30. Explain
other
sport
the
briey
forms
how
of
diaspora
tourism.
tourism
differs
from
Political
and
cultural
international
The
success
political
countries.
for
of
sport,
within
However,
and
participation
of
competitive
benets
sport
making
many
there
has
in
sport
among
sport
has
reasons.
Some
bring.
Others
develop
The
part
link
success
sports
may
of
from
for
wish
their
is
the
to
from
for
in
economic
limited
a
wish
to
benets
to
many
Islam
in
some
unclear.
sporting
In
attitudes
to
it
could
help
much
urban
areas.
events
and
sport,
The
to
and
is
short
the
The
world
face
of
VIA
sport
considerable
In
CHANGING
is
male
dominated
challenges,
1900
GENDER
women
started
In
Women
in
the
PARAL
YMPIC
The
for
Paralympic
athletes
CHECK
This
term.
to
Games
32. Outline
the
a
is
an
range
there
are
health
cannot
UK,
Asian
less
sport
each
for
physical
positive
and
the
skills
coincides
and
with
gender
tness.
women
in
than
contrast,
example,
in
the
than
in
among
the
UK.
increase
aims
equality
UN
and
the
of
girls
are
UN
Committee
through
agreed
sports.
Sport
well-being,
and
Women,
the
East,
women
2012,
psychological
of
women
traditional
Middle
Olympic
empowerment
the
in
Muslim
In
empowerment
However,
mixed-gender
white
In
Inter national
to
and
participate
week.
exercise
women’
s
potential
advance
good
women.
which
empowerment
are
of
worldwide.
to
often
participate
competing
in
there
the
were
Olympics,
4,676
there
women
were
out
22
women,
11,000
out
of
997
athletes
athletes
of
international
physical
immediately
after
the
Stadium
Olympic
the
Olympic
and
Games
other
and
takes
place
in
stadia.
competition
disabilities.
It
occurs
UNDERSTANDING
UN’
s
participation
example,
olympics
with
the
women
just
2012,
for
ROLES
GAMES
YOUR
31. Outline
and
sometimes
to
leadership
in
women,
women
countries,
promote
has
increase
in
more
Women
economic
in
the
participate
women
INCLUSION
promotes
Muslim
regenerate
involvement
variety
Muslim
challenges.
Muslim
increase
event
to
a
For
that
quantify,
hard
sport.
additional
budgets
for
are
is
in
sports.
nations
The
sport,
and
many
people.
by
major
or
in
decline
conclusive.
government
participation
participation
may
health
economy
,
far
have
on
participation
important
widespread
used
host
social,
very
young
been
mega-events
between
or
a
governments
sport
evidence
benets
the
in
has
it
countries
been
Increasingly
,
participation
sport
inuences
in
role
in
the
development
of
sport.
changing
gender
ratios
among
Olympic
athletes.
Managing
tourism
and
sport
for
the
future
83
Exam
practice
148°E
Tiger
Reef
19-058
19-077
Dingo
D
E
Reef
Jacqueline
19-062
Reef
Kangaroo
19-064
Reef
Elizabeth
Ellen
Reef
Reef
Eulalie
Reef
19-066
Charity
Reef
19-067
Cobham
Wallaby
Reef
Reef
Kennedy
Reef
Joist
Knuckle
Reef
19-140
Reef
19-108
Stucco
Net
Fairey
Reef
Reef
Reef
Oublier
Rafter
Reef
Reef
19-
19-15
Little
Line
Reef
Black
Reef
Reef
Holbourne
l.
A
Hardy
Bait
Reef
Reef
Hook
Black
Reef
East
Reef
Ross
Reef
B
Edgecumbe
Gloucester
l.
Round
Rattray
Reef
l.
20°S
Tideway
Eshelby
Armit
gecumbe
l.
Hayman
Detail
l.
Map
1
BRA
Q115
20°S
Reef
20-104
l.
Square
Reef
WHITSUNDAY
Bay
W
Grassy
l.
Hook
l.
LOCALITY
MAP
h
i
t
s
Border
u
l.
n
d
Whitsunday
a
l.
y
Molle
GROUP
l.
l.
Point
l.
Beach
CAIRNS
le
Airlie
r
n
n
Bluff
a
h
C
Edward
Haslewood
Hamilton
Proserpine
l.
LINDEMAN
TOWNSVILLE
Lindeman
l.
MACKAY
GROUP
ROCKHAMPTON
KILOMETRES
0
20
10
30
40
50
KILOMETRES
BUNDABERG
NAUTICAL
0
MILES
Great
Barrier
5
Reef
15
10
20
25
NAUTICAL
Region
MILES
Index
Islands
GBR
Marine
Park
Section
Reef
p
h
i
n
r
e
h
t
a
g
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Permit
Permit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Permit
Yes
Permit
Permit
No
C
Marine
Yes
Permit
No
No
No
Limited
Yes
Limited
Permit
Permit
No
Permit
Permit
No
No
Permit
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Permit
Permit
No
Permit
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Permit
Permit
No
No
No
No
i
l
w
Yes
Yes
n
fi
Yes
Permit
r
T
s
Permit
Limited
a
h
Limited
Permit
g
i
a
n
Permit
Yes
n
g
i
t
i
d
a
o
n
n
d
l
a
f
Yes
`B´
g
h
r
p
r
T
i
t
i
l
i
c
a
s
e
`A´
Use
National
`A´
Marine
Park
u
o
a
a
n
n
d
d
Use
General
E
i
t
n
r
g
a
e
p
e
o
T
r
a
t
s
i
r
u
s
fi
i
h
n
g
(
S
m
R
a
s
e
i
n
e
p
l
u
c
r
a
v
i
t
a
h
p
l
u
)
e
a
(
n
o
s
e
n
e
m
(
b
L
R
i
g
i
D
General
B
Park
,
g
o
s
m
n
t
d
i
a
n
t
t
o
e
o
c
r
a
fi
m
s
i
n
h
h
i
v
t
a
C
s
(
e
C
i
h
n
,
g
b
i
r
e
b
b
o
a
i
n
n
g
g
s
fi
n
t
i
h
g
i
a
n
n
,
,
g
n
n
d
,
g
c
u
v
e
r
t
p
h
o
r
o
C
l
e
l
o
e
a
c
m
t
s
l
a
m
i
o
n
r
(
A
D
Permit
i
t
a
)
t
t
o
e
i
l
l
o
o
r
y
b
g
i
c
r
e
-
t
i
a
(
l
a
c
o
n
C
C
B
a
a
r
c
e
i
m
t
l
l
o
e
i
t
a
n
i
p
e
n
t
i
t
c
e
t
g
i
n
n
g
g
l
a
a
o
n
m
i
t
t
e
s
m
i
t
t
e
e
n
r
n
n
d
t
o
g
c
a
n
c
g
i
t
r
o
h
)
g
a
e
n
l
g
)
r
)
l
a
i
r
g
a
n
GUIDE
000
)
c
t
e
y
SECTION
ACTIVITIES
1:250
Edge
g
CENTRAL
to
Series
National
`B´
Preservation
Zone
(a)
(i)
Outline
(ii)
Suggest
(b)
Briey
(c)
Either
the
explain
Evaluate
main
reasons
one
the
role
Examine
the
view
Option
E
tourist
why
activities
this
advantage
of
TNCs
in
area
and
the
is
associated
attractive
two
with
to
disadvantages
provision
of
the
Great
Barrier
Reef.
tourists.
touristic
of
tourism
in
infrastructure
this
and
area.
(2
facilities.
+
2
(2
marks)
(2
marks)
+
2
marks)
(10
marks)
(10
marks)
Or
84
–
that
sustainable
Leisure,
development
tourism
and
is
sport
desirable,
but,
ultimately
impossible
to
achieve.
OPTION
Global
FOOD
Food
have
meet
security
all
(UN
AND
in
for
a
population
access
to
household
Food
a
a
nutritionally
to
supplies,
scavenging,
and
FOOD
an
by
and
the
ready
safe
foods
stealing,
to
or
its
people,
its
Food
in
and
(ii)
socially
Food
and
life
intake
calories)
a
about
amount
assured
food
the
strategies).
3,400
Hunger
and
100
scale,
being
Index
component
with
the
amount
varies
daily
and
have
However,
(GHI)
0
being
worst.
in
the
2.
age
for
3.
5
their
Child
for
ranks
the
The
their
with
–
who
countries
best
GHI
is
who
age,
of
score
based
proportion
of
from
the
on
(no
on
the
highest
Africa
Asia’
s
in
of
acute
to
the
of
29.4.
2015
south
gender,
and
type
climate.
Austria
kcal/person/day,
In
intake
have
contrast,
of
and
work,
the
with
USA,
respectively.
an
intake
2,600
Africa
of
Countries
people
around
sub-Saharan
minimum
kcal/person/day
.
the
in
of
In
around
low-income
kcal/person/
and
In
in
Central
intake
Burundi
and
Africa
is
Eritrea,
it
down
is
daily
just
are
as
low
as
1,680
and
1,590
kcal,
calorie
respectively.
hunger)
four
and
(the
share
of
under
(that
low
is,
Malnutrition
diet
intake).
the
weight
of
under
(that
low
the
height
undernutrition).
rate
of
children
the
unhealthy
the
Afghanistan)
Sahara
fatal
under
synergy
•
and
is
still
YOUR
1.
Distinguish
2.
Identify
the
hunger
African
Sierra
a
GHI
Leone,
GHI
of
scores
hunger
South
32.2,
reect
situation
Republic,
Haiti,
and
MALNUTRITION
in
Chad,
is
Asia.
while
means
types
of
Deciency
or
poor
with
nourishment,
too
many
and
refers
nutrients.
to
There
a
are
malnutrition:
diseases
or
result
from
a
lack
of
specic
minerals.
•
Kwashiorkor
is
•
Marasmus
a
•
Obesity
•
Starvation
is
results
a
lack
lack
from
refers
of
of
to
protein
eating
a
in
the
diet.
calories.
too
limited
much
or
food.
non-existent
intake
of
food.
of
environments).
regions,
Sahara
has
food
The
(Central
among
the
regions’
countries
T imor-Leste,
GHI,
of
OF
lacking
vitamins
children
is,
that
many
undernutrition).
reecting
Both
hunger”.
CHECK
the
1,800
intake
is
a
children
stunting
chronic
(partially
nutrition
Africa
south
is
age,
countries
kcal/person/day.
•
T
emporary
term
According
and
average
undernourished
caloric
wasting
mortality
of
population
proportion
from
reecting
–
the
proportion
reecting
–
ve
inadequate
the
suffer
mortality
age
the
insufcient
suffer
height,
5
–
percentage
stunting
of
Child
the
a
wasting
of
age
4.
as
population
Child
day,
in
calorie
indicators:
Undernourishment
people
3,750
(measured
daily
world
include
kcal/person/day
INDICATORS
1.
with
food
The
around
activity
intake
an
per
is
kcal/person/day.
intakes
100-point
country.
high-income
2,240
1,820
Global
by
of
Average
INDEX
to
The
amount
consumes.
physical
3,800
general,
the
kcal/person
this
of
highest
with
day
.
HUNGER
varies
2,780
However,
of
is
person
person
countries
GLOBAL
INTAKE
recommended
acceptable
coping
HEAL
TH
nutrition
Calorie
per
security
an
emergency
other
food
members
healthy
availability
foods;
resorting
all
active,
Organization).
(i)
all
nutritious
AND
HEAL
TH
food
preferences.
access
for
acceptable
without
when
safe
food
means
Agriculture
adequate
is,
and
food
minimum:
acquire
(that
needs
enough
and
at
exists
sufcient,
for
to
OF
CALORIE
dietary
includes,
ways
FOOD
patterns
their
times
ability
GEOGRAPHY
SECURITY
security
always
at
THE
MEASURING
1
to
F
•
hunger
decline
Famine
in
occurs
availability
of
can
the
occur
when
availability
when
there
is
a
of
there
food
to
long-term
is
a
a
short-
population.
decline
in
the
food.
South
“serious
several
Zambia,
Madagascar
and
“alarming”.
UNDERSTANDING
between
areas
child
where
wasting
hunger
is
and
child
most
stunting.
serious.
T
ypes
of
malnutrition
Measuring
food
and
health
85
MEASURING
2
The
As
nutrition
income
and
a
increases
change
in
in
food
countries
FOOD
AND
HEAL
TH
transition
there
consumption.
is
an
People
increase
in
3500
LICs
3000
generally
derive
while
contribution
the
Bangladesh,
nutritional
In
LIC,
energy
contrast,
food
an
food
of
in
fats,
from
meat
people
from
people
energy
and
derive
HICs
generally
from
carbohydrates
contribution
from
meat
dairy
80%
carbohydrates
energy
carbohydrates,
of
is
small.
and
11%
derive
most
and
fat,
2500
their
with
from
a
of
fats.
their
substantial
yad/atipac/lack
In
their
2000
1500
1000
Worldwide
which
people
a
and
nutrition
are
shifting
dairy.
transition
towards
is
taking
more
place,
afuent
in
500
food
0
consumption
patterns.
For
LICs,
a
small
increase
in
income
1961–1973
may
lead
HICs
to
a
large
increases
calorie
in
increase
income
in
may
calorie
not
intake,
lead
to
an
while
Developed
for
increase
Cereals
in
countries
Developing
Vegetable
oils
Sugar,
countries
sweeteners
Fish
intake.
) y a d /p a c / l a c k (
4,500
Changes
income
in
and
per
capita
calorie
low-income
availability
in
high-
countries
4,000
3,500
y lp p u s
120
3,000
yg ren e
100
2,500
1,500
1,000
0
5,000
10,000
15,000
Annual
The
relationship
between
per
20,000
capita
GDP
25,000
30,000
yad/atipac/g
l ano i t i r tuN
2,000
$
80
60
40
GDP/head
and
energy
20
consumption
(kcal/person/day)
0
In
HICs,
the
main
dietary
changes
since
the
1970s
have
1961–1973
been
and,
the
the
to
a
diet
reduction
smaller
has
in
cereals,
extent,
diversied
while
meat
since
mainly
intake
the
vegetable
increased.
1970s.
In
Cereals,
oil
Developed
LICs
Meat
as
well
as
vegetable
oil,
sugar,
meat
and
dairy
higher
periods
compared
cereal
intake
to
is
1961–73,
stagnating
although
in
and
declining.
even
Dairy
countries
Fish
Other
in
per
capita
protein
availability
in
high-
intake
income
are
Developing
including
Changes
rice,
countries
more
and
low-income
countries
recent
Global
variation
population,
in
undernourished
2016
%
>40
>20–40
>10
–20
>5–10
<5
No
data
CHECK
COMMON
✗
All
✓
There
within
MISTAKE
people
a
are
in
the
major
country.
between
rich
same
country
differences
For
and
3.
example,
poor,
urban
in
have
the
there
versus
the
diet
are
same
of
in
differences
and
4.
between
Option
between
F
–
The
Geography
of
Food
and
Health
UNDERSTANDING
main
differences
countries)
and
in
LICs
the
diets
of
(developing
HICs
countries)
2009–11.
Describe
the
(developed
generations.
86
the
(developed
people
major
rural,
diet.
YOUR
Describe
main
changes
countries)
1961–73
and
and
in
the
LICs
diets
between
(developing
2009–11.
HICs
countries)
MEASURING
3
Global
patterns
HEALTH-ADJUSTED
HALE
It
is
data,
and
single
years
on
a
an
indicator
combines
of
age-
the
life
A
and
overall
both
to
of
of
in
life
in
and
of
lived
in
full
also
have
of
into
a
made
HALE
of
is
life.
burden
The
burden
early
years
•
•
old
about
South
of
ill
health
is
higher
of
ill
health
has
for
women
than
for
the
for
example,
bigger
impact
between
60
on
and
problems
of
and
ill
pain
those
life
the
largest
Goals
there
in
70
has
Sudan
100,000
and
had
live
(1,000).
Saharan
Africa
or
anomalies
South
rate
(MDGs)
been
the
Africa
Asia
highest
parts
of
are
In
contrast,
countries
of
the
and
and
in
there
are
lowest
In
high
deaths
in
and
sub-
and
Guyana
sub-Saharan
MMRs
Australia
in
2016,
(1,100)
Haiti
in
2015.
still
mortality
found
Asia.
goal
by
is
2,054
Chad
located
EU,
the
Oceania.
with
by
South
the
included
moderate
MMRs
the
number
Millennium
three-quarters
MMR
not
annual
The
progress,
followed
they
Asia.
by
much
as
is
births.
2000–15
highest
births,
The
live
mortality
Eastern
and
(MMR)
100,000
sub-Saharan
Somalia
are
per
RATES
are
and
Africa
found
in
Singapore.
components
health.
socio-economic
longer
are
mortality
maternal
high-income
burden
Higher
–
age,
a
old.
Sensory
of
Although
mortality
MORTALITY
deaths
reducing
per
The
in
maternal
female
Southeastern
men.
•
of
of
HALE:
•
The
Development
based
Thus,
quality
been
health
expected
health,
indicators
MATERNAL
population.
of
population.
and
a
(HALE)
data
number
HEAL
TH
health
sex-specic
mortality
the
a
observations
health
age-
years
experience
AND
EXPECTANCY
indicates
quantity
number
the
of
according
of
LIFE
sex-specic
HALE
average
measure
of
measures
statistic.
FOOD
status
expectancy
and
confers
a
lower
a
dual
ACCESS
TO
According
to
SANITATION
advantage
burden
of
ill
the
World
Health
Organization,
68%
of
the
health.
world’
s
In
Canada,
the
bottom
associated
with
at
3.2
birth
of
INFANT
a
loss
years
one-third
of
for
women
MORTALITY
income
health-adjusted
and
4.7
group
life
9
was
expectancy
years
for
men.
percentage
estimated
infant
mortality
Infant
T
otal
under
the
rate
mortality
no.
of
age
rate
deaths
improved
sub-Saharan
no.
is
an
(IMR)
of
1
(IMR)
the
children
of
live
is
per
<1
ra te s
ra te s
the
number
of
deaths
improved
1,000
live
births
per
in
Monaco
to
year
ACCESS
old
per
year
va ry
and
over
100‰
(115‰ ) ,
ra te ,
th a t
is ,
it
sub-Saharan
people
sanitation
are
was
rural
has
and
80%
sanitation
of
the
urban
facilities,
only
population
urban
50%
of
the
has
access
rural
do.
TO
HEALTH
SERVICES
a mong
the
to
fro m
a
lo w
s a me
of
2‰
in
Iceland ,
the
in
Afgha nis t a n
24
ne xt
people
J ap an
an d
per
services
doctor
or
is
usually
per
measured
hospital.
in
the
number
Access
to
health
100,000
in
Burundi
a ge s.
und er
highe s t
health
is
2
one
from
doctor
per
one
doctor
50,000
per
people
in
Mozambique
to
one
a nd
Ma l i .
I M Rs
varies
pe r
a re
per
280
people
in
Hungary
and
Iceland.
In
China,
A ft er
are
610
people
per
doctor
and
in
India
it
is
1,960
al l
per
from
there
of
it
access
(‰)
there
Afghanistan
to
2015
no
in
doctor
Singapore
number
access
addition,
In
had
facility
,
year.
and
thousand
In
target.
globally
The
sanitation
births
mo rta lity
dea th
mortality
1990.
whereas
MDG
facilities.
without
contrasts:
services
Infant
the
improved
people
Africa
since
of
comparing
an
=
of
age-specic
below
billion
sanitation
increased
Access
It
uses
RATE
×1,000
T
otal
2.4
in
population
children
now
points
that
to
to
The
population
doctor
.
However
,
inequalities
in
health
services
are
not
A frica .
merely
a
person
but
and
question
also
of
the
concern
number
the
of
doctors
facilities
or
available
beds
in
per
hospitals
clinics.
CHECK
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
5.
Explain
why
mortality
good
level
in
‰
80
6.
and
a
the
rate
is
indicator
of
infant
a
of
the
development
country.
Explain
briey
why
over
the
number
of
40–79.9
doctors/person
is
not
20–39.9
a
10–19.9
the
5–9.99
0–4.9
Global
variations
reliable
quality
care
in
th e
infa nt
mo rta l i ty
r at e ,
measure
of
of
health
systems.
20 16
Measuring
food
and
health
87
MEASURING
4
The
As
a
from
diseases
cause
a
develops,
infectious
(epidemics)
gradual
“diseases
of
known
the
as
to
is
and
be
in
the
Cerebrovascular
of
also
of
prole
an
For
have
that
individual
referred
to
have
and
as
deaths
from
is
infectious
measles
more
and
deaths
and
illnesses
disease
epidemiological
a
improves
and
heart
and
disease
ranking
becomes
infections
and
2013
As
are
strokes
By
as
respiratory
contrast,
heart
common
mortality
controlled,
all
become
ranking
%
1
1
Cerebrovascular
disease
2
2
Ischemic
heart
an
HIC
attack,
with
the
high
more
change
1990–2013
disease
1%
disease
22%
3
Road
4
4
COPD
40%
46%
injuries
5
Lung
cancer
6
Liver
cancer
Drowning
7
7
Stomach
injuries
8
8
Congenital
Self-harm
9
9
Lower
10
10
Self-harm
anomalies
70%
infect
87%
65%
cancer
12
12
Drowning
cancer
14
14
Neonata
Lung
cancer
15
66
Diarrheal
infectious
2%
20%
respiratory
Liver
Degenerative,
13%
cancer
Stomach
Communicable,
pressure,
common.
3
6
nutrition
blood
birth
diseases
would
stroke
decreases,
COPD
5
Diarrheal
such
from
more
transition.
disease
Road
diseases
diarrhoea.
cancers.
Heart
This
example,
most
illnesses
diseases,
diseases
afuence”.
transition.
to
health
anomalies
heart
Congenital
the
infect
preterm
Ischemic
are
“diseases
expected
respiratory
Neonatal
in
HEAL
TH
transition
communicable
health
These
1990
Lower
change
non-communicable
epidemiological
would
a
contagious
diseases).
poverty”
country
there
or
worsening
(degenerative
poor
AND
epidemiological
country
away
FOOD
79%
preterm
birth
89%
diseases
97%
diseases
non-communicable
diseases
Injuries
COPD
The
leading
1990
and
Source:
In
=
causes
the
premature
death
disease
in
China,
century
ageing
main
injuries.
air
of
pulmonary
2013
cerebrovascular
and
obstructive
http://www.healthdata.org/china
China
road
Chronic
causes
disease,
Poor
pollution
Females
aged
greatest
reduction
28–36
in
premature
ischaemic
diet,
were
of
high
the
years
leading
(84%)
mortality
death
heart
systolic
over
disease
blood
risk
were
factors
from
and
all
in
65
68
China
pressure
experienced
rate
and
and
years
years
and
The
AND
worldwide
THE
DISEASE
2013.
to
epidemic
population
of
In
the
improves
causes.
blood
ageing
persists
as
expectancy
increases
diseases
is
high-income
fertility
slowly.
and
EXAM
Use
the
mortality
has
website
countries
For
decreased
that
you
transition
in
two
heart
Option
F
–
The
–
took
46
will
take
just
become
As
are
controlled,
disease
as
high-income
more
mortality
disease
degenerative
heart
many
disease
to
fall
treatment.
and
a
rapidly
years
26
in
aged
the
years
prevalent
decreases,
UK
in
countries
with
all
advance
(high
become
most
to
into
the
nutrition
hypertension
strokes
contributing
over
are
more
mortality
.
age-adjusted
the
age
mortality
of
due
as
low-and
a
result
of
better
middle-income
prevention
countries,
heart
ages
in
and
episodes
are
occurring
at
younger
than
middle-income
much
of
interested
to
nd
contrasting
Geography
diseases”,
decreases
In
the
in.
Use
out
countries.
20th
7.
8.
of
Food
and
Health
UNDERSTANDING
explain
“diseases
the
countries.
YOUR
Briey
Outline
of
the
the
terms
“diseases
of
poverty”
afuence”.
evidence
experiencing
88
to
population
strongly
continues
http://www.healthdata.org/
epidemiological
but
the
Brazil.
“delayed
CHECK
from
heart
leading
of
countries,
TIP
data
in
14%
diseases
infections
with
high-income
countries,
to
transition.
pressure),
disease
life
years
is
doubling
USA,
However
,
and
population
the
7
fertility
BURDEN
chronic
ageing.
in
21
The
from
epidemiological
to
linked
–
Cardiovascular
common,
AGEING
decreasing
population.
an
to
suggest
epidemiological
that
China
transition.
is
and
FOOD
2
A
SYSTEMS
systems
Due
to
the
farming,
to
many
farming
simplify
factors
THE
approach
inuencing
systems
farming
AND
types,
are
a
farming
complex
systems
and
types
operations.
approach
is
to
In
SPREAD
food
of
order
used
OF
production
showing
inputs,
compare
different
below
DISEASE
shows
processes
one
aspects
and
of
example
Natural
outputs.
the
of
a
This
farming
systems
vegetation
allows
types.
us
The
approach.
allowed
to
seed
itself
Inputs
Seed
Labour
Whole
the
Clearing
family–men
cutting,
hunting,
the
to
diagram
do
burning,
and
trees.
and
women
e.g.
do
coffee,
Maize
farming
and
small
Most
yams,
grown
tur tles
plots
by
burning
vegetation
by
are
is
left
oregano,
women.
hunted
Over
and
250
different
types
of
crops
Some
trading
used
SUSTAINABLE
squash.
Game,
by
used,
fish,
men
surplus
Fruit
AGRICULTURAL
of
DEVELOPMENT
game.
and
gathered
insects
from
Capital
forest
Maize
seeds
Trade
for
maize
Land
seed
3–4
Shifting
ha
cultivation:
Popoluca
PHOTOSYNTHETIC
Agriculture
by
adding
have
a
seeks
to
negative
water
impact
Mexico
EFFICIENCY
improve
fertilizers,
Indians,
on
the
productivity
and/or
the
ENERGY
pesticides.
local
of
ecosystems
These
may
environment.
The
A
comparison
of
of
vegetation
Crop
or
photosynthetic
and
selected
Location
efciency
for
types
crops
Growth
Photosynthetic
period
efciency
energy
of
energy
In
a
but
efciency
inputs
traditional
the
intensive
may
be
very
into
RATIOS
ratio
a
(EER)
system
agroforestry
outputs
into
Energy
ecosystem
EFFICIENCY
may
be
pastoral
great
but
efciency
or
returns
for
measure
the
high.
farming
ratios
a
system
quite
the
is
compared
In
of
with
inputs
are
contrast,
greenhouse
may
be
selected
the
the
amount
outputs.
very
the
low,
inputs
cultivation
relatively
farming
low.
systems
(%)
(per
unit
of
human/fossil
fuel
energy
input)
(days)
Agroforestry
65
Hunter-gatherers
7.8
UK
cereal
1.9
UK
allotment
1.3
UK
dairy
0.38
Natural
ecosystem
Tropical
Ivory
rainforest
Coast
365
Deciduous
UK
farm
0.32
180
1.07
farm
forest
Broiler
hens
0.1
Crops
Greenhouse
Sugar
cane
Hawaii
Maize
(two
Uganda
365
135
+
beans
(two
crops)
Rice
9.
Uganda
YOUR
10. Suggest
the
can
why
agroforestry
of
+
Water
0.95
in
180
agriculture
be
the
and
practised
considered
energy
hunter
greenhouse
footprints
human
are
activities,
a
measure
such
as
for
of
how
much
producing
water
is
used
food.
1.93
UNDERSTANDING
why
Popolucas
135
135
Japan
Suggest
that
FOOTPRINTS
135
Soya
CHECK
0.002
2.35
WATER
crops)
lettuces
1.95
by
the
sustainable.
efciency
gatherers
ratio
is
SUSTAINABLE
YIELD
The
sustainable
yield
can
be
of
the
taken
land
future,
from
to
the
produce
without
any
is
the
land
the
amount
without
same
additional
of
food
reducing
amount
of
(yield)
the
that
ability
goods
in
the
inputs.
of
greater
than
lettuces.
Food
systems
and
the
spread
of
disease
89
Variations
FOOD
in
AVAILABILITY
food
AND
FOOD
consumption
ENTITLEMENT
FACTORS
THE
Food
availability
deciencies
physical
factors
have
that
India,
(FED)
was,
FACTORS
quality
role
to
fact,
For
taste
a
stores
also
inuence
and
desert”,
meat,
and
Daily
Per
of
where
on
access
in
in
to
(1981)
food
changed
income
where
religion,
is
food
in
some
from
decit
consumption
food
oil
gender
employment
reduced.
have
Food
seen
been
food
purchase
inuenced
food
consumption
Arab
patterns.
advertisements,
had
a
Mass
play
dietary
habits.
Migration
impact
on
food
due
to
Sociocultural
discrimination,
also
consumption
patterns
countries
revenues.
have
the
CONSUMPTION
IN
education
media,
an
important
in
and
such
role
on
food
televised
in
modifying
also
Arab
in
as
women’
s
inuence
have
many
the
increase
especially
movements
practices
the
factors
noticeable
in
dramatically
had
a
big
countries.
family,
price
the
carried
Some
in
choice
a
higher-
plays
food
a
larger
will
be
neighbourhood
people
may
is
an
absence
over-reliance
on
processed
Calorie
factors
world.
FOOD
EAST
CONSUMPTION
to
foods
diet.
has
Arab
hunger,
entitlement
whether
there
Sen
areas
This
Many
economic
caused
inuence
available
variety
may
Food
FOOD
quality
and
important.
education
The
“food
to
political
low-income
and
food
due
occurred
people’
s
of
that
shortages
Sudan.
resources
suggests
shortages
increasing.
purchased.
a
be
food
and
level
food.
than
recently,
AFFECTING
the
local
hunger
when
and
through
all
(FAD)
by
seen
in
Ethiopia
occurs
Income
not
increased
production
in
More
been
that
decit
caused
factors.
observed
and
are
AFFECTING
MIDDLE
of
live
fresh
in
fruit
foods.
Intake
Capita
Less
than
1,890
1,890–2,170
2,170–2,390
2,390–2,620
2,620–2,850
2,850–3,050
3,050–3,270
3,270–3,480
3,480–3,770
No
in
Daily
calorie
EXAM
Think
intake
per
p e rs on
by
co un t r y
COMMON
TIP
about
country.
data
kcal/person/day
the
range
of
Identify
foods
that
migrants
or
through
foods
available
have
advertising
been
on
in
your
home
introduced
media
such
by
Many
✗
there
as
A
✓
television.
CHECK
political
to
food,
90
Option
between
F
think
may
the
occur
food
food
availability
and
food
migration
–
The
may
affect
food
Geography
of
consumption.
Food
and
Health
be
able
example,
to
famines
because
has
supporters.
for
that
only
occur
when
shortages.
buy
been
People
through
UNDERSTANDING
entitlement.
how
or
or
not
11. Distinguish
food
famine
exported
YOUR
12. Outline
are
MISTAKE
students
food.
much
taken
may
of
to
lose
the
feed
their
food
the
is
military
entitlement
unemployment,
and
may
Diffusion
DIFFUSION
AND
AGRICULTURAL
THE
SPREAD
DISEASE
OF
Disease
The
diffusion
factors,
of
innovations
including
nancial
security,
adopter,
and
depends
information
the
about
psychological
physical
proximity
to
upon
numerous
make-up
other
of
new
an
innovations,
the
adopters.
diffusion
locations.
initial
source.
decay,
likely
emit
egatnecrep
main
sretpoda
•
of
effect
areas
by
disease
into
out
from
distance,
closer
to
the
or
source
it.
diffusion
have
been
an
a
occurs
when,
disease
diffusion
direct
Hierarchical
through
when
the
disease
spreads
into
is
the
contact
diffusion
ordered
a
new
for
spread
of
example,
a
area.
of
a
disease
individuals.
occurs
sequence,
when
for
a
disease
example
spreads
from
cities
Time
large
urban
areas
to
small
urban
areas.
curve
information
becomes
reduced,
Network
more
more
people
widespread,
adopt
the
and
idea.
as
take
a
long
time
to
accept
a
may
occurs
when
new
spreads
via
physical
features
mountains
and
act
as
water
a
barrier
bodies,
to
diffusion,
while
political
develop.
spread
of
economic
boundaries
may
also
limit
the
disease
)%(
sVYH
ZIKA
Zika,
a
fo
noitpodA
has
Rich-poor
and
THE
VIRUS
mosquito-borne
through
sexual
since
contact,
spread
The
mosquito
but
people
is
to
a
21
virus
other
poor
that
arrived
ier
in
can
also
Brazil
countries
(it
can
y
in
in
be
transmitted
May
the
only
2014.
It
Americas.
about
400
m),
gap
Large
farmers
Small
farmers
from
Zika
areas
are
transporting
with
the
disease
the
virus
by
(relocation
travelling
to
and
diffusion).
virus
UNITED
Time
by
disease
technique,
boundaries
adoption
a
the
including
inequalities
diffusion
networks.
However,
Some
people
Rapid
a
spreads
of
occurs
diffusion
the
transport
1
of
disease
disease
diffusion
carries
through
•
so
that
affected
spread
a
areas.
Contagious
0
diffusion
new
person
to
some
be
the
frictional
patterns
Relocation
ta
rebmuN
•
Time
is
to
when
suggests
to
Expansion
into
yna
fo
fo
evitalumuC
sretpoda
50
•
•
cost
The
are
more
refers
occurs
identied:
0
As
It
distance
Five
100
A
DIFFUSION
INNOVATIONS
STATES
2,767,337
farmers
with
plentiful
land
and/or
money.
FRANCE
Land
is
used
as
security
to
buy
seeds,
irrigation
pumps,
404,525
UNITED
fertilizers,
benefit
pesticides,
at
HYVs,
etc.
hence
small
farmers
STATES
cannot
first.
New
2
Adoption
by
smaller
farmers
a.
government-backed
b.
new
caused
agricultural
York
by:
development
projects
PORTUGAL
Orlando
seeds
targeted
for
more
411,407
environments
Miami
c.
continued
population
pressure
creating
extra
demand
for
MEXICO
Cancun
more
3
food.
Diffusion
of
new
techniques
to
most
farmers.
Widespread
ITAL
Y
adoption.
419,955
CHINA
The
green
revolution,
inequality
over
diffusion
and
84,332
changing
time
PERU
PERNAMBUCO
B R A Z I L
Lima
ANGOLA
82,838
CHECK
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
CHILE
Rio
13. Suggest
why
techniques
the
may
diffusion
follow
an
of
new
agricultural
S-shaped
curve.
São
Risk
of
of
why
the
diffusion
of
the
Zika
virus
was
Janeiro
Zika
Paulo
local
transmission
14. Explain
de
614,687
Buenos
Santiago
virus
Aires
spread
Montevideo
Seasonal
CHILE
ARGENTINA
Year-round
by
relocation
diffusion
rather
than
by
expansion
1,314,694
Travellers
ARGENTINA
from
diffusion.
By
Brazil
country,
Sep
2014–Aug
Cities
from
Sep
2015
with
>1,000
travellers
Brazil,
2014–Aug
Food
2015
systems
and
the
spread
of
disease
91
Vector-borne
MALARIA
BORNE
is
disease
of
a
life-threatening
plasmodium
the
to
female
caused
parasite
people
by
and
via
the
Anopheles
bite
mosquito.
Malaria
endemic
Endemic
•
In
2015,
95
countries
by
in
2000,
were
no
affected
longer
endemic
malaria.
Non-endemic
•
diseases
VECTOR-
humans
transmitted
of
A
water-borne
DISEASE
Malaria
the
–
and
Almost
half
the
ongoing
world’
s
or
no
malaria
transmision
population
is
at
risk
of
malaria.
Not
•
Between
number
2000
of
and
new
2015,
cases
fell
applicable
the
by
•
37%
globally
and
the
malaria
death
rate
fell
by
Sub-Saharan
share
ENVIRONMENTAL
The
malarial
minimum
life
cycle.
human
The
as
thrives
of
mosquito
secondary.
in
vector
The
humid
20°C
tropics
allows
is
a
it
to
ideal
where
a
complete
primary
mosquito’
s
disease
host
and
Cholera
its
the
environment
is
which
forced
and
often
triggered
ooding
often
to
Vibrio
can
live
results
in
or
in
by
by
natural
human
refugees.
temporary
camps
the
events
conicts
The
with
as
also
a
such
such
refugees
is
global
–
an
A
carries
which
are
ideal
breeding
be
It
require
signicant
the
a
that
two
for
high
presence
of
by
DISEASE
caused
by
the
disease,
contaminated
bacterium
although
food.
it
Cholera
conditions:
decline
by
is
water-borne
transmitted
contamination
•
is
of
the
water
sanitation
bacterium
cholera
in
the
Vibrio
leading
to
cholerae
population.
may
Vibrio
inadequate
grounds
disproportionately
burden.
WATER-BORNE
in
drainage,
a
malaria
infection
cholerae.
outbreaks
•
is
of
CHOLERA
water.
cyclones
war,
be
The
is
stagnant
parasite
PREFERENCES
temperature
Africa
60%.
cholerae
stream
the
mosquito.
Open-air
defecation
leaking
Water
or
abstracted
sewers
domestic
for
use
IMPACTS
Global
nancing
estimated
Malaria
$960
for
malaria
million
interventions
in
led
control
2005
to
to
increased
$2.5
health
billion
service
from
in
an
2014.
savings
of
Contaminated
Vibrio
cholerae
water
$900
million
in
sub-Saharan
Africa
between
2001
in
and
used
washing
2014,
owing
The
direct
includes
to
the
cost
reduced
of
medication,
measures
such
as
number
malaria
to
doctors’
bed
nets,
of
which
and
help
hands
cases.
individual
fees
for
faeces
households
preventative
to
Infection
reduce
of
the
Cholera
small
intestine
symptoms
transmission.
which
can
reduce
Children
or
more
of
of
under
family
severe
incomes
malaria
following
distress
in
are
during
the
frequently
symptoms:
relation
unable
to
work,
attacks.
develop
severe
metabolic
to
one
population
than
ve
groups
malaria,
others.
years
The
transmission
of
These
age,
are
and
at
acidosis,
considerably
developing
include
pregnant
infants,
or
The
infection
women
higher
HIV/AIDS,
populations
as
and
well
as
non-immune
and
two
92
the
Option
of
mild
infected
can
kill
deaths
gastroenteritis
persons
within
from
hours.
cholera
(diarrhoea).
develop
There
severe
are
every
year
.
relatively
easy
FACTORS
travellers.
UNDERSTANDING
physical
main
F
which
causes
mobile
poor
factors
for
the
distribution
of
–
impacts
The
of
cholera.
Geography
of
Food
and
Health
of
Vibrio
housing
Children
malaria.
16. Outline
cholerae
patients
migrants,
displaced
15. Explain
Vibrio
children
of
YOUR
5%
28,000–142,000
severe
Transmission
CHECK
mainly
about
dehydration,
RISK
with
of
anaemia,
However
,
contracting
disease,
individuals
malaria.
Some
risk
with
the
respiratory
cerebral
Infected
and
populations
under
ve
cholerae
sanitation.
living
are
in
is
It
particularly
overcrowded
especially
in
areas
affects
camps.
vulnerable.
STAKEHOLDERS
3
International
NGOs
in
COMBATING
Global
•
a
food
FOOD
FOOD
is
share
food
INSECURITY
made
of
the
difcult
world’
s
the
•
climate
•
global
governments
insecurity
because:
Many
population
is
NGOs
insufcient
income
population
change
and
threaten
future
the
system
food
HEAL
TH
continues
other
food
to
grow
environmental
changes
and
NATIONS
ORGANIZATION
in
income
countries
is
a
major
contributor
to
harms.
FOOD
AGRICULTURE
AND
South
and
aims
to
that
from
(FAO)
eradicate
malnutrition;
to
hunger,
eliminate
food
in
a
of
sustainable
people
to
poverty;
way;
and
to
to
use
more
others
the
food
with
these
are
in
low-
such
as
Operation
operate
in
high-
banks
threats
and
ORGANIZATION
Organization
with
than
The
health
150
WHO
a
providing
leadership
in
(WHO)
issues.
countries
has
engaging
in
the
UK.
is
has
of
the
part
7,000
working
number
on
It
(WHO)
in
of
the
people
150
country
objectives:
matters
partnerships
critical
where
joint
to
health
action
is
and
needed
setting
norms
and
standards
and
promoting
and
the
their
implementation
crises.
providing
building
FOOD
those
of
countries,
but
as
to
natural
increase
•
WORLD
such
Health
deals
monitoring
resilience
food
Many
insecurity
•
resources
Africa,
HEALTH
World
UN
•
FAO
food.
(NGOs)
climate
environmental
ofces.
The
deliver
to
disease
ORGANIZATIONS
middle-income
Hunger
The
UNITED
to
and
production
itself
other
help
access
and
WORLD
change
and
NON-GOVERNMENTAL
malnourished
•
AND
organizations,
combating
security
signicant
IN
PROGRAMME
•
(WFP)
technical
support,
sustainable
monitoring
the
catalysing
institutional
health
situation
change,
and
capacity
and
assessing
health
trends.
The
WFP
aims
assistance
has
four
for
to
end
the
main
•
T
o
save
•
T
o
support
global
poorest
hunger
and
most
by
providing
vulnerable.
food
Its
plan
There
aims:
lives
Fund
and
food
protect
security
livelihoods
and
in
emergencies.
nutrition
and
are
to
launched
(re)build
other
Fight
in
2002.
Immunizations
livelihoods.
immunization
•
T
o
reduce
risk
•
T
o
reduce
undernutrition
and
intergenerational
promote
cycle
break
example,
The
(GAVI)
Global
and
Alliance
provides
the
Global
Malaria
for
was
Vaccines
international
and
nancing
for
coverage.
the
AN
hunger.
NGO:
MÉDECINS
(DOCTORS
NATIONAL
for
Tuberculosis
self-sufciency.
and
of
initiatives,
AIDS,
GOVERNMENTS
AND
SANS
WITHOUT
FRONTIÈRES
(MSF)
BORDERS)
FOOD
MSF
was
founded
in
1971
to
provide
emergency
medical
SUBSIDIES
aid.
MSF
staff.
Subsidized
agriculture
in
HICs
is
one
of
the
In
to
economic
growth
in
LICs.
over
$300
billion
payments
a
year
and
on
other
crop
farm
price
subsidies
with
encourage
production,
By
2013
surplus
reducing
many
crops
overproduction.
that
world
NICs
had
are
sold
Markets
below
the
subsidies.
Indonesia
and
The
China’
s
may
of
the
agricultural
also
which
lead
can
✗
Some
for
their
Many
are
the
and
the
producers
have
COMMON
✓
USA
established
their
countries
have
negative
theirs
are
combined.
overuse
now
NICs
90%
of
budget
in
world.
of
highlights
mostly
local,
Private
doctors,
donors
nurses
provide
organization’
s
approximately
funding,
$750
giving
MSF
an
million.
(2014):
Over
two
•
Over
200,000
million
in-patient
Nearly
cases
only
and
severely
of
malaria
treated.
malnourished
or
out-patient
feeding
children
admitted
programmes.
200,000
women
delivered
babies,
including
sections.
than
or
Over
1.5
million
people
vaccinated
against
measles.
pesticides,
impacts.
CHECK
that
subsidies
the
the
•
HICs
offer
subsidies
China’
s
farm
subsidies
YOUR
17. Suggest
of
offer
30,000,
professionals.
subsidies
farmers.
largest
its
the
greater
Global
fertilizers
environmental
believe
by
countries
Russia,
MISTAKE
students
70
own
(Brazil,
increased
subsidies
EU
to
over
of
•
those
than
medical
Caesarean
fastest.
in
prices.
BRIIC
China)
aid
run
are
cost
•
India,
medical
and
supports,
to
agricultural
provided
owned
programmes.
MSF
ooded
more
other
annual
These
it
movement
countries
about
production
worldwide
biggest
OECD
and
spend
a
2015
through
obstacles
is
UNDERSTANDING
what
is
meant
by
the
intergenerational
cycle
hunger.
18. Explain
farm
how
farm
subsidies
lead
to
inequalities
in
production.
Stakeholders
in
food
and
health
93
The
inuence
food
The
are
around
and
the
TNCs
and
distribution
The
oils.
The
to
They
main
make
largely
HICs.
to
to
many
is
for
therefore
are
food”
food
and
high
packaged
as
PEPSICO
to
the
and
of
around
sugars,
“fast
and
foods
TNCs
now
for
foods”
or
rural
in
developed
healthier
achieve
for
are
greater
in
to
LICs
rising
urban
is
has
“healthy
diets
looked
incomes
areas
HICs
and
ones.
market
The
share
immense.
Lay
PepsiCo
PLAYER
Foods
Agrium
has
sells
10.4
Monsanto
11.8
processing)
12.8
retailer)
13.5
processing)
13.7
grocery
(food
CASE
IH
Coca
Kraft
(food
AN
28.4
adopted
glocalization,
local
tastes:
crisps)
with
chilli
or
34.1
processing)
42
trade)
69.8
food
retail)
70.4
(grain
trade)
120.4
retail)
128
(grain
Cargill
Carrefour
(French
food
(food
and
$50
$100
2008
very
Sales
talking
Try
to
and
bring
in
Frito-Lays
about
94
about
a
state
specic
F
chain
details,
Mexico
marketing
Option
McDonald’
s,
fast-food
in
Brazil
had
By
is,
adapting
sells
Frito-Lay
using
nationalist
chips
in
local
China
suppliers,
sentiments
food-production
PATTERNS
a
were
However,
TV
in
lifestyle,
an
increase
in
the
It
be
$150
systems.
IN
BRAZIL,
varied
dietary
common,
with
pattern.
added
Rice,
oils,
would
diet
and
including
consumption
simplistic
was
internet
good
to
urbanization,
of
spices
that
the
the
as
have
convenience
suggest
whereas
advertising,
well
led
to
foods.
traditional
modern
and
and
for
and
as
in
example,
the
the
China,
impact
case
and
The
Geography
drink
TNCs
are
changing
the
their
products
as
diet
one
in
is
poor.
Brazil.
$200
TNCs
are
marketing
there
has
been
of
when
in
on
PepsiCo
specic
of
20. Briey
fast
details
Food
and
YOUR
the
production
diet.
Health
a
huge
increase
in
the
best
they
can
availability
of
and
snack
Brazil.
19. Describe
strategy.
–
local
changes
CHECK
to
that
Mexico
(Billion)
TIP
easy
in
while
chips.
consumers’
as
foods
is
soft-
149.6
only)
$0
It
avours,
DIETARY
cassava
herbs.
Food
EXAM
the
fast-food
NIC
Brazilian
Walmart
to
impacting
Traditionally,
and
ADM
in
42.3
Safeway
(intenational
Frito-Lay
duck-avoured
appeals
also
beans
Kroger
Cola
packaged
31.9
Cola
only)
(food
the
23.5
(equipment)
Costco
Pepsi
PepsiCo
CHANGING
Deere
–
in
17.4
(equipment)
McDonalds
John
brands
Frito-Lay
crab-
while
(US
core
to
PepsiCo
Mills
two
product
and
products
(potato
10
Starbucks
Butt
glocalized
9.8
(Dairy)
(fertilizers)
(food
a
7.9
Foods
its
Dean
–
brand
industry
.
Whole
HE
GLOCALIZATION
the
drinks
General
AND
fats
shareholders
increasingly
since
to
its
penetration
have
have
leaving
food
TNC
demand
TNCs
are
a
market
TNCs
the
INDUSTRY
Kellogg
shaping
food
Frito
FOOD
in
production
drink
in
media
systems
refers
the
the
habits
companies
food
control
generally
generally
convenience
potential
“big
processed
Their
satisfy
people
term
traditional
increasingly
interest
money.
However,
sell
of
are
transnational
and
foods”.
peaked,
drinks”
The
that
products
“convenience
of
displacing
world.
drink
and
practices
steadily
and
world.
TNCs
consumption
policies
(TNCs)
of
UNDERSTANDING
main
of
explain
food.
changes
in
diet
related
to
TNC
food.
the
increasing
consumption
of
Gender
GENDER,
roles
FOOD
related
SECURITY
AND
to
NUTRITION
food
and
INEQUALITY
health
AND
DISCRIMINATION
AGAINST
WOMEN
In
many
roles
in
LICs,
rural
providing
communities.
are
of
usually
the
While
food
and
Women
represent
workforce
as
men
in
women
unpaid
small
East
play
their
mainly
growing
also
about
South
men
in
grow
for
rearing
Rural
and
security
responsible
protein.
often
women
food
and
Women
eld
women
chronically
most
education
and
most
of
crops,
preparing
livestock,
do
different
household
which
the
provides
half
the
food-producing
and
sub-Saharan
to
land,
gender
Africa,
but
This
is
more
AND
FOOD
PRODUCTION
IN
equality
positive
•
Studies
impact
of
closing
production
suggest
productive
yields
by
20
production
•
Women’
s
levels
of
of
the
cannot
that
if
gender
be
40%
•
food
a
to
to
nutrition.
had
likely
to
cause
in
gap
the
Malnutrition
in
overall
is
from
same
A
the
Access
to
illness
ve
thus
and
and
2.5
show
years
the
in
age
on
can
death
sanitation
to
in
that
that
of
and
leads
and
most
to
children
are
elderly.
faster
Even
pace
a
to
of
the
size
diarrhoea,
children.
A
of
of
have
their
time
is
cleaning
livestock.
of
their
activities
such
as
For
from
and
ownership
the
little
time
•
holding
spent
and
energy
HIV/AIDS
and
Access
a
is
for
lack
of
most
insurance
greatly
is
in
is
fetching
in
to
world.
their
large
water,
the
Ghana
expended
the
grain
family
on
and
is
Women
often
the
tend
to
grow
food
security
a
“double
in
in
for
HICs,
LICs
the
gender
the
of
of
paid
bearing
dependents
equality
domestic
continue
use
burden”
include
to
sphere
be
childcare
has
the
such
rearing
as
the
proceeded
than
prime
facilities
and
and
within
carers
outside
at
a
it.
of
the
POPULATIONS
AND
FEMALE
CARERS
impact
of
the
growth
on
of
elderly
women.
The
dependents
trend
falls
towards
may
mean
that
the
care
required
by
delayed
old
This
frail
dependents
“the
increasingly
sandwich
coincides
generation”
is
with
stuck
that
in
of
the
for
of
China,
caring
for
children
both
and
to
security
their
that
children
be
engaged
the
by
crops
of
in
as
and
their
parents.
look
after
their
parents.
As
a
result
of
children
who
marry
could
engage
lack
of
in
in
the
inferior
the
time
one-child
end
up
policy,
caring
two
for
one-child
ve
is,
their
four
parents
and
their
one
people,
child.
have
them
and
areas.
This
innovation
sell
quality
their
for
of
access
are
at
They
are
through
are
the
USA,
and
own.
Women
spouses,
they
and
pensions.
work
and
produce
economy.
poor
CARERS
IN
THE
USA
less
Women
credit
production
cash
and
the
Diseases
women
rural
farming
to
to
children
food.
of
opportunity
bound
T
anzania,
leaving
such
men
legally
load-carrying
prepare
and
are
and
major
also
live
longer
have
For
care
providers
have
less
many
of
•
33%
of
•
29%
passed
•
20%
switched
•
13%
retired
the
working
up
a
than
access
elderly.
women
from
long-term
care
men,
to
women
job
of
long-term
tend
For
is
a
of
in
the
their
outlive
their
savings
such
conict
between
example:
reduced
promotion,
full-time
to
retirement
there
care
needs
to
their
work
training
or
part-time
hours
assignment
employment
early.
transport.
YOUR
21. Outline
security
22. Briey
to
and
limited
CHECK
future
cooking,
needs
water
.
role,
services
available
food
subsistence
denied
limited
in
land
as
market
also
by
budget.
very
enough
and
mean
caretaking
nancial
only
limits
traditional
household
dietary
women.
•
their
increase
growth.
women
over
only
tending
wood,
greater
energy
to
and
survival
immediate
stunted
developing
control
example,
involving
assume
the
role
other
limited.
is
FEMALE
to
controls
caring
family
that
77%
food
food
are
farming.
woman’
s
and
of
for
and
T
raining
In
washing,
on
roles
and
middle
•
income
decisive
have
children
children:
the
family
chances
Domestic
outside
Women
safety
an
and
AGEING
results
wasting
land
parts
they
subsistence
malnutrition.
responsible
the
access
CARERS
work.
children,
5.
the
brings
in
or
and
ending
be
in
Achieving
health.
women
unpaid
factor
education
lead
in
Many
4%.
health.
children
play
children’
s
childbearing
means
services.
in
within
access
agricultural
determining
depend
household
young
land
limited
their
mother
disproportionately
•
in
within
child’
s
and
discrimination
other
to
world’
s
increase
The
knowledge
tend
the
in
would
by
Africa
beyond
health
a
Contamination
of
in
they
countries
spent
live
and
hygiene
improvement
raising
Studies
have
consumed.
major
men,
education
who
nutrition
women
•
30%,
as
developing
access
more
Good
face
instrumental
spend
of
opportunities
and
childcare
60%
discrimination
overstated.
women
resources
in
mothers
is
needs.
FEMALE
to
face
WORLD
and
agricultural
also
nance
women
and
when
Women
The
Women
to
around
employment
because
likely
up
Women
THE
20%
DEVELOPING
make
training,
children’
s
GENDER
and
preparation
workers.
girls
hungry.
households.
cooking.
Asia
and
the
UNDERSTANDING
main
against
explain
oultline
why
it
discrimination
in
food
production/
women.
the
is
term
‘sandwich
particularly
generation’
important
in
and
China.
Stakeholders
in
food
and
health
95
Factors
FACTORS
Famine
a
food
affecting
THAT
refers
to
a
AFFECT
a
region.
affecting
a
famine’
s
•
the
length
•
governance
food
and
the
•
access
•
population
power
many
severity,
severity
poor
in
the
availability
interrelated
of
to
of
the
civil
•
access
2015
IN
increases
the
risk
of
put
aid
2016,
in
this
of
was
after
than
These
when
to
entitlement
to
food
war
production
help
but
the
people
companies
export
those
term,
reduce
poor
of
food.
suffering
effects.
to
tanks,
build
dams
should
the
long-term
not
Aid
effects
plans
should
be
productive
and
be
to
to
be
designed
assets
irrigation
allowed
of
need
such
projects.
grow
crops
only.
There
is
made
provision
seasonal
September
Ethiopia
did
Ethiopia’
s
rains
in
not
worst
production
long
the
rainy
18
of
million
days,
famine
end
evidence
to
is
that
usually
north-eastern,
arrive.
According
drought
in
harvested
season,
the
and
short
people
50
in
the
threatens,
and
rainy
were
early-warning
respond
to
as
years.
rest
at
in
need
systems
in
2015
of
alert
the
establishing
quickly
to
the
warning
could
access
digging
water
holes.
Sept.
2015
1981–2014
Ethiopian
system:
rainfall
of
poor
government
harvests,
social
the
As
funds
security
for
net
so
that
public
works
poorer
the
Niño
such
as
drought
was
caused
by
El
weather
system,
after
end
resulted
a
in
a
90%
reduction
in
crop
yields
and
the
of
of
over
one
million
cattle.
The
famine,
though,
result,
was
brought
about
and
state
neglect.
and
now,
include
by
factors
including
poor
governance
aid.
the
The
key
factors
driving
the
famine,
then
government
government
the
selling
off
of
land
to
international
was
for
2015–16
drought
conditions
of
industrial
farming,
international
humanitarian
that
donors
is,
disasters
were
“land
grabs”.
around
distracted
the
world,
by
a
such
as
in
Syria
and
South
Sudan.
This
meant
that
there
was
much
2015
media
coverage.
compared
Events
with
the
impact
crisis.
March–September
to
the
Around
less
March
a
farmers
in
Ethiopia,
2015–16
the
string
early
in
mitigate
fall
autumn,
season.
to
central
In
Famine
that
2015–16
corporations
able
can
short
water-harvesting
deaths
more
aid
the
empower
for
the
and
cereal
summer
spring
and
as
and
the
land
place
The
90%
and
including
to
such
June
southern
UN,
to
in
Foreign
growth
ETHIOPIA,
and
between
and
unrest,
famine
media
international
unemployment
•
Emergency
drought
governance
•
famine
factors
including:
of
of
STUDY
FAMINE
In
decline
are
scarcity
•
CASE
–
There
severity
FAMINE
long-term
in
the
in
Syria
were
more
dramatic
than
the
failure
of
average
the
Drier
Normal
rains,
although
of
the
rains
probably
caused
deaths.
Nevertheless,
5
failure
Wetter
more
35%
the
+5
a
number
of
organizations
are
working
+25%
in
Ethiopia,
Save
0
ERITREA
Children
the
and
World
the
FAO.
Food
The
Programme
WFP
is
(WFP),
helping
to
feed
250
the
SUDAN
the
including
MILES
refugees
ve-year
meals
and
also
supporting
Growth
and
Transformation
programme
and
a
the
vulnerability
government’
s
Plan
(GTP),
and
mapping
a
second
school
unit
Mek’ele
(VAM).
Save
livestock
$100
the
losses
million,
Children
in
the
while
Ethiopia
Afar
the
region.
FAO
reported
It
had
announced
substantial
also
a
mobilized
$50
million
plan
Aydora
to
Addis
assist
SOMALIA
Ababa
Dire
E
CHECK
T
YOUR
23. Describe
Ethiopia,
24. Outline
to
the
I
O
P
Dawa
I
A
UNDERSTANDING
pattern
of
Famine
March–September
two
Ethiopia
been
96
H
reasons
in
why
2015–16
the
was
Early
warning
in
2015.
amount
lower
of
than
aid
promised
might
have
expected.
Option
F
–
The
Geography
of
Food
and
Health
agriculture-
and
livestock-dependent
households.
FUTURE
4
Possible
There
are
a
HEAL
TH
AND
solutions
number
of
insecurity.
These
long-term
measures.
possibilities
include
for
short-term,
FOOD
to
reducing
food
every
it
WASTE
year.
reaches
In
the
and
proportion
Increasing
production
and
reducing
set-aside:
market
prices
encourage
more
food
food
aid.
The
World
Food
reaches
and
only
mostly
about
80
refugees
million
from
of
the
conicts
hungry
There
people
market/shops.
More
ensure
of
are
700
million
scattered
more
around
the
the
use
of
seeds
and
fertilizer.
to
survive,
the
rural
poor
next
food
LICs
season’
s
Export
season’
s
crisis.
seeds
bans
efcient
in
HICs
before
crops
Millions
if
have
well
urgently
there
been
to
on
that
a
farming
reaches
larger
is
often
markets
wasted
and
through
behaviour.
food
Major
because
supermarkets
it
does
not
often
meet
tonnes
standards.
of
food
Globally,
waste
retailers
annually
in
generate
this
wastage
tends
to
occur
primarily
at
way.
the
world.
As
as
need
is
to
forced
be
to
end
of
the
supply
chain.
Mould
and
needing
destroy
or
at
least
degrade
large
quantities
of
food
help
an
end
eat
Substantial
amounts
of
foodstuffs
simply
spill
to
badly
maintained
vehicles
or
are
bruised
as
vehicles
next
travel
•
away
wasted
chronically
from
the
produced
produce
edible
marketing
material.
planting
food
customer
million
pests
food
would
However,
farmer–producer
Greater
be
natural
In
•
thrown
most
and
1.6
disasters.
is
may
storage
perfectly
exacting
desperate,
food
80%
Programme
reject
(WFP)
of
to
production.
retail
Increasing
up
high
consumers.
•
one-third
LICs,
MEASURES
practices
•
SUSTAINABILITY
and
Approximately
SHORT
-TERM
AND
insecurity
FOOD
food
medium-term
SECURITY
over
poorly
maintained
roads.
survive.
food
from
countries
experiencing
food
Source
Reduce
the
volume
Reduction
of
food
waste
generated
shortages.
Feed
Donate
extra
food
to
Hungry
food
banks,
Feed
MEDIUM-TERM
MEASURES
Divert
food
Provide
Free
trade:
reducing
protectionism
should
help
poor
waste
conversion;
scraps
oils
and
in
the
kitchens,
and
shelters
to
for
food
animal
feed
Uses
rendering
scraps
for
and
fuel
digestion
Food
to
farmers
soup
Animals
Industrial
•
People
recover
Waste
Diversion
energy
future.
Composting
Create
•
Biofuels:
against
the
food
crisis
plant-derived
has
triggered
a
backlash
a
nutrient-rich
soil
amendment
fuels.
Landfill/
Incineration
Last
resort
for
disposal
LONG-TERM
Food
MEASURES
The
Food
•
Agricultural
investment:
yields
in
Africa
the
right
could
waste
portion
of
Waste
food
landfill
recovery
or
Disposal
waste
that
is
sent
to
incineration.
be
hierarchy
increased
up
to
•
GM
•
Sustainability:
fourfold
with
help.
crops.
cannot
feed
emerging
West.
campaigners
its
population
economies
The
only
rethinking
want
long-term
western
argue
if
that
China,
to
eat
like
solution,
lifestyles
and
the
India
world
and
people
they
CASE
STUDY
FOOD
INSECURITY
other
in
argue,
the
Food
is
insecurity
inter national
expectations.
production
climate
Food
in
trade,
of
IN
BANGLADESH
Bangladesh
land
nutritional
change.
is
affected
scarcity,
food,
However,
the
by
need
natural
Bangladesh
to
increase
hazards
has
and
made
Production
-Unharvested
-Spoiled
crops,
disease,
Crops
pests,
signicant
progress
increasing
production
in
improving
of
rice
food
using
security
irrigation
by
water
infection,
and
contamination
Processing
and
high-yielding
varieties.
The
gover nment
has
also
Distribution
-Trimming
-Spoiled/damaged
invested
in
storage
facilities
for
facilities
for
rice,
and
cold-storage
product
meat,
sh,
eggs
and
potatoes.
Transport
-Overproduction
infrastructure
Retail
Food
-Expiration
-Selective
Services
-Oversized
dates
-Poor
consumers
also
been
upgraded
to
enable
faster
and
and
Households
-Overstocking
has
portions
50
better
million
distribution
people
are
of
still
food.
said
Nevertheless,
to
be
food
nearly
insecure,
Planning
26million
of
whom
are
said
to
be
extremely
food
-Spoiled/ruined
-Bulk
insecure.
Purchases
Many
vulnerable
Causes
of
food
COMMON
Some
✓
A
is
lot
also
a
food
to
food
great
especially
in
annual
are
rural
dwellers
monsoon
who
are
oods.
MISTAKE
students
of
the
these
waste
CHECK
✗
to
of
believe
waste
deal
the
market
of
is
all
waste
produced
food
waste
production,
in
food
by
in
storage
comes
HICs,
LICs
and
from
but
and
HICs.
there
NICs,
transport
YOUR
25. Describe
high
income
26. Outline
of
food
the
the
UNDERSTANDING
main
ways
security
differences
countries
in
in
and
which
recent
in
low
food
waste
income
Bangladesh
between
countries.
has
increased
years.
LICs.
Future
health
and
food
security
and
sustainability
97
Contemporary
GENETICALL
Y
MODIFIED
approaches
FOOD
(GM
and
FOOD)
the
GM
by
technology
protecting
engineering
more
than
of
US
2050
and
the
food
Vertical
farmers
pests
adding
more
93%
of
bean
traits
corn,
soy
In
to
increase
weeds.
a
plant
to
disease
or
and
cotton
in
GMO
93%
of
yields
make
crops
all
it
USA
made
corn
world’
s
is
up
planted,
farms
aim
to
will
need
grow
will
to
be
over
increase
year-round
in
9
by
billion
high-rise
because
“elds”
or
make
food
production
weather.
If
farmers
from
because
is
The
the
can
more
continue
careful
vertical
to
secure
even
in
protect
farming
as
urban
their
no
of
from
plant
the
the
trays
in
LEDs.
region’
s
in
vertical
farmland
Fukushima-Daiichi
a
However,
producer
vertical
soil-free
the
farm
can
nuclear
be
hydroponic
living
electricity
bills
fed
indoor
from
and
meat,
is
a
animal.
has
can
add
by
explosion.
and
up
10
by
are
lit
quickly.
impacts
vitro
gas
–
The
Geography
of
Food
herbicides
weeds
such
and
on
Growth
is
as
and
the
raises
may
monarch
million
farmland.
the
seems
USA,
to
hectares
Most
be
GM
Argentina,
slowing,
saturation.
eaten
to
be
meat
is
at
by
of
months
YOUR
up
to
to
€250,000
50,000
However,
synthetic
part
of
to
in
tonnes
in
vitro
a
burger
produce.
vitro
of
difculties
before
of
lab-grown
two
meat
meat
of
scale
meat
available.
signicantly
reared
much
friendly,
up
rst
or
been
cost
reducing
global
world’
s
cells.
has
meat
never
a
potentially
the
has
overcome
normally
emissions,
cultured
that
deliver
muscle
as
that
fewer
beef.
In
more
45%,
energy
and
only
in
and
4%
needs
requiring
meat/livestock
environmental
theory,
efcient
generating
the
of
only
industry
greenhouse
meat
2%
of
the
does.
UNDERSTANDING
27. Outline
the
advantages
of
28. Outline
the
advantages
and
Health
175
global
countries:
the
claimed
could
than
that
of
known
commercially
generation
farming
F
that
2013,
and
need
food.
Option
more
species,
ve
product
In
pork
meat
CHECK
98
of
planted
12%
India.
for
environmentally
land
Vertical
some
just
also
been
cost
in
meat
Cultured
nutrients
use
MEAT
cooked
It
herbicides
systems
The
were
and
reason
production
affected
of
roughly
grown
VITRO
vitro
farming
was
production
herbicide-resistant
GMOs
Canada
one
well,
extreme
needs
cotton.
decline
or
becomes
leading
water-conserving,
by
supplies
are
pests,
much
radiation
Brazil,
and
–
are
meat,
insecticides.
Japan
crops
was
could
all
creating
the
2013
In
70%.
buildings.
It
in
IN
population
of
of
Globally,
FARMING
production
to
food
buttery.
pesticides.
the
96%
risk
lead
Genetic
to
2014,
acreage,
to
and
resistant
modied.
soya
VERTICAL
By
or
genetically
94%
helped
against
involves
nutritious
More
now
has
crops
to
GM
food.
disadvantages
of
in
vitro
Prevention
PREVENTATIVE
Preventative
that
will
people
excess
having
to
HEALTH
In
many
care
a
cases,
whereas
and
diseases
expensive
in
lost
diseases.
–
labour
smoking
high
in
is
NICs.
treatments,
there
are
people
to
Health
of
of
The
just
in
rather
than
has
AIDS
2
deaths
million
care
in
reect s
th e
develop me n ts
new
drugs
their
more
It
care,
are
on
as
most
curative
far
may
Scientic
more
be
most
treatment
people
in
to
some
it
campaign,
AIDS,
infections
but
remains
every
of
s oc i e t y,
ma rke t
year.
in
In
care
is
LICs
of
primary
health
on
bas e d
treat
health
curative
aims
on
of
rather
•
growth
monitoring
•
oral
diseases
This
care
is
such
much
and
more
may
involve
med ic i ne
th a n
•
breast
•
immunizations
•
food
•
female
•
food
By
a nd
co nt r a st ,
lo w-te chnol og y,
p rima ry
cu re
h e alth
includ e :
care
should
us e
ca re
pre v e nt a t i v e
c a re
and
th e
h e al t h
( P HC)
is
rehydration
feeding
supplementation
education
fortication.
theory,
more
population,
Hart’
s
afford
The
some
terms
demand
pregnant
those
it
to
it.
inverse
who
health
or
off)
it
in
most
elderly
and
very
increase
young
with
in
a
vulnerable.
law
(1971)
are
those
most
have
(the
health
Consequently,
those
health
the
case
well
need
care
for
women,
namely
(the
states
who
vulnerable)
insurance,
health
that
least
care
is
cannot
and
often
those
need
it,
who
can
whereas
afford
therefore
inversely
do
not
related
need.
HI Cs ,
YOUR
model
part
is
The
the
30. Suggest
−
to
stroke.
te chn iqu e s.
prevention
29. Outline
monitoring
based
many
CHECK
Growth
and
hospitalization.
in
get
forc e s .
required
preventative
high-technolog y
new
although
encourage
that
is
disease
of
In
countries
and
heart
follow
activities.
na ture
a nd
lengthy
measures.
clean
impact
although
from
sexual
in
degenerative
made
may
health
diseases.
medical
HICs
awareness
antiretroviral
risks
in
to
TREATMENT
treatment
cancer,
expensive
strokes.
curative
Scientic,
develop
been
and
primary
disease,
for
from
drinking
health
treatments.
of
as
health
greater
than
the
or
investment
poverty.
terms
disease
Curative
lifestyles
LICS
degenerative
treating
reduced
over
take
political
is,
range
receive
a
and
attacks
receive
that
have
of
to
prevalent
have
still
availability
those
progress
less
IN
communities
productivity,
lifestyle,
Some
would
may
smoking
individuals
argue
policies
heart
AND
preventative
not
not
communities
suited
that
than
cost-effective,
healthy
are
to
This
cancer
,
HICS
Critics
poor
more
interventions,
a
IN
of
of
CURATIVE
adopting
disease.
diet
risk
sanitation
is
of
wealthier
of
also
the
care.
among
the
risk
poor
health
medicine
means
healthy
CARE
hospitalized
water
the
reduce
treatment
TREATMENT
treatment
reduce
and
two
of
UNDERSTANDING
main
strategies
of
primary
disadvantages
of
the
health
care
health
scientic,
care.
curative
provision.
care
Future
health
and
food
security
and
sustainability
99
Pandemics
MANAGING
PANDEMICS
Pandemics
global
them
are
difcult
diseases,
or
to
the
any
recognized
T
o
the
Zika
virus.
manage
effort
among
outbreak
government
the
large
may
is
scale
also
diseases,
disease
pandemics
of
new,
makes
involve
such
there
as
new
not
Ebola
in
was
there
the
West
a
key
must
experts
Africa,
ending
had
a
be
the
programme.
were
used
were
banned.
to
reassure
TV
problems
They
include
afuence;
associated
campaign.
Nigeria
set
staffed
with
worked
people.
In
Sierra
and
on
a
social
up
in
many
and
schools
Leone,
were
lessons
were
given
over
the
number
of
400
million.
In
people
2012
that
can
of
diet
western
increase
in
care
lead
inactivity,
adoption
blood
requiring
the
without
suitable
for
pressure
for
women.
it.
to
type
and
2
diabetes
increased
lifestyles
has
prevalence
been
of
diabetes
populations.
BURDEN
OF
DIABETES
causes
care
a
large
systems
economic
and
affects
burden
national
on
national
economies,
radio.
and
individuals.
used
lost
to
treat
Direct
the
productivity.
medical
disease
Other
costs
while
costs
are
include
indirect
the
costs
reduced
PANDEMIC
worldwide
1.5
factors
an
control,
those
solved
and
quality
The
to
physical
with
sugar
be
are
gatherings
closed,
include
DIABETES
the
can
preconception
supplied
ECONOMIC
resources
GLOBAL
and
care
solutions
polio
families
THE
these
media
health
school
diabetic
blood
indigenous
Diabetes
Markets
care
be
obesity,
Nigerian
Ebola.
earlier
foot
can
CARE
and
include
health
centre,
broadcasts
with
Environmental
following
THE
eradication
AND
expenditure
control,
coordinated
example,
public
operations
who
be
For
massive
to
great
LICs.
Ebola
may
Some
Insulin
communities.
emergency
health
Their
they
unknown
established
centralized
public
If
and
vaccinations.
global
Containment
a
epidemics.
manage
relatively
and
TREATMENT
million
with
diabetes
people
died
is
from
over
of
brought
life
for
about
people
by
stress,
with
diabetes
pain
and
and
their
families
anxiety.
the
disease.
10
EXAM
You
use
the
information
here
as
evidence
of
the
ecnelaverp
7.5
demographic
experiencing
transition,
a
rise
in
as
many
diabetes
LICs
and
and
NICs
becoming
are
more
5
similar
to
HICs.
%
2.5
CHECK
0
tsaE
life
of
(high
low
–
and
The
life
blood
32. Compare
2025
heart
disease
in
a
major
stroke
reduces
controls
the
sugar).
sugar
and
attacks,
both
a
expectancy.
insulin
insulin
blood
and
condition
failure,
hormone
lack
…narahaS-buS
aisA
is
kidney
–
symptoms
blood
blood
leads
to
Hypoglycemia
the
opposite
include
of
sweating,
confusion.
Option
F
–
The
Geography
the
of
Food
and
Health
the
with
UNDERSTANDING
factors
containment
diabetes
amputation.
of
cfiicaP
chronic,
the
so
hyperglycemia
and
sCIL
htuoS
limb
hyperglycemia
100
aisA
lifelong
a
quality
“hypo”)
dlroW
is
blindness,
levels,
tremors
nitaL
of
YOUR
31. Outline
(Estimate)
prevalence
Normally,
sugar
…aciremA
2003
2025
lower
person’
s
elddiM
and
…tsaE
%
%
Diabetes
of
eporuE
Prevalence
Prevalence
global
cause
…dna
sCiH
The
(a
TIP
could
of
that
the
projected
that
of
led
Ebola
the
to
the
successful
virus.
prevalence
observed
of
diabetes
prevalence
in
in
2003.
Exam
The
maps
practice
shows
the
diffusion
of
the
Ebola
virus
between
March
2014
and
March
2015.
Key:
March
September
2014
2014
N
GUINEA
SIERRA
LEONE
LIBERIA
Gueckedou:
Origin
of
outbreak
March
Source:
(a)
2015
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-28755033
(i)
Describe
(ii)
Outline
(b)
Compare
(c)
Either:
Discuss
the
the
the
the
diffusion
of
geographic
relative
view
that
the
Ebola
factors
advantages
physical
virus,
that
of
can
as
shown
facilitate
preventative
factors
are
the
by
the
health
most
the
deaths
spread
care
important
of
with
from
the
that
ones
in
the
Ebola
of
the
virus.
virus.
curative
health
development
care.
of
famine.
(2
(3
marks)
(4
marks)
+
2
marks)
(10
marks)
(10
marks)
Or
“Reducing
waste
is
the
most
effective
way
of
achieving
Future
food
security.”
health
and
Discuss
food
this
statement.
security
and
sustainability
101
OPTION
THE
G
URBAN
ENVIRONMENTS
VARIETY
OF
URBAN
ENVIRONMENTS
Characteristics
of
urban
places
1
URBAN
PLACES
Many
criteria
and
is
it
not
are
THE
used
possible
an
urban
•
population
place
•
specic
is
to
to
specify
give
a
what
single
characterized
an
urban
denition.
place
is
However,
by:
The
term
size
is
•
such
as
a
CBD
and
residential
zones
and
•
an
services
administrative
range
function.
•
the
•
to
for
or
good
low-order
the
site
of
a
settlement
is
the
actual
land
on
which
is
built,
whereas
its
situation
or
position
refers
relationship
with
its
surrounding
area.
sphere
Favourable
of
a
reliable
supply
of
water;
freedom
from
slopes
(in
the
northern
hemisphere);
fertile
the
potential
for
trade
and
LAND
change
over
service
formerly
–
functions
example,
and
services,
Market
as
towns
goods
bought
watches,
the
area
are
resorts.
settlements
Most
and/or
The
are
time.
Many
urban
Spanish
settlements
retail,
have
industry)
and
have
so
become
Costas
examples
places
high-tech
education,
villages
good
goods
or
used
cars
served
found
market
well
as
draw
and
hamlets
as
well
very
between
by
a
settlement.
a
hamlet,
while
towns)
in
support
the
more
specialized
custom
as
serving
clear-cut
hamlet,
and
(continuum)
rather
larger
same
from
high-order
surrounding
their
they
village
own
all
share
and
population.
town
features
is
on
not
a
than
being
separate
sliding
an
of
that
many
Caribbean
this.
industrial
and/or
on).
and
a
Urban
categories.
store
important
stnemhsilbatse
tourist
shing
required
newspapers
Newsagents/General
were
people
convenience
bread,
luxury
of
business
USE
scale
Functions
(for
distinction
always
AND
or
are
commerce.
The
FUNCTION
as
in
including:
people
soils
villages
cultivation;
goods
–
or
number
stay
example,
concepts,
that
ooding;
functions.
for
good
to
inuence
low-order
functions
south-facing
a
such
goods
of
distance
Settlement
hierarchy
.
factors
settlements
include
number
importance.
settlement
to
Only
its
–
or
of
a
•
settlement
a
for
service
for
order
measure
minimum
goods
high-order
a
uses
frequently,
infrequently,
The
means
as
travel
–
a
SETTLEMENTS
maximum
threshold
bought
SITE
used
hierarchy
–
prepared
•
OF
“hierarchy”
normally
Settlement
size
features,
HIERARCHY
role
(manufacturing
service
role
(health
care,
places
also
have
very
a
Chemist
fo
urban
residential
areas,
proportion
such
of
the
as
role.
There
may
allotments,
land
in
the
but
be
some
this
uses
agriculture
only
a
in
rebmuN
important
small
area.
Department
store
MEGACITIES
Threshold
Larger
urban
areas,
such
goods,
and
as
cities,
offer
a
wider
range
population
of
Capital/primate
city
Highest
services
and
more
of
them.
A
millionaire
functions
is
a
city
megacity
with
is
a
and
the
As
high
the
due
high
rates
that
not
birth
cities
grow
is
only
rates
grow,
to
10
economic
of
natural
dominated
through
by
growth,
young
with
swallow
up
a
a
inhabitants.
increase.
migration
associated
they
million
whereas
adults.
but
also
younger
rural
rural–urban
Due
areas
to
people
Thus,
the
because
of
population.
and
(e.g.
more
than
seaside
average
Cities
resort)
×
Large
towns
Middle
towns
Villages
×
Anomaly
functions
(e.g.
with
fewer
than
average
dormitory
town)
nearby
Lowest
towns
and
cities.
They
become
multi-nuclei
order
settlements
Small
rebmuN
grows
over
inhabitants
with
fo
structure
city
with
million
snoitcnuf
age
city
one
)secivres(
Megacities
migration
over
dedivorp
city
order
settlements
Anomaly
centres.
order
Hamlets
settlements
Urban
growth
can
be
planned,
for
example,
by
the
Population
government,
or
it
the
can
be
spontaneous,
migrants
and
creation
of
(the
are
linked),
whereas
example,
Brasilia
in
squatter
for
example,
settlements.
for
Brazil
others
and
are
new
Canberra
in
or
planned,
1.
Australia.
YOUR
Dene
and
Outline
over
G
–
Urban
Environments
UNDERSTANDING
illustrate
the
concept
of
settlement
how
✗
Site
and
✓
Site
is
built
on,
the
functions
of
settlements
may
change
time.
COMMON
Option
settlements
hierarchy.
2.
102
of
Many
CHECK
two
size
by
MISTAKE
situation
the
mean
immediate
whereas
the
same
location,
situation
is
thing.
what
what
it
is
a
settlement
close
to.
is
Urban
FACTORS
economic
AFFECTING
ECONOMIC
THE
ACTIVITY
IN
activities
PATTERN
OF
URBAN
CITIES
expensive
for
accessible
land
amount
The
value
known
of
as
RETAIL
land
the
varies
bid
LAND
for
rent.
different
Land
at
the
purposes
centre
of
–
a
this
city
is
is
from
most
at
the
the
with
USE
of
it
two
main
to
available.
most
central
intersections
good
reasons:
public
Land
area,
of
is
prices
(or
and
and
there
transport
plenty
was)
of
the
there
generally
although
major
accessibility
it
transport,
is
most
a
small
decrease
away
are
only
minor
peaks
routes.
space
for
future
expansion.
The
hierarchy
of
retail
outlets
in
cities
is
as
follows:
Many
1.
Low-order
goods
concentrated
in
neighbourhood
factors
explain
this
change
in
the
retail
hierarchy,
stores
including:
and
shopping
parades.
•
2.
High-order
goods
3.
Out-of-town
in
high
street
shops,
department
population
Central
by
shopping
department
increasingly,
has
superstores
stores,
by
changed
areas
central
transport,
and
Multi-storey
chain
with
retail
the
the
built
district
–
on
development
characterized
shops
Modern
in
the
is
as
smaller
households,
and
suburbanization
•
technological
deep
retailing
•
of
sites
of
wealthier
change,
such
households
as
more
families
owning
freezes
economic
change,
especially
car
•
congestion
•
social
with
increased
standards
of
living,
ownership
and
inated
changes,
such
as
land
prices
more
in
women
city
centres
in
paid
work.
accessible
area
to
CBD
the
the
such
people
•
and,
number
edge-of-town
THE
(CBD)
with
are
specialist
malls.
elderly
parks.
streets
growth
USE
location
retail
stores,
parks,
LAND
business
and
high
pedestrianized
rapidly
COMMERCIAL
The
or
and
change,
stores.
more
superstores
commercial
highest
Concentration
of
land
and
economic
core
of
a
city.
It
is
the
most
public
values.
banks/businesses
Absence
of
manufacturing
industry
Concentration
of
department
Multi-let
Some
Transport
vertical
stores,
chain
stores,
specialist
residences,
terminals
zoning
often
old
Office
area,
villas
e.g.
solicitors
retail
Small
outlets
Parking
shops,
low-grade
Shops
requiring
shops
large
Car
PLVI
CORE
sales/service
areas
of
land
Area
Specialist
of
FRAME
services,
highest
e.g.
Some
Parking
medical
derelict
shopping
Wholesalers,
land
quality
warehouses
High
density
Limited
light
of
manufacturing
pedestrians
maximum
–
zones
of
accessibility,
often
pedestrianized
areas
and
Functional
activities
Low
residential
cluster,
PLVI
=
peak
land
value
intersection:
Rise
Investors
by
and
businesses
peripheral
access
and
sites
are
that
attracted
have
environments,
and
the
in
increased
highest
car
rated,
ownership
personal
of
good
leads
mobility
‘leisure’
busiest,
and
most
accessible
part
of
and
upkeep
Planning
and
policies
provide
are
high
rents
(business
rates,
and
costs)
land
can
in
lacks
a
city
centres
Factors
councils,
for
determined
reduces
These
many
City
inner-city
•
browneld
•
sites
suburbanization
CBDs
to
urban
may
be
sprawl;
many
locations
areas
away
offer
new
greenfield
find
cheaper,
and
who
in
peripheral
nearer
locations
customers
live
the
leafy
and
staff
suburbs
the
miles
city
centres
with
an
are
ageing
perceived
as
environment
dirty,
and
unsafe,
poor
infrastructure
away
ACTIVITY
for
industrial
zones
in
most
close
suburban
from
CHECK
3.
include:
•
attract
decline
accessibility
centre
are
to
investment,
development
plan
Progressive
cities.
expansion
influencing
CBD
leads
There
urban
developments
costs
of
INDUSTRIAL
shops
often
coordinated
Congestion
encourage
‘out-of-town’
Companies
Investment
and
of
sites
CBDs
similar
CBD
industry/inward
development
–
banks/shoe
rise
City
of
e.g.
to
the
shopping
often
lower
Costs
zoning
concentrate
population
shopping
to
railways
sites
residential
close
and/or
to
locations.
the
industrial
canals
airports
YOUR
Outline
4.
Explain
retail
UNDERSTANDING
factors
areas
why
in
CBDs
that
inuence
the
location
of
cities.
are
characterized
by
higher-order
outlets.
The
variety
of
urban
environments
103
Factors
affecting
residential
PHYSICAL
In
some
live
areas,
landscapes.
close
to
location
rivers
LAND
wealthier
In
ground
in
and
some
people
contrast,
areas
at
in
risk
live
some
of
near
LICs
attractive
the
ooding.
poor
In
most
in
inner-city
centre
urban
areas
in
HICs
may
Similarly,
be
HIC
is
wealthy
households,
whereas
in
LICs
the
poor
forced
to
live
in
areas
of
steep
relief,
where
low
are
a
highest
Usually,
because
from
reects
the
the
paradox
of
city
residential
residential
high
centre,
land
densities
density
values.
residential
in
are
the
W ith
city
increasing
greater
availability
of
density
land
in
decreases.
the
of
the
poorest
people
being
suburbs.
located
on
mass
expensive
movements
the
may
The
be
cities
areas.
attractive
This
to
urban
VALUES
distance
high
of
areas
FACTORS
urban
physical
the
inner-city
land
reects
their
need
to
be
close
to
risk.
sources
in
the
of
employment.
outer
areas,
in
In
contrast,
lower-density
wealthier
housing,
people
where
live
they
ETHNICITY
Some
and
ethnic
so
end
majority
New
and
of
On
South
and
it
supermarkets.
the
place:
the
other
has
hand,
a
is
a
live
close
population
form
gains
enough
of
negative
are
to
number
group
are
groups
choose
neighbourhoods.
Korean
This
ethnic
there
population
may
forming
the
Malden,
whereby
one
groups
up
of
of
in
example,
London
Korean
to
from
lives
able
just
one
Certain
in
to
factor
land
low-class
built
commute
to
affecting
uses
may
residential
work.
the
repel
areas
However,
location
each
may
of
other,
be
land
value
residential
and
is
areas.
high-class
separated
by
locating
barriers.
in
services.
occurs
certain
Retail
when
areas.
(a)
in
ecirp
Population
London
reffO
BANGLADESHI
18.2
Office
Residential
0
Key:
A
B
Distance
LQ
<
0.7
low
0.7–0.9
0.9–1.1
Retail
1.1–1.5
1.5–1.9
LQ
LOCATION
>
1.9
Office
Residential
high
QUOTIENTS
(b)
URBAN
RESIDENTIAL
Offer
PLANNING
prices
distance
Planning
may
is
plan
housing
cities
a
types
this
Tijuca,
increasingly
for
located
does
on
the
communities
important
balanced
not
around
occur
.
edge
of
social
of
wealthy
the
“Edge
Rio
de
in
mix
many
by
city
.
people
–
who
a
–
such
are
use
Authorities
mixture
However
,
cities”
Janeiro
cities.
having
in
as
often
(a)
from
Section
the
across
city
the
and
residential
uses
with
centre:
urban
value
surface.
da
gated
CHECK
for
5.
YOUR
Briey
UNDERSTANDING
examine
residential
6.
Suggest
two
reasons
for
the
pattern
of
land-use.
how
residential
LIFE
office
of
self-segregation.
FAMIL
Y
retail,
many
Barra
security
of
ethnicity
may
inuence
patterns
land-use.
CYCLE
Status
Individual
Move/
Rented
Household
House
Upsizing
Individual
Improvement
Downsizing
Assisted
living
housing
type
Age
0
10
Event
15
20
25
30
Training/
Lives
college
partner
with
Birth
35
of
child
40
45
50
More
Increasing
children
income
55
60
65
70
Retirement
75
Death
of
80
Incapacity
partner
Move
104
Option
G
–
Urban
Environments
and
physical
segregation,
by
support
segregation
the
restaurants
positive
advantages
them
excluded
together,
For
are
of
or
Poverty,
In
most
of
life.
and
cities
there
“Poor
that
In
the
considerable
are
HICs
whereas
exhibit
is
areas”
exclusion.
ghettos,
deprivation
in
zones
these
are
NICs/LICs
worst
of
it
variation
in
deprivation,
often
is
the
quality
the
SLUMS
informal
AND
SQUATTER
sector
SETTLEMENTS
poverty
inner-city
frequently
and
areas
shanty
or
towns
conditions.
Around
1
one-third
billion
peole
of
world’
s
the
quarters
of
typically
located
slopes,
major
the
urban
on
in
slums.
urban
that
This
represents
population,
population
land
oodplains,
industrial
live
is
in
LICs.
planners
edge-of-town
but
do
Slums
not
locations
about
over
three-
are
want:
and/or
steep
close
to
complexes.
Decline
The
Population
UN
Declining
of
capital
of
the
infrastructure
for
industrial
household
ve
as
one
that
lacks
one
or
characteristics:
of
investment
•
a
permanent
from
Lack
of
extreme
structure
climatic
that
provides
protection
conditions
population
•
no
•
access
more
than
three
people
sharing
a
room
Despair
skills
Loss
Housing
housing
expansion
Ageing
of
to
water
that
is
sufcient,
affordable
and
can
be
jobs
stress
Social
Illness
unrest
Rising
crime
rates
Unemployment
Overcrowding
slum
following
investment
Lack
Poor
a
industries
more
Lack
denes
loss
•
obtained
without
access
a
to
extreme
private
toilet
effort
or
a
public
one
shared
with
a
Riots
INNER
Run-down
terraced
CITY
Low
public
participation
housing
reasonable
Poorly
built
tower
Political
blocks
number
of
people
extremism
Slums
Vandalism
•
protection
against
forced
eviction.
Deprivation
Poverty
Population
The
loss
High
High
concentration
Traffic
of
ethnic
congestion
number
of
single
positives
and
negatives
of
living
in
a
slum
parents
groups
Pollution
Inadequate
Difficult
public
Positive
aspects
Negative
They
points
of
Security
immigrants
lacking
aspects
services
schools
are
of
tenure
is
often
Dereliction
Poor
High
The
inner
city’s
web
of
proportion
decline,
of
deprivation
recreational
low
social
and
and
entertainment
facilities
classes
assimilation
Informal
despair
can
entrepreneurs
work
here
clienteles
rest
INFORMAL
The
dual
with
of
for
and
extending
the
Basic
have
to
the
ECONOMY
factories
Informal
employment,
and
commercial
buildings,
and
based
home,
at
Overcrowding
is
Sites
hazardous
are
often
drivers
and
a
variety
of
other
avoids
Levels
of
occupations.
There
is
a
strong
hygiene
of
for
elite
is
an
small
the
formal
scale,
locally
Characteristics
Informal
economy
population.
of
By
owned
the
produces
contrast,
and
formal
sector
goods
the
labour
and
and
informal
services
economy
intensive.
informal
Formal
sector
Difcult
entry
of
kinship
support
relatively
of
entry
EXAM
the
Indigenous
Overseas
inputs
and
poor,
is
and
common
family
rates
are
low
economy
Show
Ease
and
Crime
are
sense
disease
Much
common
an
sanitation
taxi
absent,
and
sanitation
commuting
cleaners,
are
water
city
economy
ofces,
services
especially
TIP
in
your
informal
answer
sector
that
also
many
work
people
in
the
who
formal
work
sector.
in
For
inputs
example,
teachers
who
carry
out
private
tutoring
could
predominate
be
Corporate
working
the
informal
sector,
in
addition
to
a
job
in
property
the
Family
in
formal
sector
(teaching
at
a
school
or
college).
property
Large
scale
of
activity
predominates
Capital
Small
scale
of
intensive
activity
CHECK
Imported
Labour
7.
Formally
Adapted
acquired
skills
the
8.
from
outside
markets,
two
UNDERSTANDING
advantages
informal
and
two
disadvantages
of
economy.
Suggest
how
deprivation
tariffs,
the
distribution
of
poverty
and
for
the
example,
school
Outline
technology
Protected
Skills
YOUR
technology
intensive
differs
in
cities
in
HICs,
NICs
and
LICs.
quotas,
system
licensing
Unregulated/competitive
mark
The
variety
of
urban
environments
105
CHANGING
2
URBAN
Urbanization,
movements
SYSTEMS
natural
increase
living
in
migration,
or
the
HICs,
the
is
urban
“an
increase
higher
process
proportion
HICs,
urbanization,
of
of
they
It
rates
reclassication
the
many
NATURAL
areas”.
can
of
of
in
the
be
natural
rural
urban
have
suburbanization,
by
is
is
as
people
When
the
increase
in
to
urban
almost
urban
areas.
at
an
beginning
passed
of
rural-to-urban
increase
areas
dwellers
to
proportion
caused
urbanization
appear
population
(1)
URBANIZATION
Urbanization
and
to
through
areas,
In
many
their
young
end
and
In
fall.
For
which
a
cycle
counter-urbanization
INCREASE
birth
rate
occurs.
youthful
migrants
contrast,
age
and
the
means
is
higher
Natural
structure.
this
rural
that
than
increase
rural
Urban
makes
areas
the
the
develop
birth
death
often
rates
areas
age
an
rate,
occurs
in
attract
structure
ageing
are
natural
cities
likely
due
many
younger.
population,
to
fall.
of
and
RURAL–URBAN
MIGRATION
re-urbanization.
Rural–urban
The
process
of
migration
refers
to
the
long-term
movement
urbanization
of
people
away
from
the
countryside
to
towns
and
cities.
100
Mass
urbanization
nations:
rate
of
in
most
developed
urbanization
This
is
a
very
important
process,
especially
in
LICs
and
NICs.
slows
90
but
achieves
people
now
highest
live
in
level;
most
It
occurs
because
people
believe
they
will
be
better
off
in
towns
80
sa
5
urban
areas
than
in
the
rural
areas.
There
are
many
push
70
Economic
60
begins:
4
take-off
rapid
migration
In
rural-to-urban
leads
to
advanced
fifth
an
phase
where
economies
may
people
be
a
and
pull
factors
that
explain
rural-urban
migration:
seen
begin
•
to
Push
factors
are
the
negative
features
that
cause
a
NICs
50
accelerating
rate
of
move
urbanization
back
areas–
to
semi-rural
counter
person
–
to
move
away
from
rural
areas,
for
example
3
40
urbanization
fo
for
lifestyle
unemployment
reasons
and
low
wages.
30
%
nabrU
latot
noitalupop
noitalupop
MEDCs
LEDCs
LLEDCs
•
2
Reverse
Pull
factors
are
the
attractions
(whether
real
or
trend
20
for
1
Maturing
rural
%
of
economy:
imagined)
of
urban
areas
such
as
better
wages,
regeneration
of
inner-city
more
population
rates
10
of
urbanization
continue
steadily
0
develop
The
rural
phase:
as
rise
jobs
and
good
schools.
towns
and
enlarge
society
low
levels
urbanization,
rural
to
population
subsistence
of
largely
GENTRIFICATION
of
farmers
Gentrication
)snoillim(
by
their
is
the
residents,
especially
those
who
are
areas
young
and
60
Tanzania
upwardly
50
40
of
mobile.
residential
It
refers
areas.
It
is
mainly
to
an
improvement
common
in
areas
where
there
noitalupoP
30
may
be
browneld
sites
(abandoned
or
derelict
20
industrial
buildings).
Gentrication
may
lead
to
the
10
social
0
1950
1960
1970
1980
1990
2000
2010
displacement
of
poor
people:
as
an
area
becomes
2020
gentried,
afford
the
)snoillim(
upwardly
50
house
prices
increased
mobile
rise
prices.
and
As
populations
the
they
move
poor
move
are
unable
out,
to
young,
in.
Thailand
40
30
noitalupoP
20
10
COMMON
0
1950
1960
1970
1980
1990
2000
2010
MISTAKE
2020
)snoillim(
✗
Urbanization
✓
Urban
is
growth
the
is
same
the
as
urban
increase
in
growth.
population
size
United
Kingdom
an
urban
area
whereas
urbanization
is
an
increase
in
40
proportion
of
people
living
in
urban
areas.
30
noitalupoP
20
10
0
1950
1960
1970
1980
1990
2000
2010
2020
CHECK
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
Year
9. Identify
10. Briey
106
of
50
Option
G
–
Urban
Environments
three
explain
reasons
the
why
process
urbanization
of
occurs.
gentrication.
the
Urbanization,
movements
CENTRIFUGAL
natural
increase
POPULATION
•
MOVEMENTS
Suburbanization
cities,
By
largely
the
and
early
buses
residential
had
due
expansion
were
available,
critical
In
a
to
rising
the
the
affordable
earlier.
The
boom
private
towns
as
systems.
•
and
of
a
improved
of
living
scope
for
standards
Housing
quality
of
was
were
now
unimaginable
was
low
costs
•
very
low
of
local
public
population
only
a
helped
areas
and
increased
availability
authorities
gas
and
to
provide
utilities,
such
water
transport.
may
smaller
urban
land
prices;
away
and
people
is
a
from
rural
wish
to
areas.
and
contrast,
is
a
are
urban
areas.
pollution;
declining
there
involving
urban
There
large
rural
congestion;
and
process
larger
leave
areas
community;
high
perception
to
many
areas
These
services
the
areas
reasons
and
the
that
to
high
rates;
urban
smaller
why
move
include
crime
in
movement
smaller
a
lack
area.
settlements
by:
have
•
of
electricity,
Counter-urbanization
urban
of
housebuilding
societies
Counter-urbanization
farmland
In
in
sewers,
urban
and
building
tramways
middle-class,
was
of
mortgages
willingness
and
scale.
expectations.
decades
of
price
there
of
transport
electric
growth
and
wages
few
in
railways,
addition,
massive
rising
expansion
improvements
dramatically
on
by
outward
century,
suburbs.
Moreover,
matched
•
the
to
20th
declined
expansion
is
population
(2)
of
Suburbanization
and
a
better
sense
of
community,
a
higher-quality
living
environment
interest
Lower-income
deteriorated
owned
by
and
a
safer
location
in
which
to
raise
a
family.
rates
migrants
housing
move
into
Lower-income
groups
gradually
move
up
housing
scale
(previously
middle-income
groups)
CBD
Gentrification:
INNER
Redevelopment
low
area:
Older
status
by
CITY
housing
OUTER
occupied
lower-income
Better
groups
occupied
occurs
Gentrification
as
housing
reverses
Suburbanization
Urban
Urban
at
T
okyo,
is
edges.
Seoul
EXAM
deteriorates
process
and
as
and
it
moves
downwards
middle-income
groups
through
upgrade
the
older
Best
middle-
by
groups
social
city
move
to
old
housing
RURAL-URBAN
housing
upper
income
occupied
Expansion:
middle-
built
groups
for
income
new
upper
FRINGE
houses
middle-
groups
groups.
properties
by
renovating
them.
counter-urbanization
sprawl
sprawl
their
this
by
groups
SUBURBS
housing
income
Filtering
upper-middle-income
the
uncontrolled
Many
and
of
the
Mexico
growth
world’
s
City,
of
largest
have
been
urban
cities,
areas
such
as
characterized
by
urban
prevents
the
sprawl.
urban
urban
area
CHECK
TIP
Use
examples
and
urban
of
suburbanization,
sprawl
these
easier
more
interesting.
to
from
your
remember,
own
and
counter-urbanization
country.
the
You
examiner
will
will
nd
nd
it
However,
sprawl
can
YOUR
11. Briey
the
because
existence
of
there
limits
are
green
on
belts
how
far
grow.
UNDERSTANDING
explain
the
reasons
why
suburbanization
occurred.
12. Outline
the
reasons
why
counter-urbanization
may
occur.
Changing
urban
systems
107
Urbanization,
movements
URBAN
SYSTEM
natural
increase
urban
urban
GROWTH
areas
grow,
clean
water,
access
to
CASE
STUDY
there
population
(3)
their
As
and
is
a
greater
sanitation
and
demand
waste
for
disposal.
If
areas
are
transport
to
be
networks.
W ithout
economic
activity
day
.
Over
successful,
facilities
99%
of
and
these,
is
their
the
they
need
to
expand
telecommunications
ability
to
attract
new
limited.
the
population
now
have
access
to
tap
SHANGHAI
water
.
Shanghai’
s
population
to
million
over
24
in
increased
2015,
and
its
2
rose
from
from
an
2015,
there
nearly
9
to
of
were
11
million
in
1978
population
density
Household
size
this
is
have
set
3809/km
3.77
over
in
13
.
1978
to
million
2.69
in
workers
fell
access
2015.
in
the
pollution
In
working
in
services
and
over
city,
3.5
transport.
20
years
is
The
serving
In
over
2000
urban
the
rail
of
of
network
over
25%
of
feature
5
the
city’
s
Shanghai’
s
developed
million
city
is
public
in
in
passengers
covered
by
less
than
daily.
railways,
population.
had
6,600
km
of
water
in
–
this
However
,
increased
to
of
was
3,100
per
capita
daily
roads
2,400
million
water
the
same
at
around
2000,
–
now
it
is
Shanghai’
s
Shanghai
is
electricity
at
million
to
cubic
m
intake
112
litres
2015
heaps
had
2015
less
most
of
by
by
but
Access
supply
in
but
than
over
treated,
demand,
threaten
the
city’
s
in
Shanghai
turning
the
to
“waste
under
it
was
half
4,000
of
has
energy”
km
in
the
of
In
landll
city.
and
sewage
km.
generating
telecommunications
the
percentage
of
people
with
landlines
the
number
of
people
with
access
to
person
the
internet
has
mobile
risen.
per
ni
000,01
rep(
snoitacinummoceleT
)sdlohesuoh
iahgnahS
to
building
height
in
Shanghai
>
15000
1000
16-19
500
11-15
5000
8-10
Storeys
0
2015
2000
Year
T
elecommunications
YOUR
to
in
why
water,
increase
mobile
Fixed
broadband
users
Shanghai
UNDERSTANDING
explain
14. Describe
phone
households)
(transport,
on)
30
20-29
10000
internet
the
as
urban
changes
phone
Option
there
G
is
in
need
the
Urban
in
for
waste
areas
subscribers
–
a
sanitation,
urban
systems
collection
and
so
grow.
number
of
Shanghai,
xed-line
and
1985–2007.
Environments
has
in
20000
Mobile
in
plants.
1500
Mobile
or
Increasingly,
2000
2010
past,
sites
remained
per
was
the
2500
13. Briey
risen
cubic
Changes
CHECK
water
million
sewage
treated.
up
of
107
20,000
urban
was
incineration
to
over
over
ended
edge
to
3000
10,000
and
households
3500
2005
108
70%of
Increasing
all
1978
90%
rubbish
on
in
0
(per
Over
produced
tons
Shanghai
treated,
and/or
approximately
services.
intrusion
garbage
million
2000,
Similarly,
fallen,
2015.
of
2015.
in
unregulated
sanitation
quantity
2000
saltwater
two
Although
m
sewerage
2020.
is
treatment
over
pipes
km.
and
total
key
Shanghai
18,000
Water
The
40%
the
carries
Approximately
and
amount
tons
and
by
water
industries.
Transport
transport
90%
waste
in
from
Rail
to
to
Shanghai’
s
with
million
The
manufacturing
rise
of
security
.
Waste
million
to
80%
2
1785/km
average
from
Around
2010
2015
phones
The
causes
and
consequences
of
urban
deindustrialization
WHAT
IS
DEINDUSTRIALIZATION?
TYPES
There
Deindustrialization
is
the
long-term,
absolute
OF
are
DEINDUSTRIALIZATION
two
types
of
deindustrialization,
positive
and
decline
negative:
in
employment
in
the
manufacturing
sectors
of
an
•
economy.
It
refers
to
a
loss
of
jobs
rather
decline
of
certain
than
a
Positive
productivity.
The
industries
or
areas
their
to
many
factors,
the
decline,
or
more
increasing
cost,
of
raw
occurs
when
machines.
industries
This
makes
the
competitive.
Negative
deindustrialization
occurs
when
the
materials
number
•
with
including:
•
•
workforce
is
industry
due
deindustrialization
decline
replace
in
of
workers
in
an
industry
decline
but
there
is
no
mechanization
compensating
•
increased
•
falling
rise
in
productivity
or
mechanization.
competition
demand.
REINDUSTRIALIZATION
There
has
been
a
long-term
employment,
especially
the
contrast,
in
decline
the
in
manufacturing
industrialized
countries
since
Reindustrialization
1950s.
In
there
have
been
gains
in
the
is
the
growth
of
high-technology
service
industries,
small
rms
and
services
industries
(tertiarization).
sector
.
Many
and
of
many
the
of
new
these
jobs
in
were
services
part-time
were
and
taken
low
by
The
highest
less
industrialized,
Detroit
was
once
1960
it
had
the
Now
up
nature.
in
small
rms
are
rural,
peripheral
areas
found
rather
than
in
the
large
paid.
to
a
Up
the
highest
quarter
to
USA’
s
DETROIT
,
areas
with
derelict
sites.
USA
city.
per
capita
the
city
has
been
buildings
and
parcels
of
40,000
IN
fourth-largest
income
in
Indeed,
the
reclaimed
of
in
The
USA.
land
•
by
are
•
a
1900
Motors
cars
sold
and
1950
(GM),
in
the
Ford
Detroit
and
USA,
prospered
Chrysler,
were
based
because
which
made
•
most
of
car
Detroit’
s
sales
large
high
troubles
include:
therefore
less
tax
revenue
from
the
population
–
many
of
the
richer
people
have
away
pension
ageing
and
rms
shrinking
moved
Between
General
causes
falling
city’
s
vacant.
the
increase
STUDY
DEINDUSTRIALIZATION
of
of
women,
urban
CASE
rates
and
social
welfare
costs
–
the
city
has
an
population.
there.
18
July
2013
1940–45
Detroit
1903
Ford
“The
Motor
Co.
founded
arsenal
files
for
bankruptcy
1973
of
Oil
democracy”
crisis
2012
Murder
1959
rate
1970s
tops
levels
1908
General
Motors
Motown
1967
Records
Race
founded
riots
2009
Car
industry
bail-out
founded
1913
Ford
pioneers
assembly-
2.0
line
production
1925
“Murder
Chrysler
capital”
of
USA
1.5
Corp.
founded
0.5
noitalupoP
1.0
)snoillim(
1974
0
1900
1910
1920
1930
1940
1950
1960
1970
1980
1990
2000
2013
Year
Population
CHECK
YOUR
15. Distinguish
negative
16. Suggest
change
in
Detroit
(millions)
UNDERSTANDING
between
positive
deindustrialization
and
deindustrialization.
reasons
between
1950
for
and
the
decline
in
Detroit’
s
population
2013.
Changing
urban
systems
109
URBAN
3
Urban
CHANGES
ENVIRONMENTAL
AND
SOCIAL
STRESSES
microclimates
IN
THE
URBAN
MICROCLIMATE
PROCESSES
Resultant
(a)
Isolated
The
buildings
effect
of
city
morphology
1.
on
radiation
processes
received
at
Radiation
and
sunshine
the
Isolated
Greater
surface
scattering
of
shorter-wave
radiation
waves
to
by
dust,
but
much
higher
building
(c)
High
buildings
absorption
of
longer
diffuse
radiation
owing
surfaces
and
CO
.
Hence
more
2
sky
screening
Sunny
side
by
tall
with
considerable
buildings
in
shaded,
local
contrasts
narrow
streets.
owing
to
Reduced
variable
visibility
Shaded
arising
heated by
from
industrial
haze.
side
Heat
insolation,
stored
and
reflected
2.
re-radiated
Clouds
and
fogs
insolation,
radiation
Higher
and
incidence
of
thicker
cloud
covers
in
summer
and
radiation
fogs
conduction
or
(b)
Low
buildings
Ver y
little
radiation
smogs
in
winter
level.
reflected
increased
convection
and
air
pollution
Concentrations
of
hygroscopic
particles
accelerate
the
Radiation
off
reflection
of
reaches
respectively.
street
because
lower
from
walls
near
after
tops
onset
of
condensation
0.6 °C
warmer.
(see
5
below).
Day
temperatures
are,
on
average,
of
buildings
Street
collects
reflected
radiation
3.
T
emperatures
Stronger
Urban
canopy
layer
below
roof
gives
Pr evailing
heat
energy
retention
and
release,
including
fuel
combustion,
level
signicant
built-up
wind
Urban
Urban
boundary
plume
during
areas,
winter
temperature
creating
nights.
heat
Snow
increases
islands
in
rural
.
from
suburbs
These
areas
can
be
increases
into
up
the
to
8 °C
albedo,
centre
of
warmer
thereby
develops
layer
downwind
Urban
layer
increasing
belo
w
below
Rural
roof
the
differences
between
urban
and
rural.
Heating
from
canopy
increases
air
mass
instability
overhead,
notably
during
summer
level
boundary
afternoons
layer
R URAL
shaded
SUBURBAN
4.
The
morphology
of
the
P eak
∆T
is
the
urban
heat
and
evenings.
surfaces,
Pressure
and
Big
especially
local
in
the
contrasts
between
sunny
and
spring.
winds
island
u-r
intensity,
urban
heat
i.e. the
difference
and
AIR
Severe
temperature
gusting
and
turbulence
around
tall
buildings,
causing
strong
island
the
between
rural
the
peak
local
air
pressure
gradients
from
windward
to
leeward
walls.
Deep,
narrow
TEMPERATURE
Cliff
Plateau
Plateau
Cliff
streets
ows
∆T
much
along
calmer
them
–
unless
the
aligned
canyon
with
prevailing
winds
to
funnel
effect".
u-r
5.
Humidity
Decreases
available
very
Airow
modied
by
a
single
in
relative
moisture
cold,
stable
humidity
and
higher
conditions
by
occur
in
inner
temperatures
early
onset
cities
owing
there.
Partly
of
to
lack
of
countered
condensation
in
in
low-lying
building
districts
and
industrial
zones
(see
2
above).
A
6.
Precipitation
B
A
Perceptibly
evenings
C
in
Stream-lines
There
are
transport
•
using
a
•
using
CHECK
110
airflow
around
of
building
uncleared
(e.g.
ways
to
reduce
air
pollution
from
including:
energy-efcient
public
technologies
such
as
hybrid/
transport
YOUR
in
of
above
appropriate
cars
UNDERSTANDING
explain
18. Suggest
low
number
more
17. Briey
storms,
owing
to
particularly
greater
during
instability
hot
and
summer
stronger
built-up
locations.
road
areas.
Less
Probably
snow
cover
higher
in
incidence
urban
areas
of
even
thunder
when
left
clearing).
EMISSIONS
emissions,
electric
intense
nights
D
convection
REDUCING
more
and
the
reasons
inner
Option
formation
why
urban
G
–
relative
of
the
urban
humidity
heat
can
be
areas.
Urban
Environments
island.
quite
•
using
•
cycling
a
car
•
using
•
increasing
or
pooling
walking
catalytic
scheme
more
convertors
enforcement
to
of
reduce
emissions
emissions
of
standards.
NOx
Trafc
URBAN
Urban
time
day,
congestion
ow)
congestion
times
in
index
to
10
on
the
and
the
(TPI)
the
in
a
(serious
morning
festivals
amount
varies
and
weekdays,
Congestion
is
and
of
(Key
city
the
vary
the
week,
T
rafc
transport
from
There
during
0
is
the
and
(excellent
more
peak
congested
also
school
tend
year
to
starts,
increase
roads.
curve
increases
of
ow
fuel
on
the
pollution
and
air
In
has
many
late
for
gases
and
people’
s
World
could
cause
It
adds
to
(stress
7,500
delay
it
can
and
Diesel
link
It
poor
a
air
fumes
die
school.
It
emissions
may
have
lead
to
negative
quality).
announced
with
people
journeys
and
vehicular
pollutants.
Organization
causal
can
appointments
and
cancer
.
a
some
and
other
health
has
impacts.
work,
rage”,
Health
pollution
London,
and
“road
impacts
CONGESTION
consumption
greenhouse
2013
and
TRAFFIC
people
frustration
5
OF
congestion
make
impact
new
holidays
the
pattern
may
of
The
evening.
when
on
days
congestion).
national
trafc
with
seasons.
especially
and
worse
TPI
trends
IMPACTS
weather
performance
trafc
patterns,
TRAFFIC
trafc
of
congestion
are
that
In
air
carcinogenic,
respiratory
diseases.
prematurely
each
year
weekdays)
due
6
10
Sep
to
air
pollution
(this
compares
with
around
8,400
for
13
10
Sep
13
13
Sep
13
16
Sep
13
18
Sep
13
24
Sep
13
smoking).
The
long-term
development
of
young
children
is
8
affected
by
attending
a
school
close
to
a
busy
road.
I PT
6
4
Noise
pollution
2
Road
29
Sep
trafc
noise
is
related
to
trafc
volume,
trafc
13
0
composition,
Congested
54.22
03.12
51.02
00.91
54.71
03.61
51.51
00.41
54.21
03.11
51.01
00.9
54.7
03.6
51.5
00.4
54.2
03.1
51.0
of
reection
of
TPI
most
pattern
congested
from
the
source
and
noise
road
from
barriers,
surface.
Noise
weather
of
the
noise,
from
conditions,
road
trafc
has
been
day
associated
(The
distance
weekdays
terrain
Time
speed,
curve
with
raised
blood
pressure,
heart
disease,
6
weekday,
17
Sept.
psychological
2013)
stress
and
annoyance,
and
sleep
disturbance.
10
Exposure
to
street
noise
is
believed
to
account
for
4%
of
8
the
I PT
6
The
average
individual’
s
annual
Environmental
Protection
a
for
noise
Agency
dose.
(EPA)
In
the
USA
recommends
the
70
dB
as
most
4
safe
average
a
24-hour
day
.
In
New
Y
ork
City
the
mean
congested
level
weekday
2
is
factor
.
73.4
In
dB.
The
London,
volume
despite
a
of
trafc
is
reduction
the
in
air
most
important
pollution,
there
0
54.22
03.12
51.02
00.91
the
little
change
introduction
in
of
noise
levels
congestion
close
to
main
charging
in
roads
even
after
2003.
day
TPI
9–13
54.71
03.61
51.51
of
00.41
54.21
03.11
51.01
00.9
54.7
03.6
51.5
00.4
54.2
03.1
51.0
Time
was
Sept.
curve
2013
THE
EFFECT
New
Delhi,
OF
AIR
POLLUTION
(weekdays)
10
India,
is
regarded
as
the
most
polluted
city
8
in
the
world
due
to
the
combination
of
diesel
exhausts,
I PT
6
construction
dust,
industrial
emissions
and
the
widespread
4
burning
of
biofuels
for
cooking.
Smaller
Indian
cities
such
2
as
0
Gwalior,
between
51.32
03.22
54.12
00.12
51.02
03.91
54.81
00.81
51.71
03.61
54.51
00.51
51.41
03.31
54.21
00.21
51.11
03.01
54.9
00.9
51.8
03.7
54.6
00.6
51.5
03.4
54.3
00.3
51.2
03.1
54.0
00.0
high
1
levels
Patna
and
and
million
of
2
PM2.5,
Raipur,
each
people,
which
also
of
populations
have
increases
World
Time
with
the
most
of
dangerously
risk
polluted
of
cancer.
cities
day
3
Particle
matter
(PM2.5)
annual
mean,
ug/m
Friday
Delhi
TPI
14–15
Sept.
(India)
curve
2013
Patna
(India)
Gwalior
(India)
Raipur
(India)
(weekend)
10
8
Karachi
(Pakistan)
I PT
Peshawar
(Pakistan)
Rawalpindi
(Pakistan)
6
4
Khorramabad
(Iran)
Ahmedabad
(India)
Lucknow
(India)
2
0
51.32
03.22
54.12
00.12
51.02
03.91
54.81
00.81
51.71
03.61
54.51
00.51
51.41
of
03.31
54.21
00.21
51.11
03.01
54.9
00.9
51.8
03.7
54.6
00.6
51.5
03.4
54.3
00.3
51.2
03.1
54.0
00.0
Time
0
Show
pattern
TIP
that
city
schemes.
exact
YOUR
19. Describe
a
the
weekday
20. Outline
150
you
are
aware
that
patterns
of
trafc
vary
curves
from
CHECK
100
day
EXAM
TPI
50
the
to
city,
There
patterns
and
is
no
due
to
trafc
reason
shown
on
why
this
measurements
a
page,
city
but
should
many
follow
the
do.
UNDERSTANDING
main
and
on
differences
a
impacts
between
trafc
ow
on
weekend.
of
noise
pollution
in
urban
areas.
Urban
environmental
and
social
stresses
111
Contested
CONTESTED
LAND
land
IN
DHARAVI
Mumbai
The
Dharavi
The
Indian
develop
the
in
Mumbai
property
Dharavi
However
,
to
slum
to
edge
do
of
developer
into
this
the
is
an
prime
Mukesh
international
would
city
,
a
in
displace
places
site
for
Mehta
wants
business
up
that
to
1
offer
development.
to
destination.
million
few
people
economic
prospects.
Dharavi
industries,
For
many
is
home
which
people,
escaping
to
thousands
generate
working
poverty.
The
majority
much
of
as
90%
in
of
small-scale,
$650
Dharavi
informal
overwhelming
of
around
is
a
economy
India’
s
informal
million
annually.
means
of
accounts
economic
for
growth
the
and
as
employment.
Percentage
SLUM
CLEARANCE
IN
RIO
DE
of
slum
JANEIRO
population,
Mumbai,
0%
15%
The
2016
Rio
de
Janeiro
Olympic
Games
caused
a
and
below
property
15–30%
30–45%
boom
in
some
of
the
more
central
favelas.
The
Vidigal
45–60%
favela,
for
Games.
land
example,
The
value
speculators
price
increased
Developers
way
home
for
Open
spaces
rose
between
around
1,000
For
by
threefold
properties.
165%
purposes.
parking
well-being.
land
bought
by
to
DEPLETION
transformed
displaced
games-related
Metro,
of
was
the
in
The
three
and
170,000
example,
residents,
was
years,
average
2012
and
above
and
house
2016.
people
the
60%
Olympic
Favela
destroyed
for
do
to
make
facilities.
OF
are
URBAN
important
However,
the
GREEN
for
SPACE
physical
amount
of
and
open
mental
space
in
urban
2
areas
of
varies
open
enormously.
space
for
each
For
example,
resident,
London
whereas
has
50
Mumbai
m
has
less
2
than
2
It
is
1960s
there
of
m
not
in
Bangalore
This
has
cut
Park,
22. Outline
why
and
the
Option
and
a
make
limited
in
space
London
the
important.
280
of
with
2012
lakes
these
some
2014,
to
open
following
YOUR
Mumbai
and
are
over
many
station
are
in
that
were
and
down
spaces
resident.
converted
2010
occasionally
21. Suggest
112
70,
bus
happened
Elizabeth
CHECK
a
were
open
However,
spaces
government
between
per
there
than
spaces,
addition,
New
green
fewer
The
parking
just
space
Bangalore,
are
dead.
open
of
sports
over
way
are
them
now
into
stadium.
for
road
urban
created
the
the
biologically
50,000
many
is
In
but
in
creation
Olympic
In
trees
in
widening.
areas.
cities.
of
Queen
Games.
UNDERSTANDING
developers
Rio
de
reasons
G
–
may
wish
to
clear
slums
in
Janeiro.
for
the
Urban
depletion
of
green
Environments
space.
Dharavi
slum
and
test
site
INDIA
Urban
crime
MANAGING
URBAN
and
SOCIAL
social
DEPRIVATION
IN
deprivation
URBAN
CRIME
BARCELONA
The
Deprivation
is
employment
associated
opportunities,
achievement,
high
crime
In
is
reduced
rates
and
there
inner-city
district
housing
built
during
poor
are
the
is
incomes,
health,
to
low
housing
a
lack
main
areas
industrial
era.
of
The
In
One
poor-quality
other
is
the
higher
burglary
UK,
in
locations,
accommodate
migrants
During
rapid
the
1970s
where
to
the
and
deindustrialization,
social
city
1980s
and
housing
during
the
Barcelona
was
criminal
activity
industrialized
of
pubs,
the
more
and
deprived
risk
clubs
of
and
being
deprived
is
a
and
retail
where
20%,
However,
deprivation
and
causing
Barcelona
due
of
household
Rates
of
vandalism,
theft
are
culture
Employment
between
created.
sector,
1995
More
and
Not
only
housing.
For
The
for
business
Barcelona
2008,
than
70%
Olympic
of
in
was
tackling
Barcelona
an
Games
combination
of
to
also
technical
the
growth
attributes
of
known
offenders
Category
Indicator
Subgroup
in
the
Demographic
Age
Young
become
much
of
All
political
by
900,000
the
jobs
Male
Marital
status
Single
leadership
Ethnic
status
Minority
Family
status
Broken
Family
size
Large
group
tourism,
over
new
were
create
but
it
many
also
Athletes’
on
an
for
rose
new
Village
home
were
jobs
Income
Low
service
by
Occupation
Unskilled
Employment
Unemployed
Housing
Substandard
25%.
and
new
was
abandoned
the
the
provided
Socio-economic
50%
jobs
in
manufacturing
employment,
crucial
continues
for
to
built
Living
conditions
for
Density
Overcrowded
T
enure
Rented
Permanence
Low
factory
housing
regeneration
develop,
high-tech
Europe’
s
and
of
the
city
with
industry
the
development
so-called
contributing
“sunrise
are
young,
poor
and
live
URBAN
CRIME
to
belt”
MISTAKE
criminals
risk
derelict.
this
in
can
be
•
having
•
greater
•
improved
•
✗
at
city
Crime
COMMON
more
deprivation.
parks
of
in
to
MANAGING
of
higher
crime
the
built
1960s.
include
increased
and
Barcelona
example,
and
a
ICT
.
infrastructure,
infrastructure
and
and
to
overcome
economy
and
did
its
site.
in
the
employment
upgrade
1992
of
locations
most
is
experienced
unemployment
since
strong
diversication
biomedicine,
the
to
many
has
the
outlets.
Sex
reached
in
there
victim
areas.
vehicle-related
concentrated
areas
areas.
Common
edge-of-town
of
and
concentration
is
deprivation.
with
majority
urbanized
services,
environment.
associated
of
educational
and
living
two
and
low
ill
access
a
Barcelona
the
with
tackled
more
use
in
police
of
a
security
street
number
ofcers
on
of
ways,
including:
patrol
cameras
lighting
greater
availability
time
clubs
of
taxi
services
around
the
closing
overcrowded
of
and
bars.
conditions.
✓
Although
characteristics
most
known
outlined
in
offenders
the
table
have
above,
the
it
does
not
CHECK
mean
that
people
with
those
characteristics
will
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
become
23. Outline
the
conditions
24. Outline
the
main
associated
with
deprivation.
offenders.
criminal
(a)
By
borough
(b)
by
factors
associated
with
known
offenders.
ward
Key:
Offence
by
Ward
Key:
16
Offence
by
12
101
Distribution
of
murders
in
London,
to
(1)
borough
125
to
15
(1)
9
to
12
(3)
(15)
79
to
100
(4)
6
to
9
(63)
57
to
78
(11)
3
to
6
(181)
35
to
56
(7)
1
to
3
(234)
13
to
34
(9)
0
(127)
2000–2010
Urban
environmental
and
social
stresses
113
BUILDING
4
Urban
GROWTH,
SUSTAINABLE
growth
1950
TO
URBAN
projections
for
2050,
2050
most
In
1950,
areas.
30%
By
2014
to
54%
and,
in
urban
in
could
be
urbanized
urban
66%.
region,
Currently,
North
with
of
82%
the
living
areas.
by
) t nec
r ep (
America
no i t a l up op
70
Latin
and
America
the
Caribbean
60
Europe
nab ru
50
Asia
40
fo
30
no i tub i r ts iD
20
10
0
2
0
5
0
2
0
4
5
2
0
4
0
2
0
3
5
2
0
3
0
2
0
2
5
2
0
2
0
2
0
1
5
2
0
1
By
Currently
,
ur ba n
live
in
N i ge r i a
ur b an
0
2
0
0
5
2
population
pe opl e
and
the
0
of
0
in
0
1
9
9
5
9
of
urban
r a pi dl y.
live
C hina
33 %
9
g ro wn
w il l
0
1
1
9
8
5
1
world’s
n um b er
In dia ,
ove r
9
large st
8
ha s
pe op le
w h ile
fo r
the
0
1
area s ,
accou n t
9
th e
7
b illio n
5
1
9
to
of
p o p u la tion
2.5
contains
urban
7
1
9
urban
further
0
5
6
6
0
1
9
1
9
5
5
1
9
5
0
origin/location
a re
grow t h
2050.
in
cities
almost
of
megacities.
and
Asia
have
growing,
faster
and
than
fewer
Some
50%
of
than
500,000,
cities
in
experienced
megacities
the
decline.
large
cities
)snoillim(
41
cities
63
cities
4,000
28
cities
43
cities
noitalupoP
558
cities
731
cities
3,000
2,000
10
cities
21
cities
239
cities
294
cities
417
cities
525
cities
1,000
0
1990
Megacities
of
Medium-sized
Urban
The
YOUR
25. Identify
the
projected
26. Compare
between
of
10
million
cities
smaller
global
of
1
more
Large
cities
to
5
Cities
of
than
urban
grow
the
growth
2014
G
and
–
where
most
of
the
urban
between
cities
of
2015
million
populations
different
2050.
sizes
2030.
Urban
Environments
of
5
to
500,000
10
to
1
million
million
500,000
population
and
2030
or
UNDERSTANDING
continent
to
Option
growth
areas
2014
is
in
cities
of
all
sizes
population
about
12%
countries
Cities
cities
and
5,000
urban
while
low-fertility
and
medium-sized
world’
s
6,000
114
is
population
Africa
Asia
CHECK
America
the
Northern
areas.
by
risen
lived
2050
80
a
expected
had
population
FUTURE
Oceania
world’s
in
this
world’
s
THE
90
2050,
living
the
it
FOR
100
The
The
of
SYSTEMS
of
are
smaller
all
in
sizes
are
growing
cities.
live
Europe
slightly
Resilient
Resilient
cities
inclusive
and
are
city
design
economically
environmentally
productive,
friendly.
T
o
socially
function
Our
effectively,
network
cities
and
an
infrastructure.
with
most
need
a
properly
efcient
The
cities
high
functioning
energy,
water
population
increase
their
and
waste
densities
vulnerability
goals
pollution
and
contamination
of
greener
,
cities
are
often
considered
to
air
and
Housing
consume
amounts
the
of
needs
huge
waste.
of
the
amounts
of
Sustainable
unsustainable
present
resources
urban
generation
New
housing
because
and
produce
development
for
needs
a
of
Small
future
Planet)
generations.
without
compares
a
The
unsustainable
one.
In
the
York
for
almost
a
T
ransportation
million
Yorkers
and
Rogers
sustainable
sustainable
model
city
city
,
while
making
neighborhoods
Expand
sustainable
transportation
choices
and
the
and
and
more
Energy
Ensure
Reduce
all
New
10-minute
Yorkers
walk
of
a
live
within
and
park
there
is
more
of
reliability
our
network
energy
with
that
inputs
make
cleaner
(Cities
of
our
and
consumption
energy
more
systems
reliable
Brownelds
up
all
contaminated
Air Quality
land
are
New
York
Achieve
City
of
and
ensure
quality
transportation
sustainable
Parks and Public Space
in
smaller
high
compromising
Clean
an
New
vast
meets
a
the
greater
and Neighborhoods
homes
affordable
they
a
land.
more
Large
achieving
associated
Create
water
for
transport
any
the
big
cleanest
U.S.
air
quality
city
recycling.
Waterways
Linear
metabolism
cities
consume
and
pollute
at
a
high
Improve
rate
our
Organic
the
quality
waterways
opportunities
(landfill,
at
Solid Waste
of
Divert
increase
for
from
recreation
restore
coastal
of
our
solid
waste
ecosystems
sea)
Coal
Climate Change
Emissions
Oil
75%
landÒlls
dumping
and
Food
to
wastes
CITY
,
(CO
Ensure
)
SO
greenhouse
gas
2
Nuclear
Energy
Reduce
Water Supply
NO
2
the
high
quality
emissions
and
by
more
than
30%
2
reliability
INPUTS
of
our
water
supply
OUTPUTS
Inorganic
Increase
system
wastes
(landfill)
and
metabolism
cities
minimize
new
inputs
and
maximize
resilience
communities,
Goods
Circular
the
natural
infrastructure
of
our
systems,
to
climate
risks
recycling
Organic
Recycled
MANAGING
HAZARD
RISK
waste
Food
In
Reduced
Renewable
pollution
CITY
New
York,
following
the
ooding
associated
with
and
Superstorm
Energy
Sandy,
electricity
generators
were
removed
wastes
from
basements
and
transferred
to
the
upper
oors
of
Goods
buildings.
Inorganic
Recycled
In
the
Netherlands,
tidal
barriers
protect
polders
waste
(reclaimed
normal
REDUCING
Cities
can
ECOLOGICAL
reduce
their
footprint
by
but
ow
burning
less
Around
much
of
be
recycled,
Densely
less
dense
and
have
reused
and
populated
cities:
cities
they
government
reduced.
tend
have
to
certain
produce
advantages
less
CO
per
over
capita
areas,
The
World
risks
such
world,
there
left
there
sentiment,
protests.
where
are
ecosystem
open
ordinarily
to
allow
functioning.
RISKS
the
anti-globalisation
they
and
GEOPOLITICAL
FOOTPRINTS
ecological
land)
tidal
Many
are
Economic
has
terrorist
of
these
signicant
Forum
been
rising
attacks,
are
anti-
expressed
concentrations
(2016)
nationalism,
and
claims
that
of
in
urban
people.
geopolitical
2
are
also
greater
savings
Emissions
tend
to
Some
lanes
the
cities
and
In
in
have
the
USA,
heating
in
public
and
been
expanding
fossil
in
which
fuel
many
Portland
sustainability
and
from
a
their
should
used.
transport.
cooling
apartments
emissions
footpaths,
of
for
than
established
adopt
the
person
lower
amount
been
to
per
be
potential
buildings.
and
Recent
housing
house.
Brussels,
cycle
USA
to
lanes,
a
Bike-sharing
reduction
schemes
in
have
New
were
York’
s
the
CO
or
inter-state
crises
in
to
examples
of
conict
no
is
the
interests,
many
example,
the
and
physical
of
most
but
may
based
the
in
USA
well
Paris,
in
the
are
Interstate
means
as
urban
by
in
Atlanta)
cities.
as
state
occur
.
change
economic
privacy
be
of
and
by
to
attacks
political
faced
uses
and
risks
terrorist
and
Philadelphia
risks
hacking
attacks
likely
(Crimea),
people’
s
which
alleged
the
Miami,
attack
terrorist
London
geopolitical
to
cities
among
in
longer
warfare
warfare,
Sevastopol
riots
emissions
rst
are
Manchester
(linked
cyber
Seattle
as
events
terraced
cities.
plans.
collapse
detached
bus
lead
of
There
and
national
areas,
Russia
for
during
the
2
are
about
the
population
preparing
It
also
one-third
for
plans
derelict
to
this
to
of
the
increase
by
average
by
1
providing
create
more
in
the
million
more
open
by
USA.
affordable
space
It
2030,
and
expects
and
2016
presidential
election.
is
housing.
clean
up
sites.
CHECK
YOUR
27. Outline
to
manage
28. Outline
Building
the
the
sustainable
UNDERSTANDING
ways
in
climate
which
geopolitical
urban
New
Y
ork
City
is
attempting
change.
risks
systems
that
cities
for
the
face.
future
115
Eco-city
Compact
require
cities
less
and
are
This
makes
An
design
minimize
easier
to
provide
them
eco-city
more
or
a
environmental
of
options
are
cables,
public
likely
number
distances,
(pipes,
to
sustainable
minimal
THE
travel
infrastructure
transport
be
city
impact.
use
less
roads,
space,
and
so
network
on)
T
o
a
city
designed
achieve
ZERO
ENERGY
to
have
sustainability,
a
housing
providing
•
reusing
•
conserving
•
using
London,
development
is
an
built
environmentally
The
square
metres
of
in
2000.
workspace
The
have
99
a
These
houses
include
insulation;
that
building
recycled
sources;
line
bus
and
are
777
m²
of
solar
MASDAR
triple-glazed
homes
number
panels;
materials
and
a
and
selected
location
close
have
from
to
a
hot-water
began
in
2030,
at
will
live
2006
a
the
there,
to
it
at
is
will
cost
City,
city
not
about
hoped
Masdar
employed
a
be
$22
of
billion.
wind
2016
to
tower
a
at
its
base.
cooled
with
the
Up
line,
UAE.
until
to
workers
only
streets
resources
resources.
with
has
UK
are
consumption
11%
of
used
it
water
is
achieved
a
number
of
averages:
88%
is
less
reduced
is
25%
produced
consumption
However,
or
a
to
train
the
project
approximately
city
Work
around
50,000
per
will
2,000
in
The
resident.
commute
were
is
is
less
by
has
been
than
by
the
UK
average
57%
than
solar
the
UK
average,
panels
reduced
cost
around
£150,000
£15
by
50%.
million,
per
home,
the
world’
s
planned
to
be
powered
by
around
20-hectare
transport
people
people
a
It
eld.
system:
in
headquarters
there
be
the
most
is
also
are
which
this
is
Masdar
too.
City,
most
88,000
equates
very
permitted
Energy
and
Siemens’
energy-efcient
sustainable
solar
connected
not
Renewable
headquarters
to
It
cars
International
allow
photovoltaic
to
in
public
Masdar
Agency
Siemens
panels
the
has
has
a
headquarters
building
in
regional
is
Abu
City.
its
believed
Dhabi.
panels
The
some
sunlight,
power
The
the
buildings
water
city
is
provide
shade
to
facilities,
roots
areas,
by
power

generation
light
center
rail
of
line
will
asdar,
pass
through
linking
it
the
to
keep
air
shade
surrounded
and
recreation
overhangs
create
is
spaces
land
development
electricity
public
but
square
green
requirements
funnels
ventilate
treated
there.
for
wind
be
thermal
renewable
tram
$400,000
60,000
by
in
completed
around
that
but
project
Narrow
The
can
expensive.
planned
of
that
south-
high
The
and
cost
Eventually,
daily
a
levels
and
CITY
is
to
of
routes.
City
fuel
non-renewable
compared
heating
eco-city.
Masdar
fossil
reclaiming
BedZED
•
•
facing
sufcient
and
•
and
features.
of
production
friendly
•
1,405
use
renewable
successes
South
the
waste
•
DEVELOPMENT
(BEDZED)
BedZED,
keeping
locally
available:
BEDDINGTON
reducing
•
for.
sustainable.
is
•
parking
garages
and
downtown
bu
habi
and
providing
cooler.
sprays.
food
production
asdar
transport
Wind
eadquarters
Photovoltaic
panels
eadquarters,
building,
energy
areas.
are
than
the
on
epected
the
biggest
to
cones
provide
asdar
city’s
within
ofce
produce
more
building
consumes.
nished
in
t
new
city.
will
natural
ventilation
and
daylight
the
to
building’s
is
the
soft
interior.
T
scheduled
to
be
.
TT
ontrol
utomaled
asdar
will
automated
electric
trucks.
level
and
utomated
cars
be
using
system
vehicles,
passenger
cars
The
was
the
panel
transportation
and
city’s
.
feet
freight
ground
elevated
vehicles
an
of
including

will
a.
feet,

speed
m.p.h.
operate
with
underneath.
room
for
four
adults.
.
feet
CHECK
YOUR
29. Outline
cities,
the
such
30. Outline
the
sustainable
116
Option
G
–
Urban
Environments
UNDERSTANDING
main
as
advantages
BedZed
main
cities,
and
of
disadvantages
such
as
eco-cities/sustainable
Masdar
of
BedZed
City.
eco-cities/
and
Masdar
City.
Smart
WHAT
cities
ARE
SMART
The
CITIES?
success
physical
A
city
and
is
dened
human
ICT
,
enable
life.
Some
Songdo
added
new
and
A
is
along
cities
The
quite
city
when
with
–
entirely
whereas
concept
of
in
social
infrastructure
and
new
–
others
the
a
high
as
in
smart
quality
the
have
case
smart
city
is
and
and
of
a
city
that
social
performing
economy,
environment,
conditions,
governance
SONGDO
INTERNATIONAL
well
aspects
relatively
people,
in
six
living
BUSINESS
in
DISTRICT
,
city.
a
It
is
reclaimed
10
in
km
South
£23
2005,
It
SONGDO
it
has
is
is
model
60
range
to
of
for
located
km
from
International
home
a
a
project
around
Incheon
and
workers.
billion
land,
from
on
brand-new
600
Seoul
people
that
It
smart
hectares
and
Airport.
65,000
sensors
a
by
new
2020.
The
International
about
was
and
control
300,000
rst
will
phase,
Convention
be
developed
built
included
ofce
buildings,
malls
and
park
other
research
There
is
a
wide
for
range
example,
phases
2008,
shopping
Songdo,
three
by
techno
a
of
golf
efforts
than
city
It
also
$10
technologies
Songdo
the
hub
in
in
that
the
the
be
will
the
availability
and
technology
and
solution
However
,
exist
directed
new
New
ones.
Y
ork
upgrading
the
as
resources.
should
of
trafc
in
at
Oslo
but
future
believe
already
those
are
of
examples
of
cities.
also
health
rising
others
transformation
existing
of
the
to
improving
The
and
ow
delivery
rst
LEED
Design)
has
IBD
(Leadership
certied
been
will
north-east
in
km
is
Plug-in
use
city
bike
allow
care,
video
education
district
invested
quickly
in
become
in
in
it,
Energy
South
and
the
it
and
Korea.
is
central
expected
business
Asia.
compact
Smart
Water
buildings
meters
hybrid
and
electric
store
enabled
it
use
of
30%
reduce
less
energy
in
its
and
contains
measures
water
mean
than
consumption
power
can
batteries
to
accessible
wind
vehicles
in
Songdo
and
conservation
measure
micro-generation
cheap
have
is
lanes.
commercial
there
a
The
of
average.
deluxe
has
from
knowledge
information
buildings,
services.
the
billion
Songdo
is
conferencing
cities
monitor
and
is
cities
building
and
and
that
that
centres.
smart
video
course.
upon
heating
Centre,
hotels,
at
in
on
depends
railways,
communications
smart
of
government
Over
started
(roads,
increasingly,
waterfronts
building.
City
and
so
rather
Environmental
CITY
Songdo
and
The
of
cities
dwindling
majority
houses
25
The
new
conferencing
Korea
also,
and
re-adaptation
and
in
see
industrial
mobility.
but
development
of
infrastructure
the
cities
urban
information
populations
that
KOREA
Songdo
on)
of
Some
exist
is
and
so
quality
of
fashionable.
is
categories:
SOUTH
investments
physical
development
are
Korea)
them.
smart
“smart”
sustainable
smart
(South
to
as
capital,
of
infrastructure
and
and
photovoltaics.
buy
electricity
when
the
car.
schemes
These
ecological
it
footprint.
every
&
industrial
complex
Motorway
Motorway
2
Seoul
3
Yeongjong
Cheongna
Incheon
1
N
2
Incheon
1
2
Motorway
International
Songdo
0
20
Airport
Yellow
Songdo
new
renewable
cluster,
Songdo
YOUR
31. Comment
32. Outline
that
it
energy
section
11
cluster,
section
5
UNDERSTANDING
on
some
make
km
high-tech
industrial
CHECK
sea
&
the
of
accessibility
the
of
Songdo
characteristics
of
City.
Songdo
City
sustainable.
Building
sustainable
urban
systems
for
the
future
117
Exam
The
practice
diagram
160
shows
O
air
quality
Mexico
City.
160
/ppb
NO/ppb
3
/ppb
NO
in
CO/ppm
2
140
140
3
SO
/ppb
PM
2
/ug/m
10
120
120
Current
PM
standard
10
3–
100
g l/
80
60
60
40
40
20
20
MP
80
01
,mpp/stinU
m
bpp
100
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
(NO)
and
Hours
(a)
(i)
Dene
air
(ii)
Briey
(iii)
Outline
pollution.
describe
daily
(1
variations
in
nitrogen
oxide
nitrogen
dioxide
(NO
).
mark)
(3
marks)
(2
marks)
2
marks)
(10
marks)
(10
marks)
2
(b)
Briey
(c)
Either
the
explain
Examine
the
main
two
view
sources
ways
that
in
of
pollution
which
there
is
no
urban
single
in
urban
pollution
solution
areas.
can
to
be
urban
managed.
(2
deprivation.
+
Or
“The
sustainable
Discuss
118
the
Option
management
validity
G
–
of
this
Urban
of
cities
is
an
statement.
Environments
admirable
goal,
but
ultimately
unachievable.”
UNIT
1
CHANGING
POPULATION
POPULATION
AND
ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT
1
PATTERNS
Factors
at
a
global
Population
global
•
affecting
distribution
population
distribution
scale
refers
to
where
people
live.
On
a
•
good
some
At
a
within
density
communications
and
the
potential
for
trade.
scale:
most
people
live
relatively
close
to
the
sea
–
global
scale,
three
major
areas
with
high
population
2
three-quarters
1,000
•
•
the
of
the
sea
most
people
live
on
areas
less
than
80%
live
over
km
of
population
live
East
low
500
in
world’
s
m
the
ground
–
nearly
90%
live
Asia,
plateau,
northern
most
•
fertile
•
places
favoured
river
locations
a
supply
of
north-east
the
too
“best”
include:
this
regular
people/km
cold
a
monsoonal
and
London
can
and
be
include
infertile.
people
Europe.
Brazil,
and
those
There
live
climate,
identied:
Western
California
areas
many
)
south-east
Valley,
and/or
climate;
has
ood
water
USA
include
Nile
Disadvantaged
hemisphere.
valleys
with
200
concentrations
in
high
steep,
The
(over
in
with
the
South
Smaller
Mexican
Java.
that
is
are
no
South
too
such
East
alternating
dry,
thing
Asia
too
as
a
and
seasons
of
drought.
Moscow
Paris
Chicago
New
San
Beijing
York
Istanbul
Francisco
Seoul
Tianin
Philadelphia
Tokyo
Tehran
Los
Angeles
Delhi
Chongqing
Cairo
Shanghai
Karachi
Tropic
of
Cancer
Dhaka
Kolkata
Mumbai
Mexico
City
Bangkok
Equator
2
Inhabitants
per
km
Urban
population
Jakarta
Over
200
Over
10
000
000
100–200
5
000
000–10
50–100
1
000
000–5
000
000
Tropic
000
of
Capricorn
000
São
Paulo
6–50
Under
World
6
Buenos
population
HUMAN
Human
•
the
Aires
distribution
FACTORS
factors
are
distribution
LORENZ
also
of
important.
raw
For
materials,
example:
especially
CURVES
Inequalities
coal
and
Lorenz
in
population
distribution
can
be
shown
by
Curves.
100
other
mineral
clusters
in
and
UK
resources,
parts
of
the
has
USA,
led
to
large
China,
population
India,
Germany
Curve
always
within
the
The
line
the
lies
shaded
area
would
80
be
•
government
policy
may
lead
to
a
redistribution
if
a
straight
population
evenly
populations,
new
in
South
Myanmar
Africa
in
under
relation
to
the
the
population
town
policies,
such
as
in
Egypt,
Hong
Kong
and
reP
•
or
in
was
distributed
60
UK
tnec
Rohingya
policy
as
fo
Apartheid
such
aera
of
line
40
USA
the
UK,
may
lead
to
a
redistribution
of
population
the
inuence
of
conict
and
war
may
lead
to
some
of
population
live
5%
Curve
•
Egypt–95%
areas
of
the
the
on
land
of
concentration
20
losing
•
the
population,
migration
of
such
as
people
in
Syria
and
(whether
northern
forced
or
Nigeria
voluntary)
0
may
lead
to
major
redistributions
of
populations,
for
0
example,
COMMON
✗
migrants
to
South
people
and
of
population
both
refer
to
live.
Distribution
is
where
people
live,
40
Per
CHECK
density
20
Africa.
MISTAKE
Distribution
where
✓
African
whereas
density
is
YOUR
1.
Dene
2.
Outline
a
the
of
80
100
population
UNDERSTANDING
term
the
60
cent
”population
most
favourable
distribution“.
conditions
for
human
habitation.
2
measure
of
how
many
live
there
(per
km
).
Population
and
economic
development
patterns
119
Global
patterns
economic
HICs,
MICs
According
in
2014,
to
an
with
used
developed”.
incomes
person
(LICs)
per
over
is
“more
those
than
year,
where
$1,025
while
that
countries
$1,025
distinction
or
are
less
middle-income
lower
of
“HIC”
Low-income
are
between
a
(HIC)
interchangeably
“developed”
countries
Bank
in
income
term
can
and
be
($1,025–$4,035)
middle-income
per
of
(MICs)
$12,475.
made
middle-income
is
A
between
High
countries
and
in
Lower
middle
income
($1,026–$4,035)
Some
5
income
($1,025
and
under)
billion
data
middle-income
and
GDP
over)
($4,036–$12,475)
about
one-third
of
World
global
and
income
No
live
($12,476
middle
countries
($4,036–$12,475).
countries,
income
Upper
upper
Low
people
is
produced
ECONOMIC
in
Bank
classication
its
and
most
poor.
There
are
getting
but
such
the
is
richer
a
w o rld
e vid e nce
and
th e
dichotomo u s
Nevertheless,
politicians
th e
it
and
Brandt
is
s till
line
or
ca n
to
th e
be
d i v i de d
s ug ge st
p oor
a nd
u se d
in
rich
the
rich
is
•
m e di a
by
•
an d
t he
by
u se
•
of
more
detailed
way
of
clas s ifyin g
economically
as
Japan
developed
living.
coun tr i es
is
as
and
developed
G e r m a n y.
countries
They
Newly
and
a re
rapid
also
industrializing
NICs
and
countries
These
have
called
a
a re
high
(MEDC)
the
•
most
s t a n d a rd
high-income
dene.
The
the
rather
120
and
of
and
Unit
of
of
and
that
economic
and
such
as
have
experienced
growth
become
global
economic
development,
that
least
an
stable
levels
literacy,
(NICs)
countries
develop
categories
very
economic
and
levels
than
growth,
Russia,
Mexico,
planned
are
Korea.
rapid
There
are
economic
many
categories
growth
or
potential
include
South
India
Africa
in
Indonesia,
socialist
control.
Living
China
to
are
were
BRICS
Turkey
as
under
freedom
who
the
and
such
standards
countries
–
form
Nigeria
(CPEs)
countries
personal
communist
and
2010
economies
although
former
Oil-rich
not
•
countries
rich
be
Less
HICs,
Malaysia
since
such
1960.
as
and
should
is,
there
developed
either/or
human
which
therefore
is
a
to
range
the
dichotomy.
population
growth,
is
difcult
be
of
most
They
development
technology,
groupings
•
development
developed,
refer
standards
of
health,
GNI/capita.
1
–
Changing
to
both
economic
Population
living,
nutrition,
and
have
Least
a
lower
and
4.
very
are
North
strict
higher
may
be
remain
in
than
limited.
this
at
Arabia
per
head,
and
the
UAE
although
it
are
may
a
of
countries
lower
life.
(LEDCs)
stage
These
of
are
such
as
development
now
called
(LICs).
countries
Somalia
the
Saudi
evenly.
quality
countries
YOUR
Outline
as
income
developed
Kenya
developed
and
of
distributed
Eritrea
3.
such
terms
low-income
to
considered
including
employment,
are
in
economically
CHECK
continuum,
from
–
LEDCs,
very
of
countries
TIP
to
a
countries
are
social
may
classications
related
as
These
industrial,
Some
Most
Brazil,
by
These
Pakistan
T
aiwan.
EXAM
MINT
Many
(HICs).
•
2016
category.
M o re
such
–
South
These
government
follows:
•
BRICs
Centrally
in
A
July
showing
growth.
Korea.
Di v i d e.
and
all
joined
si m p l i st i c .
t he
NICs,
for
poo re r,
ch a ra cte r i z e d
N orth -S ou th
int o
t ha t
re la tive l y
cla ss i ca tio n
w ide ly
activis ts ,
countries,
Singapore
CLASSIFICATIONS
basic,
of
MICs.
of
At
of
development
World
country
The
classication
LICs
living
annual
$12,475.
often
the
people
high-income
have
AND
and
have
(LDCs)
very
such
low
as
Afghanistan,
standards
of
living.
UNDERSTANDING
main
differences
between
main
difculty
using
LICs
(LEDCs)
LDCs.
Outline
the
development.
in
classications
of
Population
distribution
development
POPULATION
China’
s
in
coastal
Much
and
•
of
the
More
Half
distribution
the
eastern
and
rest
than
the
the
•
in
zones
mountains.
of
•
DISTRIBUTION
population
concentrated
at
of
the
the
For
is
part
lower
IN
CHINA
very
uneven.
of
the
reaches
country
the
is
economic
national
scale
INTERNAL
It
country,
of
and
river
is
(1)
MIGRATION
IN
CHINA
(a)
mainly
especially
valleys.
characterized
by
desert
example:
10%
of
the
population
live
on
less
than
1%
land.
of
the
population
live
on
less
than
one-tenth
of
scale,
less
than
one-twentieth
land.
At
the
other
of
the
population
end
of
the
lives
on
half
of
the
land
in
places
Volume
such
as
T ibet
and
Inner
of
flows
Mongolia.
62,000–99,949
0
500
1,000
100,000–99,949
China’
s
uneven
population
distribution
is
a
result
Only
a
small
200,000–399,949
mainly
km
400,000–443,200
of
the
country’
s
proportion
of
agriculture.
the
more
physical
the
geography.
country
Moreover,
favoured
can
the
sites
provide
coastal
for
trade
for
and
and
rain-fed
river
locations
(b)
are
commerce.
Volume
of
flows
180,000–299,999
0
500
1,000
300,000–499,999
500,000–999,999
km
1,000,000–1,999,999
2
Persons
per
km
2,000,000–3,000,000
Over
200
101–200
Migration
ows
in
China,
(a)
1990–95
and
10–100
(b)
0
2000–2005
1,000
Few
Source:
km
Kam
University
Population
density
in
is
feature
the
and
by
increasing
millionaire
each
that
that
with
there
2020.
process
will
proportion
a
the
of
China
million
be
a
Another
is
number
over
characterizes
cities.
of
population
people
now
350
characteristic
creation
megacities
has
inhabitants,
further
of
more
and
million
of
change
living
this
millionaire
it
in
is
in
China
megacities
than
urban
50
cities,
recent
largest
migrants
mainly
to
complexes
housing
for
a
over
the
migrants,
cities.
YOUR
6.
Comment
China
2013.
China,
Internal
Migration,
migrants
but
the
rural
has
people
coast.
a
to
the
to
jobs.
and
cities,
to
to
world’
s
160
in
the
migration
land
and
1990
and
the
areas,
and
urban-industrial
has
been
benecial
labour
has
million
urban
environmental
government
interior
work
generally
and
the
Some
Between
moved
development,
migrants,
seek
Internal
personal
Chinese
industrial
areas
economy,
at
experienced
movement.
better-paid
million
the
moved
and
China
good
to
cost.
costs
the
As
have
attempted
to
destination
of
direct
locations.
UNDERSTANDING
why
population
80
on
in
Chinese
internal
Suggest
Chan.
population
left
work
2005,
recent
5.
have
inhabitants
risen,
CHECK
decades,
internal
predicted
urbanization
mega-regions,
and
W ing
Washington
China
In
One
of
only
live
on
in
the
1990–95
a
small
the
main
and
proportion
western
part
internal
of
of
the
the
migration
Chinese
country.
ows
in
2000–05.
Population
and
economic
development
patterns
121
Population
distribution
development
POPULATION
DISTRIBUTION
0
Number
of
at
IN
the
SOUTH
and
economic
national
AFRICA
scale
INTERNAL
AND
IN
AFRICA
SOUTH
(2)
INTERNATIONAL
MIGRATION
300
people
2
per
km
The
km
Over
apartheid
era
(separate
development
for
different
200
racial
groups)
was
characterized
by
the
forced
migration
65–200
of
20–65
5–20
people)
Pretoria
Under
many
of
to
the
the
blacks
to
Bloemfontein
have
large
homelands,
apartheid
violence
London
the
migrated
in
grew
such
to
heading
of
(over
as
stay
the
in
in
on
four
million
Transkei
but
larger
prosperity
elsewhere
17
displaced
on
apartheid
former
and
1995
(the
rst
Most
received
their
Africa’
s
KwaZulu.
areas
urban
post-
The
massive
sought
own
many
Africans
continent.
number
era,
homeland
South
2015.
the
Europe
coverage,
the
work.
55%
65%
to
far
of
from
from
poverty
a
end
search
census)
or
refugees
East
since
cities
population
Durban
N
eeing
African
media
security
continent.
and
Of
the
world’
s
3%
are
in
Town
Port
Elizabeth
million
Europe;
South
population
Johannesburg
5
However,
Cape
black
Africa:
population
density
the
Africans,
majority
remain
approximately
in
Africa.
and
New
conicts
in
Burundi,
Libya,
Niger
and
Nigeria,
as
distribution
well
the
The
distribution
of
South
Africa’
s
population
is
very
as
Democratic
parts
of
the
core
economic
regions,
such
as
led
have
population
densities
of
over
Republic
in
the
of
Central
the
Congo
African
and
Republic,
to
an
overall
increase
of
about
South
20%
in
Sudan
the
Gauteng
number
province,
crises
uneven.
have
Some
unresolved
1,000
of
displaced
people
in
Africa.
people/
South
Africa
has
attracted
more
than
migrants
from
elsewhere
in
2
km
,
whereas
large
areas
of
the
periphery,
such
as
Northern
Africa
for
a
century
and
the
relative
wealth
and
2
Cape
Province
have
densities
of
less
than
5
people/km
stability
In
general,
high
population
densities
are
found
in
There
where
there
are
good
mineral
resources,
such
as
of
gold
are
around
Johannesburg
and
Kimberley,
in
potential,
for
example,
the
Garden
Route,
trading
potential,
such
as
Durban
and
be
nation”
still
draws
between
1.5
million
many
and
migrants.
3.2
South
Africa,
two-thirds
of
whom
come
million
from
Cape
on
the
continent,
mainly
neighbouring
countries
and
but
good
to
good
elsewhere
farming
“Rainbow
believed
and
migrants
diamonds
the
areas
also
from
as
far
away
as
Morocco
or
Eritrea.
Most
head
T
own.
towards
Johannesburg.
Johannesburg
are
Neighbourhoods
almost
entirely
such
populated
There
Limpo
p
o
i
violence
Such
east
in
Africans.
been
outbreaks
towards
attacks
chronic
of
are
migrants.
fuelled
shortage
housing
and
of
by
jobs,
services.
Pretoria
South
i
Mayfair
N
Pietersburg
Johannesburg
by
have
repeated
R
as
highest
v
Africa
has
number
of
the
pending
R
a
V
a
asylum
O
r
a
n
claims
in
the
world,
Kimberley
g
e
Ri
with
ver
over
a
million
people
Bloemfontein
waiting
to
be
processed.
Durban
Few
believe
that
the
ow
Atlantic
Indian
of
Ocean
migrants
to
South
Africa
Ocean
will
Cape
0
diminish
soon,
Town
East
300
Port
particularly
European
resistance
accepting
new
removal
Homelands
increases.
CHECK
7.
YOUR
Describe
the
population
8.
Describe
South
122
the
Unit
1
–
South
Africa
during
UNDERSTANDING
main
in
Africa
within
features
South
main
the
distribution
of
Africa.
pattern
during
of
the
of
internal
apartheid
Changing
migration
era.
Population
to
Elizabeth
km
migration
as
London
Forced
Forced
signicantly
in
the
apartheid
era
migrants
CHANGING
2
Population
transition
THE
shows
change
changes
in
Stage
Early

rates

over
comes
down
rate
population
Afghanistan,
growth
is
Sudan
but
death
rates
the

are
through
this
stage
by
The
general
3
birth
rate
1850
drops
and
the
death
rate
population
Brazil

UK
and
growth
continues
but
at
high
and
passed
Argentina
through
are
this
at
this
no
stage
in

UK
growth
indigenous
and
this
Stage
Stage
Stage
Stage
Stage
1
2
3
4
5

only
uctuates
(primitive)
birth
stage
and
want
until
tribes
death
about
rates
children:
to
replace
People
die
other
countries
are
5
declining:
birth
the
death

the
population

Japan
is
rate
is
lower
than
rate
at
name
20
children
died
10
from:
birth
this
and
rates

children

the
declines
stage
death
decline
are
very
government
through
rates
because:
costly
looks
pensions
and
after
more
women
want

there
is
widespread

as
family
the
more
their
services
own
use
career
of
planning
infant
down
people
health

there
mortality
is
replacement
htriB
have
age
htaeD
who
family
uctuates
developed
the
etar

the
growth
most
Birth
rep
continue
prestige
old
15
etar
to

in
30
rep

them
low
stage
Low
000,1
after
20
000,1
look
are
still
1750
labour
to
rates
40
some
stage
this
Parents

UK
rates
noitalupop
this
for
population

at
death
1950
25
at
and
variable
variable
countries,
model
variable:
rates

stage
noitalupop
population

a
rate
and
birth
Low
death
transition
4
and
Stage
and

High

low

smaller
Low
variable:
rates

at
demographic
Stage

at
stage
passed
migration.
expanding:
remains
rapid
Libya
and
time.
rapidly
and
demographic
(DTM)
Late
high
PLACES
1
and
birth
are
rates,
rates
remain

UK
birth
AND
(1)
Stage


in
death
2
birth
this
High
and
MODEL
expanding:
death
Stage
changes
rates
and
time
TRANSITION
includes
birth
change
over
DEMOGRAPHIC
Population
POPULATIONS
less
rate
need
comes
for
children
10

lack
of
clean

lack
of
food

poor
water
t
5
Death
i
l

u
hygiene
To
and
ta
l
p
o
rates
clean
decline
because
of:
water
p

reliable

good

lower

better

rising
food
supply
hygiene
and
sanitation
sanitation

overcrowding

contagious

poverty
0
Low
diseases
densities
vacations
and
healthcare
High
Economic
Stage
population
0
Stage
1/2
standards
of
living
development
3
Stage
4
Stage
ages
ages
ages
80–84
80–84
80–84
70–74
70–74
70–74
70–74
50–54
50–54
50–54
50–54
40–44
40–44
40–44
40–44
30–34
30–34
30–34
30–34
10–14
10–14
10–14
10–14
0–4
0–4
0–4
5
ages
Elderly
80–84
Male
population
Adult
population
Youthful
0–4
population
8
7
6
5
4
3
%
The
and
death
total
rates
to
the
7
7
8
6
5
level,
before
in
0
0
total
birth
the
However,
countries
timescale
many
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
7
population
%
LICs,
–
rates,
birth
3
2
of
1
0
0
total
death
the
DTM
England,
for
but
the
DTM
there
Ireland
htriB
than
ages.
2
of
Eventually
although
the
3
1
2
3
4
4
population
3
%
2
of
1
0
0
total
1
2
3
4
population
model
fall
three
is
4
%
rates
just
only
longer
6
after
the
famine
Alternative
demographic
Deaths
Natural
transitions
decrease
setar
countries
low
from
Not
5
increases.
population
data
Sweden.
4
transition
death
a
3
population
population
fall
as
the
that
2
dna
on
and
these
total
1
rep
in
indicates
the
increases
based
0
000,1
that
Wales
0
htaed
DTM
and
is
of
1
demographic
The
rate
2
Births
are
Time
other
types
of
DTM.
Ireland’
s
rates
CHECK
9.
YOUR
Describe
the
the
the
transition
to
shows
falling
emigration
birth
rates
following
the
and
rising
1845–9
death
famine.
UNDERSTANDING
changes
demographic
10. Explain
DTM
due
in
differences
model
demographic
the
transition
in
death
Ireland’
s
compared
rate
that
occur
in
model.
with
demographic
the
standard
transition.
Changing
populations
and
places
123
Population
transition
NATURAL
change
over
and
time
demographic
(2)
a
CHANGE
percentage.
exceeds
Natural
crude
increase
death
TOTAL
rate
can
be
from
FERTILITY
calculated
the
crude
by
birth
subtracting
rate.
It
is
the
does
expressed
total
births
fertility
T
otal
RATE
per
thousand
completed
general,
LIFE
Life
a
have
if
the
much
expectancy
can
assuming
Life
HICs
women
size
have
(TFR)
is
of
lower
average
childbearing
fertility
highest
the
rates
fertility
age.
remain
fertility
number
rates.
It
is
of
the
constant.
Most
be
that
is
to
average
to
demographic
expectancy
between
many
the
expected
varies
50
and
sub-Saharan
DEPENDENCY
–
usually
factors
from
55
is
of
years
from
remain
over
years
countries
need
the
ratio
relates
Number
of
It
is
for
80
that
where
aged
dependents
Natural
in
Life
due
working
worked
out
increase
expectancy
fertility
Age
structure
0–14
longer
standard
A
for
health
children
of
the
population
aged
of
men
some
inuenced
level
of
the
of
by
social
many
education
mother
,
a
in
population
by
a
due
in
to
formula:
a
after
part
labour
conict,
and
losses.
factors
and
economic
cultural
including
material
ambition,
prosperity
,
the
pressure.
and
more
the
age
comparing
•
In
HICs
•
In
LICs
of
to
the
64
–
countries
there
is
a
–
age
but
or
for
age
likelihood
In
the
two
are
Afghanistan.
than
for
of
for
men,
heavy
involvement
lifestyles
example,
15
and
provides
tracking
high
and
virus.
only
such
as
excess.
of
it
AIDS
women
“self-destructive”
measure
after
Haiti
for
retirement
greater
drinking
crude
school
the
expectancy,
higher
higher
men,
and
life
namely
often
a
for
conict
lowest
Africa,
is
to
and/or
very
at
the
expectancy
smoking
is
poverty,
sub-Saharan
physical
expectancy
to
in
<15
+
many
many
a
simple
changes
proportion
of
people
people
measure
over
stay
work
for
time.
there
is
a
high
proportion
of
elderly.
youth.
population
China
India
Cuba
1,367
1,251
11
0.5
1.5
75.4
(%)
(years)
rate
ratio
life
loneliness
workers)
of
expectancy
of
as
such
living.
equates
UK
Germany
79
321
64
81
0.2
3.0
0.4
0.3
–0.2
68.1
78.7
56.9
79.7
80.5
80.6
1.6
2.48
1.47
4.66
1.87
1.89
1.44
17
28
16
43
19
17
13
73
66
70
54
66
65
65
10
6
14
3
15
18
22
37
52
43
85
52
54
54
as
does
Many
arthritis;
the
with
a
greater
not
of
disease,
many
death
necessarily
the
of
or
also
their
elderly
mean
have
physical
have
Congo
TIP
Although
data,
life.
Alzheimer’
s
following
DR
EXAM
expectancy
life
such
incapacities
100
USA
MISTAKE
standard
disabilities
(per
living/quality
longer
better
do
it
make
sure
current
1
–
Changing
important
worry
by
you
to
about
the
have
time
a
support
the
exact
you
gure
sit
that
your
your
is
points
gures
–
exams
relatively
with
they
–
will
but
close
to
the
data.
experience
partner.
YOUR
11. Identify
Unit
is
not
changed
CHECK
124
is
and
with
Life
100%
years
COMMON
✓
or
rate
decrease)
15 – 64)
years
Dependency
a
(Ages
years
15–64
A
gains
death
or
Dependents
(millions)
T
otal
✗
migration
the
(increase
indicators
Population
≥65
when
>64
Population
Life
are
the
rate
women,
countries
not
unchanged.
LDCs.
×
Population
of
40
birth,
years
declining
the
fertility
combination
It
population.
account
occurs
change
by
RATIO
dependency
dependent
into
Natural
In
HICs,
on
The
decrease
rate.
rates.
number
live,
take
status
religion,
EXPECTANCY
person
in
family
LICs
contrast,
rate
not
Natural
birth
as
the
The
the
Population
the
measure
12. Briey
a
of
UNDERSTANDING
indicator
level
explain
of
why
demographic
shown
in
the
table
that
is
not
a
development.
the
dependency
indicator.
ratio
is
limited
as
Population
transition
AGE/SEX
Population
the
these
structure
of
a
or
population.
the
age
A
wide
•
A
narrowing
Thailand
base
1970
such
Population
and
•
composition
population
characteristics.
about
over
and
time
demographic
(3)
PYRAMIDS
characteristic
of
change
indicates
base
a
of
high
suggests
a
a
any
sex
are
pyramids
structure
to
age,
pyramids
Population
sex
refers
as
used
tell
measurable
and
us
Near-vertical
•
Concave
•
ethnicity
to
a
•
show
great
deal
•
the
“Slices”
slope
low
high
suggest
excess
the
or
(epidemics,
birth
indicate
suggest
migrants
in
migration
rate.
falling
in
instance,
economic
population:
birth
Bulges
(for
sides
slopes
males
high
slope
for
indicate
or
rates.
rates.
rates
20–35
looking
age-specic
death
death
of
years
in-migration
will
be
work).
emigration
sex-specic
or
out-
deaths
war).
rate.
(pyramid)
Thailand
2010
(pillar)
Age
Age
Male
80+
80+
Female
Male
Female
75–79
75–79
Very
70–74
low
70–74
9%
65–69
percentage
of
elderly
of
of
(3%
popn
65–69
aged
60–64
over
65
60–64
years
55–59
55–59
popn)
50–54
50–54
45–49
45–49
High
A
death
demographic
Declining
40–44
40–44
dividend
rate
70%
death
35–39
35–39
30–34
30–34
of
popn
are
rate
adult
High
25–29
20–24
birth
A
rate
very
25–29
high
proportion
of
20–24
15–19
15–19
young
10–14
10–14
(44%
of
popn
Falling
5–9
5–9
under
0–4
years
6
8
Population
Source:
4
2
0
pryamids
Adapted
from
–
2
4
Thailand
6
15
0–4
pyramid
rate
8
6
of
under
popn
15
aged
years
old)
8
from
21%
birth
to
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
pillar
http://www.prb.org/Publications/Articles/2013/population-pyramids.aspx
Age
100+
Male
Female
95–99
90–94
85–89
80–84
75–79
Age
70–74
80+
75–79
Some
losses
A
65–69
high
Very
75–79
high
proportion
60–64
from
Second
percentage
70–74
of
immigrants
55–59
World
65–69
War
of
elderly
50–54
60–64
45–49
Post
Male
55–59
Second
Female
40–44
World
50–54
War
35–39
45–49
baby
boom
30–34
40–44
25–29
35–39
Low
death
20–24
30–34
Long-term
rate
15–19
25–29
fertility
10–14
20–24
More
male
migrants
5–9
decline
15–19
0–4
than
female
migrants
Female
migrants
10–14
Low
birth
A
very
low
5–9
1500
rate
percentage
of
1000
500
0
500
1000
young
0–4
T
otal
4
5
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
Population
(000s)
-
Estimates
5
Higher
Millions
Germany,
Source:
an
ageing
Adapted
from
in
UAE,
HIC
http://www.prb.org/Publications/Articles/
a
Source:
country
US
Census
of
birth
immigrant
rate
groups
immigration
Bureau
2013/population-pyramids.aspx
CHECK
YOUR
13. Describe
pyramid
the
between
14. Compare
the
UNDERSTANDING
main
changes
1970
Germany’
s
in
and
Thailand’
s
population
2010.
population
pyramid
with
that
of
UAE.
Changing
populations
and
places
125
The
for
The
consequences
individuals
rapid
world
growth
has
been
phenomena
individuals
job,
of
a
the
and
home
living.
of
number
the
late
an
most
20th
of
migration
megacities
early
megacities
poor-quality
and
important
and
opportunity
others,
unemployment,
CASE
the
of
families,
and
For
of
one
to
to
21st
offer
around
the
governments,
megacities
to
For
prospects
their
growth
societies
centuries.
the
and
megacity
geographical
improve
housing
of
large
there
of
a
are
too
inadequate.
standard
increased
result
quality
.
may
deprivation.
in
For
of
it
is
numbers
easier
of
many
living
the
growth
congestion
Nevertheless,
potential
provide
people,
Megacity
trafc
to
people
the
economic
housing
close
provision
is
declining
perception
benet
of
associated
and
for
and
health
together
.
of
services
with
air
may
urban
and
fuels
if
be
sprawl,
water
megacities
migrants
care
However
,
as
their
a
place
growth.
STUDY
According
to
the
2011
Census,
75%
of
Mumbai’
s
MUMBAI
population
Mumbai
18
is
India’s
million.
largely
the
Until
based
port.
the
on
Since
largest
1970s,
textiles
then,
it
industries
as
electronic
equipment.
and
of
India’s
Many
Group,
are
and
it
is
contains
many
It
the
centre
has
more
is
also
Mumbai
any
other
Indian
impoverished
is
in
home
of
It
to
of
India.
and
the
but
It
and
also
was
of
its
foreign
as
the
Stock
to
health
25%
It
of
tenure.
Dharavi
to
1
Mumbai
busiest
million
in
has
of
of
for
many
its
are
informal
Dharavi
by
to
>1
proposed
Up
major
for
squatter
million
an
reecting
the
of
ratio
city.
the
the
and
in
poor
slums
was
the
Per
problems
have
income
average.
resulting
limited
sanitation
also
838
greater
capita
national
unemployment,
area
Due
district,
modern
residents.
there
home
India
living
is
people.
commercial
Dharavi
than
Airport
airport
to
times
many
education,
Residents
conditions
2nd
three
poverty
,
electricity
.
and
industries.
people.
N
–
gender
partly
migration
experiences
and
The
males,
about
growth
care
slums.
and
limited
to
its
there
about
activities
to
85%
is
great
that
of
km
to
to
access
to
security
the
provide
Dharavi
industry
,
and
a
to
other
clear
work
However
,
be
the
very
development
of
for
Mumbai
Arabian
Sea
Bandra
Navi
Mumbai
Dharavi
Fort
Mahim
Chembur
Antop
Bay
BandraWorli
Hill
sea
opened
link
in
2010
Worli
Major
areas
under
Arabian
Mumbai
Sea
Central
of
threat
wetland/mangrove
from
development
Current
Mumbai
Harbour
CBD
Elephanta
Nhava
Sheva
Is.
largest
port
Old
container
in
India
Mumbai
Univ.
Nariman
of
Mumbai
Point
0
5
km
CHECK
YOUR
15. Outline
for
126
the
16. Outline
UNDERSTANDING
potential
advantages
of
megacities
populations.
Unit
1
–
Changing
Population
growth
the
for
potential
disadvantages
populations.
of
and
dangerous.
INDIA
Ghatkopar
many
working
district
megacity
of
Dharavi
locally
,
threatened
financial
up
parts
settlement
people;
to
nancial
hand,
livelihood
adults
can
home
Mumbai’
s
pressure
On
industries.
recycling
2
proximity
developments.
recycling
the
of
Santacruz
Bandra
from
access
2
trade.
Tata
millions
male
is
Mumbai
in
1,000
of
Mumbai
megacity
industry.
billionaires
home
such
Exchange.
nuclear
lm
in
commercial
for
per
incidence
and
such
and
females
through
accounts
40%
about
includes
nancial,
Bollywood
is
and
of
computers
Bombay
millionaires
city
the
scientic
the
economy
diversied
Mumbai,
India’s
of
population
imports/exports
also
output
based
a
engineering,
centre
industrial
TNCs
has
with
Mumbai’s
and
aerospace,
entertainment
city,
lived
The
causes
forced
and
consequences
migration
DEFINITION
Forced
and
TYPES
migration
internally
conicts)
as
famine
or
relates
displaced
well
environmental
of
as
to
people
disasters,
development
the
people
movement
(those
displaced
chemical
or
of
refugees
displaced
by
natural
nuclear
•
A
by
OF
refugee
country
or
return
disasters,
due
projects.
FORCED
is
of
to
race,
OF
FORCED
Asylum
Conict-induced
are
forced
war,
•
violence
to
projects
move
such
as
due
due
as
CASE
Syria,
the
led
Syrians
to
the
other
parts
captured
the
as
large-scale
and
who
but
as
decided.
civil
of
and
radiation
natural
of
of
or
army
Syria,
forced
are
camp
over
in
in
currently
IN
of
AND
the
to
ruling
of
feared
to
kill
people
4
FROM
disasters
impact
There
are
of
live
over
that
their
under
10
the
of
human
in
million
people,
would
harsh
Syria
neighbouring
Iraq,
Egypt
and
just
world’
s
8
Jordan.
km
from
1.5
The
half
of
whom
in
2014
refugees
million
on
Syrian
Zaatari
in
are
children.
Most
live
in
are
dependent
highest
on
number
of
aid
for
survival.
refugees
per
Haram
Boko
Over
Haram.
has
suffered
This
in
severe
These
economic
include
and
strain
on
border,
camp.
harvested.
closed,
killed.
as
the
services,
left
their
electricity,
water
another
or
for
has
are
to
strife,
a
country
country,
not
been
groups
ee
their
systematic
man-made
their
the
of
home,
due
violations
disasters,
owncountry”
Study
of
Forced
a
in
for
five
82
than
kidnapped
violence
to
ee
by
Boko
some
60%
of
is
being
of
region’
s
unable
farmed
health
workers
the
been
care
have
to
and
been
region
lack
access
and
infrastructure
the
Chibok
years
leaders.
to
H o w e v e r,
t h e re
in
been
and
water
have
held
re l e a s e d
produce
have
fresh
schoolgirls
w e re
farmers,
abducted
services
the
feed
less
facilities
276
associated
people
t h re e
militant
many
land
of
The
displaced
damaged.
m o re
caused
third
the
Haram
been
extensively
for
Boko
Nigeria.
have
Homes,
2017,
NIGERIA
have
health
People
IN
region
less
Over
and
has
sanitation.
and
been
captive
exchange
100
schoolgirls
held
by
Boko
a re
Haram.
still
m o re
Some
of
poverty
girls
w e re
f o rc e d
to
carry
bombs
to
busy
a re a s
has
the
explode
them,
killing
themselves
and
h u n d re d s
of
world
civilians.
environmental
the
health
and
of
women
and
other
girls
were
seized
by
and
Boko
education
in
(IDPs)
within
group
includes
in
Thousands
consequences.
in
(International
Migration).
have
status
“forced
natural
northern
250,000
people
other
and
to
persecution
Lebanon,
Lebanon
capita
persons
living
terrorist
region.
themselves
of
Lebanon
refugees
the
rule
4.5million
refugee
refugee
Association
with
and
the
her
membership
Forced
who
internal
or
still
from
the
and
of
opinion”
protection
been
MIGRA
TION
thus
Syrian
rights
are
schoolgirls
than
about
fear
or
unwilling
STUDY
killed,
countries:
the
second-largest
were
whereas
be
for
have
(International
In
Isis
Syrians.
Islamic
and
other
Jordan,
and
group
of
conict,
who
FORCED
government
they
the
IDPs
Islamic
own
feared
million
Syrian
nearly
of
people
displaced
armed
In
The
political
his
or
Migration).
SYRIA
ve
the
outside
unable
nationality,
or
Study
are
claim
who
to
and
chemicals.
government
fundamentalist
displacement
Lebanon,
refugee
the
the
search
whose
people
human-induced
and
in
Internally
people
infrastructure
includes
hurricanes,
releases
Damascus
refugees
Turkey,
the
to
includes
origin
CASE
Syrian
There
Syrian
such
•
displacement
displacement
repression
near
using
Isis.
people
conict
dams.
MIGRA
TION
emergence
have
includes
armed
STUDY
FORCED
the
such
to
persecution.
volcanoes
disasters
is
or
Disaster-induced
such
In
displacement
move
Development-induced
forced
•
to
for
is
well-founded
group
seekers
residing
who
MIGRATION
of
•
a
religion,
social
Association
TYPES
“person
nationality,
becauseof
political
•
a
MIGRANT
Haram
but
the
Chibok
girls
gained
international
sanitation
recognition
when
the
hashtag
#BringBackOurGirls
was
systems.
promoted
social
fame
CHECK
YOUR
17. Distinguish
UNDERSTANDING
between
refugees,
IDPs
asylum
seekers.
18. Compare
with
media.
was
increased.
and
the
girls
stunt”.
the
internal
impacts
of
forced
displacement
in
migration
Nigeria.
in
Syria
to
by
forced
their
NGO
not
of
rape,
ght
Obama
and
unintended
The
Some
to
The
that
did
torture,
Michelle
value
“deserve
the
to
to
for
Boko
Changing
Haram
put
and
through
women
of
the
on
girls’
immediately
International
abducted
marriage,
celebrities
consequence
Boko
Amnesty
other
a
claimed
that
publicity
were
subjected
indoctrination
and
were
Haram.
populations
and
places
127
CHALLENGES
3
Ageing
OLDER
AND
OPPORTUNITIES
populations
DEPENDENCY
population
RATIO
Kenya
An
of
ageing
elderly
relates
population
people.
the
number
US
one
older
of
with
an
increasing
dependency
working-age
2040
100
aged
65
working
+
for
age
Year
pop
every
100
the
aged
65
working
38
+
age
Year
pop
to
after
in
fund
population.
older
they
Italy
100
aged
65
working
47
+
for
age
Year
pop
France,
retirement,
and
and
varies
widely,
Countries
health
live,
women
on
for
care
for
2010
aged
65
working
+
age
46
Year
pop
every
100
6
in
ODR
older
21
years
China
2010
aged
65
working
58
+
for
age
5.4%
2040
25.8%
2040
for
just
high
years.
19.3%
2040
for
a
their
average,
26
from
with
Sweden
30.3%
100
It
Japan.
men
20.4%
2040
every
support.
and
retirement
In
2040
25.1%
2040
every
2010
16.4%
2040
for
have
ODR,
that
33
Germany
2010
25.1%
2040
to
or
UK
16.5%
2040
20.4%
2040
every
2010
13%
number
ratio,
people
France
2010
Year
is
The
to
Year
pop
13.2%
2040
every
aged
100
65
+
working
48
for
age
pop
40
Japan
2010
10%
2040
17.3%
Brazil
Year
2010
6.8%
2040
Year
100
aged
65
working
+
for
age
17.5%
2040
every
2040
every
100
aged
pop
68
65
+
working
for
age
pop
India
29
2010
5.4%
2040
13.2%
Key
Year
Older
dependency
(%
the
2040
every
of
aged
65
+
for
ratio
100
working
age
pop
population
23
over
65)
Less
than
10
South
Africa
10–16
2010
5.8%
17–24
2040
25
or
10%
more
Year
2040
every
100
aged
65
+
working
for
age
pop
16
The
global
pattern
SEX
RATIO
IN
of
the
older
dependency
ratio
sex
INDIA
of
bor n
Selective
abortion
Wealthier
survey
with
can
Changes
a
accelerated
that
female
university
afford
in
has
better-educated
revealed
women
classes
and
the
a
foeticide
degree.
ultrasound
average
in
globalizing
Indians
still
was
The
to
India.
sons:
highest
urban
tests
household
want
the
for
number
a
has
among
the
The
middle
foetus.
every
of
the
against
per
of
young
women
2003–05
boys.
1000
about
shortage
unmarried
determine
girls
least,
In
1000
boys
women
Russian
States
2.57
2.12
Germany
2.09
India
4.80
Africa
3.90
Brazil
3.69
Federation
2.80
0
1.0
2.0
Number
In
China,
country
CHECK
19.
average
has
YOUR
Identify
the
increase
in
between
128
Unit
family
size
modernized.
country
the
–
has
fallen
1950
the
rapidly
average
as
the
family
size
that
is
proportion
and
predicted
of
the
to
elderly
see
the
biggest
population
2040.
Changing
of
950
the
880
girls
highest
whereas
Punjab
had
turned
negative
to
crime,
social
and
effects:
violence
increased.
3.0
persons
was
5.3,
and
3.02
in
Population
Mid-1980s
4.0
5.0
household
and
in
20. Suggest
UNDERSTANDING
2010
1
In
c.
just
has
size
Kingdom
South
at
has
have
Mid-2000s
United
United
were
Nadu
800.
men
has
there
T
amil
this
fell
to
3.96
in
1990
and
3.10
in
2010
2015.
why
approaching
average
2.
household
size
in
some
HICs
is
Ageing
An
ageing
may
have
population
skills
employers,
stores,
after
CASE
has
(including
especially
prefer
their
populations
them
certain
social
advantages.
skills)
supermarkets
to
younger
grandchildren
and
and
and
elderly
work.
and
“granny
some
hardware/furniture
workers.
therefore
The
training,
The
elderly
allow
both
may
often
look
parents
to
This
viewed
many
care
providers,
AGEING
POPULA
TION
behind).
1945
the
age
structure
of
Japan’
s
population
greatly
changed,
The
rates.
largely
The
due
to
a
population
decrease
is
ageing
in
both
much
rapidly
than
European
that
of
other
countries,
such
countries
as
Italy
(although
and
Greece,
Men
–
holiday
developed
to
In
Africa,
HICs,
the
the
“grey
companies
target
this
where
elderly
a
are
economy”
to
–
health
market.
not
27%
This
social
Problems
is
80
60
60
60
0.4
0
0.4
changing
Japanese
huge
programmes,
inadequate
•
depletion
•
deterioration
•
a
•
migration
•
the
•
falling
•
new
trade
of
the
of
0.8
labour
of
1.2
population
population
burden
on
especially
are
health
0.4
over
funds
0
of
demand
0.4
0.8
people
in
has
by
2015
they
accounted
for
only
forecast
1.2
1.2
new
•
an
leisure
0.8
facilities
increase
the
reduced
in
the
0.4
m
0
0.4
needed
burden
dependent
0.8
1.2
demand
for
for
on
the
the
elderly
working
population
to
population
goods
from
the
smaller
working
population
•
a
need
for
in-migration
to
fuel
any
increase
in
the
workforce.
industry
for
schools
for
to
other
pensions
the
and
and
Options
countries
health
and
teachers
increasing
✗
https://www.populationpyramid.net/
and
to
https://www.populationpyramid.net/
olds
calculate
and
dates.
your
>65
approximate
years
These
government
include
cutting
on
care
in
back
people’
s
raising
social
taxes,
welfare
homes,
for
raising
the
programmes,
example.
old
data
in
may
percentage
Japan’
s
be
of
population
useful
for
you
for
to
MISTAKE
ageing
a
Not
large
all
population
disposable
of
Japan’s
Depending
on
their
people
be
a
can
economy,
or
an
elderly
levels
major
they
is
may
economic
asset,
as
they
income
are
of
boost
be
a
either
health
to
a
healthy
and
or
wealth,
household
or
wealthy.
elderly
an
burden.
exams.
YOUR
the
UNDERSTANDING
changes
population
22. Outline
the
An
have
✓
21. Describe
the
age,
elderly
https://www.populationpyramid.net/
Japan/2050
three
for
retirement
care
COMMON
from
Japan/2005
its
and
95
serve
force
funding
needed
Japan/1950,
CHECK
young
Total:
•
care.
TIP
in
of
pyramids
aged
pension
0.8
economy
Japanese
cost
jobs
year
Japan
decit
high
data
in
million
0
1.2
facilities
the
alone
2.5
20
•
nursing
living
over
population.
m
0
a
to
40
128
20
the
people
1975
percentage
Total:
40
m
include:
•
EXAM
of
in
2050,
80
0.8
elderly
Age
80
creating
welfare
the
100
Japan’s
the
2005
0
years.
of
Age
1.2
of
million
declined,
13%
100
20
present,
1975
100
83
65
0.8
far
Total:
At
number
Women
40
in
market
from
South
birth
1950
quote
important
in
areas.
some
are
Age
these
and
many
more
about
<15
Japan
in
ranging
have
from
Since
gradually
death
Use
an
rms,
in
occurs
has
2000.
and
as
and
increased
and
important
STUDY
JAP
AN’S
Since
is
culture”
the
in
Japan’
s
pyramids
challenges
for
population
1950,
associated
2005
with
as
and
Japan’
s
shown
2050.
ageing
population.
Challenges
and
opportunities
129
Pro-natalist
Gover nments
many
ways.
country
CASE
attempt
Their
wishes
to
and
control
strategies
to
increase
will
its
anti-natalist
population
depend
on
population
size
in
policies
(pro-natalist)
whether
the
methods
size
or
include
limit
it
(1)
(anti-natalist).
contraceptives,
forced
Family
planning
sterilization
and
abortion.
STUDY
CHINA
’S
ONE-CHILD
Male
POLICY
Female
Age
Age
Age
1950
1979
2020
100+
100+
100+
95–99
95–99
95–99
90–94
90–94
85–89
85–89
80–84
80–84
80–84
75–79
75–79
75–79
70–74
70–74
70–74
65–69
65–69
65–69
60–64
60–64
60–64
55–59
55–59
55–59
50–54
50–54
50–54
45–49
45–49
40–44
40–44
35–39
35–39
35–39
30–34
30–34
30–34
25–29
25–29
25–29
20–24
20–24
20–24
15–19
15–19
15–19
10–14
10–14
10–14
5–9
5–9
5–9
0–4
0–4
90–94
85–89
Elderly
45–49
Adult
40–44
Young
7.5%
China’s
China’
s
and
5%
2.5%
0
changing
2.5%
5%
population
one-child
policy
was
controversial
family
planning
imposed
growth
in
in
1979,
a
estimated
country
people
over
as
million
400
is
its
rst
one
of
20
births.
1.3
of
structure
the
world’
s
5%
(a)
1950
most
severe
2.5%
(b)
2.5%
0
1979
China
the
population
will
will
have
population
aged
over
by
reduced
as
much
and
as
300
prevented
government
1.5
billion
in
The
policy
many
Reform
has
resulted
births,
above
in
a
the
ratio
of
global
118
norm
male
of
to
every
100
in
China
girls.
This
reects
the
fact
that
value
many
baby
females
girls
were
less
highly
aborted
than
baby
died
due
or
or
even
be
60
of
one-child
to
size
living
in
boys,
to
in
much,
urban
policy
areas
in
on
male
was
restricted
areas.
do
the
couples
could
heirs,
have
to
ethnic
While
the
growing
problems
not
discriminate
against
countryside
remain
and
provincial
two
in
most
children
related
labour
CHECK
YOUR
23. Describe
the
between
24. Outline
130
Unit
force
to
the
1
and
a
if
the
rst
one-child
an
and
than
seven
60;
every
in
the
person
1970s.
policy
of
an
two
ageing
society
parents
and
in
four
which
one
worker
grandparents
has
is
led
the
one-child
working
policy.
In
population
2015,
was
set
amid
to
fears
decline,
that
the
changed
the
policy
to
allow
two
things
about
couples
children.
conservatives
controls:
still
ageing
in
China’
s
against
rural
one
fear
Changing
population
will
grow
loosening
beyond
capacity
to
feed
itself,
and
relaxing
rules
too
the
lead
to
a
baby
boom
that
will
strain
public
quickly
services.
other
than
quota
a
include
population
the
Population
to
one-child
limit
the
policy
number
have
of
also
children
have.
By
Education
and
housing
costs
as
well
as
a
that
lack
girl.
social
security
support
a
2050
structure
one-child
couples
areas
was
population.
the
the
daughters
2020.
arguments
–
over
traditionally
UNDERSTANDING
changes
1950
one-child
government
two
prohibitive
shrinking
aged
support
middle
of
The
more
to
Han
they
have
the
the
encouraged
focused
with
people
adults
infanticide.
urban
people
million
and
Factors
as
450
working
neglect,
will
classes
1.6
compared
relax
of
country's
Chinese
7.5%
boys
population
The
nearly
just
support
Party
abandonment
5%
people
to
of
2.5%
2020
prospect
to
Chinese
millions
0
every
103–107
the
to
2.5%
2033.
China
female
5%
predicted
left
100
7.5%
million
as
has
7.5%
have
there
Chinese
at
will
policy
,
alone,
peak
(c)
The
The
that
5%
programmes.
billion
years
The
to
0–4
7.5%
7.5%
policy.
for
many.
make
more
than
one
child
cost
Pro-natalist
CASE
and
anti-natalist
policies
(2)
STUDY
PRO-NA
T
ALIST
POLICIES
IN
Male
RUSSIA
Female
100+
100+
95–99
95–99
90–94
90–94
85–89
85–89
Elderly
80–84
80–84
75–79
75–79
70–74
70–74
65–69
65–69
60–64
60–64
55–59
55–59
50–54
50–54
45–49
45–49
40–44
40–44
Adult
35–39
35–39
30–34
30–34
25–29
25–29
20–24
20–24
15–19
15–19
10–14
10–14
Young
5–9
5–9
0–4
0–4
7.5%
(a)
Russia’s
Low
fertility
There
poor
are
divorce
The
fourth
when
child,
In
and
the
which
and
were
•
later
imposed
for
a
Russian
unsafe
on
such
to
renewed
the
1981
the
children
a
in
reduced
of
had
for
lack
the
of
These
to
have
two
in
a
children.
childlessness
a
third
increased
parental
•
increased
payments
0
2.5%
(predicted
2.5%
population
5%
size
7.5%
143
million)
policies
the
in
1981.
childbearing
or
another
The
In
level,
it
Russia
is
did
less
births
per
to
increase
1.3
the
birth
rate
It
similar
ages,
based
on
the
number
of
as
of
had
to
have
will
the
is
the
early
re-introducing
of
2024.
a
the
in
is
impact.
21%.
third
from
a
wore
The
children
very
off
60%.
low
over
Between
increase
starting
the
intentions
government
of
state’
s
of
the
rate,
100
by
years.
to
have
2018.
immigrant
million.
to
As
this
that
population
of
not
in
by
if
it
Russians
increased.
2100
the
decline
reduced
if
believe
two-thirds
reduced,
that
Russia
support
Others
population
be
announced
nancial
but
predicted
could
1.75
success.
immigrants
This
by
women’
s
TFR
Russia’
s
1950:
positive
changed.
increase
that
of
and
were
Russian
have
fertility
a
policies
chance
to
the
had
policy,
hardly
workforce
retirement
the
the
the
number
as
40%
double
need
that
of
to
any
possible
to
was
2012,
increase
want
than
considering
increased
increases
Russia
have
to
age
it
child
May
were
also
measures
fertility
effects
years
wanted
However
,
born.
to
births
these
The
ve
these
2011,
second
After
was
childlessness.
and
point.
between
replacement
on
However,
the
had
•
5%
government
tax
2006
in
included:
benets
2020
Initially,
abortions,
started
having
below
children
dropped
measures
child
family
were
pro-natalist
number
further
increase
rates
policy
fertility
and
(b)
The
as
children.
Federation
having
tax
million)
structure,
fewer
These
rewarded
for
7.5%
decades.
this,
relative
and
have
policies.
a
many
explain
population
to
147
7.5%
would
fertility
introduced.
an
the
were
then
even
2006,
woman,
and
families
to
services,
choosing
5%
1990.
increase
By
ageing
2.5%
structure
Russia
help
care
0
population
widespread
pro-natalist
1970s,
led
although
an
Union
of
government
1941
that
health
women
Soviet
history
1930s,
not
factors
rates,
and
(largest
population
contraceptives,
infertility
long
1990
2.5%
characterized
many
reproductive
modern
high
has
5%
will
be
population
by
about
15%
increasing
the
age.
leave
to
mothers
of
second
and
third
children.
CHECK
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
25. Outline
the
reasons
26. Outline
the
measures
to
increase
the
birth
for
low
that
fertility
have
in
been
Russia.
used
in
Russia
rate.
Challenges
and
opportunities
131
Pro-natalist
CASE
and
anti-natalist
policies
(3)
STUDY
GENDER
EQUALITY
McKinsey
ISSUES
Global
IN
Institutes
KERALA,
Female
•
INDIA
Empowerment
Index
have
been
open
education
Jobs
since
the
to
women
early
20th
in
health
and
century.
(Femdex)
1
points
to
where
states
in
India
stand
on
gender
•
parity.
Women
have
autonomy
Statistics
indicate
the
”well-off“
most
that
in
their
women
women
in
in
personal
Kerala,
India.
are
For
life.
among
example:
0.55
Jammu
&
•
Kerala
has
the
highest
female:male
sex
ratio
Kashmir
in
0.60
India,
with
1,084
females
to
1,000
males,
Chandigarh
0.63
compared
Himachal
with
the
national
average
of
Pradesh
0.50
0.59
Arunachal
940:1,000.
Punjab
Pradesh
0.57
Uttarakhand
0.56
0.53
•
0.64
0.69
Sikkim
Meghalaya
Female
Delhi
92%
Haryana
•
literacy
in
between
Kerala
has
a
Kerala
1991
low
increased
and
infant
from
86%
to
2011.
mortality
rate
of
13
0.49
0.52
Uttar
Rajasthan
per
0.47
Pradesh
thousand
(‰),
compared
with
the
national
0.52
0.42
Assam
Nagaland
Bihar
average
•
Kerala
of
80‰.
has
high
life
expectancy
of
74years
for
0.46
0.55
0.56
0.49
Gujrat
Madhya
0.54
Jharkhand
Manipur
West
Pradesh
females
and
The
in
70
years
for
males.
Bengal
•
0.55
0.51
TFR
Kerala
is
low,
just
1.9,
below
the
Chhattisgarh
0.70
Tripura
Mizoram
replacement
0.51
level.
Odisha
0.59
Nevertheless,
Maharashtra
Femdex
(1.00
=
gender
women
economic
process
resources.
Women
are
and
marginalized
have
a
lack
of
in
the
control
over
parity)
0.59
AP
&
are
concentrated
in
low-paid
Telangana
High
inequality
jobs
0.64
such
as
farming,
domestic
services
and
informal
Goa
Extremely
high
inequality
economies.
0.59
Karnataka
Women’
s
Closest
0.59
to
(18%)
parity:
share
in
the
labour
market
in
Kerala
gender
0.70
Puducherry
is
among
the
be
related
to
lowest
in
India.
The
reasons
Mizoram
0.60
Tamil
could
Nadu
their
role
in
looking
after
0.67
Kerala
Furthest
from
the
gender
household,
collecting
water
and
fuelwood,
0.42
parity:
Bihar
and
looking
educated
women
Kerala
even
huge
is
the
most
spread
of
success
densely
populated
population
in
and
improving
no
area
large
health,
of
India
cities.
literacy
and
It
with
has
in
bringing
down
the
birth
rate.
Its
remarkable
of
women
than
because
the
rest
of
it
has
India.
a
success
much
Many
lower
factors
for
Kerala’
s
success.
These
likely
in
the
to
be
political
is
social
•
the
per
women
help
role
status
important
of
of
There
of
in
women
women
is
There
women
the
a
educated
groups
from
systems
money
Kerala.
in
higher
sector.
(SHG)
poor
have
been
households.
established
They
also
to
have
that
all
the
participants
pay
into,
and
from.
life
Although
remains
there
is
difcult
good
for
many
progress
in
women
social
(health
in
in
male
tradition
to
the
female
same
is
open
access
women
often
study
has
been
is
employment,
standard
to
to
as
doctors
girls
are
and
and
still
YOUR
equal
the
colleges,
and
alcohol
their
or
28. Outline
Kerala
better
the
Unit
1
–
which
women
opportunities
main
could
in
be
areas
The
in
legal
women’
s
system,
role
education,
for
in
women
example,
in
than
which
in
Kerala
men
women’
s
improved.
Changing
have
there.
Population
rights
in
and
much
teachers
sexual
of
it
but
only
36%
account
harassment
related
to
of
for
against
their
university
women
husbands’
consumption.
good
women
nurses.
UNDERSTANDING
ways
Even
school
Violence
common,
Overall,
boys.
universities
be
and
primary
given
the
health,
cannot
Although
conditions
27. Outline
education),
limited.
dominated.
of
lecturers.
extremely
development.
of
is
Kerala
Kerala
region’
s
and
society.
men.
132
a
more
reform
status
CHECK
are
stability
71%
•
work,
and
include:
is
•
jobs
capita
decision-making
The
low-paid
to
development
The
in
of
educated
even
in
•
have
informal
self-help
Nevertheless,
•
those
18%
of
had
receive
account
For
While
71%
education,
micro-nance
income
relatives.
unemployed,
unemployed.
proportion
empower
more
are
elderly
are
an
Many
and
after
men
for
be
high
and
educational
numerous
considered
there
have
women,
completely
been
there
level
is
of
government
some
still
a
women,
programmes,
equal
to
improvements
lot
to
do.
in
Trafcking
and
anti-trafcking
GEOGRAPHIC
DEFINITION
The
USA’
s
denes
•
sex
Trafcking
“severe
the
by
•
the
or
of
the
purpose
peonage,
of
a
fraud,
to
of
Act
persons”
sex
coercion,
perform
such
or
act
in
an
(TVPA)
a
is
been
it
which
act
Human
as:
has
not
is
for
force,
bondage,
transportation,
labour
fraud,
to
or
or
or
provision,
coercion
involuntary
USA
servitude,
slavery.
likely
likely
UN
be
a
a
Act
join
ght
The
(TVPA
countries
past,
two
in
USA’
s
2000)
against
whereas
incorporated
Persons
produced
three
The
annually
reports
and
encourages
2015,
into
Report
two
often
have
now
In
Goals.
Trafcking
human
is
may
feature.
Development
has
and
trafcking
nations,
were
Trafcking
Nations
trafcking.
many
multinational
measures
United
the
in
the
between
to
Protection
in
In
Sustainable
publishes
the
global
for
17
occurs
feature.
anti-trafcking
and
services,
more
more
the
PATTERNS
trafcking
transborder
of
subjection
debt
in
age
person
of
Protection
commercial
or
harbouring,
a
use
Violence
trafcking
which
years
recruitment,
through
of
induced
18
obtaining
the
in
force,
person
attained
and
forms
trafcking
induced
policies
on
Violence
gover nments
trafcking
in
three
to
main
components:
A
victim
need
location
to
not
be
another
physically
for
the
transported
crime
to
fall
from
within
one
•
Protection
denitions.
–
increased
efforts
to
protect
all
victims
of
trafcking.
these
•
Prosecution
•
Prevention
–
–
of
to
trafckers.
assist
other
governments
to
reduce
trafcking.
POPULATIONS
AT
RISK
OF
gay,
TRAFFICKING
bisexual,
religious
Certain
These
populations
include
CASE
are
refugees
at
an
and
increased
migrants;
risk
the
of
women
We s t e r n
OF
NIGERIAN
one
a re
E u ro p e
of
t r a ff i c k e d
for
the
E u ro p e ’s
WOMEN
Attempts
to
awareness
reduce
and
Governments
TO
births
It
is
and
likely
migration
human
of
countries
2003
Protocol
around
65%
over
single
have
of
an
and
exploitation.
countries
and
by
suggests
the
that
(LGBTI)
people;
disabilities.
women
f re q u e n t l y
corruption
p ro s t i t u t i o n
drug
gangs
CRIMINAL
to
trafcking
remains
in
the
latest
and
may
people.
accounting
UN
blackmail
also
be
evidence
a re
rife,
engaged
in
and
the
trade.
According
registration
t r a ff i c k e d
the
UN
JUSTICE
UN,
the
very
report,
RESPONSE
number
low
–
15%
of
convictions
of
the
128
did
not
record
for
countries
a
covered
single
conviction.
nor
any
single
Many
parties
and
to
Punish
Children.
specic
this
In
the
had
UN
effective
Trafcking
criminal
2003,
image
offences
that
fallen
governments
conscating
as
the
a
punishment
activity
that
and
proceeds
by
crime
support.
However,
CHECK
YOUR
not
off
a
for
is
that
appropriate
deterrent.
some
pay,
support
believe
crime
and
cutting
does
NGOs
of
and
the
It
funding,
helps
victims
disrupts
creates
win
is
and
also
over
very
an
public
limited.
to
25%.
Overall,
trafcking
some
is
still
two
not
billion
people
live
in
areas
where
countries
in
UNDERSTANDING
criminalized.
29. Outline
Eight
the
public
Approximately
2006
of
trafcking.
area.
lacked
but
increasing
up-to-date
Support
Nigerian
10%
E u ro p e a n
t r a ff i c k i n g
prevent
become
Women
trafcking,
to
measure,
now
with
over
THE
trafcking.
Prevent,
Especially
criminalized
just
to
having
into
end
90%
sexual
include
policies
by
no
can
Persons,
start
of
Nigeria
established
trafcking
that
country,
in
with
EUROPE
POLICIES
designing
can
between
purpose
m o re
ANTI-TRAFFICKING
of
intersex
lesbian,
for
is
and
people
trafcking.
stateless;
flows,
It
and
STUDY
TRAFFICKING
Many
transgender
minorities;
Africa
and
the
Middle
East,
the
main
population
groups
at
risk
of
some
trafcking.
containing
large
legislation,
so
populations,
lack
anti-trafcking
30. Identify
the
number
of
people
unprotected
is
the
geographic
pattern
of
human
trafcking.
large.
Challenges
and
opportunities
133
The
The
the
demographic
demographic
proportion
fertility
due
rates
to
THE
the
of
decline,
large
OF
The
demographic
First
there
an
depends
on
workers.
Then
of
decrease
fewer
social
parents
health
to
per
and
more
the
greater
consumer
CASE
STUDY
SOUTH
the
increase
It
occurs
reaching
produce
supply
.
economy
in
result
in
per
outcomes.
about
spending
to
can
at
Finally
,
by
the
fewer
AFTER
After
extra
the
Korea
fertility
made
between
a
rapid
1960
Next,
upon
allows
a
1990,
a
growth.
addressing
education
and
South
population
and
a
range
government
family
issues
economic
manufacturing.
provide
Korea’
s
of
set
a
planning.
Korea
of
Between
Male
also
to
invested
services,
target
while
policies
in
45%
1950
of
and
major
The
dividend,
population
dividend
dividend
seen
in
economic
Japan,
burden
5.4
children
to
1.25
per
was
due
to
a
younger
look
retires.
people
behind
become
with
and
old
after
relying
them,
liability
.
This
generations
the
ratio
created
older
the
is
having
per
to
2.9.
By
2016,
fertility
had
woman.
investing
in
The
infrastructure
health
family
married
1975,
the
education
strategy
centres
to
planning.
couples
fertility
government
1950s
to
The
using
and
universal
people
achieve
also
1960s,
with
schooling
the
improved
South
and
and
Between
education
education,
knowledge
economic
education.
Korea’
s
skills
strategy
which
they
the
shifted
provided
needed
to
development.
dropped
Female
Age
1979
2020
95–99
95–99
90–94
90–94
90–94
85–89
85–89
85–89
80–84
80–84
80–84
75–79
75–79
75–79
70–74
70–74
70–74
65–69
65–69
65–69
60–64
60–64
60–64
55–59
55–59
55–59
50–54
50–54
50–54
45–49
45–49
45–49
40–44
40–44
40–44
35–39
35–39
35–39
30–34
30–34
30–34
25–29
25–29
25–29
20–24
20–24
20–24
15–19
15–19
15–19
10–14
10–14
10–14
5–9
5–9
5–9
0–4
0–4
5%
Population
2.5%
2.5%
pyramids
YOUR
the
why
–
for
5%
0–4
7.5%
7.5%
South
Korea,
1950,
5%
the
in
1950
South
and
population
2020.
demographic
Changing
Korea’
s
dividend
does
Population
not
2.5%
1979,
UNDERSTANDING
changes
between
1
0
a
generation.
to
95–99
Unit
old
of
that
low
100+
134
dependency
following
woman
children
Age
32. Explain
the
grows
may
100+
structure
will
have
DIVIDEND
cohort
number
generation
100+
31. Describe
to
to
from
to
1950
CHECK
begin
enabled
Age
7.5%
they
growth.
children
incomes
leads
high
create
including
economic
their
growth.
this
success
demographic
smaller
Shifting
economic
of
increasing
ratio
from
and
faster
fewer
childhood,
disproportionate
currently
better
or
enable
that
DEMOGRAPHIC
again.
demographic
DIVIDEND
transition
and
THE
the
dropped
South
infancy
demographic
With
and
to
recognize
children.
number
to
increasing
economic
DEMOGRAPHIC
This
leading
the
during
increases
women
home.
child,
dependency
and
more.
potential
die
this
the
the
families
benets.
the
has
As
DIVIDEND
As
save
It
adulthood.
employ
healthier
pressures
resources
many
in
when
increases
However
,
savings.
individuals
decreasing
KOREA
’S
the
population
children
increase
brought
to
DEMOGRAPHIC
rates
educational
and
adult
may
economic
demand
capita
of
an
fertility
invest
and
domestic
is
refers
population.
labour
decreases,
in
of
THE
ability
a
the
dividend
there
dependents
the
but
increased
the
in
number
BENEFITS
is
dividend
adults
dividend
last.
0
and
2.5%
5%
2020
7.5%
7.5%
5%
2.5%
0
2.5%
5%
7.5%
Exam
The
diagram
practice
shows
changes
in
life
expectancy,
Men
by
quintiles
(fths
of
the
population),
in
the
USA
between
1980
and
2010.
Women
(a)
(i)
Dene
(ii)
Describe
for
life
men
expectancy.
the
changes
and
women
in
life
between
1980
90
(iii)
Suggest
reasons
for
the
expectancy
between
and
differences
for
the
differences
men
in
marks)
(4
marks)
and
2010.
Richest
(2
expectancy
and
in
life
women,
progress
85
between
the
richest
and
poorest
quintiles.
(2
+
2
marks)
Poorest
80
75
1980
2010
Sex
trafficking:
Sex
traffickers
their
just
victims.
some
of
Sex
may
Truck
the
trafficking
use
places
victims
violence,
stops,
10
80
hotel
where
are
threats,
rooms,
victims
manipulated
or
forced
manipulation,
or
the
rest
are
areas,
forced
street
to
sell
to
engage
promise
corners,
clubs
of
in
love
and
sex
acts
and
private
for
money.
affection
to
residences
lure
are
sex.
Forced
labour:
Victims
of
may
found
on
be
farms,
forced
often
forced
grow
and
to
Estimated
Modern
Prevalence
consume
(b)
The
of
(c)
or
use
regularly.
force,
fraud
forced
work
to
we
or
are
for
little
pay.
Low
Domestic
work
that
victims
no
etc.
are
manufacture
coercion,
or
High
order
of
Slavery
work,
victims
products
Through
labour
factories,
doing
construction
Very
in
to
in
maps
servitude:
limit
their
homes
and
modern
Traffickers
freedom.
across
the
USA.
infographic
sometimes
Victims
They
show
of
are
the
take
a
domestic
victim’s
identification
servitude
prisoners
working
prevalence
of
are
as
hidden
nannies,
modern
papers
in
plain
maids
slavery,
and
travel
sight,
or
they
domestic
and
some
documents
are
forced
in
to
help.
of
the
forms
slavery.
(i)
Comment
on
the
global
(ii)
Comment
on
the
forms
(iii)
Outline
the
ways
in
spread
of
which
of
trafcking/slavery.
trafcking
trafcked
that
(3
occur.
people
are
abused.
marks)
(3
marks)
(4
marks)
Either
Examine
and
the
view
that
megacities
create
more
challenges
than
opportunities
for
individuals
societies.
(10
marks)
(10
marks)
Or
”Environmental
Discuss
this
causes
of
forced
migrations
are
more
important
than
political
causes.“
statement.
Challenges
and
opportunities
135
UNIT
2
GLOBAL
CLIMATE
–
VULNERABILITY
AND
RESILIENCE
THE
1
The
CAUSES
structure
The
atmosphere
and
gases.
Up
atmosphere
a
variety
helium
solids
of
and
Most
is
In
dust,
fall
gases
vapour,
of
the
are
occurs
to
high
altitude,
such
as
of
80
solids,
km,
such
as
is
water
troposphere.
at
and
this,
in
the
per
heights.
the
the
km).
this,
are
signicant
25
ENERGY
The
Earth’
s
and
yet
atmosphere
recently
constantly
there
was
a
and
35
and
outputs
BUDGET
receives
balance
(re-radiation).
to
as
form
solar
global
such
warming
Under
three
•
as
“natural”
main
–
has
This
been
waves;
changes
recent
linked
conditions,
and
the
drives
a ll
Earth
a
higher
as
radiation
–
the
the
is
emission
Sun
in
ultraviolet
the
and
Convection
heat
by
w ea the r
mos t
w h e re a s
receiving
Incoming
p o lar
sys te ms
of
th ere
re gions .
re d is tribu tio n
la titu de s ,
t hi s
is
a
To
of
drive n
a nd
e ne r gy
l os s
or
but
not
the
the
–
by
wi nd
balance
is
the
is
a
of
very
form
of
visible
the
short
hot
very
for
example,
atmosphere,
and
water
releases
is
heat
the
atmosphere
the
only
atmosphere
absorbs
is
largely
23
units
heated
of
short-wave
from
below.
human
of
fossil
the
solar
energy,
fuels.
achieved
•
46%
is
•
22%
drives
absorbed
the
hydrological
by
the
earth
•
1%
powers
the
winds
•
31%
in
waves
body,
short
and
most
of
and
cycle
ocean
currents
long
is
reected
to
space.
its
wavelengths
such
light.
transfer
movement
by
of
energy
100
of
a
Lost
–
the
transfer
of
to
space
69
7
gases
contact.
short-wave
Radiated
to
space
31
radiation
the
ground
(46
by
19
by
62
by
Reflected
which
clouds
reaches
c i rc ul a t io n
condensation).
Absorbed
the
for
l ow er
–
atmosphere
Of
f rom
liquid.
Conduction
heat
in
e ne r gy
inputs
imbalance
with
use
temperature;
into
Absorbed
•
of
c om p en sa t e
e ne rgy
Lost
gas
solar
current s .
Solar
•
system
Earth.
insolation
a b s o rbs
an d
also
energy
and
ways:
Radiation
as
land-use
Sun
energy
,
between
Of
activities
open
as
region s ,
is
ocean
radiation
known
BALANCE
km.
Since
(insolation)
(1)
concentrations
km
on
until
ENERGY
to
temperate
there
an
the
referred
evaporated
The
is
both
energy
latitudes
atmosphere
is
tropical
from
Most
lowest
and
between
from
climates.
vapour.
there
atmosphere
radiation
Here,
6.5°C
various
contained
Above
ATMOSPHERIC
Solar
average
is
CHANGE
atmosphere
energy
vapour
the
ATMOSPHERIC
The
and
soot.
(on
ozone
THE
dioxide,
in
water
Earth’s
liquids
argon
carbon
there
CLIMATE
the
height
atmosphere.
cold
THE
and
the
oxygen,
concentrated
At
gases,
gases
example,
hold
mixture
around
addition,
with
for
a
of
GLOBAL
of
nitrogen,
ash
too
of
of
trace
ozone.
as
of
height
“weather”
Different
km
a
consists
temperatures
15
consists
to
other
such
water
OF
4
by
atmosphere
8
units),
7
•
14
are
re-radiated
long-wave
as
radiation
to
the
Reflected
Latent
heat
and
to
Re-radiated
10
units
pass
to
17
space
22
•
by
transfer
clouds
atmosphere
(evaporation
and
as
the
condensation)
long-wave
atmosphere
by
Reflected
conduction
radiation
surface
(contract
lower
heating)
or
atmosphere
by
14
6
the
only
–
Conduction
since
of
•
22
air
is
a
poor
transfer
conductor
10
heat
units
are
transferred
Absorbed
by
surface
latent
used
by
CHECK
1.
a
–
the
to
Unit
heat
substance
YOUR
Calculate
back
136
heat
the
change
The
Earth’s
atmospheric
2.
UNDERSTANDING
amount
of
solar
energy
that
is
energy
budget
State
proportion
the
Earth’
s
reected
surface.
space.
2
–
at
46
energy
Global
Climate
–
Vulnerability
and
Resilience
of
solar
energy
that
reaches
the
The
structure
SHORT
-WAVE
Short-wave
long
AND
energy
wavelength
LONG-WAVE
emitted
by
of
the
by
the
Earth.
Sun
(While
the
Earth’s
RADIATION
is
re-radiated
very
hot
atmosphere
(2)
3,500
at
bodies
2,000
such
1,000
as
the
Sun
as
the
Earth
emit
short-wave
emit
radiation,
long-wave
cold
radiation.)
bodies
Clouds
such
and
the
)
1
back
to
Earth.
for
a
The
of
the
Evaporation
loss
of
heat.
occurs
atmosphere
incoming
In
(carried
is
largely
short-wave
but
traps
CO
energy
and
by
a
small
also
amount
of
turbulence).
heated
from
radiation
the
re-radiate
condensation
addition,
up
and
is
below.
let
outgoing
Most
through
the
long-wave
2
warming
greenhouse
the
atmosphere.
This
is
known
200
100
Incoming
as
the
effect.
solar
50
20
ygrenE
radiation,
500
xu
atmosphere,
the
ytisned
condensation
of
mW(
account
some
2
it
absorb
mμ
atmosphere
10
Outgoing
terrestrial
5
Incoming
(short-wave)
solar
radiation
2
Incoming
input
solar
and
it
radiation
varies
(insolation)
according
to
is
the
latitude,
main
energy
season
and
varies
with
cloud
1
cover.
The
amount
angle
of
the
there
is,
and/or
reaches
the
Sun
of
insolation
and
the
Earth’
s
with
higher
received
cloud
the
surface.
type.
cloud,
Incoming
The
the
less
more
solar
the
cloud
cover
0.1
in
the
visible
wavelengths.
These
radiation
are
0.5
1.0
not
2.0
5.0
Wavelength
10
20
50
100
(μm)
is
Solar
mostly
0.2
radiation
radiation,
terrestrial
radiation
and
absorbed
wavelength
by
the
Earth’
s
which,
in
atmosphere;
turn,
heats
the
instead,
they
atmosphere
by
heat
way
the
of
Earth,
long-wave
Long-wave
radiation
radiation.
Long-wave
radiation
refers
to
the
radiation
of
energy
80
the
Earth
During
70
le
a
r
sk
a
the
cloudless
atmosphere.
night
there
is
a
large
loss
of
y
700
2
C
into
)
long-wave
radiation
from
the
Earth.
Due
to
a
lack
of
m
60
600
sttaW(
50
500
s
u
r
r
i
C
40
s
latot
l
u
u
400
m
c
l
t
u
o
A
t
r
a
s
u
t
s
lu
u
r
r
m
i
u
C
c
o
t
a
r
t
S
s
o
30
fo
300
raloS
egatnecreP
ick
Th
20
noitaidar
noitaidar
rep
dettimsnart
from
s
tu
stra
to
al
200
ick
Th
rs
laye
of
s
tu
stra
us
mul
cu
to
stra
d
an
im
bo
st
ra
tu
s
there
is
very
little
from
the
atmosphere.
from
the
surface.
return
some
reduces
desert
of
the
energy
areas
at
such
in
In
overall
Hence
loss
where
night
as
is
of
of
on
a
a
lack
maximized.
net
the
of
radiation
loss
of
night
example,
cloud
loss
of
clouds
which
in
cover,
in
energy
the
surface,
contrast,
the
night-time
a
For
In
rainforests,
and
is
cloudy
to
energy.
is
long-wave
there
radiation
there
tropical
daytime
return
contrast,
long-wave
areas,
change
10
N
clouds,
hot
the
loss
cloudy
energy
temperatures)
is
(and
less
100
50
noticeable.
25
0
High
Low
Angle
Energy,
CHECK
3.
cover/type
YOUR
the
with
of
that
terms
Describe
solar
of
impact
cirrus
main
radiation
of
and
angle
nimbostratus
clouds
radiation
the
Sun
of
the
Sun
UNDERSTANDING
Compare
in
4.
cloud
of
(high
reaching
differences
and
of
(rain)
altitude
the
in
terrestrial
Earth's
the
clouds
clouds
of
ice)
surface.
wavelengths
of
radiation.
The
causes
of
global
climate
change
137
The
greenhouse
effect
is
due
to
human
activities,
Previously
CO
from
a
balance
humans,
=
taken
CO
2
O
by
burning
trees
2
given
out
by
such
as
–
animals
trees
=
O
2
used
by
humans
and
fossil
fuel
animals
2
(coal,
gas)
oil
and
and
changes
natural
land-use
such
as
deforestation.
Increased
fossil
Short-wave
burning
fuels
natural
of
Deforestation
(coal,
gas,
double
radiation
(ultraviolet)
through
greenhouse
blow,
a
since
passes
it
directly
is
oil)
not
only
increases
the
gases
Burning
of
rainforests
atmospheric
CO
2
releases
CO
trees
absorb
–
leaves
fewer
2
to
levels
CO
but
it
also
2
removes
Long-wave
either
radiation
absorbed
by
(infra-red)
the
the
trees
is
greenhouse
that
convert
CO
into
oxygen
and
as
major
2
gases
or
earths
re-radiated
back
to
Methane
the
by
surface
gas
domestic
produced
animals
a
store.
As
more
heat
is
Earth's
will
become
Carbon
retained,
CFCs
the
act
carbon
(aerosols)
dioxide
atmosphere
accounts
warmer
for
about
the
effect
Earths
surface
20%
but
increased
Car
of
greenhouse
an
proportion
fumes
of
the
enhanced
greenhouse
effect.
400
greenhouse
gases
effect
(greenhouse
radiation
to
effect
pass
is
the
gases)
process
allow
through
the
by
which
short-wave,
atmosphere
certain
solar
but
trap
380
)mpp(
The
greenhouse
noitartnecnoc
The
360
340
2
proportion
the
Earth.
of
This
outgoing
radiation
long-wave
leads
to
a
radiation
warming
OC
a
from
of
320
the
300
For
example,
the
Average
Year
same
temperatures
Keeling
on
the
moon
are
about
–18°C
compared
5102
Earth.
the
Earth.
almost
0102
as
Sun
is
0002
on
5002
life
that
5991
no
for
0991
the
be
planet
thing,
5891
from
would
airless
good
0891
an
a
5791
distance
there
is
is
0791
it
moon
effect
5691
the
greenhouse
0691
without
The
5591
atmosphere.
with
curve
to
show
the
change
in
atmospheric
about
CO
,
1960–2015
2
15°C
on
Earth.
temperatures
T h e re
vapour
a re
is
volume
by
a
the
accounting
and
The
Earth’
s
about
for
for
H o w e v e r,
global
warming
the
a re
raises
Methane
g re e n h o u s e
95%
about
e ff e c t .
of
common
about
therefore
33°C.
number
most
atmosphere
g re e n h o u s e
of
50%
gases
of
the
a
gases
natural
methane
rate
10%
by
g re e n h o u s e
implicated
dioxide,
warming,
Wa t e r
gas,
g re e n h o u s e
mainly
carbon
gases.
of
of
million
Paddy
in
1%
the
second-largest
its
per
of
emit
while,
will
presence
annum.
food
elds
permafrost
c h l o ro f l u o ro c a r b o n s .
the
tonnes
annually
,
and
is
and
they
up
eat
as
to
dioxide
(CO
)
levels
have
risen
from
about
into
and
convert
the
million
warming
release
(CFCs)
to
atmosphere
up
methane,
into
150
global
melt
contributor
the
Cattle
methane
Chlorouorocarbons
Carbon
in
increasing
and
tonnes
at
to
emit
atmosphere
of
proceeds,
vast
are
global
is
100
each
year
.
methane
bogs
quantities
man-made
of
trapped
in
methane.
chemicals
that
315
2
destroy
parts
per
million
(ppm)
in
1950
to
over
400
ppm
in
are
predicted
to
reach
600
ppm
by
2050.
The
as
well
as
absorbing
long-wave
radiation.
2015,
CFCs,
and
ozone
which
are
increasing
at
a
rate
of
6%
per
annum,
are
increase
up
to
10,000
times
more
efcient
at
trapping
heat
than
CO
2
CHECK
YOUR
5.
Briey
6.
Describe
the
atmospheric
138
UNDERSTANDING
explain
Unit
2
–
the
natural
changes
carbon
in
greenhouse
the
Keeling
effect.
curve
(changes
in
dioxide).
Global
Climate
–
Vulnerability
and
Resilience
Changes
VARIATIONS
The
Earth’
s
such
an
in
as
cycles
and
cycle,
–
changes
in
following
global
are
for
much
in
the
Earth’
s
initiating
as
vegetation,
by
,
and
melts
the
ALBEDO
ice
a
is,
orbit
solar
ages.
and
of
is
of
affect
a
of
by
balance
a
UK
clean
air
bind
for
than
increases
rise.
from
and
to.
Many
small
larger
back
getting
Albedo
snow
75–90
water
.
many
tend
that
droplets
space,
the
in
be
air
sites
reect
contains
than
for
more
clouds
preventing
water
than
clouds
naturally
levels
air
smaller
polluted
energy
high
dioxide
more
than
Earth’
s
to
clean
Polluted
to
polluted
thus
due
sulphur
droplets
so
all
solar
Antarctica,
contain
occurring
sunlight
reect
some
far
insolation
surface.
of
Reflection
of
Reflection
of
incoming
solar
incoming
solar
incoming
solar
radiation
back
radiation
back
radiation
back
to
snow
Black
water
to
was
of
over
(%)
Scattering
Old
means
level
particles
and
formed
droplets,
through
for
provides
water
into
This
soot
the
dropped
VALUES
Surface
Fresh
nuclei
which
smaller
1990s,
Natural
ash,
droplets
droplets,
light
of
(1)
DIMMING
had
Russia.
time.
therefore
The
fewer
more
and
that
particles
much
clouds.
at
early
surface
condensation
more
many
darker-coloured
absorbed
the
USA,
pollution
GLOBAL
the
the
natural
(albedo)
to
Earth’
s
to
decrease
1950s
the
far
timescale,
change,
the
AND
reaching
provide
are
example,
to
From
of
seasonal
and
shorter
for
climate
insolation
reasons,
changes
the
reectivity
replaced
of
evidence
Milankovitch
linked
in
global
is
number
radiation,
On
are
Changes
affect,
energy
POLLUTION
periods
that
composition,
amount
temperatures
of
eruption,
ice
for
There
longer
Earth,
volcanic
affected
output.
the
atmospheric
a
changes
distribution
global
RADIATION
of
temperature.
example,
and
solar
and
variations
latitudinal
responsible
in
in
movement
the
SOLAR
temperature
changes
11-year
the
IN
in
space
to
space
to
space
40–70
road
surface
5–10
Grass
20–30
Coniferous
forest
5–15
Tundra
15–20
Reection
from
the
Earth’
s
surface
(known
as
the
“Clean”
cloud
“Polluted”
without
sulphate
with
aerosols
as
as
cloud
Sulphate
planetary
albedo)
is
generally
about
7%.
Albedo
values
Aerosols
vary
for
over
different
fresh
forest
it
is
snow
types
of
albedo
ground
is
cover,
75–90%
for
while
over
How
rose
the
9/11
terrorist
attacks
on
the
USA
and
by
nuclei
nuclei
reflective)
(cloud
is
more
sulphate
aerosols
affect
solar
radiation
of
air
about
travel
1.1°C
across
in
the
the
USA,
absence
average
(contrails).
Global
dimming
is
of
the
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
the
Describe
the
main
Pinatubo
on
mean
impacts
of
the
eruption
of
Mount
temperature
global
temperature.
condensation
8.
trails
condensation
DIMMING
7.
banning
aerosols
condensation
coniferous
CHECK
Following
sulphate
cloud
example,
5–15%.
GLOBAL
cloud
cooling
of
Briey
explain
how
polluted
air
leads
to
global
air
dimming.
temperature
dimming
global
at
due
has
warming
least
two
short-term
volcanic
to
been
pollution.
reducing
than
is
timescales
cycles
anthropogenic
and
is
currently
with
lasting
eruptions
It
what
less
that
be
occurring.
There
dimming,
than
decade
a
changes
sources
of
global
even
global
long-term
(man-made)
possible
would
faster
are
namely
following
related
to
pollution.
)C°(
labolg
0.4
El
Chichon
Pinatubo
0.3
ni
enilceD
erutarepmet
nae m
0.2
0.1
0
81
83
85
87
89
91
Years:
Decline
in
mean
93
1981
global
to
95
97
99
01
03
05
2005
temperature
following
Human
volcanic
the
eruptions
global
following
decline
the
(the
in
straight
line
sun-blocking
eruption
of
Mt
activity
and
global
dimming
shows
aerosols
Pinatubo
in
1991)
The
causes
of
global
climate
change
139
Changes
FEEDBACK
in
the
global
energy
albedo.
LOOPS
to
Feedback
Earth’
s
loops
mechanisms
atmosphere.
are
associated
Positive
play
Both
a
key
role
positive
with
in
and
changes
in
controlling
negative
global
the
frozen
will
CO
is
the
lead
more
surface,
to
an
and
methane
an
that
in
in
water,
of
increase
under
is
the
the
than
amount
less
solar
in
to
thawing
release
of
leads
temperature.
in
escape
of
the
due
to
permafrost
methane,
atmosphere
ice
energy
permafrost
unable
Increased
increase
gases
the
trapped
subsurface.
(2)
reective
increasing
vegetation
greenhouse
and
adding
thereby
forcing
increasing
increased
ice
releases
the
to
Climate
at
Rotting
tundra
feedback
Since
reection,
absorbed
feedback
warming.
less
balance
global
temperatures.
concentration
2
Other
•
mechanisms
increased
carbon
decomposition
Global
air
by
rising
of
positive
dioxide
of
biomass,
temperatures,
feedback
released
from
especially
leading
to
a
include:
increased
in
forests,
further
rise
caused
in
temperature
temperature
as
greenhouse
gases
are
added
to
the
increases
atmosphere
•
+
increased
forest
cover
in
high
latitudes,
decreasing
+
albedo
Net
feedbacks
and
increasing
warming.
=
+
Feedback
tend
Albedo
Polar
to
the
(the
problem
feedback
the
factors
point
may
Negative
positive
reducing
associated
long
time
with
lags.
global
By
the
warming
time
responsible
may
be
beyond
the
the
effects
tipping
melts
point
The
very
ice
appear,
decreases
mechanisms
involve
planet’s
loop
of
melting
of
be
no
return),
and
attempts
to
solve
the
futile.
feedback
ice
albedo
Increased
evaporation
temperatures,
ice
caps,
may
reducing
in
lead
the
low
to
latitudes
increased
mean
global
due
to
higher
snowfall
on
the
temperature.
polar
Similarly,
Temperature
an
increase
to
increased
in
carbon
plant
dioxide
growth
in
by
the
atmosphere
allowing
higher
leads
levels
of
Increases
Increases
photosynthesis.
would
Carbon
and
increase
Increased
the
store
plant
of
biomass
terrestrial
and
productivity
carbon
but
reduce
dioxide
atmospheric
methane
concentrations
of
carbon
dioxide.
Permafrost
released
into
thaw
atmosphere
Other
•
mechanisms
global
of
dimming,
negative
that
is,
feedback
burning,
include:
leading
to
more
radiation
at
the
Increases
aerosols
A
positive
feedback
mechanism
and
enhancing
climate
causing
increased
latitudes
impacts
of
environments.
the
edges
most
the
of
global
These
EXAM
When
ice
in
caps
regions
and
terms
results
may
ice
of
in
of
winter
ice
greatest
seasonal
sheets.
less
be
The
ice
tundra
cover
effects
warming.
and
in
will
at
of
be
Melting
lowers
This
and
leads
increasing
feedback
the
feedback
negative
tends
to
feedback.
change
causation
loops,
or
a
(sometimes
produce
of
due
between
9.
feedback
referred
circle)
long-term
to
whereas
stability
evaporation
Unit
2
–
Global
Climate
–
to
happened
Boyabreen
to
changes
in
tropical
increased
in
parts
Glacier.
localized,
in
YOUR
Describe
in
can
of
and
temperate
snowfalls
Norway,
Growth
reduce
of
in
polar
with
the
glaciers
mean
areas.
growth
and
ice
temperatures
albedo.
feedback
as
10. Explain
negative
an
and
how
Resilience
terrestrial
albedo
change
and
its
loop.
example
a
Vulnerability
UNDERSTANDING
one
system.
140
surface,
planetary
distinguish
Positive
vicious
solar
cooling
leading
albeit
CHECK
about
positive
cumulative
has
caps,
TIP
writing
to
are
glaciers
noticeable
polar
warming
reduced
change
•
The
thus
involving
thereby
methane
and
global
of
dimming
negative
could
feedback.
be
interpreted
as
The
The
enhanced
enhanced
levels
of
human
activities.
climate
of
of
change
the
frequently
refers
to
the
temperature,
oods
and
storms,
greenhouse
caused
called
changes
and
atmosphere,
impact
of
atmosphere
and
resulting
mainly
increasing
due
90%
global
warming.
in
global
the
the
incidence
from
changes
by
the
effect
100%
to
in
dlrow
Earth’
s
more
is
the
rainfall
drought,
the
is
in
,latot
patterns
It
effect
gases
2102
Global
greenhouse
greenhouses
greenhouse
enhanced
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
effect.
fo
30%
%
20%
10%
0%
Total
GHG
y
(million
emissions
tonnes
Emissions
of
g
relation
Emissions
in
in
total
to
relation
to
wealth
r
e
n
CO
equivalent)
population
(Million
size
$
(2012))
E
2
a
n
i
h
C
E
n
En
e
rg
T
h
a
i
l
a
U
n
k
r
d
a
in
y
S
er
o
gy
u
rgy
i
A
Au
erg
fr
ra
ic
b
stra
e
In
r
s
u
st
T
otal
ry
emissions
by
the
top
ten
Agr
All
icul
ture
Emissions
y
an
Ir
n
E
e
n
rg
y
e
x
ic
o
Greenhouse
o
r
g
y
I
n
d
o
n
e
s
i
a
S
t
a
t
e
s
n
E
y
r
e
r
Country
g
Largest
emitters,
Emissions
per
y
g
E
billion
person
(tonnes,
U
tonnes
2
n
A
n
8
r
e
g
a
id
n
I
c
R
i
y
g
i
s
s
u
r
t
u
a
e
a
l
E
p
J
r
country
n
i
t
e
d
a
g
u
by
U
0
B
r
emissions
1
l
i
z
a
r
y
e
n
gas
p
M
e
E
(rounded)
rounded)
A
e
n
emissions
increase
in
to
greenhouse
industrialization,
trade
and
USA
5.4
12.1
India
2.1
1.7
Russia
1.9
8.4
Japan
1.2
10.1
Germany
0.8
10.1
South
0.7
10.1
t
6.6
e
e
r
n
u
E
contributors
10.2
r
eru
A
gas
g
tluc
g
E
ir
n
c
main
y
lu
re
t
irgA
yg
u
E
r
n
e
e
The
China
l
r
u
g
c
i
y
r
g
E
The
gas
2012
da
T
E
greenhouse
emitters,
lia
na
d
a
ia
Korea
Ca
En
t
h
th
d
South
Energy
O
e
u
A
Sa
Ene
greenhouse
gases
is
linked
globalization.
to
Korea
As
Canada
industrialization
has
increased,
so
too
has
atmospheric
0.65
11.2
Brazil
0.6
2.4
Indonesia
0.6
2.0
Saudi
0.5
12.4
CO
2
Many
LICs
activity
and
among
atmospheric
NICs
the
.
CO
are
actively
NICs
has
industrializing.
great
Nevertheless,
potential
the
to
per-capita
Industrial
add
to
emissions
2
greenhouse
gases
for
the
in
HICs
are
of
Arabia
responsible
United
much
of
growth
in
atmospheric
0.5
7.5
Mexico
Kingdom
0.4
3.9
Iran
0.3
5.2
Australia
0.2
12.5
CO
2
COMMON
✗
The
same
CHECK
effect
and
global
warming
are
the
life
natural
on
greenhouse
Earth,
whereas
effect
(global
warming)
and
having
many
is
YOUR
11. Outline
the
is
effect
the
causing
negative
is
benecial/essential
enhanced
the
greenhouse
world
to
12. Comment
of
UNDERSTANDING
main
contributing
thing.
The
✓
for
MISTAKE
greenhouse
to
on
the
greenhouse
sources
the
of
emissions
enhanced
main
that
greenhouse
contributors
to
are
effect.
emissions
gases.
overheat
impacts.
The
causes
of
global
climate
change
141
THE
2
The
CONSEQUENCES
implications
GLOBAL
GLOBAL
climate
WARMING
Global
warming
effects
on
•
Sea
levels
•
Storm
•
Agricultural
USA’
s
of
OF
the
is
will
rise,
activity
will
grain
belt
to
social
have
and
causing
many
far-reaching
economic
ooding
in
The
environment:
low-lying
will
will
areas.
shrink
and
for
example,
production
is
a
the
likely
potential
great.
•
change,
TO
hydrosphere
increase.
patterns
change
CHANGES
predicted
natural,
CLIMATE
rise
to
200
in
as
(1)
HYDROSPHERE
impacts
of
global
(freshwater,
Impacts
such
THE
could
sea
climate
seawater
change
and
on
the
ice/glaciers)
are
include:
levels
causing
Bangladesh
million
CHANGE
and
ooding
Kiribati,
in
low-lying
displacing
up
areas
to
people
2
decline,
and
•
Up
Canada’
s
probably
There
and
•
but
will
the
to
be
more
less
growing
of
will
get
longer
•
oods
productive.
rainfall
over
Commonwealth
40%
season
wildlife
of
the
USA,
southern
Independent
species
will
States
become
Europe
of
land
of
people.
nobody
will
be.
will
different
is
a
exactly
Different
temperature
others
there
knows
scenarios
changes.
become
from
great
what
the
amount
the
are
based
Certain
warmer.
of
impact
areas
The
uncertainty,
of
on
results
climate
different
might
get
may
As
global
is
potential
40cm
very
aspects
of
the
of
temperature
environment
and
increase
Effect
Environmental
or
the
a
reliability
80
of
threatening
water
sea
high
tide
such
as
New
York
and
rise
levels
cm.
of
coastal
4
supply
and
in
of
sea
level
In
million
to
km
millions
water
level.
as
By
it
risen
sea
storm
surges
would
and
would
would
predicted
gets
2100,
have
London
is
addition,
would
and
will
sea
melt.
only
Not
ooding
sea
increase,
glaciers
expansion
level
of
and
slight
that
by
be
warmer
it
–
is
between
levels
need
to
the
rise,
but
increase.
at
to
the
Cities
increased
build
or
raise
walls.
society
T
emperature
Feature
the
caps
–
to
and
barriers
on
ice
effect
estimated
possible
predictions.
impact
and
glaciers
temperatures
the
leading
risk
The
as
steric
and
change
colder,
be
melting
(CIS).
extinct.
rise
Nevertheless,
from
change
(by
°C)
Sea-level
rise
(by
metres)
impact
features
5
Worst
Ice
and
snow
Melting
of
polar
ice
caps
case
0.8
Worst
scenario
and
4
case
scenario
0.6
glaciers
3
Coastlines
Increase
in
sea
level
causing
0.4
coastal
2
ooding
Average
prediction
0.2
Water
cycle
Increased
ooding;
more
rapid
1
Average
circulation
prediction
0.0
0
2000
Ecosystems
Change
in
biome
distribution
20
40
60
80
2100
2000
Year
species
composition,
poleward
Societal
Water
Severe
water
possibly
Agriculture
May
shift
from
residential
locations
Human
altitudinal
shortages
over
towards
drought
Relocation
Temperature
migration
health
Increased
YOUR
13. Outline
and
sea-level
and
(away
areas)
due
to
ooding
and
the
risk
disease,
of
for
example,
malaria
UNDERSTANDING
main
ways
in
which
global
warming
will
The
affect
climate
14. Outline
global
142
change
supply
poles
two
potential
impact
change.
reasons
for
the
rise
in
sea
level
due
to
warming.
Unit
2
–
Global
Climate
–
60
80
Year
storms
the
CHECK
wars
40
example,
features
resources
Coastal
and
for
20
and
Vulnerability
and
Resilience
of
climate
change
rise
2100
The
implications
CHANGES
IN
SEA
of
climate
change
Scientists
ICE
during
Arctic
sea
1970s.
Arctic
the
ice
The
is
was
of
weeks
the
declined
reason
believed
length
three
has
main
to
the
at
1979.
this
its
melting
since
lowest
be
dramatically
for
season
since
global
warmest
During
recorded
is
has
for
on
mid-
40,000
increased
February
volume
the
warming.
years,
by
2016,
There
The
study
and
nearly
the
sea
record.
are
has
summers
in
ice
the
by
many
linked
in
may
the
Sea
that
the
Arctic
will
become
ice-free
2040.
impacts
the
of
decline
northern
northern
tundra
from
predict
summer,
(2)
sea
in
Europe,
and
mid-latitudes.
increase
due
to
ice
Arctic
decline.
sea
with
Another
with
extreme
Methane
the
ice
release
wet
weather
emissions
of
from
chlorine
the
atoms
sea.
ice
decline
has
been
linked
with
increased
primary
erauqs
8
productivity
causing
plankton
blooms.
However,
the
noillim(
)sertemoliK
7
melting
6
seal
5
ice
pups,
tnetxE
diets
have
body
size
reduces
and
become
and
the
they
time
must
less
that
spend
polar
more
nutritional,
bears
time
resulting
decreased
reproductive
AND
CAPS
have
on
to
land.
in
hunt
Their
reduced
success.
4
4102
0102
6002
2002
8991
4991
0991
6891
2891
8791
GLACIERS
ICE
Year
The
The
extent
annual
September
March.
have
the
Arctic
Arctic
each
is
sea
the
declining
changing.
more
than
Arctic
sea
4
years
ice,
but
the
overall
For
old
ice
1979–2014
minimum
and
for
by
sea
ice
year,
However,
been
ice
of
usually
maximum
volume,
occurs
occurs
thickness
during
and
In
addition,
the
example,
in
1988,
that
accounted
2013
it
for
was
over
less
ice
25%
than
of
glaciers
impact
the
major
river
of
At
major
the
as
water
Over
cause
the
8%.
uses.
rivers.
was
on
systems
provide
other
extent
age
Himalayan
major
and
during
decades.
Many
lower
rain
population
have
a
For
higher
system).
and
in
retreat
near
However,
is
groundwater
water
supplies
elevations,
glacial
retreat
on
and
these
unlikely
factors
to
such
could
lowland
could
to
(due
depletion
in
a
Asia’
s
Himalayas
future
other
on
have
of
industry
depend
the
may
Many
the
irrigation,
glacial
in
This
supply.
source
people
shortages
impact
water
their
billion
growth
serious
retreating.
drinking,
elevations,
water
monsoon
have
for
1.5
are
region’
s
areas.
alter
18
stream-ow
Glacier
16
)
has
is
been
characteristics.
one
in
of
the
retreat
largest
since
For
example,
glaciers
1780,
in
the
the
although
Gangotri
Himalayas.
the
retreat
It
has
2
mk
14
intensied
since
1971.
Since
1990,
it
has
retreated
more
6
01(
12
than
tnetxe
2.5
800
km
m.
over
In
Europe,
the
last
the
130
Gorner
Glacier
has
retreated
years.
10
8
ecI
0
0
1979–1988
1999–2008
–50
1989–1998
in
M
J
J
Arctic
A
S
sea
O
N
ice,
D
1979–2012
htgneL
As
the
ice
recedes,
the
potential
for
wave
–100
–1,000
–150
–1,500
–200
–2,000
formation
evitalumuC
variation
A
htgnel
Seasonal
M
F
egnahc
J
–500
egnahc
)raey/m(
2009–2012
)m(
6
–250
increases.
In
2012,
5-metre
waves
were
recorded
in
the
sea
ice,
Annual
Beaufort
thus
sea
Sea.
These
establishing
ice
and
CHECK
YOUR
15. Describe
extent
of
16. Analyse
a
wave
the
sea
the
waves
positive
helped
break
feedback
up
loop
the
of
loss
by
ablation
Cumulative
–2,500
loss
–300
disappearing
1900
1950
2000
formation.
UNDERSTANDING
annual
ice
and
cover
seasonal
in
long-term
the
Arctic
variations
in
trends
in
the
Ocean.
the
Arctic
sea
ice.
The
consequences
of
global
climate
change
143
Changes
and
the
in
carbon
stored
ice,
oceans
biosphere
ICE
BIOSPHERE
Periglacial
areas
permafrost
beginning
allowed
the
have
seasonally
(permanently
permafrost,
in
in
which
to
the
form
contains
thaw.
large
of
The
dead
organic
contain
carbon
as
stored
atmospheric
carbon
The
storage
likely
is
is
long
of
as
a
lack
low
However,
may
as
western
to
nutrients
and
of
release
methane
are
rise,
Siberia
and
the
by
central
is
on
growth
other
Periglacial
(Gt)
global
of
wildres,
instead.
as
new
DOM
carbon
nutrients.
Current
will
lead
emissions
periglacial
Canada.
In
areas,
About
in
to
into
and
is
the
dioxide
soils
had
of
a
to
allow
in
have
as
carbon
is
dioxide,
there
impact
However,
carbon
carbon
on
of
the
plant
are
the
abandoned,
forest.
many
into
no
water.
variable
releasing
25%
released
providing
farmland
prevent
to
areas,
by
preventing
from
entering
build
up
the
use
considerable
in
of
Earth’
s
the
the
plants
re
to
amounts
create
of
atmosphere.
many
forests
through
forest
to
such
revert
recently,
addition,
and
has
may
Deforestation
of
doubling
When
approximately
humans
signicantly,
However,
Until
absorbed
that
factors,
farmland
carbon
nutrients.
a
humans
atmosphere,
productivity.
of
cycle.
vegetation
soil
soils.
of
For
increases
limiting
carbon
have
dioxide
Agriculture
of
periglacial
release
plants
carbon
atmosphere.
has
productivity,
limit
the
the
develop,
periglacial
environments
emissions.
dominated
carbon,
700–800Gt
of
T
errestrial
the
decomposition
more
periglacial
with
not
limit
and
areas,
gigatonnes
primary
does
to
(DOM).
warming
net
of
carbon
within
global
many
decomposition
30–40%
increase
temperatures
Warming
methane
of
of
compared
Up
temperatures
increase,
increased
to
of
400–500
contained
impact
environments
Currently,
DOM,
carbon.
In
deposits
rate
matter
some
temperatures
soil).
large
slow
accumulation
environments
low
frozen
soils
leads
the
to
were
sinks,
photosynthesis
store
large
release
of
converting
into
amounts
carbon
biomass.
of
from
carbon.
biomass
atmosphere.
particular
25–40
Flux
of
Carbon
(Gt
per
Year)
10
megatonnes
(Mt)
of
methane
are
released
each
year.
9
Emissions
Changes
in
snow
cover
and
permafrost
could
have
from
fossil
fuel
8
Net
release
from
land-use
change
7
feedback
mechanisms.
Decreased
snow
leads
Unidentified
sesaeleR
important
sink
6
Oceanic
to
decreased
reectivity
of
the
surface,
hence
uptake
5
increased
Atmospheric
accumulation
4
absorption
of
solar
radiation.
Melting
of
the
permafrost
3
could
release
methane
which
could
lead
to
an
increase
2
in
1
air
temperature.
0
–1
snoitalumuccA
–2
–3
OCEANS
–4
–5
–6
In
pre-industrial
times,
the
Earth’
s
atmosphere
contained
–7
578
Pg
(petragrams,
This
has
1
Pg
=
1
billion
tonnes)
of
carbon.
–8
–9
increased
by
about
1%.
In
contrast,
the
oceans
–10
1850
contain
about
50times
38,000–40,000
more
However,
than
with
the
Pg
of
carbon,
1865
1880
content
is
change,
causing
changes
the
atmospheric
in
ocean
the
Increased
carbon
in
the
atmosphere
Earth,
more
carbon.
acidies
the
Since
0.1,
a
reacts
less
such
as
contrast,
the
the
grow
increased
oceanic
in
pH
acidity.
has
carbon
and
in
become
carbonate
in
the
lobsters
of
and
–
the
the
to
form
end
up
with
may
1955
1970
1985
2000
Carbon
dioxide
✓
oceans
Both
carbon
Climate
–
methane
are
two
completely
dioxide
(CO
)
and
methane
(CH
2
carbon,
and
both
are
)
4
greenhouse
gases.
carbon
CHECK
which
17.
may
organisms
lead
to
how
vigorously
and
Resilience
why
global
positive
atmospheric
Vulnerability
UNDERSTANDING
explain
18. Suggest
shells.
the
more
YOUR
Briey
waters.
Global
and
substances.
store
bicarbonate.
thinner
grow
MISTAKE
about
acid,
decrease
which
by
excess
shell-building
oceans
phytoplankton,
nutrient-rich
2
coral
of
carbonic
water
available,
warmer
dropped
Some
to
Unit
more,
contain
ocean
addition,
cool,
plants
water.
carbonate
abundance
144
In
make
change
in
with
W ith
in
may
1750,
30%
dissolves
In
and
1940
warms
different
the
1925
carbon
✗
content.
1910
atmosphere.
climate
COMMON
carbon
1895
about
re
warming
feedback
inuences
carbon
in
the
in
periglacial
regarding
the
climate
amount
biosphere.
of
areas
change.
Extreme
Climate
change
weather
can
lead
to
changes
events
in
Projected
weather
patterns
and
rainfall.
Climates
Global
become
more
extreme
and
impacts
temperature
of
change
climate
(relative
change
to
pre-industrial)
unpredictable.
0°C
Probable
impacts
may
1°C
2°C
3°C
4°C
5°C
6°C
include:
Food
Falling
•
up
to
200
driven
million
from
their
people
homes
at
risk
by
of
ood
being
developing
by
an
increase
in
hurricane
frequency
and
Small
rising
yields
shortages
affecting
up
to
4
high-latitude
mountain
disappear
water
many
areas,
particularly
regions
in
Falling
regions
yields
developed
in
many
regions
Water
intensity
•
in
2050
some
•
yields
or
Possible
drought
crop
billion
supplies
–
glaciers
Significant
decreases
availability
in
water
Sea-level
many
areas,
rise
including
threatens
in
Mediterranean
several
in
water
threatened
and
southern
major
cities
Africa
areas
people.
Ecosystems
Extensive
The
impacts
of
climate
change
will
vary
to
the
scale
UP
TO
of
the
1°C
temperature
damage
Rising
coral
maximum
survival
to
is
be
of
virtually
already
UP
rise
TO
in
temperature
temperature
island
impossible
disappearing
2°C
of
states,
to
1°C
but
achieve.
and,
with
a
is
it
The
1°C
vital
is
for
now
Arctic
global
the
sea
ice
is
the
even
a
seen
in
of
2°C
rise
Europe
people,
will
temperature
into
desert
will
have
during
occur
rise.
and
the
signicant
2003,
which
annually
The
scientists
with
Amazonian
grasslands,
and
want.
impacts.
killed
a
2°C
However,
The
tens
of
global
rainforest
increasing
heatwaves
thousands
atmosphere
remaining
lifeforms.
UP
TO
coral
make
reefs
More
4°C
will
and
than
60
the
oceans
thousands
million
too
of
turn
levels
acidic
other
people,
in
for
any
exposed
in
greater
scenario
extremely
Arctic
into
possible
weak
climate
permafrost
the
dioxide
CASE
STUDY
countries
much
currently
At
enter
this
the
more
locked
agree
of
in
level
to
only
of
increase,
danger
the
the
WEATHER
AND
zone,
an
methane
the
risk
CHANGE
of
hundred
starvation.
to
worst-hit
Africa,
years.
the
fresh
water
will
affect
more
the
world’
s
changes
their
west
sheet
by
Glaciers
ooding
malaria.
exposing
The
ice
rise
reducing
of
of
drop,
Greenland
itself,
the
summer
more
areas
will
Australia
all
habitats
for
10
will
too
a
billion
Antarctic
melt
be
and
the
major
million
become
quickly
cities.
next
recede,
Coastal
people.
extinct
if
them
to
will
world’
s
the
will
extra
for
sheet
the
over
world
yields
people
ice
and
metres
over
supply
Agricultural
half
will
seven
than
species
rely
the
on
sheets
Turkey
the
reach
ice
cover
extinction
the
would
would
polar
mean
many
desert
for
presence
would
submerging
the
to
A
2°C
adapt.
a
island
become
of
ice.
further
deserts
of
temperature
and
Italy,
and
native
melting
ve-metre
rise
Spain,
central
almost
in
permanently,
other
Further
nations.
temperatures
the
disappear
bears
of
in
in
Manchester
sea
Greece
Europe
50°C
species
Antarctic
level,
and
would
summer.
would
be
similar
IN
•
what
are
for
the
the
likely
2020s
impacts
and
of
climate
change
on
is
experienced
currently
on
the
south
coast.
Increased
rainfall
predicted
to
Rising
T
emperatures
are
expected
a
rate
of
about
0.2°C
per
decade
0.9°C
warmer
by
the
2020s
and
about
by
the
by
2050s.
This
is
equivalent
to
moving
about
200
km
north
the
and
Droughts
in
the
UK,
to
YOUR
to
2°C
the
might
not
Annual
will
be
the
precipitation
2020s
and
by
is
nearly
why
be
limiting
good
for
20.
temperature
people
wind
more
speeds,
intense
especially
in
rainfall
the
gales
will
increase
by
about
north
–
30%.
and
oods:
and
drier
The
currently
and
the
dry
moist
south-east
north-west
will
will
get
for
UNDERSTANDING
reasons
of
become
Drought
north-west
19. Outline
There
by
warmer
wetter.
CHECK
2050s.
extreme
frequency
tend
temperatures
speeds:
5%
1.6°C
•
warmer
about
becoming
the
about
wind
by
to
events
at
rise
beyond.
temperatures:
increase
and
the
10%
•
the
in
become
UK
These
UK
and
good
will
southern
rates
will
begin
ice
and
At
higher
the
to
THE
for
res
States.
will
level
that
releasing
permafrost.
CLIMATE
United
world
example,
EXTREME
forest
region,
sea
Arctic
deal.
would
atmosphere
carbon
if
extinction
will
INCREASE
is
disappear
and
collapse,
rise
Africa,
to
the
meaning
This
will
subtropics,
south-west
third
marine
mainly
the
the
few
2
the
in
Mediterranean
a
average
will
CO
it
the
be
limit
face
average
INCREASE
temperature
rise,
Heatwaves
common
thought
around
This
species
change.
INCREASE
low-lying
of
reefs
months.
A
number
with
Suggest
frequent
increase
will
why
in
the
both
tropical
and/or
south-east
become
storms
intense
as
a
and
more
are
in
the
common.
likely
result
ooding
of
to
become
global
more
warming.
ecosystems.
The
consequences
of
global
climate
change
145
Changes
BIOME
in
biomes
Species
CHANGES
change.
Climate
change
biomes
might
as
high
to
may
altitude
move
to
move
mangroves
geological
with
Models
relative
biomes
the
move
temperatures.
biomes
in
changes
suggest
the
lost
biomes
a
Equator,
up-slope.
be
past
and
to
be
show
future
an
as
shift
in
they
adapt
level,
have
and
habitats
nowhere
more
the
on
–
mountain
to
the
are
in
have
to
extinction
vegetation
new
those
very
in
also
likely
allowed
Current
rapidly,
may
options
to
also
for
so
to
species
to
changes
there
occur.
is
little
40%
A
of
rise
of
wildlife
Some
and
migration
high-latitude
and
2°C
so
could
are
lead
to
species.
zones
+3.5 °C
Current
is
has
high-altitude
extinction.
up
past
conditions.
biodiversity
to
of
the
adapt.
fewer
vulnerable
ecosystems
in
happening
especially
–
in
change
organisms
reduction
species
to.
Impact
for
A
as
gradually
temperature
time
shift
such
sea
in
in
altitudinal
biomes
changes
lost
how
global
latitudinal
Low-lying
due
may
in
can
composition
Climate
and
+10%
precipitation
climate
change
Nival
scenario
Nival
Polar
Polar
desert
desert
Alpine
Alpine
wet
wet
tundra
tundra
Subalpine
Subalpine
moist
forest
moist
forest
Subalpine
montane
scrub
Montane
Montane
Montane
Lower
steppe
desert
montane
steppe
scrub
Lower
montane
Premontane
Premontane
ANIMAL
Rising
temperatures
of
survive,
they
elevation.
corridors
of
these
their
the
that
is
developed
elevation,
need
USA,
allow
the
CHANGES
forcing
to
move
there
plants
parts
of
are
change
refugees.
provide
a
similar
eastern
also
A
plants
important
wildlife
animals
USA.
Due
providing
of
animals
range.
or
to
Mountains,
network
and
temperature
polewards
are
and
Appalachian
they
some
normal/preferred
will
In
are
of
their
national
in
crop
2°C
the
parks
for
could
Changes
refuge.
to
warming
degradation,
average
rainfall
when
interception
In
the
could
lead
to
desertication
annual
double
occurs
ow.
wine
changes
3°C
and
million
of
3°C
being
location
–
could
move
unviable
increase
in
by
2050,
Canada’
s
lead
by
to
–
35%
A
drop
rise
of
experiencing
up
to
hunger.
the
regions
although
a
East.
people
of
as
will
the
there
season.
areas
away
growing
polewards,
growing
to
Middle
crop-growing
viticulture
will
agricultural
lead
movements
wheat-growing
become
the
more
of
in
could
affected
latitudinal
example,
Many
temperatures
soil
is
loss
high
elds
of
on
and
have
rainfall
increase
and
increased
slopes.
vegetation
been
USA
is
as
disruption
soil
soil
loss
is
The
erosion,
difcult
Warmer
they
precipitation
Soil
low.
harvested,
less
in
salinization.
moderate
and
north-west
an
and
is
Higher
there
of
the
higher
be
run-off
is
effect
to
0.76
tonnes/ha
on
This
of
and
may
be
would
the
grapes
corn
USA
may
can
from
an
have
for
on
a
no-till
a
soils
Global
areas
types
to
may
resources
will
make
cultivate
need
will
to
it
increasingly
the
crops
change
determine
what
–
may
successfully
.
YOUR
the
UNDERSTANDING
likely
changes
to
global
biomes
as
a
system.
Climate
that
and
to
global
warming.
the
species.
–
Crop
water
how
resources
many
and
22. Outline
2
economy.
less
of
Unit
of
and
US
water
in
grow.
availability
21. Outline
0.13tonnes/ha
in
farmers
currently
grown,
the
overland
predicted
ploughed
on
reduction
CHECK
increase
146
the
with
of
Africa
200
rise
rise,
rise
EROSION
Global
when
a
in
For
produce
to
people
expected,
serious
could
while
Equator.
A
across
lead
550million
could
likely.
yields
hunger,
be
AGRICULTURE
temperatures
One
climate
TO
are
least
higher
shelter
global
patterns
higher
migrate.
one
to
some
to
As
T
o
wheat.
SOIL
woodland
woodland
MIGRATIONS
outside
steppe
steppe
Vulnerability
and
Resilience
likely
barriers
to
migration
for
some
result
The
impact
people
of
and
climate
change
on
places
Asthma,
Injuries,
fatalities
cardiovascular
disease
Severe
Malaria,
Air
Heat
dengue,
stress,
Weather
encephalitis,
Pollution
cardiovascular
Rift
Valley
fever
failure
Vector-borne
TURE
A
S
R
E
P
W
A
T
REH
and
Mainutrition,
Food
S
diarrhoea,
M
Supply
L
blooms
E
E
algal
S
harmful
E
R
T
X
E
I
S
I
R
N
G
Water
Diseases
M
Heat
Allergies
Respiratory
allergies
A
E
S
G
N
ISI
R
Mental
Water-borne
Health
Diseases
Environmental
Anxiety,
despair,
Refugees
depression,
post-traumatic
stress
Cholera,
leptospirosis
Forced
migration,
civil
Impact
The
effects
of
temperature
Africans
areas
will
to
global
of
spread
Global
as
cool
for
may
some
lead
refugees
islands
varied.
up
to
to
would
as
to
A
60
be
Other
extend
an
rising
Kiribati
in
human
rise
able
are
to
breed
as
in
latitudes.
sea
to
Passage
there
are
these
sea
Summer
develop
Pacic
hunger
which
For
climate
will
drive
example,
product
in
(GDP)
agriculture
that
more
to
likely
income
and
Try
health
to
of
by
gross
are
such
as
change,
will
affected
not
such
by
increase
some
on
due
in
of
the
human
only
as
be
is
health.
but
high
illnesses
by
For
issues
and
in
to
are
than
may
a
land
change
Arctic
open
up
issues
used
likely
may
for
to
be
could
be
coastline
new
to
be
trade
due
global
coastal
W inter
to
snow
lack
of
However,
before
locations.
due
routes
North-
either
of
shipping.
to
and
sea
the
routes.
international
change
new
and
resolved
extended
northerly
decline
due
the
spread
people
to
and
impact
of
will
these
which
deaths
to
warming.
resorts
sports
and
may
holidays,
ice.
be
at
weak
may
YOUR
24. Outline
why
of
which
of
also
ood
as
already
affect
the
will
climate
lead
a
to
range
control
there
vulnerable
to
countries
that
Netherlands.
LICs
are
also
are
communications
make
them
less
able
change.
a
loss
of
and
in
ecosystem
services,
climate
signicant
for
example,
regulation,
changes
to
and
climate.
UNDERSTANDING
the
incidence
global
of
malaria
may
increase
as
warming.
contrasting
increase
such
provide
if
is
infrastructure,
effects
risk
LICs
particularly
level,
services,
the
change
result
may
be
have
in
change.
will
sea
productivity
,
may
a
population
Ecosystems
23. Explain
of
infectious
also
to
emergency
respond
services.
people’
s
prolonged
temperatures,
(morbidity)
of
the
climate
ooding
likely
primary
greater
of
of
below
Climate
high-
technologically
example,
the
many
dehydration
to
also
more
Coastal
more
involved
(LICs)
Moreover,
complexity
affected
malaria,
severe
fatigue,
in
effects
have
change.
These
countries
cope.
will
domestic
force
oods.
LICs
problems
bases
cultural
labour
because
able
social
and
20%
the
low-income
less
is
is
seasons
CHECK
across
change
diseases,
an
of
threatened
(HICs)
to
resource
TIP
get
climate
65%
affect
economically
to
and
is
lead
social
Bangladesh
countries
EXAM
will
National
economic,
and
routes
percentage
change
conict.
could
geopolitical
however,
PROBLEMS
and
climate
Russia’
s
homes.
the
Globally
of
melts.
T
ourism
be
Residents
South
benet
ice
West
human
claiming
levels.
the
One
more
diseases
higher
in
health
in
tropical
to
sea
on
million
increase
communities
due
such
their
change
them.
conditions
Already,
abandoned
are
expose
Mosquitoes
too
warming
low-lying
SOCIAL
warming
warmer
environmental
have
climate
could
malaria.
previously
migration.
of
2°C
of
conict
due
reasons
to
global
why
human
migrations
warming.
drought,
may
lead
to
(mortality).
The
consequences
of
global
climate
change
147
RESPONDING
3
Disparities
There
of
are
uncertainties
climate
change.
vulnerability
wealth,
will
age,
cope
are
•
to
three
the
of
the
nature
climate
according
to
gender,
education
and
to
which
with,
about
Levels
the
people
factors
to
climate
are
negative
main
degree
global
a
of
with
are
or
Some
and
the
to
•
degree
climate
the
Ocean
to
by
which
they
could
be
harmed
to
which
taking
sensitivity
to
they
action
climate
to
could
mitigate
reduce
their
The
exposure
the
potential
exposure
population
change
young,
than
the
mobility
others.
burden
sick.
Single-parent
may
combine
age,
gender
It
is
not
or
and
the
as
the
at-risk
as
who
well
Mothers
Adverse
are
as
particulate
✗
✓
Only
the
problems
increased
•
salt-water
•
damage
•
out-migration
•
a
people
Food
etc.
will
–
e.g.
will
be
insurance
premiums
shortages
will
148
Unit
2
be
the
been
and
because
elderly
by
services,
at
the
and
and
their
of
–
coral
in
from
Ocean
infrastructure
islands
are
and
mountain
and
vulnerable
These
areas
the
to
and
Pacic
climate
socio-
located
along
the
low-lying
areas
face
include:
erosion
into
groundwater
reefs
of
people
economic
such
For
climate
activities
activities
and
as
about
3.5°C
major
source
as
activity,
infrastructure.
Health
Impacts
Young
of
linked
risk
airborne
from
illness,
Climate
and
children’s
sensitivity
climate
whether
and
and
places
and
the
limited
people
in
a
1980s.
and
they
are
that
environment.
once
a
Basin
temperature
in
the
Basin
income.
declined
to
adapted
Mackenzie
in
W ildlife
clothing
has
the
rise
in
access
have
and
changes
trapping,
at
Different
School
biological
The
children
asthma,
and
Change
them
at
greater
diarrhoeal
heat-related
to
illness.
climate
to
26. Briey
peoples,
due
is
a
However,
to
major
of
the
lack
of
economic
or
–
water
Vulnerability
and
activities
their
illness,
disease,
air
children
risk
of
of
older
exposure
vector-borne
and
and
respiratory
pollution
and
allergens.
UNDERSTANDING
population
why
change.
indirectly.
of
and
older
groups
that
are
at
risk
of
change.
increase,
likelihood
Stages
and
increase
from
main
explain
climate
age
heat-related
YOUR
the
Life
behaviors
waterborne
25. Identify
high-income
directly
will
Climate
food,
and
disappeared.
too.
Global
the
toddlers
change.
vulnerable
indigenous
income
any
environments.
socio-economic
environment,
population
water,
has
Inuit
vulnerable
populations
experienced
since
of
incomes
to
effects
more
scarcities
rise,
the
floods.
by
their
in
risk.
and
are
poor,
to
have
muskrat
available
CHECK
food
will
example,
Canada
the
low
live
experience
indigenous
vulnerable
in
and
such
lifestyles
often
often
as
Most
they
change.
schools
they
such
therefore
the
as
Infants
affected
middle
increase
the
Indian
others.
coastal
supplies
most
these
intrusion
people
addition,
resources.
refugees
vulnerable
outcomes
affected
rise,
coastal
to
decline
problems
with
babies
groups
many
also
prices
be
to
events,
matter,
certain
change
refugees
In
very
characteristics,
affected
all
weight
have
heat
will
of
of
that
•
MISTAKE
poor
Although
climate
and
birth
birth
extreme
COMMON
the
economic
may
pregnancy
low
preterm
to
groups,
often
emergency
tourism,
as
are
the
climate
people
vulnerable
young,
Vulnerability
such
also
households
people
such
minority
are
of
women,
disabilities,
to
poverty.
services,
agriculture
for
vulnerable
include
poor,
number
and
more
with
Carers
caring
a
just
Institutions
transport
of
These
the
people.
their
are
those
problems,
indigenous
the
areas
than
change.
groups
elderly,
Much
risk
mouths,
water
in
the
activities
Indigenous
Some
their
at
river
coastline.
climate
by
more
islands
among
risks.
economic
are
change
islands,
derive
Many
are
change
There
change
degree
harm
to
that
glaciers.
change
•
regions
the
vulnerability:
to
low-lying
risk.
unable
locations
include
to
change.
exposed
climate
of
refers
to,
to
location,
perception
climate
CHANGE
scale
risk
person’
s
change
associated
people
and
change
susceptible
impacts
which
CLIMATE
exposure
vary
Vulnerability
degree
in
TO
Resilience
indigenous
peoples
are
at
risk
of
Contrasting
FLOODING
Most
of
delta.
the
Since
1970,
oods
will
continue
sea
have
level
The
result
In
from
the
also
rainfall
and
1988,
future
intensity
Scientists
densely
of
predicted
with
by
ooding.
VULNERABILITY
the
is
duration
likely
to
increase
2090s.
to
zone
by
rivers.
by
tidal
stilts
of
as
Ghana,
the
to
climate
change
Poor
built
on
its
are
country
a
number
children,
and
the
inrm,
refugees.
increased
poverty,
and
although
the
include
fatality,
these
that
poor,
indigenous
Impacts
illness
groups
include
are
the
most
groups,
decreased
water
with
type
of
and
groups
change
regions
of
impacts
in
different
Climate
change
is
range
types
•
increasing
environment.
•
savanna
Increased
and
divert
200
dug
has
nearly
oodwater
ood
away
shelters
on
people.
River
the
islands,
of
frequent
people
frequency
materials
and
ooding
extremely
of
of
increase
the
mud.
likely
of
of
extreme
lead
potential
Bangladesh
levels
to
are
generally
cope
with
the
change.
to
experience
adaptation
in
enough
climate
to
the
houses
Income
diversied
global
environmental
development
Ecosystem-based
to
natural
provide
Capacity
conditions
for
many
include
outside
communities.
infrastructure
measures
includes
adaptation
habitats,
ecosystem
and
capacity
dams,
levees
and
to
teach
includes
such
as
preserving
mangrove
and
swamps,
services.
development
includes
people
new
education
techniques
and
and
extension
to
impacts
empower
Northern
ooding
walls.
services
change
to
ecosystem-based
Infrastructure
sea
•
Climate
of
Many
not
of
Ghana,
from
government
development.
Ghana
Zone
1990
effects
normal
channels
Ghana
increased.
sand
are
The
embankments
livelihoods
ooding.
restoring
Climate
has
protection
surges.
Padma
and
Since
development,
availability,
and
life
and
constructed
evacuation
from
low
of
also
possible
In
women,
minority
out-migration
vary
vulnerable
elderly,
It
construction
of
built
very
km
Bangladesh’
s
impact
the
the
the
provide
storm
drainage
precipitation
by
developed
5,700
of
vulnerable.
events.
GHANA
population
for
In
the
In
km
also
and
buildings.
makes
a
These
waves
about
from
oods.
14–40%
protecting
were
of
5,000
Due
coastal
worsen
Bangladesh
gates
of
future.
Bangladesh
built
ooding
precipitation
to
of
that
the
the
of
low-lying
coastal
extreme
aim
Sluice
IN
in
vulnerable
damage
intensity
Government
Plan,
and
a
predict
populated
increasingly
is
forms
considerably
52–135%
the
Action
scale,
ood
increased
2030s
Flood
is
the
Bangladesh
increase
potential
of
Monsoon
the
to
of
increased.
rise,
Bangladesh
BANGLADESH
country
the
to
IN
vulnerability:
morbidity
and
people.
disease
prevalence
Increased
vulnerability
Increased
out-migration
of
the
poor
CHECK
and
loss
YOUR
27. Outline
human
UNDERSTANDING
of
three
potential
impacts
of
climate
change
in
capital
Bangladesh.
Forest
Decreased
food
Dry-ups
water
security
28. Suggest
of
bodies
Ghana
underground
Population
Coastal
savanna
Decreased
Higher
water
burden
on
the
lead
impacts
to
an
on
migration
Increased
cholera
and
100
0
100
0
on
in
women.
100
km
km
Dhaka
Dhaka
Chittagong
Chittagong
OF
BAY
+
1
metre
Chittagong
OF
BENGAL
BAY
+
1.5
metre
OF
BENGAL
heavily
populated
aereas
15
million
people
affected
18
million
2
Actual
warming
burden
quality
Dhaka
BENGAL
global
women
Increased
BAY
of
increased
land
availability
km
Very
may
water
pressure
0
why
and
sea
level
17,000
km
people
affected
2
of
land
submerged
22,000
Sources:
Climate
km
Dacca
of
land
University,
Change
submerged
Intergovernemntal
pannel
on
(PCC).
Responding
to
climate
change
149
Government-led
There
are
Political
fossil
in
fuel
the
limit
many
THE
on
one
Russia
fuel
and
PARIS
achieving
of
oil
nationally
the
and
most
gas
regulations.
climate
fossil
to
found
coal,
control
major
China,
is
where
climate
the
are
industry
USA,
agreement
of
obstacles
obstacles
change
main
such
the
AGREEMENT
,
Middle
a
bargaining
the
THE
USA,
In
groups
to
2015
Paris.
UN
France
Climate
was
decarbonized
of
its
wind
its
taken
energy
from
energy
.
One
the
Paris
key
objective
pre-industrial
to
gas
Canada,
on
limit
It
and
the
of
it
an
HIC
seventy-four
of
warming
seeks
for
zero
net
90%
and
countries
2°C
a
had
over
power
Climate
to
in
that
generates
hydroelectric
Reduction
global
also
–
held
signed
there
their
is
possible
gases.
The
efciency,
possible.
to
human
of
technologies
low-carbon
emissions
exist,
and
electricity,
Nevertheless,
even
greenhouse
measures
and
with
of
fuel
these,
such
as
switching
CO
will
energy
are
increase
for
to
mitigate
climate
climate
a
number
of
change,
decades.
Thus,
humanity
will
as
all
crops
need
to
as
to
vaccination
of
and
the
spread
adaptations
programmes,
include
ood
desalination
•
Sustainable
•
Energy
•
Building
defences,
plants
and
transportation
nor
are
on
is
not
Code
changes
and
2050
place
planting
more
•
Geothermal
•
Solar
•
District
•
Building
to
the
cut
to
“as
force
to
from
achieve
all
of
unsuitable
Cities
crop
Expand
depend
varieties
can
be
can
be
of
will
be
desalination
more
protected
of
some
temperatures
•
and
lake
•
Local
design
vehicle
•
Capture
&
&
so
will
such
more
as
and
planting
&
care
Residential
Mitigation:
Actions
that
CHECK
YOUR
meet
be
required.
the
sewer
downspout
main
150
Unit
2
and
–
Water
conservation
•
Green
roofs
•
landfill
Nile,
globally
reduce
to
•
the
responsible
thing
to
do
emissions
climate
adaptation
Kyoto
Global
Policy,
smog
Help
for
Health
alerts,
&
Index
business
planning
vulnerable
people
differences
the
West
Shade
centres,
Quality
Emergency
change.
Adaptation:
the
Actions
minimize
that
negative
and
mitigation.
between
the
Paris
Protocol.
Climate
–
Vulnerability
and
locally
impacts
UNDERSTANDING
30. Outline
Agreement
the
that
between
programs:
production
•
capacity
and
Resilience
of
responsible
or
prevent
climate
thing
the
change.
to
do
resilient
and
ocean
malaria,
levels
The
will
vaccination
demand
upgrades:
programs:
&
disease,
cooling
food
gas
contribute
29. Distinguish
the
Health
Lyme
fuel
use
major
ooding.
widespread
to
culverts
continuity
digester
a
nancial
more
and
disconnection
water
efficiency
set
countries
universal
rising
surges
diseases,
rise,
plants
against
storm
needed;
Infrastructure
Air
Improve
possible”,
to
oods
ventilation
cooling
•
or
are
world’
s
on
made
frequent
energy
deep
Unlike
Adaptive
can
likelihood
range
•
•
as
Kyoto
2015.
resources.
greater
as
climates.
and
heating
natural
Tree
a
the
thermal
•
to
goals
penalize
energy
Renewable
2100.
country
to
The
Countries
efficiency
•
greenhouse
2012.
soon
a
at
The
extended
and
goals.
usage
wanted
place
temperatures
programmes
for
change.
by
was
measure
change
backflow
improve
to
levels
that
emissions
met.
previously
•
to
any
gas
country-specic
carbon
there
sewers
conservation
no
mechanism
climate
agriculture,
higher
geographic
change.
Examples
in
from
droughts.
trying
adapt
In
to
continue
well
their
no
2005
achieving
conference
technological
2
to
2015
is
agreement
climate
aimed
1990
between
are
an
countries.
STRATEGIES
reduce
target,
agreement
anthropogenic
there
in
to
serious
their
force
for
up
greenhouse
Protocol)
of
emissions
reduce
targets
The
into
timetable
to
if
with
gas
5%
of
avoid
Kyoto
by
came
although
The
would
(the
expected
varies
It
that
Protocol,
detailed
specic
Change.
compared
Kyoto
signed
stabilization
emissions
Protocol
was
change
PROTOCOL
countries
the
levels
greenhouse
example
power
,
hundred
levels.
ADAPTATION
an
183
for
agreement
power
East.
Conference
production
nuclear
Agreement
is
as
energy
1997,
safe
global
2015
Change
KYOTO
called
to
the
The
climate
The
managed
obstacle
the
as
lobby
have
on
world.
internationally
.
powerful
remains
in
low-carbon
and
interests
The
countries
countries
a
action
for
water
,
Mitigation
WHAT
MITIGATION
Mitigation
involves
greenhouse
the
gas
INVOLVES
CARBON
the
reduction
and/or
(GHG)
emissions
and
atmosphere.
may
strategies
Mitigation
stabilization
their
strategies
to
removal
reduce
of
Carbon
from
which
GHGs
traded
•
reducing
•
using
energy
consumption
•
geo-engineering.
alternative
CARBON
Currently,
sources
fossil
AND
fuels
to
fossil
fuels
SEQUESTRATION
are
can
dioxide
be
burned,
the
CO
that
are
Carbon
enters
an
attempt
by
traded.
the
set
In
OFFSET
offset
for
can
buy
create
Europe,
targets
to
to
governments
Emissions
industries
forced
CARBON
(CCS)
is
issued
through
Governments
energy
limit
CAPTURE
when
of
trading
permits
dioxide
include:
TRADING
carbon
Trading
the
Plants
from
market
emit
in
carbon
permits
System
amount
emit.
permits
a
to
are
(ETS).
of
carbon
that
exceed
others
that
that
do
not.
SCHEMES
schemes
are
designed
to
neutralize
the
2
the
atmosphere,
centuries.
One
where
it
potential
may
reside
solution
is
for
to
decades
capture
effects
or
the
of
investing
CO
the
in
carbon
projects
dioxide
that
cut
human
activities
emissions
produce
elsewhere.
by
Some
2
before
it
is
There
•
released
are
Capture
two
the
into
main
at
CO
the
the
climate
atmosphere.
ways
to
site
do
where
it
experts
dissuade
this:
is
say
people
offsets
from
are
dangerous
changing
their
because
they
behaviour.
produced
2
(the
power
plant)
and
then
store
it
underground
in
a
GEO-ENGINEERING
geologic
•
Allow
deposit.
the
to
CO
enter
the
atmosphere
but
then
Geo-engineering
schemes
are
large-scale
engineering
2
remove
This
it
using
approach
specially
is
called
designed
“direct
air
removal
capture”
processes.
schemes
that
of
sulphate
aerosol
CO
alter
natural
particles
processes.
in
the
air
For
example,
could
be
used
to
2
dim
However,
been
relatively
undertaken
geologic
feasibility
CARBON
Some
countries
for
the
and
development
technological,
large-scale
has
economic
and
CCS.
T
axes
of
are
introducing
could
to
be
carbon
imposes
incoming
Another
idea
some
the
of
radical,
high
reduce
carbon
taxes
emissions
imposed
relative
of
to
to
Carbon
carbon
the
the
costs
on
society
(including
future
to
place
incoming
and
giant
solar
and
thereby
mirrors
in
radiation.
perhaps
cool
the
space
These
unworkable
planet.
to
are
deect
fairly
ideas.
FERTILIZATION
dioxide
ocean
with
phosphorus.
burnt.
is
sunlight
expensive
OCEAN
producers
proportion
CO
research
test
TAXES
encourage
dioxide.
little
to
the
absorption
This
of
introduces
increases
marine
from
atmosphere.
the
can
compounds
food
be
may
to
and
trigger
by
nitrogen
nutrients
production
It
increased
iron,
the
takes
an
fertilizing
and
upper
oceans,
carbon
algal
dioxide
bloom,
which
2
generations)
but
those
who
emit
the
CO
do
not
pay
can
trap
carbon
dioxide
and
sink
to
the
ocean
oor
.
2
for
the
social
impose.
The
costs
result
that
is
they
the
lack
Geoengineering
of
an
fossil
Users
incentive
fuels
of
to
to
shift
renewables.
fossil
fuel
could
Increased
Increased
reflectivity
from
clouds
extra
“carbon
tax”
Thinning
high
aerosols
clouds
reflectivity
pumped
into
from
atmosphere
pay
(by
an
proposals
from
low
spraying
sea
(clouds
act
as
blanket,
retaining
heat)
salt
equal
into
them)
Increased
to
the
social
cost
of
the
CO
Biomass
energy
Increased
with
from
reflectivity
deserts
2
capture
emitted
by
the
fuel.
raise
the
costs
relative
to
of
biomass
for
energy
of
crops
reflective
(planting
capturing
the
CO
vast
highly
materials)
forests)
)
2
coal,
(increasing
population
carbon-absorbing
gas
(using
fertilisation
and
and
reflectivity
Afforestation
(using
oil
storage
This
Ocean
would
and
of
plankton)
wind
Biochar
and
solar,
for
example,
thereby
(carbon-rich
shifting
the
energy
low-carbon
use
towards
charcoal
burnt
crops
added
Direct
capture
to
from
soil)
options.
Increased
reflectivity
(microbubbles
fron
increase
the
oceans
reflectivity)
and
storage
of
CO
2
Geoengineering
CHECK
YOUR
31. Outline
the
strategies
32. Explain
UNDERSTANDING
main
constraints
of
climate
how
carbon
taxes
work.
mitigation
strategies.
Responding
to
climate
change
151
Civil
to
society
address
CIVIL
There
are
many
climate
Nature
examples
change,
(WWF)
attempting
and
to
•
reduce
calling
trying
and
to
climate
a
greener
engaged
World
Wide
example,
in
and
a
in
Fund
the
number
of
emerging
for
WWF
is
ways,
by:
economies
to
sign
the
use
up
of
to
by
use
agencies
to
business
travel
of
which
WWF-UK’
s
aims
CASE
to
fuels
and
work
schemes
is
companies
the
new
One
impact
WWF
of
their
claims
it
benets
through:
time
savings
•
improvements
in
productivity
•
improvements
in
family
•
higher
savings
staff
life
retention.
company
Vodafone.
technologies
facilities.
in
Five
and
Challenge,
In
In
the
hours
on
that
costs
it
rst
on
the
One
invested
ve
in
Five
The
of
air
Challenge
£600,000
months
after
video-conferencing
business.
previous
took
2010
company
in
the
and
saved
was
video-conferencing
investment,
travelled
about
it
spent
320,000
one-third
of
km
its
travel.
government
STUDY
•
CORPORATE
CHANGE
MITIGATION
EFFORTS
Promoting
a
Sustainable
Life
at
Home
project
will
try
IN
different
THE
activities.
nancial
3,600
companies
environmental
other
•
One
2050
lifestyle.
encourage
the
and
•
less
One
reduce
international
fossil
energy
people
to
strategies
change
the
emissions
renewable
encourage
have
the
For
change
gas
reduce
100%
societies
economies
governments
to
civil
including
greenhouse
on
towards
of
climate
major
agreements
•
global
Greenpeace.
tackle
pressurizing
to
corporate
SOCIETIES
global
•
and
methods
of
helping
customers
reduce
their
USA
emissions.
CO
The
project
started
in
spring
2010
and
2
In
the
USA,
climate
the
US
corporations
mitigation
Climate
Chrysler,
and
many
General
Siemens.
schemes.
Action
In
becoming
2007,
Partnership
Electric,
USCAP
are
has
companies
(USCAP),
General
lobbied
28
Motors,
the
involved
through
in
it
formed
Rio
Tinto,
government
•
Shell
to
will
more
including
smart
help
customers
sustainable
Improving
the
perspective
set
products
IKEA
targeted
change
living
project
and
at
Food
their
communication
behaviour
through
home.
range
nd
from
aims
to
food
products
a
climate
solutions
to
reduce
CO
2
legally
In
binding
2008,
joined
with
Levi
the
Economies
and
CO2
to
Energy
Strauss,
form
gas
the
targets
Nike,
Coalition
Policy
greenhouse
emissions
for
emissions
80%
Starbucks
by
and
Environmentally
Business
(BICEP).
of
for
BICEP
to
25%
others
its
Responsible
offer
Innovative
calls
for
a
below
emissions
2050.
•
Climate
reduction
1990
levels
restaurants
healthy
Closing
full
in
from
the
and
and
food
markets
appetizing
loops
recyclability
resources,
by
the
project
and
minimize
and
at
the
investigate
cyclic
systems
emissions
CO
IKEA
offers
same
in
time
meals.
will
how
that
and
the
can
impact
save
of
scarce
optimally
have
a
2
2020,
and
80%
Nevertheless,
government
not
want
would
to
their
lead
to
by
2050.
many
block
US
companies
such
measures,
government
a
decline
in
to
US
continue
and
pursue
to
many
policies
lobby
US
that
competitiveness
they
and
the
citizens
job
positive
impact
to
material
close
products
do
It
feel
will
can
losses.
and
also
be
and
•
IKEA
to
environment.
loops,
use
reused,
of
with
–
how
be
or
–
of
and
secure
from
returned
models
It
to
an
will
focus
materials
to
transportation
develop
specic
recycled
recycled
way
Sustainable
aims
the
investigate
acceptable
WWF
on
in
that
explore
how
on
recyclable
new
products.
products
environmental
nature.
People
tools
to
(ST
oP)
help
project
decrease
CO
2
WWF
and
IKEA
are
currently
working
together
on
six
emissions
climate
The
Climate
Positive
project
is
an
umbrella
for
all
transportation.
The
tools
offer
climate
projects
that
IKEA
and
WWF
are
working
on.
various
opportunities
for
IKEA
to
create
positive
climate
impact
in
society,
not
only
Developing
tis
on
own
how
emissions,
IKEA's
but
impact
also
by
effects
thinking
local
IKEA
stores
on
strategies
transportation
of
to
people.
at
Positive
achieving
Opportunities
signicant
for
Suppliers
reductions
in
energy
by
at
IKEAs
suppliers.
The
goal
is
to
remove
and
barriers
acting
to
sustainable
Climate
aims
efciency
reducing
more
a
project
general
a
It
•
mapping
guidance
the
achieve
is
IKEA-customer
projects:
will
•
from
and
to
promote
a
low
carbon
IKEA
supply
chain.
others.
https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/view/36410665/wwf-and-ikea-co-
operation-climate-projects-global-hand
EXAM
T
ry
to
signicant
2017,
to
President
Jinping
attempts
152
up
date
impacts
production
Xi
CHECK
TIP
keep
of
on
Unit
–
in
fuels,
that
increase
2
changes
climate
T
rump
fossil
indicated
to
–
the
in
change
USA
whereas
China
policy
.
signed
the
would
production
Global
government
and
deals
Chinese
lead
use
Climate
At
–
to
of
can
the
to
start
impacts
of
34. T
o
increase
world
in
what
address
President
clean
YOUR
33. Suggest
have
how
of
extent
its
and
WWF
climate
global
energy
.
Vulnerability
UNDERSTANDING
Resilience
is
attempting
to
reduce
the
change.
have
corporate
climate
strategies
change?
helped
Exam
Refer
to
the
practice
diagrams
below
and
on
page
27,
which
Projected
Global
0°C
show
impacts
temperature
1°C
the
of
change
2°C
potential
climate
(relative
impact
of
climate
at
selected
temperatures.
change
to
pre-industrial)
3°C
4°C
5°C
6°C
Extreme
Rising
weather
intensity
of
storms,
forest
fires,
droughts,
flooding
and
heatwaves
events
Risk
of
abrupt
and
Increasing
major
risk
of
dangerous
feedbacks
and
irreversible
abrupt,
large-scale
shifts
in
the
climate
system
changes
(a)
The
(i)
Identify
the
(ii)
Identify
one
(iii)
State
(iv)
Briey
(v)
Suggest
the
impact
temperature
explain
infographic
that
positive
why
two
farm
shows
the
occur
at
of
which
problems
yields
with
global
RELATED
IS
least
feedback
with
in
and
water
many
warming.
warming
that
are
IMPACTS
AFFECTING
abrupt
and
OUR
large-scale
global
developed
OCEANS
OCEAN
global
warming.
dangerous
decrease
of
CHANGE
the
global
associated
may
impacts
WHAT
CLIMATE
will
impact
shifts
in
climate
ARE
affecting
County,
HAPPENING
ENVIRONMENT,
IN
ECONOMY
Washington,
OUR
AND
RIVERS
+
mark)
2
marks)
(3
marks)
USA.
REGION?
HUMAN
HEALTH.
MOUNTAINS
AVERAGE
FALL/WINTER
SUMMER
WATER
(1
(2
King
mark)
mark)
appear
.
warming.
regions.
already
(1
(1
CASCADE
SNOW
PACK
MORE
ACIDIC
25
25
%
%
HIGHER
LOWER
FLOWS
SINCE
THE
INDUSTRIAL
REVOLUTION
+
2000s
1950s
FLOODING
FLOWER
PUGET
SOUND
FLOODING
-FOLD
HAS
CLOSED
INCREASE
0
HAS
RISEN
4
INTERSTATE
IN
YEARLY
AVG.1970-1986
WILDFIRES
2
OVER
3
MORE
4
OF
8
80%
5
STREAMS
5
THAN
inches
6
SURVEYED
IN
YEARLY
KING
AVG.1987-2003
7
COUNTY
8
EXCEEDED
TIMES
THE
TIMES
A
1913
Source:
(b)
(c)
SALMON-
SAFE
4
2013
FOREST
SINCE
1991
6
TEMPERATURE
AREA
BURNED
http://kingcounty.gov/~/media/services/environment/climate/images/infographic/CC-inforgraphic-04.ashx?la=en
(i)
Outline
(ii)
Suggest
the
(iii)
Outline
evidence
how
the
global
for
the
increase
warming
potential
health
may
in
have
effects
of
temperature
in
affected
economy
global
the
warming
King
on
County
the
of
over
King
the
last
century.
County.
residents
of
King
County.
(3
marks)
(3
marks)
(4
marks)
(10
marks)
(10
marks)
Either
Examine
the
view
that
global
climate
change
affects
all
people
equally,
whether
rich
or
poor.
Or
Discuss
the
role
of
feedback
loops
in
changes
in
the
global
energy
balance.
Responding
to
climate
change
153
UNIT
3
GLOBAL
RESOURCE
CONSUMPTION
ANDSECURITY
GLOBAL
1
Poverty
MILLENNIUM
POVERTY
TRENDS
IN
reduction
DEVELOPMENT
CONSUMPTION
and
GOALS
the
The
AND
REDUCTION
extreme
1990
and
poverty
2015,
fell
from
amount
poverty
the
Between
global
the
1.9
number
billion
of
to
people
around
living
840
in
of
people
from
middle-class
$4/day
million.
fell
–
middle
50%
in
LICs
in
1990
population
increased
from
who
in
18%
to
were
14%
LICs
in
–
class
living
in
those
1900
to
in
2015.
extreme
In
living
nearly
contrast,
on
at
least
50%
in
to
bigger
2015.
TOP
The
GLOBAL
POPULATION
BY
ranks
the
world’s
wealthy
emerging
of
market
nations
will
continue
get
INCOME
as
1965
the
Annual
per
in
price
2005
capita
create
expenditure
more
over
millionaires.
US$36,500
3,267,422,420 PEOPLE
TOP 5,558,825
MIDDLE 736,853,742
BOTTOM 2,525,009,853
MIDDLE
The
biggest
surge
in
the
next
years
will
Chinese
China
20
and
Indians;
below
Annual
new
the
per
members
come
the
middle
capita
from
of
percentage
will
the
middle
hundreds
drop
by
of
by
class
millions
people
70%
expenditure
of
in
over
of
India
and
2030.
below
US$36,500
2030
BOTTOM
6,820,730,223
PEOPLE
TOP 357,936,395
2012
8,011,521,525 PEOPLE
MIDDLE 4,871,161,044
The
percentage
the
rise
of
poor
people
in
the
world
has
been
on
BOTTOM 2,782,424,086
for
decades,
but
it
will
start
to
shrink
as
of
poverty.
millions
of
2030
Chinese
and
Annual
The
rising
THE
numbers
RISING
of
the
NUMBERS
middle
OF
There
MIDDLE-CLASS
poverty.
poverty
2009,
mainly
in
were
Europe,
Asia
increasing
feature,
consumer
goods
by
of
over
North
cars
it
as
growth
during
1960s
and
economic
accounted
out
expenditure
below
US$3,650
also
and
been
800
uneven
million
progress
people
approximately
half
still
of
all
in
live
reducing
in
global
extreme
workers
work
conditions.
important
increase
goods,
2009
not
an
for
phones
2015.
guaranteed.
South
growth
of
example,
and
always
and
sales
mobile
Korea
rates.
By
For
had
the
100
80
60
40
MENA
1980s,
Sub-Saharan
Asia
for
less
than
30%
of
Africa
Pacific
20
Central
&
South
America
%
class
has
Over
unsafe
fo
middle
in
eht
incomes
Brazil’
s
is
Brazil
people,
wen
continued
example,
similar
is
motorbikes,
between
However,
the
to
electrical
and
800%
capita
rise
America.
sector
helps
middle-class
elddim
Sales
since
such
billion
ssalc
cars.
increased
and
1.8
middle-class
economic
and
around
0502–0002
The
there
per
citizens
class
PEOPLE
In
Indian
the
0
8402
Many
Year
people
on
incomes
unemployment
and
working
in
CHECK
YOUR
1.
Dene
2.
Identify
by
154
of
informal
the
$4/day
remain
underemployment,
vulnerable
especially
to
those
The
growth
activities.
UNDERSTANDING
term
the
over
”middle
origin
of
the
class“.
projected
rise
in
middle
class
2050.
Unit
3
–
Global
Resource
Consumption
and
Security
of
the
middle
class
by
world
region
0502
4402
0402
6302
2302
security.
8202
economic
4202
has
0202
class
50%.
6102
middle
over
2102
the
was
8002
all
Korea’
s
4002
Not
whereas
0002
population,
Global
consumption
ECOLOGICAL
of
resources
FOOTPRINTS
ECOLOGICAL
FOOTPRINTS
IN
HICs
AND
LICs
7
An
ecological
footprint
is
the
hypothetical
area
of
land
1985
Built-up
land
2012
required
by
a
society
,
a
group
or
an
individual
to
full
Carbon
6
all
their
resource
needs
and
assimilate
all
their
wastes.
Fishing
Forest
measured
ecological
in
its
times
direct
footprints
scale
the
can
environmental
comparisons
comparing
a
LICs
and
is
HICs.
They
with
an
that
require
as
would
size
a
impact.
between
country
resources
actual
act
A
consuming
of
the
model
They
land
country
.
for
can
also
countries/areas,
can
a
and
highlight
allow
such
Grazing
1961
Cropland
5
4
3
2012
labolG
for
on
than
(gha).
gha
seratceh
Ecological
monitoring
wastes
larger
3.2
)ahg(
3.2
hectares
of
products
rep
assimilating
area
global
footprint
atipac
is
grounds
It
as
sustainable
1985
2
1961
and
unsustainable
lifestyles,
for
example,
populations
1985
1961
with
alarger
beyond
footprint
sustainable
capacity
for
the
hectares
of
land
than
limits.
their
The
population
of
land
area
are
available
biological
the
is
Earth
about
0
1.3
High
marine
areas
are
per
person
included
(or
as
a
1.8
global
source
of
hectares
2012
1
living
income
Middle
income
Low
income
if
productivity).
Changes
MICs
in
and
ecological
LICs
over
footprints
for
HICs,
time
20
Built-up
Carbon
)ahg(
Fishing
Forest
grounds
Grazing
Cropland
land
LICs
products
land
tend
than
HICs
seratceh
resource
to
have
smaller
because
of
consumption.
disposable
income,
ecological
their
In
much
HICs,
leading
to
footprints
smaller
people
greater
rates
have
of
more
demand
for
and
labolg
10
World
biocapacity
consumption
snoilliB
often
wasteful
pollution.
on
of
energy
and
People
consumption
responsible
for
resources.
HICs
in
produce
LICs,
and
by
the
recycling
HICs’
far
more
contrast,
informal
many
resource
have
waste
less
economy
resources.
in
to
use
is
and
spend
LICs
However,
is
as
0
1961
1970
Changes
in
footprints,
1980
the
1990
components
1961
to
2000
of
the
LICs
2012
develop,
their
ecological
footprint
size
increases.
ecological
2012
>6
4–5.9
2–3.9
1–1.9
0–0.9
Data
not
0
4,000
6,000
8,000
km
available
The
EXAM
are
footprints
(in
global
TIP
Remember
they
ecological
to
hectares)
of
countries
CHECK
use
the
measured
in
units
for
global
ecological
hectares
footprints
–
3.
(gha)
YOUR
Describe
4.
Compare
footprint
the
the
world,
component
changed
of
the
2014
UNDERSTANDING
how
footprint
around
size
HICs,
between
and
parts
1961
composition
MICs
and
LICs
of
and
of
the
ecological
2012.
the
between
ecological
1961
and
2012.
Global
trends
in
consumption
155
Water
PATTERNS
Water
780
is
growth
people
do
not
and
rising
standards
for
water
water
for
up
over
will
the
access
increase
of
world;
safe
to
The
increased
energy
to
is
to
decrease
million
people
in
in
water-scarce
Central
of
as
increase
are
and
water
such
environment,
stress
Southern
maintaining
resources
as
or
in
The
their
average
Wester n
European
adult
consumes
compared
regions.
Africa.
with
An
embedded
around
1.4
increasing
in
m
too,
consumption
North
3
m
American
/day,
3
/day
proportion
agricultural
and
in
Asia
of
and
this
1.1
water
manufactured
m
/day
is
products.
sub-Saharan
High-income
use
areas
3
stretch
World
Domestic
climate
other
Europe.
increasing
water.
and
many
3
and
further
many
a
such
in
likely
300
in
will
HICs
population
will
live
change
water.
due
living.
renewable
to
over
resources.
availability
example,
consumption
Africa
have
water
Water
For
distributed
clean
Earth’
s
and
TRENDS
for
demand
the
AND
unevenly
million
Demand
availability
Low-income
countries
8%
countries
Domestic
Domestic
use
use
8%
Industrial
11%
Industrial
use
use
10%
22%
Industrial
use
Agricultural
Agricultural
use
Water
More
water
world’
s
diet.
are
Much
of
water
2050
VIRTUAL
required
growth
trends
more
two
to
will
be
water
are
may
main
produce
partly
in
food
LICs,
increasing
which
income
because
for
of
use
groups
the
of
the
These
is
peak
at
to
11
the
•
urbanization
investment
•
reach
9
growth
climate
world
class
–
increasing
afuence
leads
to
consumption
of
tourism
–
in
82%
the
middle
water
•
to
and
growing
greater
include:
predicted
eventually
countries
the
in
which
pressure
of
•
changes
many
Agricultural
30%
stress.
efciently.
growth,
and
the
population,
the
population
by
be
in
experiencing
number
manage
•
of
already
A
will
growing
use
70%
use
59%
urban
water
and
areas
and
recreation
require
sanitation
signicant
facilities
change.
billion
billion.
WATER
Net
virtual
water
import
3
(Gm
/yr)
95–
75
75 – 0
0 – 100
100 – 305
Virtual
water
exports
The
way
concept
in
another
or
6.
through
YOUR
Compare
the
its
is
goods.
main
Explain
the
3
embedded)
It
such
allows
into
water,
water
refers
from
one
as
foods,
in
countries
Europe,
positive
to
country
the
to
owers
with
2011
values
limited
(negative
identify
water
uses
and
meaning
of
water
between
low-income
of
the
term
country
that
to
importing
goods.
high-
(or
water“.
–
Global
Resource
Consumption
and
to
Security
identify
“import
have
reduce
countries.
”virtual
values
imports)
resources
countries
UNDERSTANDING
countries
Unit
(or
imports
virtual
transferred
exports,
income
embedded)
156
virtual
water
manufactured
CHECK
5.
of
which
of
more
the
or
outsource”
water
use
of
its
resources.
own
their
It
water
water
also
from
allows
resources
by
a
Availability
PATTERNS
AND
of
land
and
food
and
TRENDS
North
declined
Food
intake
increased
intake
has
(measured
as
has
the
remained
increased
in
world’
s
calorie
intake)
population
steady
dramatically
in
in
has
has
sub-Saharan
East
Asia,
steadily
increased.
the
consumption
Africa.
in
population
Calorie
Africa,
but
Middle
East
foreign
it
factor
of
However,
many
areas
growth,
to
land-use
companies.
affecting
land
due
demand
combination
changes
Increasing
the
availability/person
a
and
land
urbanization
for
meat
of
and
is
has
rapid
grabs
by
another
the
availability
land.
∗
1960
2008
2050
7000
(equivalent
to
one
football
pitch)
4620
4050
3350
1860
1390
Industrialized
Rest
countries
of
the
Industrialized
world
Rest
countries
of
the
Industrialized
World
Rest
countries
Limit
on
of
the
World
sustainable
land
use
2
(1.4
Changes
As
countries
from
develop,
cereals
towards
vegetables
and
and
meat
1999,
dairy
there
a
in
is
more
a
products.
Meat
consumption
land
change
away
For
in
diet
diet
including
example,
per
capita
capita,
kilograms,
per
hectares
agricultural
varied
consumption
billion
use
agricultural
per
land
capita
150%
meat,
between
increased
average
of
rose
1964
376
LICs,
60%.
tonnes
by
7
billion
(square
in
by
and
in
2.000
m
metres)
and
consumption
Global
1998–9
million
people):
meat
and
tonnes
by
is
of
milk
production
predicted
to
and
was
dairy
218
products
million
reach
2030.
2010–
2010–12
29.2
(estimate),
and
2022
(forecast),
in
the
BRICS
2012
countries
2022
24.2
beef,
veal
22.5
19.7
pigmeat
13.6
34.1
29.2
14.2
poultry
sheep
1.2
1.5
47.0
Russia
13.6
41.5
11.1
3.4
3.8
2.7
29.3
2.7
45.2
30.4
China
2.6
32.2
1.0
1.2
2.0
0.2
0.6
0.2
0.7
India
12.3
11.1
0.4
0.4
12.6
14.4
Brazil
5.8
5.4
3.2
South
Demand
Since
1961,
increased
has
grown
ocean
of
by
lled
In
the
recent
and
crop
can
be
global
Egypt
has
gap
to
extensication
•
multicropping
YOUR
satiated
the
production
since
drop
in
the
rates
have
use
led
Africa.
sh
to
food
of
are
•
in
or
–
expanding
harvesting
the
two
area
or
other
reducing
farming
reduction
As
drought),
food
Indonesia,
in
the
ways
LICs
for
example,
modied
crops
a
using
high-yielding
varieties
organisms.
increasing
losses,
vertical
world’
s
demand
from
2.2%
per
an
all
year
of
food
these
that
production,
improving
food
may
there
be
are
many
including
storage,
in
vitro
farming.
per
food
in
three
suggest
population
for
growth
still
that
Others
consumption
the
is
believe
limits.
food
FAO,
this
farmed
of
and
the
of
main
their
ways
produce
three
more
scientists
reaching
production:
–
genetically
Some
because
aquaculture
production
to
in
world’
s
oods,
in
steeply
intensication,
population
the
this
land
riots
There
rising
stocks.
(res,
of
but
have
largely
growth
of
hazards
the
from
Some
HICs,
world’
s
1970s,
wild
falling.
and
in
consumption
while
considerable
natural
North
crop
and
growth
been
shortages
•
CHECK
the
the
is
year
off
the
change,
across
increasing
by
have
down
Food
and
per
However
,
left
years,
meat
supply
levelled
However
,
yields
put
sh
3.6%
1.8%.
climate
biofuels.
of
by
sheries
overshing.
has
total
about
for
3.4
Africa
the
to
growth
person
will
are
slows,
decrease.
demand
1.5%
for
per
and
reached,
According
food
year
by
is
high
the
likely
2050.
rates
growth
to
the
to
fall
However,
increase.
year
UNDERSTANDING
7.
Suggest
why
land
availability/head
8.
Suggest
why
crop
yields
and
crop
is
falling
in
production
many
have
parts
fallen
of
in
the
world.
some
locations.
Global
trends
in
consumption
157
Availability
PATTERNS
AND
and
consumption
•
TRENDS
geopolitical
between
The
period
but
since
from
2004
Following
the
91),
was
there
However
,
•
•
1985
there
energy
a
to
2003
was
has
been
an
crisis
period
insecurity
has
increased
demand,
countries
(NICs)
decreased
Energy
can
be
risen
oil
for
era
of
and
the
prices
many
of
energy
energy
Iraq
and
War
energy
reasons,
from
newly
security
,
•
global
insecurity
.
(1990–
•
as
supplies
are
used
from
both
coal,
energy
global
gas
and
supply
energy
oil).
and
supplies
These
their
including:
For
industrializing
RESOURCES
renewable
include
provide
use
demand.
warming
and
natural
terrorist
most
energy
about
activity
countries,
security
.
single
is
Fossil
most
expected
fuels
the
such
as
in
example,
disasters
misuse
a
of
the
have
energy
conict
increased
resources
Syria.
diversied
Depending
supplier
,
and
the
same
the
stock.
because
wind
as
Ukraine
rate
is
more
as
fossil
of
to
fuels
mankind’
s
increase
cannot
(such
uranium
be
to
and
scale,
renewed
tidal
within
energy
meet
they
Nuclear
Renewable
energy
for
and
security
.
resources.
Non-renewable
developments,
on
likely
energy
a
single
mix
offers
source,
to
lead
to
used;
this
results
the
best
especially
energy
from
insecurity
.
up
NON-RENEWABLE
generated
energy
Russia
awareness
a
AND
non-renewable
1973
low
especially
reserves
RENEWABLE
of
of
an
era
of
of
is
a
They
houses
are
natural
be
sources
schemes.
single
can
or
in
considered
non-renewable
energy
resources
depletion
are
power
be
solar,
large
because
hydroelectric,
scale
communities.
sustainable
of
resource.
include
can
depletion
non-renewable
or
small
Renewable
there
is
no
capital.
at
700
RENEWABLES
AND
ALTERNATIVE
Biomass
ENERGY
&
other
Hydro
Nuclear
SOURCES
600
Gas
Sources
of
energy
with
lower
Coal
Oil
carbon
500
dioxide
emissions
renewable
than
energy
fossil
(solar,
fuels
include
biomass,
400
geothermal)
wind,
and
wave,
their
tidal
use
and
JT
hydropower,
is
expected
a
low-carbon,
to
300
increase.
Nuclear
low-emission,
it
is
power
non-renewable
controversial
storing
the
is
due
to
radioactive
the
resource
problem
waste,
the
decommissioning
nuclear
power
and
scale
any
the
potential
of
but
200
of
cost
of
100
stations,
0
accident.
1970
1980
1990
2000
2010
2020
2030
Year
The
CHANGES
IN
world’s
fuel
partly
DEMAND
sources,
because
already
The
major
consumers
consumption
pattern
to
of
NICs.
has
demand
Energy
manufacturing
fuels
despite
is
projected
and
power
is
a
✓
Nuclear
power
is
not
–
it
released
but
is
an
little
being
Unit
in
the
HICs
rapidly
.
to
shift
used
The
in
from
world
and
NICs,
However
,
large
renewable
the
OECD
quantities
continues
energy
and
important
the
The
region
for
to
use
sources.
faster
LICs
3
a
the
is
is
source
renewable
to
building
released
fossil
of
fuels.
sources
energy
than
still
the
9.
plant
is
energy
and
produced.
–
Global
Resource
of
of
in
HICs,
but
the
1,000
the
gigajoules)
infrastructure
energy
companies
is
are
governments.
LICs
the
comparison
=
available,
cases,
for
will
continue
consumption
with
that
of
of
to
grow
energy
by
HICs.
Consumption
and
Security
UNDERSTANDING
how
change
10. Outline
dioxide
stations
built
still
ofrevenue
YOUR
Describe
to
Carbon
are
some
consumption
that
low
in
TJ
is
of
power
and,
(1
fossil
This
energy.
source
nuclear
once
of
resources
place,
CHECK
renewable
alternative
during
relatively
energy
158
is
are
MISTAKE
Nuclear
is
are
transport.
growth
✗
energy
energy
increasing
resources
the
COMMON
of
been
in
1970–2030
the
world’
s
between
the
factors
insecurity
2020
that
in
fuel
sources
and
2030.
have
many
are
contributed
countries.
predicted
to
increased
IMPACTS
OF
CHANGING
TRENDS
IN
RESOURCE
2
CONSUMPTION
The
water–food–energy
nexus
INTERACTIONS
DEFINITION
The
water–food–energy
between
changes
the
for
•
in
other
three
one
stewardship
drinking
Food
nutritious
and
food
preferences
•
Energy
reliable
is
for
security
and
heating,
and
access
impact
affordable
in
by
in
on
close
There
links
one
or
SDGs
both
the
rening
of
to
as
energy
as
“access
safe
and
sources
to
for
and
the
and
life”.
access
communications
for
food
water
the
farming,
clean,
productive
energy
uses.
Food
and
of
is
world’
s
may
and
of
affect
extraction,
land-use
example,
Agriculture
use
of
and
fertilizers,
for
for
as
tur n,
quantity,
is
is
needed
of
water,
needed
machinery
about
being
Food
(eutrophication,
Energy
Energy
and
water,
In
distribution
dams.
food
mining,
well
usage.
pollution
and
accounts
as
quality
changes.
of
for
single
water
the
livestock.
water
water
transport
water,
for
sources,
rear
largest
70%
construction
between
essential
energy
crops
about
and
for
transport.
cooking,
the
for
extraction,
for
water
produce
is
salinization)
and
interactions
transport
to
production
through
and
of
example,
accounting
to
the
needs
healthy
having
range
necessary
need
food
FAO
dietary
and
a
For
production
the
the
is
energy.
which
stresses
sufcient,
the
active
refers
lighting,
the
sanitation”.
to
meet
an
to
ways
resources.
dened
to
the
approach
dened
water
security
“availability
is
an
nexus
these
security
refers
and
have
The
of
nexus
sectors
sector
sectors.
Water
safe
•
the
30%
of
for
and
for
global
use.
agriculture
Adaptation
Enhanced
food,
energy
Water
policy
for
water,
security
energy
influences
(water
energy
demand)
Water
Energy
Energy
Interactions
Many
countries
demand
for
compounded
Adapting
scarce
the
in
EXAM
affect
the
change
a
providing
will
use
since
for
(energy
water,
the
food,
effective
mid-1990s,
use
The
of
the
for
analysing
interactions
how
provision
of
the
nexus
between
does
water,
the
provide
water,
energy
construction
energy
and
local
At
use
times
of
of
YOUR
the
and
12. Outline
some
dam
and
are
the
leads
and
a
number
access
to
water
food
impacts,
higher
of
scales,
water
,
increase
impacts
to
to
energy
,
positive
leading
though,
fertilizers
at
over
are
to
and
such
total
as
food
negative
energy
use
–
and
pollution.
UNDERSTANDING
11. Explain
a
applied
between
there
emissions,
specic
of
be
fertilizers
often,
use
gas
can
competition
interactions
More
increased
CHECK
example,
the
providers.
increased
greenhouse
or
approach
global
production.
of
TIP
discussing
of
nexus
demand)
adaptation
small-scale
water
the
water
and
large-scale
rapid
risk
energy
from
particularly
the
influences
The
are
change.
response.
accelerated
policy
growing
difculties
climate
require
the
has
The
of
coordinated
economies,
between
energy
.
uncertainties
and
resource
and
water
scarcity
.
examples
food,
difculties
food
climate
emerging
resource
When
by
resources
increase
in
to
face
water
,
for
meaning
of
the
of
the
term
interactions
”nexus“.
between
water,
food
energy.
food?
Impacts
of
changing
trends
in
resource
consumption
159
Resource
CASE
SECURITY
NEXUS
Asia
faces
water
and
energy
population.
vital
for
security
The
the
ways.
ASIA,
challenge
to
grow
Hindu
and
Moreover,
downstream
Key
SOUTH
of
The
energy
there
for
indicators
food,
sectors
is
a
high
on
irrigation,
in
providing
water
food
Himalayan
issues
communities
water
of
enough
Kush
promotion
water
as
the
downstream.
food,
such
IN
APPROACH
South
is
(1)
STUDY
WA
TER
A
security
are
its
and
expanding
region
energy
challenges
interrelated
degree
of
upstream
and
security
sufcient
(HKH)
water
and
HEP
for
the
many
dependency
ecosystem
drinking
in
in
in
South
of
services
water.
Asia
Indicator
2007
Population
Annual
(millions)
population
Population
Irrigated
below
area
growth
rate
(million)
ha)
projection
2242
1.5
0.53
(%)
US$1.25/day
(million
2050
1520
596
14.1
104
135
1479
1922
1095
1817
3
T
otal
water
consumption
in
agriculture
(km
)
3
T
otal
Key
water
withdrawal
features
Key
of,
and
for
irrigation
challenges
(km
for,
)
water
characteristics
security
Adaptation
in
South
Asia
challenges
Interface
and
Growing
water
stress
Growing
water
demand
agriculture,
energy,
human
livestock
water
and
demand
increase
by
is
55%
for
Providing
industry
use:
and
water
annual
predicted
compared
in
access
the
increasing
to
to
face
safe
of
drinking
increasing
variability
in
the
water
supply.
among
adaptation
Water-intensive
leading
and
to
poor
resources
climate
adaptation
increased
water-borne
mortality,
nexus
to
water
diseases,
human
change
prectices
pollution
high
child
health.
with
2005.
Upstream-downstream
on
dependence
water
High
dependence
communities
water
to
on
grow
of
the
food
downstream
upstream
and
Need
for
for
enhanced
downstream
generate
cooperation
hydropower.
Increasing
dependence
groundwater
About
for
70–80%
production
for
development
Himalayan
food
of
of
and
why
Himalayan
on
region
briey
has
impact
160
Unit
3
–
is
how
on
are
hydropower
activities.
(HKH)
Kush
water
the
water
Hindu
and
lifeline
for
for
irrigation,
major
economic
resources.
on
Adapting
to
declining
water
tables.
groundwater
Groundwater
requires
UNDERSTANDING
demand
14. Explain
an
rivers
season
further
YOUR
13. Outline
dry
sustainable
irrigation.
CHECK
HKH
production
agricultural
depends
upstream-
coordination
for
water
in
the
Hindu
Kush
increasing.
increasing
the
energy
Global
use
of
groundwater
sector.
Resource
Consumption
and
Security
pumping
excessive
increases
for
energy,
irrigation
which
electricity
demand.
Resource
CASE
(2)
STUDY
FOOD
A
security
SECURITY
NEXUS
South
IN
SOUTH
Key
ASIA,
Asia
has
just
3
per
indicators
South
APPROACH
cent
of
the
world’
s
land
related
to
agriculture
25
per
cent
of
the
world’
s
population.
2007
and
food
security
are
vital.
South
Asian
(millions)
home
to
40
per
cent
of
the
world’
s
poor
over
half
the
population
is
food-energy
land
about
20
per
cent
of
the
population
to
safe
challenges
South
Key
in
Asian
drinking
food
Thus
and
there
water
are
(million
4.2
204
213
104
135
0.12
0.08
2.4
1.3
ha)
area
(million
ha)
land
(ha
per
person)
major
security
of,
and
challenges
for,
food
characteristics
to
Agricutural
the
growth
rate
(%)
security
in
South
Adaptation
Asia
challenges
Interface
and
Huge
2242
21.8
population.
features
Key
water.
providing
(%)
lack
Cultivated
access
population
decient.
Irrigated
Moreover,
projection
population,
Arable
and
1520
countries
Undernourished
are
2050
Thus,
Population
water
in
but
Indicator
around
security
Asia
chronically
among
energy
food,
resources
adaptation
to
climate
T
o
nutritional
water
and
change
undernourished
population
About
35%
half
of
South
of
the
the
world’
s
world’
s
poor
(46%)
undernourished
and
live
in
Asia.
Provision
to
a
without
human
About
25%
of
in
3%
just
Declining
Per
of
the
arable
due
to
and
increasing
and
the
energy
natural
meet
food
next
land
population)
land
lives
area.
continually
growth,
biofuel
food
25
to
needs
double
in
of
all,
the
years.
environment.
T
o
feed
the
growing
population,
agricultural
production
increase
70%.
by
will
have
Increased
to
and
pressure
energy
to
on
meet
land,
water
demand.
declining
urbanization,
cultivation
to
meet
Limited
food
option
grain
by
for
growing
expanding
more
crop
Competing
food,
area.
demand
bio-energy
ecosystem
for
land
for
production,
and
services.
production
production
and
becoming
food
The
production
meat
energy
and
Sensitivity
increasingly
energy-intensive.
Changing
preferences
climate
the
requirs
declining
Agricultural
table.
due
to
more
About
7
kg
required
to
of
grain
equivalent
produce
Uncertainty
due
glacial melting, increased evapotranspiration,
changes
and erratic rainfall.
the
1
kg
of
is
meat.
Increased
meet
the
to
in
rapid
in
water
glacier
availability
melt
monsoon
and
pattern
Climate
critical
in
Himalayas.
and
YOUR
food
why
pressure
food
is
constrained
enegy
and
water.
on
water
to
requirement.
change
factor
energy
production
biofuel
15. Explain
of
change
change due to rising temperatures, accelerated
CHECK
growth
shortage
meat
water.
to
to
groundwater
towards
process
Adapting
Food production is highly vulnerable to climate
in
is
likely
to
increasing
be
demand
for
and
demand
land
a
water
food
for
production.
UNDERSTANDING
South
Asia
has
a
major
problem
with
production.
16. Outline
in
the
production
demand.
Intensive
water-
base
and
population
population
world’
s
world’
s
population
energy
water
cropland
capita
Food
the
food,
malnourished
degrading
resource
Burgeoning
of
large
the
South
reasons
why
arable
land/head
is
declining
Asia.
Impacts
of
changing
trends
in
resource
consumption
161
Resource
CASE
security
(3)
IN
NEXUS
STUDY
stresses
ENERGY
SECURITY
SOUTH
ASIA,
A
and
the
need
energy
for
sectors,
cooperation
despite
the
among
the
competition
water,
for
food
scarce
APPROACH
resources.
Just
as
food
energy
Key
is
and
key
to
water
human
characteristics
Key
are
essential
for
development.
and
human
The
challenges
for
nexus
ecosystem
Kush
Himalayan
three
sectors.
(HKH)
security
Adaptation
in
South
challenges
Interface
to
energy
About
63%
access
to
for
of
the
population
electricity;
65%
use
without
biomass
cooking.
Providing
adequate
energy
a
to
without
potential
hydropower
and
Hydropower
in
places
due
clean
the
to
as
the
rapid
that
risk
of
face
uncertainties
leading
on,
resources.
and
to
managed
industrialists,
of
and
reliable
increasing
is
limited
Adaptation
options
are
restricted.
South
Most
at
a
Asia
change.
demand
ecosystem
variety
for
of
population
for,
and
engineers
and
The
well
by
changes
IMPACT
hillside
frequency
variety
heavy
in
articial
OF
LANDSLIDES
rain
Jure,
dam
of
completely.
populations.
dozens
of
Nepal
highway
water,
IN
NEPAL
cut
caused
a
massive
landslide
from
in
Nepal’
s
across
the
the
Koshi
Around
houses
in
a
to
central
region.
Saptakoshi
River,
5,000
It
River,
blocking
families
destroyed.
decade.
China
blocked
the
food
created
one
of
a
water
and
adaptation
for
water
and
land
for
water
for
erosion
led
to
the
water
affected
by
and
an
ooding.
ecosystem
energy
meet
and
in
the
quality
and
land-use
are
all
changes.
in
at
land
declining
increase
Water
management
security
power.
deforestation,
overgrazing
has
of
to
food,
hydroelectric
experiencing
severity
and
for
growth.
erosion,
adversely
a
the
ow
a
the
HKH,
risk.
tenth
were
in
The
mud
It
was
landslide
and
the
also
debris
covered
20
metres
Sun
Water
Koshi
River
quickly
roughly
pooled
80
behind
forming
a
lake
that
submerged
a
small
and
kilometres
upstream.
in
people
in
The
two
lake
posed
a
the
does
have
any
ministry
a
east
new
increase
HEP
is
a
clean
environmental
the
risk
habitats,
of
form
landslides
and
of
impacts.
much
and
CO
energy,
is
it
set
from
Unit
of
3
the
–
14
Resource
goal
to
16
risk
crops,
some
in
the
country.
hydropower
Brazil.
potential
Nepal’
s
is
second
deep
ideal
site
for
HEP
,
if
it
narrow
were
the
risk
of
landslides.
not
Nepal’
s
for
energy
in
2010
of
capacity
building
within
37,000
20
years.
megawatts
Heavy
August,
in
18
caused
districts
massive
throughout
oods
the
and
country.
contaminated
water
and
once
again
It
cast
for
on
whether
despite
Nepal
it
18. Explain
HEP
may
it
should
the
Consumption
and
to
many
why
Security
raw
try
to
develop
its
HEP
materials.
UNDERSTANDING
reasons
it
potential.
disturbs
during
abundant
YOUR
17. Suggest
dam.
Global
the
behind
an
and
landslides
2
construction
cuts
landslide
earthquakes,
released
capacity,
power
station
has
example,
to
of
environmental
For
be
hydropower
limited
Although
leading
main
impacts.
negative
world,
would
CHECK
negative
in
undeveloped
the
rain
MISTAKE
not
severed,
elsewhere
monsoonal
project,
COMMON
was
rubble,
ood
The
and
all,
landslide
hydropower
countries.
hydroelectric
In
and
doubts
400,000
valley.
main
destroyed
least
nation’
s
downstream
the
deep,
km
the
the
station
along
water
displaced
deadliest
of
lines
high
the
of
power
transmission
megawatts,
several
162
demand
of
is
hydroelectric
electrical
rain
Kathmandu.
natural
all
the
of
✓
Soil
and
proper
canyons
HEP
demand
diversication
soil
are
highest
✗
of
change
Energy
source
W ithout
Nepal’
s
tributaries
at
and
production.
region
quantity
capital
three
Hindu
STUDY
2014
and
the
the
productivity.
politicians,
urban
is
degradation,
used
a
HKH
However,
pressure
are
and
farmers,
as
These
services
scales
example,
water
include
industrialization
67
in
food,
energy
growing
nearly
In
the
security
pollution.
damaged
THE
climate
Growing
population
causing
climate
increased
stakeholders,
CASE
by
the
energy
urbanization,
are
of
among
resources
economic
challenges
growth,
for
for
Himalayas
the
large
landslides.
The
provided
vital
poverty
Under-utilised
in
are
Asia
energy
High
services
region
approach
energy
characteristics
The
existence,
why
access
(poor)
may
be
to
people
difcult
biomass
in
may
be
future.
for
Nepal
to
develop
its
Climate
INFLUENCE
change
ON
THE
rates
NEXUS
will
reduce
irrigation.
Climate
nexus
change
in
many
agricultural
could
ways.
it.
Water
increase
in
others.
frequency
have
an
part
will
due
have
Climate
yields,
of
impact
Moreover,
will
Climate
to
an
food,
their
change
water
on
will
other
is
in
the
and
the
temperatures
the
it
some
areas
and
sectors
and
an
increase
these
one
seawater,
crop
pests
and
adaptation
adaptation
Positive
climate
and
nexus
implications
of
biofuels
use
very
also
of
increase
due
treatment
of
the
to
the
the
water.
There
agricultural
for
may
and
be
energy
resources.
to
limit
climate
may
change
nexus.
create
new
For
demands
irrigation
and
energy
intensive.
Increased
extra
pumping
may
have
example,
drip
require
need
increased
for
water
desalinization
and
an
the
of
groundwater
therefore
more
resources.
There
evapotranspiration
change
would
energy
water
and
rise
water–food–energy
The
are
or
may
between
attempts
the
resources.
on
pumping
scarce
production
use
availability,
on
supplies
demand
competition
for
impact
will
impact
of
the
Moreover,
supplies.
distribution
climate
may
two.
food
and
to
for
increased
areas
energy
other
need
reduce
expected
shocks,
and
inuence
availability,
Sector-specic
in
may
interdependence,
effect
between
water–food–energy
it
diminish
climate-related
on
Higher
Synergies
the
areas
whereas
supplies
change
water
diseases.
some
productivity,
increase
the
inuence
In
water
Energy
are
a
number
change
that
of
have
benets
of
knock-on
adaptations
effects
for
to
the
nexus.
approaches
for
the
sector
measures
Potential
the
for
synergies
across
nexus
Water
Increasing
water
use
efciency
Reduced
water
per
capita
Increased
energy
Switching
waste
from
use
of
freshwater
to
Reduces
freshwater
use
per
capita
water
Switching
from
wet
to
power
dry
cooling
at
Reduces
plants
thermal
Desalinization
water
use
and
associated
pollution
Increase
in
brackish
and
freshwater
storage
water
to
and
serve
Watershed
conveyance
new
of
Increased
demands
water
supplies
to
meet
management
Increased
water
suplies
to
availability
Increased
meet
Increased
and
agriculture
water
overall
and
agriculture
and
water
of
for
uses
water
of
for
of
energy
uses
freshwater
for
other
supply
ood
for
other
improved
in
freshwater
supply
and
water
reduction
for
freshwater
supply
availability
and
uses,
of
other
availability
overall
other
water
agriculture
and
Increased
demand
and
availability
and
Increased
demand
of
agriculture
energy
energy
supplies
New
Increased
food,
thermoelectric
availability
and
energy
uses
for
energy
water
and
quality,
potential
Land
Switching
Using
to
waste
drought-tolerant
or
marginal
lands
crops
Increased/maintained
for
drought
areas
Increase
in
renewable
crop
yields
in
Reduced
water
Reduced
pressure
energy
biofuels
energy
as
replaced
demand
some
with
on
fossil
non-renewable
fuels
are
biofuels
Energy
Increasing
transmission
capacity
Reduced
economic
and
social
impacts
Potential
for
transmission
Increasing
for
renewable
example,
solar,
energy,
wind,
Increased
biogas,
pressure
clean
on
energy
and
reduced
energy
bioenergy
CHECK
one
supplied
to
Reduced
GHG
water
the
demand
emissions
wind/solar
if
new
power
grid
emissions,
for
reduced
cooling,
thermal
UNDERSTANDING
advantage
desalinization
20. Outline
and
power
YOUR
19. Outline
reduced
two
renewable
as
a
and
potential
benets
of
one
disadvantage
source
increasing
of
of
freshwater.
supplies
of
energy.
Impacts
of
changing
trends
in
resource
consumption
163
The
disposal
SOLID
DOMESTIC
Waste
management
Waste
Reuse
the
amount
goods
to
recycling
options
for
options
of
extend
solid
How
waste
their
domestic
it
Producers
•
Consumers
Used
bin
of
waste
in
landll
sites
more
consider
schemes
about
where
goods
put
old
to
•
Charity
shops
•
Recycle
goods
pass
•
Compost
•
Incinerate
(burn)
•
Put
into
soil
used
on
such
glass
a
waste
hole
goods
and
when
relled
their
rather
to
new
bottles
for
collect
(natural
than
cleaning
waste
–
are
extend
use
as
goods
as
biodegradable
waste
to
of
lifespan
reduce
buying
(e.g.
useful
milk
life,
packaging
goods
bottles)
e.g.
use
of
old
car
tyres
to
erosion
another
clothes
lifespan
and
containers
goods
slopes/reduce
liners;
the
packaging
Refurbish/recondition
•
value
waste
think
Bring-back
•
stabilize
Dispose
waste
works
•
•
lifespan
Recover
of
WASTE
management
Reduce
and
or
thrown
out
(e.g.
plastic
bags
used
as
cloths)
owners
and
use
paper
as
fertilizer
electricity
and
the
of
result
heat
from
quarrying)
it
or
use
to
make
articial
hills
BEST
•
eliminate
demand
altogether
(aka
remove
“prevention”
•
use
less
or
resource
“conservation”)
to
meet
the
need
reduce
(aka
•
“minimization”)
change
materials
or
sources
carbon
electricity
to
meet
(e.g.
use
low
re-source
•
reuse
•
reintroduce
use
in
a
into
different
same
flow
demand)
flow
(may
involve
recycle
“downcycling”)
•
capture
some
value
(e.g.
in
an
energy
from
waste
recover
plant
•
return
in
require
or
as
an
a
nutrient
such
environmentally
treatment
or
as
compost)
benign
way.
This
may
containment.
WORST
Methods
of
INTERNATIONAL
FLOWS
China
than
imports
plastic
each
and
year.
goods
15
more
million
Containers
exported
products
for
from
the
and
paper
wages
and
a
be
sorted
distance
large
much
it
is
is
arrive
of
in
China,
back.
workforce
cheaply
tonnes
many
A
to
and
up
third
of
mean
E-WASTE
of
waste
with
the
each
that
China,
In
cardboard
countries,
load
China
in
disposal
WASTE
paper
and
exported
more
OF
million
tonnes
journey
plastic
3
waste
with
UK’
s
this
waste
Low
waste
despite
China
tonnes.
waste
year.
2012
e-waste,
can
transported.
However,
e-waste,
compared
European
250,000
tonnes
are
to
why
west
260
of
mobile
”remove“
is
considered
to
be
the
US,
waste
two
disposal
positive
of
and
e-waste
two
in
negative
Guiyu,
3
–
and
66%
less
In
per
of
EU
the
than
two
in
US
of
In
used
year,
discarded
and
The
years.
China.
every
TVs
recycled.
on
of
that
tonnes
the
2010,
kg
person
monitors,
were
30
estimates
million
out
Asia.
computers,
now
kg
1.3
reversed:
around
Agency
of
million
mobile
life
of
2011
120
million
phones
were
bought,
in
only
mobile
impacts
Global
in
China
phones
has
were
been
collected
described
as
for
the
recycling.
e-waste
of
of
the
world.
The
industry
is
worth
$75
million
to
China.
of
Unit
and
5
were
10
best
the
164
than
tonnes
disposal.
capital
the
gures
shipped
only
is
although
Guiyu
22. Outline
which
phone
12million
of
Africa
million
million
around
UNDERSTANDING
the
form
less
Environment
products
a
21. Suggest
to
11
with
generated
electrical
mostly
over
US
capita
American
between
phones,
YOUR
the
per
each
around
CHECK
by
average,
The
the
generated
followed
Resource
Consumption
and
town
lead
each
year
,
poisoning,
Security
but
Guiyu’
s
population
cancer-causing
dioxins,
has
and
high
rates
miscarriages.
RESOURCE
3
Contrasting
STEWARDSHIP
views
of
population
•
NEO-MALTHUSIANS
The
model
rate
In
1798
the
Reverend
Thomas
Malthus
produced
of
on
the
Principle
of
Population
Growth.
He
emphasizes
discovery
of
resources
exponential
new
resources
growth
or
and
(1)
not
the
technologies.
An
Original
Essay
and
limits
to
growth
believed
Resources
that
population
growth
of
standard
THE
This
food
of
(1970),
and
TO
also
to
potentially
leading
“war,
the
ultimately
to
ve
limit
as
to
a
famine
GROWTH
referred
examined
therefore
would
production,
living
LIMITS
study,
growth
outstrip
decline
and
the
in
Industrial
disease”.
Food
MODEL
the
basic
Club
of
factors
growth
on
Rome
that
the
Population
model
determine
Pollution
and
planet:
1900
•
population
•
agricultural
•
natural
•
industrial
•
pollution.
output
the
2000
2100
production
Sustainable
limits
to
growth
resources
Life
expectancy
production
Food/person
The
model
grow
suggests
exponentially
that
until
food
the
output
rapidly
and
population
diminishing
resource
Consumer
goods/person
base
of
forces
a
slowdown
delays
in
the
continue
to
increase
system,
in
industrial
both
for
growth.
population
some
time
after
industrialization.
Population
growth
is
rise
rate
decreased
and
the
Because
pollution
peak
nally
of
halted
Services/person
by
a
1900
in
the
The
death
team
due
concluded
to
food
if
present
trends
continued,
the
limits
to
growth
a
revised
reached
and
in
2070,
uncontrollable
probably
decline
in
resulting
in
population
a
model,
the
authors
introduced
a
number
of
would
new
be
2100
that:
In
•
2000
production.
features:
sudden
and
•
deliberate
constraints
•
trade-offs
between
on
population
growth
industrial
population
size
and
levels
of
production
material
•
it
is
a
condition
possible
that
is
to
of
alter
these
growth
environmental
and
trends
and
economic
establish
•
technologies
to
•
reductions
levels
•
It
is
in
of
resources
pollution
sustainable.
there
are
a
number
of
criticisms
of
the
Limits
the
use
rate
of
of
renewable
resources
does
not
exceed
their
regeneration
to
•
Growth
conserve
stability
•
However,
well-being
the
use
the
rate
of
non-renewable
resources
does
not
exceed
model:
a
world
model
and
does
not
distinguish
at
which
sustainable
renewable
resources
are
between
developed
different
parts
of
the
world.
•
•
It
ignores
the
resources,
of
spatial
distribution
agricultural
and
of
population
industrial
activity,
the
rate
the
environment.
of
pollution
does
not
exceed
the
tolerance
of
and
and
pollution.
PAUL
He
EHRLICH
argued
growth
Paul
Ehrlich
is
an
American
biologist
who
wrote
bomb
(1995).
The
opening
sentence
of
the
stated:
“The
battle
to
feed
all
of
with
humanity
is
the
1970s
hundreds
of
millions
of
people
will
starve
in
in
this
spite
the
He
late
of
date
any
crash
world
is
a
nothing
programs
death
can
prevent
embarked
a
upon
substantial
wealth
increase
are
Simon
EXAM
The
who
believes
that
same
terms
in
needed
cost
Julian
Simon
in
of
raw
materials
argued
that
their
raw
materials.
over
1980
and
lasted
ve
commodities
had
they
food
supply,
and
the
in
order
to
address
chosen
won,
which
would
Ehrlich
rise
price
would
in
future,
come
ve
The
wager
down.
started
until
fell
in
1990.
price
Ehrlich
during
lost
the
the
wager
1980s.
as
all
However,
and
different
had
they
commodities
chosen
a
Ehrlich
longer
would
period
Ehrlich
redistribution
the
have
won.
Thus,
it
is
possible
to
reach
very
different
world’
s
CHECK
Growth
to
be
pessimistic
of
the
wager
based
on
different
resources
and
timescales.
problem.
to
considered
a
population
TIP
Limits
outstripping
had
now.
conclusions
population
economist
the
wagered
would
of
he
rate.”
neo-Malthusian
an
was
1980
increase
have
control,
In
to
in
At
growth
resources.
over.
They
death
the
that
whereas
In
population
and
rst
argued
edition
that
food
The
(bet)
population
of
their
model
and
Paul
Ehrlich
neo-Malthusians
since
view
but
as
proposed
Malthus,
they
they
are
shared
differed
YOUR
23. Outline
the
in
and
the
24. Identify
the
UNDERSTANDING
differences
between
neo-Malthusian
the
main
limits
the
Malthusian
view
view.
to
population
growth.
solutions.
Resource
stewardship
165
Contrasting
ESTHER
Esther
BOSERUP’S
Boserup
views
THEORY
believed
OF
of
population
POPULATION
that
people
have
production,
namely
knowledge
the
OPTIMUM,
and
OVER-
resources
AND
(2)
UNDERPOPULATION
resources
Optimum
to
increase
food
When
a
need
arises,
someone
will
nd
daeh
technology.
population
and
a
solution.
Malthus
thought
population
stimulated
so
that
has
more
thus
Boserup
food
enabled
a
that
food
suggests
change
could
be
that
in
limited
increase
agricultural
produced.
agricultural
supply
an
to
in
techniques
Population
development
PDG
size,
Overpopulation
rep
Whereas
population
Underpopulation
growth
occur.
T
otal
She
in
examined
terms
of
different
intensity
of
land-use
production.
systems,
At
one
which
extreme
was
Optimum,
the
forest
the
other
fallow
association
extreme
was
the
with
shifting
cultivation;
more
than
one
multi-cropping
harvest
per
year.
She
system,
believed
in
the
intensity
of
productivity
would
be
population
to
increased.
agricultural
Thus,
development
population
and
the
population
working
growth
highest
growth
of
all
Boserup’
s
theory
was
techniques
adopted
knowledge
would
based
required
on
by
the
a
idea
more
that
people
who,
will
economic
return.
living
quality
life.
It
is
the
of
and
increases
or
of
living
will
of
decreases
If
the
from
size
the
of
the
optimum,
the
them
was
limit
the
when
not
the
population
available,
population
the
size
in
grew.
agricultural
a
given
fall.
If
occurs
CARRYING
relative
to
the
resources
where
a
available,
to
example,
South
population
environment.
growing
equals
There
are
the
four
population
ceiling
is
carrying
models
The
a
what
rate
of
is
reached,
maintain
an
Sudan
noitalupoP
is
at
increase
This
highly
drops
by
an
area
Countries
energy
rapid
and
locally
living,
in
be
Canada
mineral
there
used
can
by
are
the
export
far
their
and
zero.
evidence
animal
taper
off
that
in
capacity
then
ceiling
increase
as
is
to
level
the
with
rates,
S-curve
pattern.
It
when
is
that
long
fertility
approached,
off
reached.
populations
size,
is
the
claimed
are
lives
large
and
conform
to
low
this
2
New
population
carrying
population
to
carrying
point
or
the
begins
innovations
(irrigation,
capacity
terracing,
capacity,
wetland
noitalupoP
and
this,
This
Model
models
the
1–3
26. Outline
at
the
J-shaped
eventually
curve
applicable
to
short
and
lives
birth
population
carrying
small
high
check,
control;
recovers
settling
capacity.
appears
more
populations
high
fertility
with
the
drainage,
rates.
Model
3
in
ways
differences
terms
in
of
which
between
carrying
carrying
model
4
and
capacity.
capacity
can
be
increased.
Unit
3
–
Global
Resource
Consumption
and
world
capacity
Security
4
varieties
fertilizers
to
population,
UNDERSTANDING
main
yielding
chemical
capacity
YOUR
25. Outline
famine,
the
fluctuates,
down
Carrying
CHECK
example
after
sudden
noitalupoP
for
a
and
the
increases.
and
etc.)
support
a
allow
larger
carrying
living
surplus
resources.
capacity
in
more
people
capacity
Carrying
the
when
Carrying
situation
human
rise
as
can
Here
be
Carrying
resulting
for
Somalia.
occurs
than
such
and
Model
overshoots
of
local
1
The
standard
happen
populations.
Model
adequate
level,
ceiling
to
unlikely
either
may
the
which
unsupported
from
many
capacity:
increase
until
the
in
noitalupoP
the
of
might
carrying
unchanged
capacity
saturation
capacity
of
approaches
Carrying
of
too
area.
there.
population
are
technology
system
CAPACITY
of
there
and
that
food,
concept
when
system,
Underpopulation
166
produce
highest
people
intensive
resources
a
of
resources,
per-capita
Overpopulation
the
people,
as
number
available
supply.
knew
The
the
will
standard
and
is
the
the
population
food
with
unlikely
standard
lead
underpopulation
any
the
unless
and
which
that
when
increase
over-
at
Optimum
had
population
varied
Resource
Resource
stewardship
resources
future
in
such
access
to
lie
THE
suggests
way
generations.
environmental
that
a
stewardship
It
that
suggests
sustainability
resources.
outside
the
TRAGEDY
The
OF
be
will
social
commons
of
any
can
use
available
there
also
reach
THE
humans
will
that
but
global
political
that
they
be
refer
high
to
The
not
equity
to
nation
(1)
only
seas,
Antarctica,
global
commons
Renewable
provided
areas
sustainable
state:
the
Hardin,
tragedy
over
selsh
the
of
the
the
way
acts
If
COMMONS
many
land,
country
a
few
may
the
be
is
In
oceans
the
commons
carrying
the
any
are
given
Apart
exclusive
the
users
explain
shing.
an
of
of
to
used
the
or
the
the
lack
used
countries/individuals
below
capacity
ecologist,
resources
others.
there
owns
Use
commons”
for
nations
where
American
common
of
resource
an
can
from
one
scale
the
rate
seas
zone
they
the
example,
close
(EEZ),
to
If
is
one
or
use
the
all
The
US
the
Department
Agriculture
has
the
its
to
and
It
their
help
improve
enables
progress
in
them
in
relation
to
to
soil
goals
outcomes.
air
An
quality
example
stewardship
their
Management
Organic
users
is
CHECK
match
increase.
sustainable
depleted.
to
The
tragedy
over
feel
the
Thus
yield
over-exploit
agreements
Unless
increase
costs
and
capacity,
the
and
of
the
shared
common
The
is
cost
of
accounted
addressed
land
the
incurred
environmental
are
practices,
becomes
will
support
by
Stewardship
in
for
land
eventually
be
the
unable
use
the
to
activity.
Achievement
(Wind)
Management
Phosphorus
NM:
Nitrogen
NM:
to
Surface
Water
to
Surface
Water
Nitrogen
to
Groundwater
Sediment
Management
Pesticide
Management
Irrigation
Management
goals
Loss
Soil
habitat.
to
Air
Carbon
Terrestrial
Habitats
Aquatic
Habitats
cropland
achievement
and
Benchmark
goals
the
to
(Water)
Management
Matter
quantity,
wildlife
of
for
order
their
countries
management,
water
and
initiated
tendency
need
in
oceans,
other
monitor
achieving
quality,
the
catch
scarcity.
the
that
maximum
become
the
is
over-exploited,
to
from
depleted,
maximum
users.
Nitrogen
water
and
that
lead
be
space.
protection.
farmers
conservation
their
may
sh
their
exceed
explains
become
“tragedy”
not
exceed
and
evaluation
NM:
identify
country
may
Cropland
Erosion
a
Soil
programme
more
need
not
will
commons
carrying
commons
of
developed
stewardship
The
sh
outer
commons
Erosion
resource
takes
increase
resources
as
does
resources
and
management
management.
degradation
of
the
use
resources
more
of
beyonds
All
benefit.
tragedy
of
of
If
such
use
degradation
increase.
to
of
atmosphere
contain.
degraded.
The
yield.
country
commons
no
rate
and
compelled
destroy
the
land.
“the
control
how
for
the
economic
resources
of
and
ocean,
term
the
depletion
prots
Garrett
resources
over
the
require
Planned
shown:
YOUR
27. Dene
28. Explain
the
the
UNDERSTANDING
term
”resource
meaning
of
stewardship“.
the
term
”optimum
population“.
Resource
stewardship
167
Resource
THE
stewardship
CHARACTERISTICS
OF
A
(2)
There
CIRCULAR
•
ECONOMY
are
Preserve
three
and
principles
enhance
non-renewable
A
circular
optimizes
nite
economy
resource
stocks
restores
and
materials
always.
and
that
use
and
reduces
renewable
is
a
completely
nancial,
ows.
at
economy
bio-cycles,
in
is
natural
through
an
and
keeps
social
or
can
be
and
•
Improve
value
In
In
the
and
use.
USE:
MOBILE
PHONES
of
as
by
balancing
economy:
controlling
renewable
by
recycling
and
materials
and
eliminating
pollution
economy,
are
waste
materials
designed
agriculture
materials
HICs,
many
people
change
their
phone
every
are
and
components.
negative
climate
change.
to
could
is
are
minimized
designed
run
be
on
run
by
for
biological
repeated
renewable
on
solar
energy.
For
energy.
In
2010
the
volume
of
waste
electrical
and
(WEEE)
the
EU
was
phones
in
are
light
750,000
if
mobile
(less
and
components
have
160
value,
since
they
contain
silver
and
rare
earths.
In
the
the
resources
such
phones
are
discarded
Status
Parts
EU,
some
annually,
160
a
of
design
and
of
remanufacture
certain
parts
of
a
could
phone
be
made
were
The
main
charger,
parts
battery,
that
could
camera
be
and
remanufactured
display.
would
generally
occur
close
to
in
Transition
Parts
9
reduced
imports
of
phones,
which
outside
Recycling
market
are
and
mainly
theEU.
manufacturer
Product
Recycle
scenario
manufacturer
10
Recycle
1
0
the
loss
quo
manufacturer
Service
15%
Collecting
million
representing
manufacturer
Product
about
as
produced
phones
Only
recycled.
considerable
result
mobile
and
g),
of
economic
year.
tonnes.
than
include
materials
a
collected
components
the
standardized.
Although
$500million
electronic
easier
equipment
of
currently
few
reusable
gold,
by
STUDY
most
their
such
Articial
Systems
phones
years.
yields
products,
effectiveness
circular
materials.
example,
RESOURCE
In
resource
externalities
restored.
CASE
Optimize
remanufacturing
occurs
recovered
and
circular
whether
human.
only
•
that
products,
capital,
resources
the
resources
resources.
managing
utility
rebuild
consumption
resources
capacity,
economy
highest
to
natural,
economy,
which
loss
It
their
aims
manufactured,
circular
preserves
resources,
components
circular
it
in
one
regenerates
and
A
is
behind
natural
21
Remanufacture
provider
Service
6
1
Remanufacture
provider
19
Reuse
Reuse
Maintenance
User
User
15
50
85
50
Collection
Collection
Unaccounted
and
1
Resource
use:
landfill
Remanufacturing,
SOURCE:
Gartner;
Car
Unaccounted
here
EPA;
and
refers
to
Eurostat;
the
reuse
UNEP;
of
Ellen
certain
components
MacArthur
and
Foundation
the
recycling
circular
of
economy
residual
landfill
materials
team
manufacturing
south-east
The
car
which
cars
industry
is
predicted
have
other
been
Some
in
the
✓
In
in
168
cases,
therefore
Unit
run
60%
out
by
keep
them
of
the
2030.
using
viable.
world’
s
In
Cuba
spare
At
lead
many
parts
use,
old
in
chemical
new
3
believe
there
is
no
waste
circular
there
–
is
is
some
waste,
limited
Global
this
is
which
the
is
case,
be
but
bodies
YOUR
the
made
minimized,
Consumption
and
from
energy,
and
are
the
88%
produces
reusable
remanufacture
less
70%
and
water,
less
48%
92%
waste.
are
of
fewer
Around
recycled
for
UNDERSTANDING
term
explain
disposal.
Resource
savings
less
parts.
30. Briey
economy
the
80%t
products,
car
29. Dene
disposal
economy.
there
of
CHECK
that
Paris,
include
43%
from
Choisy-le-Roi,
cars
MISTAKE
completely
most
and
to
students
circular
a
to
for
remanufactured
machines
COMMON
✗
accounts
Security
”circular
how
more
the
economy“.
mobile
”circular“.
phone
industry
could
The
The
Sustainable
17
SDGs
(MDGs)
The
17
Goal
In
that
calls
2015,
2
There
Goal
for
are
3
to
still
the
were
Goal
4
to
Most
Goal
is
Goal
6
40%
of
Goal
7
to
the
to
aims
to
people
10
race,
class,
more
Goal
11
aims
12
to
and
than
make
on
Earths
will
needed
13
seeks
predicted
14
the
Goal
15
all
aims
aims
16
and
cases
the
of
for
the
2030.
They
replaced
the
Millennium
Development
Goals
less
and
than
seeks
and
to
child
$1.90
to
a
sufcient
health,
improving
day.
achieve
sustainable
reducing
access
food
production
by
2030.
food.
to
epidemics
health
care
for
of
all.
infectious
Between
diseases,
2000
and
2015,
470
to
within
the
potential.
management
and
to
school
children
did
not
attend
In
Sub-Saharan
Africa
and
Western
Asia,
girls
of
water
and
sanitation.
Water
scarcity
affects
will
increase
economic
be
labour,
required
sustainable
remains
the
use
of
renewable
energy
sources.
There
were
in2012.
forced
between
A
scarce
growth,
human
by
full
and
and
child
employment,
labour.
More
and
than
2030.
many
This
majority
productive
trafcking
industrialization
in
countries.
signicant
sustainable
billion
materials
resources
with
of
sustainably,
loss.
promote
in
slums,
and
and
to
climate
the
and
human
to
live
consumption
raw
conservation
and
people
combat
compared
biodiversity
primary
rise.
electricity
jobs
and
natural
by
60million
and
innovation.
Basic
infrastructure
LICs.
includes
inequalities
households
in
LICs
in
are
wealth,
living
in
gender,
societies
age,
which
1990s.
one
to
full
sustainable
water
sustainable
action
to
development,
and
around
school.
eradicate
new
more
the
their
energy,
and
to
m
2013,
sustainable
opportunity.
in
In
households.
access
tomorrow’
s
forests
reduce
sustain
change
sustainable
activities
restore
and
1.6
patterns,
products.
current
cohesion,
number
By
if
personal
security,
rising.
that
2050,
is,
the
the
“circular
equivalent
economy”
of
three
in
planet
lifestyles.
itsimpacts.
By
2100
global
temperatures
are
resources.
to
average.
use
of
including
degraded
Around
the
production
recycled
1850–1900
community
and
the
lands,
billion
oceans,
pollution,
and
combat
people
seas
and
marine
depleted
desertication,
depend
on
Up
40%
sheries.
forests
limit
for
the
their
degradation
livelihood,
of
including
people.
areas
peaceful
and
inclusive
societies
accountable
and
inclusive
institutions
is
around
partnerships
than
4
50%
to
billion
(some
strengthen
people
do
28.5
the
million
means
not
use
the
there
are
high
for
sustainable
at
all
levels.
development,
The
rate
of
provide
children
access
leaving
to
justice
primary
for
school
in
children).
of
implementation
internet,
90%
of
of
them
the
SDGs,
from
that
is,
the
nance
and
LICs.
UNDERSTANDING
region
poverty
of
32. Outline
and
until
access
and
achieve
affordable
affected
promote
More
YOUR
31. Identify
rates
are
lack
maternal
predicted
power
for
urgent
effective,
calls
technology.
CHECK
to
–
provide
manage
and
and
is
Nearly
warmer
who
secondary
inclusive
were
need
promote
affected
17
take
oceans
to
to
to
and
without
settlements
to
indigenous
aims
build
conict
Goal
to
and
and
becomes
1.5°C
habitats
million
Goal
to
be
world’
s
natural
70
to
girls
inequalities
the
on
2030,
training.
infrastructure
they
lived
diseases,
attempting
employment.
focuses
be
is
religion
waste
of
exist
2030.
by
poorest
availability
access
also
and
and
people
reduce
ethnicity,
people
the
primary
electrical
today’
s
Goal
to
malaria.
from
women
promote
to
of
unemployed
which
Goal
set
population
reproductive,
education
the
by
malnutrition
sustained,
It
poverty
million
population
all.
unequal
innovation
Goal
are
(SDGs)
2015.
degenerative
come
billion
are
to
aims
of
entering
sanitation,
Goal
800
promote
1
for
plans
roads,
to
promote
200m
are
and
and
world’
s
and
cases
ensure
to
than
is
9
these
world’
s
work
like
2015,
extreme
improving
improve
of
decent
Goal
in
2000
the
than
empower
aims
8
of
million
barriers
more
Goal
on
to
hunger
more
200
aims
5
10%
incidence
school.
face
end
end
focuses
there
still
between
an
around
aims
lowering
still
introduced
Goals
SDGs
1
Goal
were
existed
Development
of
and
the
food
world
where
insecurity
and
most
new
malaria/HIV
.
the
potential
benets
of
improved
education
training.
Resource
stewardship
169
Exam
The
practice
diagram
shows
the
interrelationships
of
water,
r
e
t
a
energy
W
and
food.
(a)
(i)
Describe
water
(ii)
Describe
of
one
way
impacts
one
energy
on
in
which
energy
way
in
the
which
production
use
of
production.
the
inuences
(iv)
Describe
one
way
in
which
production
inuences
Explain
value
to
the
the
study
of
of
water,
(2
marks)
(2
marks)
(4
marks)
food
water
the
marks)
food
production.
(iii)
(2
use
availability.
nexus
energy
approach
and
food.
y
g
r
e
d
o
o
F
The
infographic
shows
a
model
of
the
circular
Natural
E
(b)
n
economy.
capital
Manufactured
capital
Recycle
Farming
Soil
Refurbish/Remanufacture
restoration
Re-use
Recovered
energy
Repair
Anaerobic
Digestion/Composting
Biogas
Biochemical
(c)
the
feedstock
terms
Landfill
(i)
Dene
(ii)
Suggest
how
natural
(iii)
Suggest
why
repair,
(iv)
Outline
the
refurbish
re-use
potential
and
capital
recycle.
can
and
be
re-used.
refurbish/re-manufacture
advantages
of
the
circular
are
better
options
than
recycling.
economy.
(2
marks)
(2
marks)
(2
marks)
(4
marks)
(10
marks)
(10
marks)
Either
Examine
the
effectiveness
of
ecological
footprints
as
a
measure
of
resource
consumption.
Or
Discuss
170
the
Unit
value
3
–
of
the
Global
circular
economy
Resource
as
a
strategy
for
Consumption
resource
and
stewardship.
Security
UNIT
4
POWER,
GLOBAL
1
PLACES
INTERACTIONS
Globalization
AND
AND
There
•
countries.
(such
as
is
This
music
Globalization
from
which
current
and
THE
increasing
and
is
the
not
of
KOF
–
sourced
industry)
many
raw
globalization
at
INDEX
a
and
faster
had
and
rate
•
as
in
–
three
•
the
the
political:
the
in
KOF
2002,
Index
of
denes
creating
g lo b a lizatio n
networks
multi-continental
of
ows
capital
as
a
of
impact
process
national
p e o p le ,
goods.
that
among
me diate d
The
in fo rmatio n
Glo b alizatio n
is
of
actors
a nd
globalization:
growth
of
transnational
western
poor
of
culture,
the
western
countries,
art,
media,
sport
world
democracies
and
the
and
opening
up
their
of
economies.
dimension
cultural
stores
at
a
of
the
around
growth
on
social
and
t hroug h
by
past.
•
pro c e ss
of
activities
the
centralized
introduced
“ th e
co nne ctions
d is ta n ce s ,
including
and
as
forms
scale
GLOBALIZATION
Glo ba l i z at i on,
main
(TNCs)
information,
The
POWER
accelerated
leisure
inuence
but
in
social:
and
systems.
larger
than
systems
empires
labour
global,
are
economic:
corporations
(such
political
countries
more
of
physical
systems
materials
is
much
OF
systems,
sociocultural
lm
new
developed
interdependence
economic
warming),
they
form
has
the
includes
global
fashion,
GLOBAL
indices
DEFINITION
Globalization
NETWORKS
•
va r ie t y
i de a s,
The
per
images
proximity
capita)
political
embassies
includes
and
(number
(38%
dimension
in
a
organizations
country
(26%
the
people,
of
of
the
of
the
of
ideas,
McDonalds
tourism,
and
IKEA
Index).
includes
and
spread
international
the
number
membership
of
of
international
Index).
c o nc e pt ua l i z e d
e ro d e s
boundaries ,
integrates
cultures,
nationa l
gover nance
complex
e co n omie s ,
technologie s
and
a nd
p ro d u ce s
relations
of
mutua l
interdependence” .
The
KOF
economic,
dimensions
•
The
Index
social
of
covers
and
the
political
globalization.
economic
dimension
80–100
includes
long-distance
ows
goods,
capital
as
as
of
60–<80
40–<60
and
20–<40
services,
direct
the
well
investment
foreign
(36%
of
Index).
The
OTHER
The
EY
GLOBALIZATION
Globalization
countries/territories
Index
by
globalization.
The
capital
exchange
ows,
movements
The
and
and
New
politics,
Index
cultural
social
of
globalization,
at
to
60
their
openness
technology
largest
and
to
level
trade,
ideas,
Index
factors.
is
It
measure
than,
Lebanon
and
due
to
the
The
New
differs
on
nance,
slightly
in
that
counts
it
the
measures
number
the
of
distance
refugees
in
of
a
from
goods
trade
CHECK
1.
New
Zealand
YOUR
Describe
the
and
Argentina
of
for
Belgium
and
appear
refugees
to
they
be
2013)
the
Netherlands.
more
have
globalized
taken
in.
Globalization
Index:
dimensions
and
weights
Trade
and
37%
politics
Social
32%
Vujakovic,
P
.
2010.
"How
31%
to
measure
traded
country.
score
would
data
the
Thus,
higher
on
A
New
Globalisation
Index."
Atlantic
for
Economic
example,
on
example,
number
globalisation?
and
for
Turkey
Finance
based
(based
labour
Source:
others
2016
of
integration.
Globalization
and
the
according
looks
of
Index
INDICES
measures
GDP
KOF
Journal
this
UNDERSTANDING
main
features
of
the
2016
KOF
Index
of
globalization.
2.
Identify
Index
two
ways
in
differs
from
the
which
KOF
the
New
Globalization
Index.
UNIT
4
POWER,
PLACES
AND
NETWORKS
171
Global
superpowers
SUPERPOWERS
AND
SOFT
Many
POWER
countries
political
Superpowers
are
international
at
the
same
military
time.
and
for
more
recently,
in
in
refers
and
USA
and
to
nations
inuence
policy
on
different
world
regions
in
have
inuence
the
China
power”
that
often
Superpowers
example,
communities
RISING
and
geographical
seen,
“Soft
countries
scale,
and
economic,
on
a
the
large
an
investment.
cultural,
scale,
former
USSR
as
the
SUPERPOWERS
students,
other
power
.
(force)
ability
to
change
using
AFTER
force
the
collapse
break-up,
the
However
,
US
following
the
THE
USA:
of
USA
communism
was
military
2001
THE
left
as
in
the
involvement
terrorist
the
achieve
USSR
in
attacks
Iraq
on
and
only
and
the
its
Afghanistan
did
is
crisis,
superpower
.
USA
MILITARY
-INDUSTRIAL
USA
has
advanced
systems.
Control
bases,
to
The
parts
training
CASE
STUDY
CHINA
–
A
the
world,
a
wide
RISING
are
military
that
most
tanks
over
information
global
to
and
ships,
dominance
aircraft
of
military
it
and
USA’
s
and
largest
warplanes,
give
space
ships
many
world’
s
of
These
of
strategy
.
the
eet
not
are
a
the
more
a
desired
its
USA
air
,
key
sea
the
artillery
and
aspects
presence
allow
to
and
to
supply
range
of
countries.
US
of
and
military
overseas
apply
weapons
someone
economic
among
the
force
and
what
is
heavily
growth
has
also
a
major
impact
demand
for
raw
one
for
had
a
major
on
The
in
the
metals,
for
this
is
petrochemicals
rapid
change,
world
and
the
still
has
the
markets
in
oil,
of
the
workforce
form
as
of
soft
hard
power
some
in
observers
The
Since
strength
T
rump
US
six
in
employs
health,
budget
energy
for
Trump
in
exceeds
research
is
other
2
the
million
USA
$100
$40
and
rst“)
people.
have
complex.
billion
billion
the
a
a
year
year,
twice
environment
environmental
presidency,
nations
introduced
(”America
military-industrial
defence
the
nancial
commitments.
over
households
the
and
policy
overseas
that
2008
presidency
government
in
argue
the
research
while
that
of
was
cut
defence
industry
fact
that
which
China
accounts
has
for
become
40%
the
of
GDP
.
world’
s
This
leading
centre,
although
foreign-owned
much
plants
of
in
the
value-added
China’
s
zones.
According
to
the
IMF
,
in
special
2014
China
iron
of
the
17%
of
the
world’
s
gross
domestic
product,
of
an
NIC
employed
in
the
USA’
s
16%.
However,
China
remains
Chinese
with
below
the
USA
in
terms
of
GNI/head,
with
a
GNI
of
almost
$15,400
one-third
a
well
machinery.
structure
character
as
TV
Americanization
economic
well
economy
is
status.
economic
industry
on
the
from
surpassing
Despite
this
–
the
overseas
and
on
produced
ore,
to
for
lms
countries.
materials
impact
led
culture,
and
destination
American
has
their
aid
countries.
and
military
on
during
development
growth
as
raised.
output
China’
s
lost
employed
spent
employed
had
wealthiest
ends,
decline
spending
combined.
was
SUPERPOWER
world’
s
through
such
power
superpower
has
manufacturing
trade
soft
other
defence
funding
reects
China’
s
of
languages
use
inward-looking
Annual
land.
includes
USA
favourite
Friends,
ascendancy
.
potential
The
COMPLEX
its
losing
gaining
and
technologically
and
and
inuence
Approximately
The
as
Superpowers
to
a
distribution
such
cultures
is
power
policies
coercion.
1991
world’
s
USA
the
soft
foreign
individuals,
or
USA
After
achieve
and
The
and
programmes,
of
and,
Russia.
without
values
agriculture,
compared
with
the
US’
s
$57,300.
30%
Superpowers
Geographical
•
Large
land
•
Enough
influence
/sea
Military
area
•
Large
power
resources
to
influence
ability
over
to
project
the
world.
COMMON
✗
self
•
sustaining
Large
if
MISTAKE
be
necessary.
•
Large
land,
army
which
sea
and
can
be
The
USA
will
always
remain
as
a
superpower.
air
easily
population.
It
✓
is
easy
to
think
of
superpowers
as
static,
remaining
deployed.
•
Possession
power
of
as
superpowers.
as
empires
However
,
they
grow
and
decline
–
just
nuclear
advantageous.
did
Middle
Ages,
decline
of
in
ancient
the
Russia
UK
in
in
the
Greece
the
late
and
Rome,
19th/20th
20th
China
centuries,
century
.
The
in
the
and
the
USA
’
s
position
COMMON
INGREDIENTS
as
a
superpower
is
not
guaranteed.
The
USA
may
well
be
NEEDED
replaced
Economic
•
Cultural
influence
Large
national
(high
GDP)
•
economy
Strong
over
as
High
economic
other
Large
number
companies
Economic
in
the
21st
century
.
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
growth.
Explain,
using
an
example,
the
meaning
of
the
term
of
power“.
(MNCs)
self
4.
suffiency
Outline
is
172
superpower
influence
”soft
•
main
nations.
3.
•
world’
s
influence
cultural
CHECK
•
the
Unit
4
–
Power,
Places
and
Networks
the
the
evidence
world’
s
leading
that
the
USA
superpower.
rather
than
China,
Global
THE
The
the
G7
G7
AND
Canada
–
that
meets
to
form
the
suspended
is
a
group
Italy,
annually
global
security.
G8
groups
THE
Seven)
economy,
and
G8
Germany,
international
1998
was
of
France,
global
and
THE
(Group
USA,
the
organizations
to
powerful
UK,
Japan
discuss
its
were
of
energy
joined
Eight).
activities
HICs
by
The
G20
G20
as
was
policy
Russia
Ukraine.
product,
of
world’
s
the
global
issues
reform
critics argue that it does not speak for any emerging economy
.
and
but
represents
population,
organization
THE
a
and
is
the
G7
smaller
has
a
more
proportion
without
China
its
similar
of
the
claim
outlook
world’
s
to
be
a
it
global
OECD
members
Source:
the
Second
European
run
It
countries.
in
form
World
Marshall
the
1960
Plan
the
for
the
OECD
the
and
for
(OECD).
had
the
need
Canada
Organization
Development
2017
War,
Cooperation
recognized
In
and
35
Organization
(OEEC)
the
discuss
an
international
major
economies.
policy
issues
about
85%
related
It
to
stability.
80%
account
of
world
population.
the
impacts
World
Bank
depletion.
some
Over
of
G20’
s
but
an
and
critics
it
high
argue
and
IMF
,
the
that
are
gross
65%
interest
also
is
discussed
population,
energy
G20
economic
countries
of
about
main
has
ageing
the
Although
and
170
for
trade,
The
gover nance,
membership
legitimate,
to
is
20
prole
Africa
not
security
claims
is
that
makes
under-
represented
in
G20.
USA
members.
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
the
in
candidate
joining
advantage
problems,
and
one
for
to
of
between
the
OEEC
joined,
OECD
and
nd
disadvantage
them.
world
restore
•
re-establish
to
stated
condence
•
foster
and
in
healthy
support
innovation,
policies
Its
aim
is
to
help
countries
around
to:
•
and
aims
solve
the
Cooperation
The
CHECK
one
promised
established
joined
countries
and
Outline
or
interest
members
cooperation
Economic
Other
discuss
was
reconstruction
for
analyse
6.
1999
of
members
potential
identify,
5.
resource
Twenty)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Organisation_for_Economic_Co-operation_and_Development
Economic
the
Europe.
and
as
the
of
OECD
Expressed
to
of
broad
the
Candidate
to
such
represented.
limited.
OECD
After
its
in
economic
the G7 should, in theory
, enable decisions to be made, but
Group
governments
countries
world
capacity
. The small number of similar countries that make up
Russia,
G20
or
the
nancial
The
Russia
for
established
global
in
The G7 is not a formal institution but acts in an advisory
W ithout
(G-20
grouping
such
However,
in
–
and
matters
governance,
They
(Group
following
of
the
(1)
markets
public
new
nances
sources
environmentally
of
growth
friendly
through
“green
growth”
strategies
•
ensure
work
that
people
of
all
ages
can
develop
the
skills
to
productively.
of
G7.
Comment
on
the
membership
of
the
OECD.
Global
interactions
and
global
power
173
Global
OPEC
The
–
AN
organizations
OIL
Organization
Countries
tackle
oil
price
companies.
Kuwait,
the
Petroleum
was
cuts
(2)
American
nations
Arabia
countries
Exporting
established
by
Founder
Saudi
OPEC
groups
CARTEL
of
(OPEC)
and
and
in
1960
and
included
Venezuela.
produced
to
European
Iran,
By
oil
Iraq,
1979
65%
of
world
2007.
As
early
OPEC
petroleum,
2003,
but
only
concerns
36%
that
by
OPEC
members
had
as
Non-OPEC
1,213.4
little
279.2
excess
pumping
capacity
sparked
speculation
billion
billion
barrels
barrels
that
81%
19%
their
slip.
inuence
However,
share
of
The
of
oil
crude
OPEC
world
had
controlled
oil
in
price
the
of
OPEC
of
would
to
have
and
the
implications.
oil
1970s
countries
prices
begin
the
major
and
and
gained
much
1980s,
control
As
of
OPEC
the
Middle
economic
OPEC
and
political
incentive
power.
for
countries
the
to
of
The
or
provides
proven
crude
oil
reserves,
(billion
barrels,
OPEC
share)
24.8%
Nigeria
37.06
3.1%
Saudi
266.46
22.0%
Qatar
25.24
2.1%
Iran
158.40
13.1%
Algeria
12.20
1.0%
Iraq
142.50
11.7%
Angola
9.52
0.8%
Kuwait
101.50
8.4%
Ecuador
8.27
0.7%
97.80
8.1%
Indonesia
3.23
0.3%
48.36
4.0%
Gabon
2.00
0.2%
Arabia
alternative
energy.
countries
of
oil
means
that
need
to
maintain
Arab
Emirates
favourable
Libya
relationships
with
and
Middle
and
2015
300.88
United
that
end
Venezuela
energy
develop
importance
involved
at
an
industrialized
increase
conservation
forms
This
old
to
reserves.
important
the
production
oil
continues
crude
development
has
Eastern
on
the
in
OPEC
East
economic
development
countries
will
OPEC
be
with
share
Source:
cooperation
industrialized
of
world
crude
oil
reserves,
2015
http://www.opec.org/opec_web/en/data_graphs/330.htm
countries.
Iraq
Angola
Saudi
Arabia
Ecuador
Indonesia
Libya
Kuwait
Venezuela
Nigeria
Qatar
Algeria
IR
Iran
United
Arab
1
4
,4
2
Emirates
7
3
1
,0
2
3
8
9
2
2
3
1
,4
3
5
6
9
2
3
7
4
1
,0
1
5
2
1
4
5
1
,6
1
1
7
2
5
70
1,6
27
4
6
6
9
4
9
3
3
1
2
1
Source
OPEC
Latin
OPEC
Africa
OPEC
Middle
OPEC
Asia
OPEC
4
4
5
1
0
0
America
East
Annual
Statistical
Bulletin,
2016,
p.68
http://www.opec.org/opec_web/static_les_project/media/downloads/publications/ASB2016.pdf
CHECK
YOUR
7.
State
8.
Describe
174
the
Unit
UNDERSTANDING
approximate
the
4
–
amount
distribution
Power,
of
of
OPEC
Places
the
world’
s
crude
members.
and
Networks
oil
reserves
that
OPEC
accounts
for.
68
9
Global
THE
lending
WORLD
institutions
helping
BANK
jobs
The
World
source
of
Bank,
which
nancial
and
was
established
technical
in
1944,
assistance
to
is
LICs
countries
and
Its
sharing
The
of
the
mission
is
knowledge
World
to
ght
and
Bank’
s
Sustainable
mainly
to
is
achieve
development
aid
achievement
The
of
these
the
countries
and
International
Member
request
and/or
are
to
able
what
they
must
usually
to
must
adjustment
with
help
launch
previously
Fund
the
gaps
borrow
spend
to
(IMF)
global
of
from
This
MDGs,
the
payment
other
In
reforms
ofcial
such
as
(IMF)
The
NEW
may
lenders
of
that
the
as
earn
of
One
New
Brazil,
Development
Russia,
India,
Formerly
the
public
private
or
participation
Its
main
sustainable
BRICS
Bank
they
and
the
structural
China
focus
other
for
nancial
lending
will
be
in
in
billion
as
at
increase
Funding
EXAM
Try
to
as
for
to
IMF
some
–
of
in
point
the
your
out
negative
SAP
World
when
for
the
India,
one
in
up
to
to
sell
to
that
advice
Bank
number
as
placed
much
western
the
–
LICs
from
represents
of
rich
of
on
their
borrowers
national
corporations
the
IMF
increasing
economy
most
is
at
sometimes
heavily
advocates
taxes/reducing
weak
–
to
is
assets
social
generate
spending.
part
of
to
China
billion
controlled
by
the
major
to
from
and
the
South
fund.
each
Africa
The
member.
initially
bank
The
plans
bank
initially
has
its
Shanghai.
the
$100
insufcient
needs
conditions
Moreover,
project
fund
India
18
10
NDB,
meet
emerging
although
billion/year
the
in
multilateral
banks
development
loans,
infrastructural
this
development
economies.
China
18
41
capital
projects
South
10
10
Africa
5
$100
Contingency
Will
help
currency
countries
pool
forestall
short-term
pressures
billion
New
of
assumption
and
free-market
IMF
to
liquidity
comments
some
the
its
development.
nations.
Development
Bank
CHECK
balanced
an
small
revenue/reduce
is
Russia,
provide
and
Bank
the
is
money
a
that
dollars
infrastructure
$100
by
programmes”
even
According
equity
nations
up
run
normally
headquarters
TIP
be
organizations
well
funding
there
claimed
economic
energy.
Initial
Development
to
although
$10
is
clean
is
have
without
contributed
supports
infrastructure
such
10
developing
*May
NDB
guarantees,
$50*
Aimed
2014.
Russia
18
New
in
by
instruments.
Brazil
$10
the
loans,
projects,
contributions,
Africa
Bank,
through
development
Initial
South
Development
projects
and
and
Bank
that
prices.
government
Brazil,
established
it
main
can,
spending
BANK
was
Bank
harmful
governments
“austerity
countries
The
(NDB)
is
the
discounted
(SAPs).
DEVELOPMENT
are
Moreover,
western
THE
World
critism
Critics
system.
problems
return,
investment,
countries.
by
they
the
186countries,
international
what
World
modernize
abroad.
to
includes
FUND
is
cannot
Bank’
s
inhabitants
nancial
between
operate.
certain
programmes
their
poverty.
the
policies
Another
lending
The
of
of
reform
achievement
(SDGs),
for
resources,
Critics
the
(MICs).
and
balance
ll
on
MONETARY
oversees
states
loans
and
Monetary
that
is
Goals
reduce
SDGs,
providing
environment
a
capacity.
countries
INTERNATIONAL
organization
by
focus
Development
mission
THE
building
current
middle-income
to
poverty
an
growth.
and
Critics
NICs.
develop
sustainable
about
the
aspects.
9.
global
positive
aspects
as
YOUR
Outline
10. Outline
New
one
UNDERSTANDING
advantage
one
Development
Global
and
advantage
one
and
disadvantage
one
of
disadvantage
the
of
IMF
.
the
Bank.
interactions
and
global
power
175
GLOBAL
2
Global
and
OF
The
value
and
services
However,
of
of
WORLD
world
trade
roughly
growth
and
trade,
NICs
trade
in
AND
FLOWS
materials,
manufactured
goods
services
GROWTH
Europe
NETWORKS
in
North
from
33%
in
in
2005
2012
continue
share
manufactured
between
between
America
the
SERVICES
materials,
doubled
reduced
although
increased
TRADE
to
and
to
over
for
in
Developing
continued
Asia,
the
exports
40%
goods
2015.
2014.
account
merchandise
2005
and
bulk
from
global
India,
NICs
rise,
exports.
Hong
account
2015.
countries’
to
and
The
Kong
for
the
share
in
accounting
increase
and
major
was
South
share
commercial
for
nearly
mainly
Korea.
of
services
one-third
due
Travel
to
and
commercial
of
China,
tourism
services
in
LICs.
100%
Developing
economies
90%
Construction
Insurance
3.2%
pension
and
services
80%
1.7%
Financial
services
70%
4.1%
Telecommunications,
60%
computer
and
information
Travel
services
50%
36.5%
9.1%
40%
Charges
use
30%
of
for
the
intellectual
property
1.1%
Transport
20%
20.2%
Other
business
services
10%
20%
Not
Independent
5102
4102
3102
2102
1102
0102
9002
8002
7002
6002
5002
0%
allocated
0.3%
Goods
Personal,
related
and
services
services
3.1%
0.7%
States
Developed
Insurance
pension
Merchandise
trade
by
region,
2005–15
(%
cultural
recreational
economies
and
Financial
services
services
11.2%
share)
3.1%
Telecommunications,
Construction
computer
and
1.6%
Moreover,
the
merchandise
trade
between
emerging
information
economies
their
increased
global
trade
was
trade
worth
from
just
between
over
$16
over
2005
40%
and
trillion
in
to
2015.
2015,
over
50%
of
Merchandise
and
Travel
20.6%
was
Charges
use
dominated
by
China
and
the
USA.
The
top
10
services
10.5%
of
for
the
intellectual
trading
property
nations
accounted
merchandise
in
for
2015,
over
and
half
of
the
emerging
world’
s
trade
economies
in
8.9%
accounted
Other
17%
for
over
40%
of
business
it.
services
In
2015,
China
remained
the
world’s
leading
exporter
23%
Goods
and
the
exports
by
the
valued
USA
in
2015
USA
at
the
world’s
were
leading
valued
at
importer.
over
at
$1.5
trillion.
The
over
$2.3
trillion,
followed
$2
USA’s
trillion,
imports
by
services
and
3.2%
services
cultural
recreational
0.9%
were
China’s
at
around
of
developing
and
developed
trillion.
economies’
CHECK
YOUR
11. Describe
region,
the
services
LICs
UNDERSTANDING
main
changes
in
trade
in
merchandise
2005–15.
12. Compare
176
Personal,
followed
Structure
$1.7
related
China’s
the
structure
between
(developing
Unit
4
–
HICs
of
exports
(developed
economies)
Power,
in
commercial
economies)
in
2015.
Places
and
and
Networks
by
exports
in
commercial
services,
2015
International
There
aid,
are
many
types
development
T
op-down
of
aid,
aid,
and
aid,
including
short-
and
loans
emergency/relief
long-term
aid.
and
of
Two
the
most
large
Carried
out
in
by
well-known
Bottom-up
scale
Small
governments,
international
organizations
relief
are
(1)
top-down
and
bottom-up
development.
development
Usually
debt
and
in
Labour
development
scale
intensive
“experts”
Done
by
people
Imposed
Often
Does
upon
well
not
from
the
area
funded
involve
Emergency
outside
and
local
relief
can
or
the
area
people
by
responsive
people
be
in
outside
to
the
considered
Involves
organizations
Run
disasters
process
local
Common
creating
DEVELOPMENT
The
the
main
donors
main
would
donors
are
of
GNP
France
less
to
Europe
their
the
and
than
relation
of
recipients
appear
Eastern
AID
Denmark
GNI
and
are
cent
are
and
the
less
of
are
East
although
In
of
aid
Africa,
The
largest
percentage
cent
donors,
The
Scandinavian
a
per
contrast,
levels
Asia.
as
0.25
largest
GNI.
HICs.
Highest
sub-Saharan
than
next
their
aid
LICs.
South
Japan,
of
the
and
much
donates
UK
per
to
Russia
USA
the
and
go
and
each
0.5
to
be
NICs
largest
of
GNI.
donating
donors
countries,
in
Structural
from
economy,
trade.
SAPs
economic
•
greater
•
social
decision-making
building
encourage
of
the
(SAPs)
borrowing
reduce
international
have
country’
s
economic
four
are
dams,
loans
country
state
liberalization
They
a
earthen
process
PROGRAMMES
programmes
promote
use
the
include
expenditure,
and
in
ADJUSTMENT
growth.
areas
industries
requiring
and
local
available
projects
adjustment
IMF
government
Norway
,
Sweden.
the
and
locals
people
cottage
STRUCTURAL
development
are
for
funding
Involves
down
communities
locals
Limited
decision-making
top
by
local
to
cut
intervention
and
its
international
trade
main
its
in
and
long-term
requirements:
resources
reforms
to
increase
economic
efciency
•
diversication
earn
•
a
foreign
reduction
of
the
economy
and
increased
trade
to
exchange
in
the
active
role
of
the
whether
you
are
state
in
the
LOANS
economy.
A
loan
over
a
richer
is
on
only
transfer
time.
the
to
donors
money
main
poorer
target
overseas
ve
of
The
countries
adopted
GNI
a
set
for
or
donors
met
of
countries.
development
had
skills
pattern
this
to
that
loans
In
require
is
a
1970
spend
0.7
assistance
repayment
transfer
the
per
cent
(ODA),
from
OECD
but
EXAM
of
their
by
2012
target.
Be
sure
TIP
to
absolute
US$)
or
the
example,
DEBT
RELIEF
Sub-Saharan
as
heavily
in
Africa
indebted
includes
poor
most
of
countries
the
countries
(HIPCs),
and
countries
rated
as
severely
indebted.
In
owed
$3
billion.
In
2017
its
debt
was
of
The
(around
billion).
YOUR
most
heavily
indebted
gives
but
the
not
writing
country
(as
a
percentage
largest
in
about
donates
the
(usually
of
GNI).
in
For
amount
relative
terms.
two
UNDERSTANDING
advantages
of
top-down
development
about
country
is
two
advantages
of
bottom-up
development.
Nigeria
14. Outline
$35
amount
a
the
and
$230billion.
that
sub-Saharan
13. Outline
Africa
USA
terms,
aid
classied
25
1962
of
relative
the
absolute
CHECK
32
specify
amount
one
advantage
and
one
disadvantage
of
debt
relief.
As
a
result
schooling,
of
built
debt
more
teachers.
Critics
of
the
that
does
into
poor,
debt,
and
it
that
relief,
debt
it
T
anzania
schools
relief
not
and
state
help
introduced
employed
that
countries
encourages
it
does
that
countries
free
more
not
do
to
help
not
get
overspend.
Global
networks
and
ows
177
International
aid,
loans
and
migrations
REMITTANCES
lured
Many
of
the
world’
s
countries,
but
to
countries,
oil-rich
debt
migrants
people
from
for
travel
rich
from
poorer
countries
example.
The
also
largest
to
richer
the
migrate,
by
from
construction
from
South
employment
servants.
regional
are
The
Mexico
in
the
East
the
industry
largest
to
relief
oil
and
ow
Asia
(2)
to
the
economy,
the
demand
between
two
Middle
the
East,
boom
in
for
domestic
single
countries
is
USA.
$4.03bn
to
China
$23.4bn
sent
$1.92bn
to
from
Canada
Philippines
$4.99bn
$13.45bn
$0.52bn
to
sent
from
$120.16bn
China
$18.22bn
Jordan
$3.14bn
sent
from
sent
to
from
India
US
UAE
$10.04bn
$2.60bn
$14.26bn
to
Philippines
to
Pakistan
$3.96bn
to
to
India
Egypt
$6.13bn
$23.17bn
$24.19bn
$7.62bn
to
to
Mexico
Nigeria
sent
from
to
Saudi
India
Arabia
$0.59bn
$2.65bn
to
Bangladesh
to
Philippines
$10.84bn
to
Main
The
ows
value
of
of
India
remittances
remittances
($
million)
through
remittances.
Caribbean
1
India
70,389
2
China
62,332
Sub-Saharan
is
different
ways;
3
Philippines
for
4
Mexico
24,968
5
France
24,460
6
Nigeria
20,921
to
Egypt
Germany
17,629
9
Pakistan
17,066
10
Bangladesh
14,969
Europe
Some
Jordan
do
about
of
it
is
in
Economist.
Prole
than
the
the
in
2017.
All
✗
Pocket
there
to
World
in
such
178
as
a
are
Asia,
in
remittances
and
is
as
is
Bangladesh.
said
aid
such
considerable
$28
In
GDP
4
worst
value
of
of
off.
divide
and
The
in
the
remittances.
a
pattern
number
remittances
of
received
this
arc
of
countries
pattern
very
in
GDP
one-fth.
Turkey
unusual.
dependent
Haiti’
s
through
on
comes
In
the
remittances.
from
remittances
Philippines,
billion,
India
in
and
–
bring
they
and
2014
in
also
China,
a
huge
amount
account
the
two
accounted
for
for
of
not
around
largest
around
income,
13%
recipients,
3%
and
1%
respectively.
great
advantage
assistance
to
that
be
they
In
these
are
from
sent
HICs
from
from
from
the
the
household
companies
greater
back
receive.
wages
Indonesia,
amount
south
of
Malaysia
money
to
of
have
UAE
to
the
to
HICs
remittances
LICs,
NICs/oil-rich
Middle
East
but
countries
to
countries
UK.
Power,
Places
and
Networks
16. Briey
a
they
can
over
the
directly
used
substantial
and
withheld
to
be
go
However,
homes,
other
by
for
many
some
the
money
to
forms
of
for
migrants’
purpose
transfer
transfer
cases,
employer
government,
the
whatever
amount
in
to
money
migrants’
and/or
example,
from
Korea.
YOUR
15. Describe
LICs.
to
been
back
North
that
and
charge
transferred
is
wishes.
migrants’
CHECK
sent
ows
example,
France
Unit
be
Africa
Figures.
MISTAKE
important
for
Pakistan
international
remittances
are
HICs,
most
remittances
East
receive
remittances
Most
✓
of
of
South
COMMON
the
India,
value
Vietnam,
to
of
amount
Books
receives
amount
Countries
and
that
particular
countries
an
over
family/household,
Asia,
of
remittances
GDP
.
The
region
most
small
rich–poor
low
are
and
in
in
makes
countries
one-quarter
nancial
The
usual
the
and
Nearly
of
UK.
contrast,
appears
the
example,
remittances
The
In
relatively
19,570
8
London,
Africa
from
Kazakhstan
only
Source:
a
28,403
eastern
7
receive
the
UNDERSTANDING
main
explain
the
pattern
main
of
global
advantage
remittances.
of
remittances.
the
Illegal
There
are
people,
ows
many
forms
counterfeit
counterfeit
food
TRAFFICKED
of
illegal
goods,
and
ows,
such
fraudulent
drink
and
as
trafcked
medicines,
drugs.
although
PEOPLE
fewer
accounted
Trafcking
Ofce
on
of
Drugs
Trafcking
there
or
in
were
provided
people
a
About
COUNTERFEIT
that
victims
countries.
international.
on
a
global
(UNODC)
stated
63,251
106
crime
Crime
Persons
over
by
and
is
2016
between
of
of
can
victims
The
Report
2012
trafcking,
Trafcking
60%
scale.
be
are
UN
on
and
from
children
data
domestic
international,
are
East
has
from
the
other
goods
$250billion
each
exploitation,
for
believed
and
money
In
addition,
laundering,
FRAUDULENT
to
are
environmental
consumers.
goods,
are
year
,
generate
responsible
damage
there
illicit
and
are
than
The
implications
between
and
from
East
Africa
is
to
counterfeit
corruption.
Asia
worth
UNODC,
and
the
about
COUNTERFEIT
the
Pacic
$5
to
billion
FOOD
fraudulent
South
a
AND
in
year.
East
The
Asia
medicines
of
the
to
food
FLOWS
the
UK
bought
OF
Food
in
the
and
World
is
Agency,
up
For
up
Africa
in
fraudulent.
trafcking
is
a
major
substances
that
are
global
trade
distribution
prohibited
by
law.
14
involving
and
sale
The
to
countries.
sub-region.
countries
The
trafcked
Middle
people
bribery
are
linked
when
to
the
they
trade
are
in
transported
raises
and
policing.
but
claims
30%
in
one-third
East
The
that
Asia
costs
likely
LICs
of
goods
extra
size
to
tax
the
the
more
market
for
online
and
increasing.
of
medicines
in
According
to
medicines
for
for
substantial
1%
revenues
need
fraudulent.
malaria
were
of
be
about
are
reduces
with
in
HICs
The
sub-Saharan
fraudulent.
as
a
“horse
beef
was
meat
found
scandal”
to
be
broke
horse
out,
as
meat
passed
meat.
10%
the
is
global
worth
more
than
$300
billion,
or
1%
of
total
trade.
The
of
map
shows
the
main
ows
in
cocaine
around
the
world.
drug
Canada
124
165
to
2013
trade
manufacture,
richer
poorer
and
Most
example,
DRUGS
cultivation,
geographical
relatively
inbound
especially
counterfeit
It
unknown,
and
global
Drug
of
8%).
Health
DRINK
Standards
UK
is
Lancet,
off
According
in
Organization
trade
and
goods,
trade
surveillance
goods
MEDICINES
the
relatively
boys
Women
21%
regions.
governments.
and
According
same
and
men
internationally.
labour
health
links
drugs
more
for
20%
from
share
inter-regional.
trafcked,
up
the
come
in
are
those
made
highest
Corruption
GOODS
30%
of
within
victims
exploited
counterfeit
Counterfeit
(girls
occurs
Frequently,
and
than
51%
28%
trafcking
2014
for
Europe
USA
Main
cocaine
producers
17
Caribbean
Mexico
Cocaine
B.R.
of
trafficking*
(in
metric
tons)
Venezuela
West
Africa
140
Pacific
ANDEAN
60
Brazil
REGION
15
Southern
Africa
6
Cocaine
(in
The
ow
Source:
CHECK
YOUR
17. Outline
why
fraudulent
18. Describe
of
tons)
cocaine
https://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/drug-trafcking
UNDERSTANDING
trade
in
medicine
the
consumption
metric
main
counterfeit
has
ows
food
negative
of
and
drink
and
impacts.
cocaine
around
the
world.
Global
networks
and
ows
179
Foreign
FDI
is
the
investment
equipment
not
direct
or
include
by
a
company
organizations
investment
investment
in
of
a
into
the
foreign
shares
of
structures,
country.
companies
of
It
Outward
does
other
countries.
FDI
had
after
improved.
HICs,
in
NICs
especially
focus
Latin
America
Cuba,
USA,
and
for
a
in
of
the
new
FDI
and
which
FDI
nancial
Much
reached
main
was
the
in
the
crisis
growth
USA
high
and
in
is
was
expected
due
Europe.
Asia
whereas
Caribbean
re-established
there
2008–09
2015.
NICs/LICs,
the
of
In
2015
investment
addition,
into
One
diplomatic
to
to
by
remained
FDI
slowed.
but
FDI
2007.
Europe
ties
Africa,
with
increased.
low
of
low
the
the
increase.
in
to
to
prices.
slow
commodity
of
In
tension.
small-island
states
by
such
in
as
many
as
the
FDI
to
that
to
in
Asia
domestic
as
landlocked
in
peak
manufacturing
because
mature.
low
markets
and
of
but
FDI
and
and
developing
declines.
541
2013
504
2014
468
431
2015
429
323
306
283
176
165
170
168
85
58
52
56
54
35
Developing
Asia
Europe
North
America
Latin
and
FDI
The
positive
and
inows
negative
by
region,
impacts
of
2013–15
the
global
($
HICs
Cheaper
•
Growth
In
NICs
and
LICs
Greater
LICs
for
Greater
•
Higher
•
The
exports
lead
from
mobility
scarcities
industrial
to
of
many
Negative
can
areas
highly
to
income.
local
paid
balances
Rising
•
Large
can
be
Employment
CHECK
YOUR
19. Outline
two
growth
in
relatively
manufacturing
wealth.
UNDERSTANDING
potential
advantages
of
potential
disadvantages
foreign
direct
investment.
20. Outline
two
of
foreign
direct
investment.
180
Unit
4
–
Power,
Places
develop
especially
between
of
skilled
unskilled
and
workers.
unskilled
are
certain
Branch
•
Jobs
plants
tend
urban
to
areas,
may
invariably
concentrated
in
certain
areas
industries.
are
be
particularly
leading
be
vulnerable.
concentrated
•
TNCs
•
Overdependence
to
exploitative
on
a
in
the
core
region
of
in-migration.
and
narrow
establish
sweatshops.
economic
base
can
give
up
result.
labour-intensive
spreads
losses
•
reduced.
•
Job
and
areas
jobs.
unemployment,
gaps
workers.
•
labour.
efciency.
spread
new,
trade
a
•
HICs.
to
export-generated
effects
with
may
worker
relative
•
•
Transition
economies
shift
imports.
in
demand
with
Africa
Caribbean
Negative
•
•
America
billion)
Positive
In
the
and
Networks
•
Food
supplies
agriculture.
may
be
reduced
as
people
to
because
sanctions)
LICs
in
region.
increased
remained
(such
third
the
partly
economies
declining
major
a
of
investing
2015,
CIS
measures
Flows
had
while
7%
by
short
largest
contrast,
prices,
geopolitical
40%
declined
fell
restrictive
increased
still
world’
s
down
economies
impact
the
Africa
HICs
was
agriculture
FDI
predicted
from
this
became
commodity
transition
exception
ows
Nevertheless,
is
the
FDI
(1)
2015.
Investment
fell
in
(FDI)
Transnational
TRANSNATIONAL
companies
development
COMPANIES
in
A
transnational
company
that
operates
in
a
TNC
headquarters
(TNC)
number
are
in
of
HIC
is
an
organization
countries.
cities,
Generally,
with
research
growth
(R&D)
areas
of
production
located
of
(the
the
HICs
and
HICs
in
decision-making
(the
LICs
core),
and
and
NICs,
concentrated
assembly
and
and
depressed
parts
periphery).
and
Reduced
Development
of
demand
energy
for
resources
labour
through
mechanization
Manufactured
Exploitation
products
Provision
of
local
Investment
beyond
of
the
capital
labourers
and
aid
price
range
of
equipment
local
people
Advantages
Disadvantages
Exploitation
Few
Development
of
of
skilled
local
workers
resources
resources
Employment
employed
and
manufacturing
Improvement
educational
technical
in
Increased
A
and
large
imports,
proportion
skills
of
notably
the
oil,
profits
leading
going
to
overseas
increased
national
CASE
THE
The
STUDY
T
A
T
A
T
ata
sectors
and
GROUP
Group
such
coffee,
T
ata
as
Power
company,
is
while
was
India’
s
and
is
steel
of
in
about
comes
and
T
ata
is
covering
Apple
steel,
world,
tea
hotels.
the
T
ata
company.
electricity
the
is
Inc.
Apple
For
785
world’
s
India’
s
one
in
over
Over
the
make
services
people
18
fund worthy causes, from clean-water projects and literacy
the
programmes, all of which cost over $105 million annually
.
buildings
almost
all
a
sports
giant
The
new
the
Group
products
rising
city’
s
middle
institutions,
stadium
is
and
currently
that
class.
are
the
including
local
include
to
a
utility
committed
affordable
These
is,
to
Steel
T
ata
the
there
earn
a
cheap
water
lter
using
rice
husks,
company
.
$500
house
that
can
be
bought
in
a
been
Foxconn
its
enforcement
do
put
of
up
people
workers
to
of
for
mesh
and
protect
Since
working
for
from
hours
a
improved
in
After
around
them,
its
provided
wages.
described
laws
15
culminated
succeeded.
increased
labour
million
working
netting
been
Apple”.
1.6
demands
jumping
ethically,
wherever
manufacturing
poor
wages
are
and
supplier.
workers
which
have
Chinese
little
services
2010
higher
actions
while
In
13
fairly
some
treat
practices
electronic
allegations
and
prevent
act
principal
where
has
Supplier
“suppliers
approximately
Apple’
s
suicides,
for
and
and
as
lack
of
workers.
the
Nano
(a
$2,300
and
prototype
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
of
21. Outline
a
is
Foxconn,
social
“reactive”,
largest
its
on
China.
innovation”:
people
a
to
respect,
perform
in
conditions,
responsible
employs
conditions
suicides,
or
In
the
However,
criticism
Apple
China.
that
in
2015.
issues
iPhone,
in
states
and
world’
s
It
its
in
much
ethical
working
$50/month.
attempted
CHECK
car),
at
just
Apple’
s
hospital,
the
have
counselling
runs
980-bed
“frugal
poor
the
perhaps,
T
ata
products
China.
working
Steel,
safe
dignity
company,
in
working day
, and it introduced paid leave in 1920. T
ata trusts
town.
Apple
provide
Foxconn,
As early as 1912, the company introduced an eight-hour
T
ata
of
corporations
billion
received
and
them
they
its
day
of
of
countries
of
India.
company
349
with
conditions
home
has
rights
environmentally
use
and what is now called corporate social responsibility (CSR).
the
–
$250
and
culture, which is dened by three characteristics: loyalty
, dignity
successful
richest
manufacture
to
2006,
most
chain
human
Conduct,
the T
ata Memorial Hospital. T
ata prides itself above all on its
Jamshedpur
,
the
workers
T
ata created many of India’
s greatest institutions, such as
world’
s
of
around
supply
of
of
at
stars
the
80
half
one
suppliers
Code
rst
of
is
valued
required
now
people.
INC
account
tea.
operates
outside
and
software
creating
it
and
and
private
Beverages
600,000
from
largest
largest
1868,
globalization.
chemicals
branded
plant,
companies,
software
steelmaker
Asia’
s
Global
maker
100
power
,
largest
country’
s
T
ata
over
consulting,
and
founded
employs
revenue
and
India’
s
the
Indian-owned
of
comprises
Services
is
second-largest
T
ata
is
cars
STUDY
APPLE
transport
Steel
Consultancy
T
ata
CASE
debt
how
the
T
ata
Group
has
pursued
its
corporate
shop.
social
responsibility.
22. Suggest
supplier
why
of
Apple
Inc.
electronic
Global
chose
Foxconn
manufacturing
networks
as
its
principal
services.
and
ows
181
HUMAN
AND
PHYSICAL
INFLUENCES
ON
3
GLOBAL
INTERACTIONS
Multi-government
organizations
are
DEFINITION
regional,
Agreement
Multi-government
number
as
the
of
different
World
TRADING
A
trading
organizations
Bank,
states.
the
(MGOs)
Some
IMF
and
are
the
operate
across
international,
UN,
whereas
a
on
such
such
or
economic
interactions,
others
calls
for
matters
to
impose
wish
•
to
free
is
an
trade
tariffs
trade
Free
in
although
North
an
in
American
Union.
is
Free
Most
attempt
there
protectionism
arrangement
between
to
many
Trade
MGOs
increase
increasing
focus
trade
and
nationalism
and
countries.
Canadian
exports
Exports
to
outside
from
countries
North
(charges)
with
trade
between
member
on
countries
external
$137
billion
to
Canada
outside
North
America:
$110
allow
the
European
BLOCS
bloc
to
as
the
America:
billion
but
countries
that
them.
areas
are
areas
where
members
Canadian
abolish
tariffs
and
quotas
on
trade
between
exports
Mexican
to
member
nations
but
restrict
imports
from
exports
non-
US:
to
$339
billion
Canada:
member
countries.
of
trade
NAFTA
is
a
good
$10.9
example
billion
Canadian
exports
a
free
area.
$5.4
•
Customs
unions
cooperation,
America.
As
are
such
well
as
as
to
US
Mexico:
a
closer
form
Mercosur
having
of
within
free
trade
to
billion
all
members
operate
a
South
between
Mexican
exports
to
outside
common
North
to
tariff
on
imports
from
exports
America:
$72
external
billion
economic
Mexican
members,
exports
Canada:
$292
US:
Exports
billion
$288
abroad.
from
Common
in
markets
addition
to
the
are
free
customs
trade
in
unions
goods
which,
from
services,
allow
free
movement
of
people
and
to
America:
billion
capital.
Source:
Economic
unions
are
groups
of
nations
IMF
Direction
of
Trade
US
exports
to
Mexico:
$216
Statistics
US
to
billion
exports
outside
that
North
not
only
allow
free
trade
and
free
movement
to
and
have
capital,
common
but
also
policies
require
on
such
CONSSCIL
members
sectors
industry
and
regional
example,
EXPORT
TRADE
the
European
PROCESSING
INTERNATIONAL
state
to
where
zones
foreign
ZONES
can
customs
be
(EPZs)
are
companies
industries.
goods
without
Free
stored,
duties
AND
so-called
new
international
are
relatively
easy
paths
the
20th
and
CHECK
century
more
FTZs
part
as
YOUR
23. Distinguish
union
and
24. Describe
the
American
182
Unit
areas
that
develop
zones
Both
are
division
90
their
are
and
of
had
parts
and
the
a
main
free
trade
a
customs
market.
trading
patterns
among
North
countries.
4
–
Power,
Places
and
of
established
strategies.
area,
of
they
end
UNDERSTANDING
common
American
North
trade,
American
popularity
Networks
•
of
LICs
is
due
and
problems
of
in
economic
incentives
the
in
2012
merchandise
countries
search
of
assembly
HICs
to
LICs
by
since
TNCs
wage
and
LICs
three
with
indebtedness
investment
terms
to
NICs
shortages
foreign
re-exported
labour,
By
•
areas
important
countries
economic
offer
export-
(FTZs)
industrialization.
than
of
between
a
North
Their
FREE
manufactured
(taxes).
to
to
trade
the
EPZs
of
economies
processing
orientated
CANADA
and
beyond
Union.
ZONES
incentives
DU
between
•
Export
billion
COUNCIL
development,
trade
for
INTERNATIONAL
as
The
agriculture,
America:
$1,038
CIC
of
CANADIAN
people
billion
Mexico
outside
North
$108
•
America:
$1,480
Exports
and
US
outside
North
•
to
billion
that
and
for
costs,
NICs
that
These
foreign
encourage
cost-saving
to
link
the
are:
exchange
1980s
open
non-traditional
component
and
and
the
factors
HICs.
shift
locations,
particularly
manufacturing,
production
(global
economies,
exports
shift).
from
locations
in
Economic
CONTROLS
AND
migration
Migration
RULES
In
There
•
are
four
Migration
areas
•
of
is
Migration
is
in
Migration
trends
becoming
origin
growing
•
main
is
in
more
is
global
migration:
and
the
major
–
USA,
country’
s
diversity
of
increasing.
accelerating
all
international
the
the
number
of
migrants
is
important
ability
unskilled.
needed
is
economic
Due
to
to
to
attract
the
increase
Nevertheless,
for
size
an
–
both
the
still
of
associated
to
the
and
migrants
working
want
economy.
with
skilled
population,
of
people
growth
is
labour
ageing
the
many
the
prosperity
are
population.
control
migration.
regions.
becoming
more
diversied
–
migrants
Native
16.1
born
Professional
Recent
include
combinations
of
permanent
settlers,
13.3
immigrant
refugees,
15.5
Managers,
administrators,
executives
7.0
skilled
labour,
economic
migrants,
trafcked
people,
3.3
Technical
forced
migrants,
retirees,
arranged
marriages,
and
so
2.7
on.
7.2
High-level
•
Migration
is
increasing
among
women,
who
sales
are
3.2
5.2
Low-level
playing
a
much
fuller
part
in
their
own
right,
notably
sales
as
5.3
14.5
economic
Administrative
migrants.
support
7.1
12.8
Services
22.4
2.3
There
are
new
challenges
for
governments
to
provide
Farming/forestry/fishing
5.0
for
migrants
and
refugees,
but
there
is
also
10.7
increased
Skilled
blue
collar
12.8
hostility
in
receiving
countries.
Increasing
globalization
8.8
Assemblers,
fabricators,
operators
13.4
and
the
growing
diversity
of
migrants
make
it
harder
3.7
Labourers,
helpers,
cleaners
7.9
for
governments
countries
have
to
restrict
attempted
migration,
to
restrict
although
many
migrants.
Migrants
CASE
and
European
control
in
the
immigration
to
the
USA
refers
to
foreign
voluntarily
residing
study
in
the
country
in
violation
of
UK
and
nationality
laws.
Illegal
on
a
civil
penalty
–
and/or
receive
There
are
believed
punishment
can
include
the
Most
enter
to
USA,
illegally
border
Others
be
around
entering
12
the
million
country
enter
by
legally
over-stayers
and
better
off
evading
but
two
in
the
In
a
wall
immigration
be
over-stay
many
United
as
the
and
USA
CHECK
as
their
it
by
those
used
more
who
state
even
benets.
London,
more
and
60%
were
The
far
migrants
more
research
showed
than
highly
of
new
that
Germany
,
educated
migrants
university
Europeans
who
compared
with
sham
UK
educated
cross
the
marriages
does
to
Mexican
border
President
and
the
as
border
a
way
to
Donald
USA
He
European
public
countries
France,
to
to
come
Trump
be
claimed
illicitly
in
underdeveloped
have
called
would
be
pretences
women
nations.
to
be
then
into
plagues
Indian,
been
for
–
an
used
the
the
as
USA
Russian,
brought
sex
that
Italy
they
The
cities
completed
it
trafcked
reportedly
24%
in
taxes
to
than
economists
Britain
in
was
attracting
migrants
from
graduates,
to
of
Britain
the
to
slaves.
migrants
nances
western
and
had
a
UK-born
and
from
extraordinarily
would
the
same
only
the
UK-born
state
decade
also
are
25%
in
at
uniquely
the
most
Europe.
and
of
southern
eastern
university
degree,
workforce.
They
less
to
of
likely
to
and
likely
live
in
to
of
than
calculated
any
on
more
£15bn
to
the
15
Germany
,
more
European
migrants
other
EU
in
taxes
migrants
The
study
Britain,
now
country
.
education
highly
less
to
was
to
likely
to
be
employment.
be
migrants
in
in
They
The
build
showed
educated
among
social
from
including
likely
in
£20bn
Those
Europe,
capital”.
are
of
more.
new
£6.8bn
they
–
eastern
£5bn
migrants
less
2004,
southern
“human
but
2011.
64%
while
higher
43%
more
before
to
spend
workforce
–
–
contribution
and
contributed
and
had
level
net
qualications
European
and
EU
welfare
western
benets
–
the
a
2000
equivalent
high
have
not
of
in
educational
especially
UK
up
Spain,
12%,
made
between
made
received
contributed
illegal
reach
up
are
T
rafcking
women
false
400,000
wall!
people
annually
.
that
than
receipt
the
past
were
housing.
UNDERSTANDING
the
with
26. Comment
European
visa.
200,000
Mexico.
50,000
YOUR
Suggest
US
pleasing“
under
USA
have
somewhat
than
the
Mexico
for
Chinese
25. Compare
the
be
also
cross
2017,
as
States
much
Thai
to
estimated
to
paid
”aesthetically
of
out
inspectors
than
between
to
As
have
an
try
USA.
pay
ways:
USA.
year,
immigrants
and
tend
nancially
People
the
impact
they
patrol.
Visa
Each
that
illegal
in
that
illegally.
in
College
skilled
Europe
and
economic
nes,
Over
in
UK
deportation.
highly
immigrants
the
immigration
successful,
imprisonment
the
concluded
University
carries
migration
US
they
immigration
enter
USA
nationals
the
•
the
USA
A
•
in
STUDY
Migration
lllegal
jobs
on
how
affected
employment
that
the
of
four
political
some
structure
native-born
main
trends
events
of
these
of
migrants
to
Americans.
from
in
migration.
2016
onwards
may
trends.
Human
and
physical
inuences
on
global
interactions
183
The
“shrinking
patterns
The
world
While
the
the
20th
is
more
century,
the
globalization
of
in
cross-border
allowing
closing
in
gap
to
goods
ows
of
ways.
to
data
It
is
connect
parts
of
the
countries,
than
and
ever
and
driving
and
with
before.
services
has
the
cost
transactions,
HICs
although
are
NICs
age
spread
the
and
are
some
challenges.
pressures,
and
Companies
security
NA
United
States
and
second
(Gbps)
Canada
is
a
may
are
The
borders
has
and
EU
AS
LA
Europe
Asia
Latin
to
in
surged,
of
to
by
HICs.
increasingly
and
is
data
also
but
a
it
means
goods
are
are
was
global
and
smaller
on
transmitted
ships
it
now
compete
countries,
container
goods,
countries
to
being
markets,
physical
However,
more
able
connecting
Although
the
global
across
companies
responsible
ordered,
and
for
tracked
online.
ME
Am erica
communities
users,
dominated
TNCs
volume
for
new
on
extremism.
was
products
paid
create
pressure
accelerating,
are
market.
moving
major
of
conned
ows
may
social
trade
enterprises
most
LICs
the
individuals.
poses
Regions
for
data
and
media
more
largely
and
businesses
Social
When
slowly.
pricing
ow
creates
changed
down
other
world.
issue.
characterized
information
Digitization
communications
most
digital
subject
of
century.
many
connected
the
The
be
the
21st
businesses
customers
globally
ow
data
trends
interconnected
physical
characterize
and
world”:
Middle
East
AF
OC
Africa
Oceania
Bandwidth
Gigabits per
<50
50–100
100–500
500–1,000
1,000–5,000
5,000–20,000
>20,000
2014
2005
45
100%
=
4.7
Terabits
per
second
100%
(Tbps)
=
211.3
larger
Tbps
EU
EU
NA
NA
AS
AS
ME
ME
AF
AF
OC
OC
LA
NOTE:
Lines
LA
represent
intraregional
The
surge
About
one-eighth
out
e-commerce,
by
services
are
already
instantaneous
apps,
online
services,
around
in
(for
the
global
goods
trade
about
half
the
of
MP3
software.
Digitization
virtual
music
and
goods
les
Facebook
small
of
and
ows
such
example,
traded
that
e-books,
there
its
platform.
the
are
but
exclude
another).
platforms
of
a
allow
small
local
companies
market
and
to
reach
reach
a
audience.
global
small
Singapore
are
ows
number
at
the
are
of
concentrated
users.
centre
of
The
the
among
USA,
world’
s
a
Europe
digital
networks.
1,590
Facebook
COMMON
MISTAKE
1,372
China
✗
Everyone
✓
Not
benets
from
the
”shrinking
world“.
1,314
India
YouTube
1,000
WhatsApp
1,000
many
WeChat
everyone
elderly,
benets
inrm,
from
the
immigrants
shrinking
and
world
refugees,
–
for
650
example,
Alibaba
407
Instagram
400
United
America)
one
Digital
Nevertheless,
and
North
with
constraints
comparatively
(SMEs)
and
nations
countries
beyond
global
streaming
enterprises
on
Europe
European
connecting
the
as
between
connecting
carried
world’
s
allows
suggests
medium
is
(for
example,
data
and
exchange
million
bandwidth
bandwidth
cross-border
digitized.
games,
and
50
of
inter-regional
cross-border
States
use
the
do
not
internet
have
for
the
same
various
access
and/or
ability
to
reasons.
321
Twitter
320
300
Skype
CHECK
Amazon
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
300
Online
Indonesia
platforms
256
27. Explain
the
term
”shrinking
world“.
Countries
205
Brazil
28. Compare
of
184
Unit
4
–
Power,
Places
and
Networks
2005.
the
volume
of
data
ows
in
2014
with
that
Transport
The
frictional
suggests
more
far
that
likely
apart
are
However,
effect
area s
to
developments
of
th a t
intera ct
less
there
TIME–SPACE
w ith
lik e ly
has
di sta nce,
are
to
clo se
o ne
a
distance
a no ther,
inte ract
been
or
tog e the r
w it h
re duction
a re
effect
u su al l y
w he re as
o ne
in
decay,
area s
parts
the
development
of
the
transnational
trade,
technologies
the
effect
of
of
frictional
these
are
transport
technologies
trade,
but
distance
caused
they
allowed
Information
technology
in
and
the
economic
technologies
technology.
remarkable
time.
to
levels
of
enhance
of
to
One
or
global
economy.
are
of
these
are
the
the
has
key
About
transported
stacked
on
in
backbone
90%
of
of
the
non-bulk
modern
cargo
in
ICT
in
t r a ns po r t
d is tan c e s
b ring
almo st
in
p l ac es
h av e
le s s
in
time.
in st a nt a ne o us ly.
made
and
global
worldwide
a
and
high
data.
–
These
transmit
signal
only
Another
these
systems
very
large
government
the
communications
in
located
based
communications
some
cost
customer
services
and
60
have
a
at
huge
very
optical
satellite
carrying
high
and
metres
to
allow
the
container
organizations
have
the
19
TNC,
to
speed
and
wide.
The
up
ships
can
For
to
utilize
example,
approximately
It
operates
a
fully
T
exas
50
satellite-
production
planning,
marketing,
management.
Panama
to
whether
coordinate
nancial
personnel
ships
has
countries.
system
–
resources
technologies.
accounting,
expanded
larger
–
electronics
plants
planning,
is
challenging
strength.
or
the
technology
now
information
business
new
are
12,000
now
Canal
TEUs
carry
is
to
being
pass.
17,000
Many
of
TEUs.
is
6
articulated
trains
In
d i ff eren t
containers
Early
lorries,
grea ter
to g e the r
of
(OFCs)
Instruments,
most
communication
cables
However,
international
long
the
world
transmission
with
CONTAINERS
Containers
improvemen ts
tra ve l
improveme n ts
the
capacity,
communications
technology
as
to
communications.
occur
.
of
global
and
important
Neither
technologies
activities.
(TNCs)
overcome
most
TNCs
developments
Satellite
that
The
communications.
communications
all
is
possible
and
corporations
needed
development
such
important
satellite
are
distance,
f r i c t i ona l
CONVERGENCE
international
of
time
people
addition,
bre
For
of
allowed
a no the r.
t he
over
and
Containerships
500–800
freight
(1956–)
137ë17ë9
(LOA
-
Beam
-
Draft)
6
containers
across
4
containers
high
4
meters
TEU
on
8
deck
4
A
ships.
Cargo
shipped
is
200ë20ë9
10
now
Fully
Cellular
(1970–)
5
1,000–2,500
measured
in
equivalent
TEUs
units)
(20
or
equivalent
containers
high
below
deck
4
FEUs
13
(40
Panamax
foot
4
215ë20ë10
TEU
foot
units).
A
TEU
6
(1980–)
3,000–3,400
TEU
5
250ë32ë12.5
B
13
is
the
measure
of
a
box
20
Panamax
Max
3,400–4,500
feet
long
with
a
and
8feet
maximum
(1985–)
8
290ë32ë12.5
TEU
wide,
gross
6
mass
15
9
Post
of
24
Panamax
(1988–)
tonnes.
4,000–5,000
However
,
285ë40ë13
TEU
5
C
geography
17
Post
Panamax
Plus
(2000–)
9
and
topography
limit
the
6,000–8,000
TEU
300ë43ë14.5
6
ever-increasing
For
example,
size
their
of
ships.
size
20
is
New
restricted
by
the
depth
Panamax
(2014–)
10
D
of
the
linking
the
12,500
TEU
366ë49ë15.2
6
Straits
of
Malacca,
Indian
Ocean
to
the
Post
Pacic
New
Panamax
397í 56í
(2006–)
22
15,000
Ocean.
This
limits
a
ship
E
Triple
dimensions
of
TEU
10
to
E
JET
400ë59ë15.5
6
18,000
THE
(2013–)
470metres
TEU
While
ENGINE
most
transport
The
in
jet
engine
is
long-distance
maintain,
efcient
better
than
perhaps
the
transport
suited
the
for
ratio,
travel
payloads.
the
bigger
world’
s
largest
Jet
which
jet
is
enables
have
can
easier
and
a
longer
example,
plane,
innovation
safer
,
distances,
aircraft
For
passenger
signicant
The
longer
propeller
.
power-to-weight
and
most
ever
.
the
to
more
fuel
much
higher
range,
faster
Airbus
A380,
carry
about
555
people.
CHECK
29.
In
cargo
2000
by
YOUR
the
weight,
countries
of
the
”frictional
effect
of
maritime
in
for
its
for
0.2%
almost
and
Chile,
horticultural
East
and
North
a
by
known
and
has
is
niche
accounted
but
like
trade
important
Brazil,
Inexpensive
30. Explain
UNDERSTANDING
meaning
in
global
an
systems.
today
Explain
lls
products
of
by
air
Colombia
America.
third
the
19%
frequent
the
to
A
primary
of
goods
total
air
production
exports,
export
air
volume
value.
services
and
prime
importance
of
have
Kenya
markets
global
shipping,
just-in-time
in
to
Europe,
example
market
allowed
sell
for
is
agricultural
the
Kenya,
cut
Middle
which
owers.
containers.
distance“.
Human
and
physical
inuences
on
global
interactions
185
Patterns
and
trends
in
communication
infrastructure
There
xed
and
are
major
telephone
variations
lines,
in
international
mobile
access
subscriptions,
the
to
CHANGING
TRENDS
internet
Every
broadband.
year,
greater
Facebook
took
ICT
technology
storage
had
even
capacity
50
less
million
time
to
brings
and
users
reach
faster
more
in
that
processing
advanced
just
one
speeds,
software.
year,
and
Twitter
number.
<44.93
44.93–85.02
85.02–113.08
113.08–139.66
>139.66
Mobile
cellular
subscriptions
per
100
people
<12.25
12.25–31.70
31.70–51.04
51.04–65.40
>65.40
Internet
By
2025,
internet
there
and
and
LICs.
the
global
By
purchase
The
sales
of
Africa
and
2015,
goods
mobile
and
by
have
15
accounts
31.
as
YOUR
1.8
–
be
in
more
billion
in
the
to
mobile
be
will
in
move
enough
basic
2005,
20%
per
Asia
1
and
billion
have
services.
and
9
by
Latin
to
in
phones.
M-Pesa
the
global
32. Describe
the
global
variations
in
variations
access
in
the
has
internet.
cellular
subscriptions.
Unit
4
–
Power,
Places
and
hospitals
and
labour
place
starts
with
a
delivered
online
clinics,
has
of
Networks
poor
a
scheme
resulted
in
internet.
are
creating
despite
all
the
internet.
people,
the
elderly,
living
to
to
of
notify
Education
learning
care.
occur
midwives
90%
MOOCs
health
births
of
births
courses
(massive
For
outside
when
taking
can
also
open
opportunities
for
ages.
to
those
90%
almost
present.
the
access
where
midwife
all
access
improve
over
courses)
people
can
Bangladesh,
Nevertheless,
T
anzania.
to
mobile
in
has
UNDERSTANDING
Describe
186
in
China
phones
example,
be
internet
Safaricom’
s
million
to
to
needs.
year
America.
mobile
access
up
money
their
increased
Mobile
NICs
Since
to
Kenya
of
people
with
having
than
nancial
users
predicted
met
in
people
is
people
smartphones.
have
year
100
new
those
services,
per
enable
such
billion
class
will
per
growth
some
handsets
functions,
CHECK
3
the
and
rise
15%
each
Smartphones
million
be
of
consumer
biggest
India
will
half
users
in
areas
with
these
This
those
no
advances,
includes
with
service.
not
large
certain
everybody
numbers
disabilities,
of
and
The
on
inuence
global
NATURAL
The
of
the
physical
environment
interactions
RESOURCE
availability
of
AVAILABILITY
natural
resources
is
a
GEOGRAPHIC
signicant
ISOLATION
factor
Jerusalem
Syrian
ISRAEL
in
world
trade.
For
example,
the
Middle
East
countries
Desert
JORDAN
KUWAIT
dominate
the
other
materials,
raw
export
of
oil.
such
Countries
as
food
endowed
products,
with
BAHRAIN
timber,
SAUDI
QATAR
EGYPT
minerals
and
sh,
also
have
the
potential
to
trade.
R
RIYADH
d
e
ARABIA
Goldfields
Chromium
Limestone
Silver
Coal
Diamonds
Platinum
Copper
Iron
Nickel
a
e
S
Key
YEMEN
E
ore
R
Asmera
I
Pretoria
T
W
R
EI
Fasher
A
Obeid
DJIBOUTI
eliN
EI
E
etih
Manganese
Malakal
Johannesburg
SOMALILAND
Kimberley
CENTRAL
AFRICAN
Durban
N
KENYA
Cape
Town
Kampala
CONGO
RWANDA
(DEMOCRATIC
INDIAN
REPUBLIC
0
300
OF
THE)
BURUNDI
OCEAN
km
Location
Resource
availability
in
South
Isolation
South
Africa,
Australia
and
Canada
are
rich
in
they
continue
to
exploit
them.
Other
Germany
countries,
and
but
the
have
UK,
since
may
have
used
diversied.
the
Many
bulk
HICs
of
rich
due
have
been
wealth
to
single
raw
their
export
a
more
Zambia
to
of
such
follow
exporting
resource
extremes,
materials,
trying
from
produce
and
in
raw
a
their
materials.
with
–
copper
demand,
for
–
Brazil
similar
raw
broad-based
product
as
path
–
materials
economy.
example,
are
and
MICs
more
competition,
South
using
to
access
because
foreign
currency.
EXAM
TIP
they
have
fewer
their
Sudan
exam,
make
it
clear
that
not
country’
s
air
technologies.
ICT
,
there
inaccessible
and
are
For
and
some
example,
isolated
technological
overcome
these
Exam
(a)
Examine
(b)
Discuss
areas
despite
that
due
to
are
the
too
physical
developments
have
also
For
Kenya
also
to
space.
for
economic
and
protability
.
times
may
Countries
that
have
to
pay
example,
substantial
South
Sudan
tariffs
has
to
to
pay
to
have
get
to
its
pay
oil
for
to
the
the
coast.
use
of
Landlocked
another
Access
to
on
the
development.
market
is
Locations
essential
such
as
Singapore,
a
tip
of
the
Malay
peninsula,
at
the
entrance
to
the
cocoa
Straits
of
Malacca,
as
13th
has
had
a
ourishing
port
as
early
climate
the
century
.
It
continues
to
thrive,
partly
due
its
to
location.
earn
YOUR
benets
the
UNDERSTANDING
problems
that
landlocked
countries
face.
from
explain
how
resource
endowment
helps
innovations
countries
in
hindrance
and
and
34. Briey
new
major
costs
currency
alternatives
everyone
may
or
may
33. Outline
an
markets
goods.
countries
CHECK
In
to
landlocked
geographic
uctuations
a
and
with
with
vulnerable
and
be
the
Countries
disease
can
transport
Africa,
diversify
Ghana
markets
Increased
their
either
LICs
world
have
export
developed
Sudan
such
are
resources
from
development.
reduce
as
South
resources
to
and
of
Africa
to
develop.
remote,
geography,
not
been
able
to
difculties.
Practice
the
the
value
view
of
that
globalization
indices
technological
for
measuring
innovations
are
Human
global
making
and
the
interactions.
(12
marks)
world
(16
marks)
physical
smaller.
inuences
on
global
interactions
187
UNIT
1
HUMAN
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT
OPPORTUNITIES
The
In
UN
2015,
had
the
17
once
nished,
2030
they
SDGs
have
came
plan
end
the
B
in
UN
a
188
way
and
there
is
continue
why
the
5
–
in
169
the
are
world
This
the
in
said
as
adopted
includes
Goals),
the
The
expected
about
promise
that
universal,
the
don’t
to
efforts
are
to
are
not
develop
systems
is
of
forms.
An
rooted
It
in
Above
to
clean
water
(SDGs)
and
sanitation
is
goal.
that
some
children
do
not
have
life.
Human
Development
and
funding
Diversity
to
is
an
An
will
be
and
made
“The
for
for
the
to
are
people,
the
and
doubts
of
It
vision
to
our
climate
for
one
is
is
a
a
for
end
a
poverty
common
peace
respect
no
within
agenda
planet,
leave
that
also
available
new
prosperity,
Ki-moon.
UK,
everywhere.
urgency
equality
pledges
the
believe
transformative
shared
Ban
and
and
There
people
agenda
gender
it
them.
agenda
for
Japan
SDGs,
them.
all
conveys
all,
the
of
achieve
Secretary-General
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/?menu=1300
access
fewer
agenda
goals.
Goals
It
Goals
including
integrated
world.
its
all.
to
DIVERSITY
about
leaders
partnership.
It
legally
all
home.
by
be
the
countries
better
UNDERSTANDING
of
how
2016
“we
goals
should
all
environmental
They
countries,
reservations
there
in
–
tackle
change.
Some
have
COP22
B”.
extend
and
(MDGs)
Global
At
Ki-moon
the
targets.
Development
from
called
2016.
AND
Development
Nations
Marrakech
planet
and
climate
include
evidence
–
no
inequalities
governments
quality
Unit
forward
including
important
high
meeting
Ban
YOUR
Outline
(also
January
for
achieve
Suggest
an
Parties)
Goals
1
Goals
United
Development.
only
Adapted
CHECK
2.
to
on
the
Secretary-General
Sustainable
Source:
1.
but
of
Sustainable
force
reduce
ranging
order
the
goals
degradation,
binding,
into
because
new
poverty,
wide
for
Development
countries
Development
of
Nations
were
The
Millennium
193
Agenda
(Conference
United
Sustainable
the
the
Sustainable
and
5
and
change.
the
rights
behind.”
UN
The
Human
Development
the
Gender
Inequality
THE
HUMAN
DEVELOPMENT
INDEX
Index
Index
•
(HDI)
income
adjusted
purchasing
The
Human
measure
of
Development
components
•
life
•
mean
Index
development.
of
human
It
(HDI)
includes
is
a
of
The
basic
DIMENSIONS
expected
Long
INDICATORS
Life
and
years
healthy
expectancy
at
of
schooling
life
Life
expectancy
local
as
it
is
Nations
more
gross
national
index
so
that
(UN)
cost
income
the
birth
Expected
years
of
living,
index
of
Education
encouraged
than
(GNI)
single
per
importance
A
Mean
schooling
has
reliable
Knowledge
of
DIMENSION
United
HDI,
development:
schooling,
to
that
is,
power.
composite
three
expectancy
years
and
head.
of
any
decent
years
GNI
It
is
one
use
capita
a
of
of
such
the
as
composite
factor
standard
per
the
indicators
is
reduced.
living
(PPP
$)
schooling
index
GNI
index
INDEX
Human
Very
high
Medium
Global
Source:
HDIs
Based
for
on
Development
human
human
Index
(HDI)
development
High
development
Low
human
human
development
development
2015
data
in
The
Human
Development
Report
2016.
http://www.undp.
org/content/undp/en/home/librarypage/hdr/2016-human-development-report.html
Countries
generally
A
a
with
have
country
low
have
life
a
with
the
THE
In
HDI
low
development
index
purchasing
and
for
each
power,
education
for
index
Niger,
component.
example,
index
will
but
only
at
the
GENDER
top
Australia,
LICs
–
top
2010,
Index.
the
The
the
of
the
HDI
are
Switzerland,
ve
namely
Central
all
HICs,
Germany
countries
INEQUALITY
(meaning
order,
UNDP
women
YOUR
with
are
Switzerland,
CHECK
introduced
countries
the
another
levels.
at
the
African
INDEX
and
as
and
level.
bottom
in
the
better
the
off)
Denmark,
in
the
2015
low
on
2014,
Burkina
similar
those
at
level
the
sub-Saharan
the
and
rank
Iceland.
Inequality
gender
whereas
and
a
HDI,
a
Zambia,
the
were
Africa
have
and
of
have
has
of
more
the
most
countries
moved
with
Countries
at
development
bottom
number
countries
Syria
Faso.
the
up
to
the
greatest
the
to
one
varied
countries
there,
such
medium
relative
drop
Libya.
Republic,
(GII)
Gender
lowest
have
Although
In
HDI
Burundi
HDI
Namibia
on
In
Chad,
of
ranked
contrast,
are
human
high
HDI.
Norway,
Denmark.
high
high
expectancy
countries
include
very
relatively
a
medium
The
of
a
a
127
inequality
were,
Netherlands,
in
The
GII,
on
(lowest
rank
Sweden
the
USA,
and
the
GII.
rst)
be
found
at
In
The
10
on
ranked
contrast,
were
Afghanistan.
and
ranked
Qatar,
Niger,
latest
at
the
33
on
the
Chad,
HDI,
the
bottom
Mali,
statistics
was
HDI,
for
Cote
ranked
was
end
of
the
d’Ivoire
gender
43
ranked
scale
and
inequality
can
http://hdr.undp.org/en/composite/GII.
UNDERSTANDING
3.
Describe
the
global
variations
in
the
HDI.
4.
Describe
the
global
variations
in
the
GII.
Development
opportunities
189
Measuring
The
in
Gender
three
•
Inequality
aspects
of
reproductive
ratio
•
and
gender
of
gender
Index
human
health
–
adolescent
birth
seats
gender
inequalities
–
by
25
maternal
mortality
•
held
by
years
of
adult
females
with
some
experience
economic
rates
status
participation
measured
by
the
women,
by
–
and
measured
males
and
Adolescent
mortality
birth
ratio
rate
by
aged
over
secondary
labour
females
and
school
force
aged
15
and
over.
the
Empowerment
Maternal
males
of
proportion
Health
DIMENSIONS
proportion
development:
measured
empowerment
parliamentary
measures
inequality
Female
and
male
population
Labour
Female
and
male
shares
of
Female
market
and
male
INDICATORS
Female
with
at
secondary
reproductive
Female
least
parliamentary
seats
labour
education
force
participation
Female
empowerment
labour
Male
rates
Male
empowerment
labour
DIMENSION
health
index
market
index
index
market
index
index
INDEX
Gender
Measuring
Source:
gender
UNDP
EMPOWERING
UN
Women
following
Establish
•
Treat
all
Inequality
UN
Global
women
Compact
Empowerment
corporate
leadership
and
men
developed
gender
at
Ensure
•
Promote
the
Principles:
for
fairly
have
•
equality.
of
the
in
WOMEN
longest
Colombia,
women
became
women
in
2011,
in
the
40%
of
1998.
IN
Promote
•
Measure
cabinet
Girls’
and
force
positions
enrolment
of
Latin
Colombia
members
that
in
onwards.
in
boys,
increased
now
than
were
America
During
has
and
ever
from
30%
in
–
from
tertiary
to
much
political
The
by
just
participation
1990
and
are
world,
over
(IFAD)
some
The
by
indigenous
and
minority
370
million
for
a
indigenous
community
progress
for
a
Index
and
always
and
UN
nancing
all
aspects
for
maternal
men
of
the
and
to
all
workers.
initiatives.
achieve
projects
Panama,
development
land
mortality
Gender
around
amount
of
the
its
The
aim
of
the
management
Some
compares
ration
Inequality
and
the
for
a
female
reproductive
Index
health
adolescent
health
live
gender
equality
.
for
for
to
areas
their
for
IFAD
the
support
and
and
depend
Development
rural
established
a
Ngobe–Bugle
the
poverty
development
communities.
to
in
sustainable
T
erritory
It
to
provided
project
based
planning
is
on
to
and
communities,
support
traditional
administrative
and
natural
skills.
resource
practices.
TIP
of
the
examples
may
also
be
women,
that
you
useful
and
as
vice
can
use
for
examples
gender
for
versa.
birth
rate
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
index.
Development
on
livelihoods.
eliminate
agricultural
indigenous
Outline
ways
Describe
in
has
an
which
and
Diversity
female
empowerment
in
progressed.
example
indigenous/minority
Human
economic
at
6.
–
in
Agricultural
aims
aid
project
leaders’
Colombia
5
and
population,
compare
look
5.
Unit
marginalized
general
rural
activities
that
to
in
example,
to
the
participate
technical
local
inequality
Data
for
rights
and
CHECK
produce
generally
than
Fund
agency
rural
men.
women.
to
Most
related
In
EXAM
Inequality
women
are
health
able
empowering
Not
conditions
190
of
professional
groups
people
disproportionate
less
LICs.
MISTAKE
Gender
conditions
to
on
people
worse
International
is
restore
accounting
COMMON
the
through
report
processes.
agriculture
before
up
and
women’
s
time,
more
women,
secondary
took
that
in
improved
✓
well-being
and
women.
equality
Indigenous
nancial
✗
for
and
training
work.
2012.
Empowering
There
safety
COLOMBIA
conicts
1964
mobilized.
exceeds
labour
in
armed
from
decision-making
32%
education
in
health,
education,
development
isolated,
12%
the
•
poor.
place
(GII)
STUDY
EMPOWERING
One
Index
Index
WOMEN
Women’
s
•
CASE
and
Gender
Inequality
inequality
of
a
project
groups.
to
empower
Social
entrepreneurship
human
development
and
(1)
MICROFINANCE
100
Million
l
a
i
c
People
adults
have
no
access
to
nancial
s
billion
living
on
less
than
$2
a
day
B
bank
people
o
have
of
a
80%
m
and
to
account.
these
reduce
Micronance
people.
poverty,
has
Micronance
address
social
grown
to
lending
issues
meet
s
n
o
aim
of
C
no
needs
in
U
t
id
e
r
C
the
schemes
including
e
discrimination,
and
enable
market
access
for
1.7
Billion
People
r
o
$1,500–$20,000/yr.
P
e
the
a
a
grown
dramatically
since
1974,
U
$730–51,500/yr.
fi
has
n
Micronance
r
o
o
P
r
e
p
p
n
poor.
o
r
N
c
gender
n
m
services,
>520,000/yr.
k
e
2.5
r
Around
o
were
rst
introduced.
This
led
to
the
formation
c
they
r
when
4
Billion
People
i
the
small
Grameen
business
Most
Bank
loans
people
and
to
who
other
poor
use
organizations
that
M
of
provide
r
o
o
P
<$360–$730/yr.
people.
micronance
are
people
in
rural
<$360/yr.
Destitute
areas,
mainly
nance.
farmers,
They
need
to
who
cannot
borrow
access
money
to
other
buy
forms
seeds
of
and
The
fertilizers
and
improve
their
farms.
In
the
past,
their
lack
hierarchy
Source:
access
to
(money
banks
lenders
may
charging
Micronance
some
In
societies
most
WMI:
have
very
schemes
are
unable
micronance
Women’s
forced
high
often
to
them
schemes,
rates
focus
own
to
on
land
or
members
micronance
use
of
“loan
of
banks
and
their
World
Bank,
customers
of
VISA
International,
C.K.
Prahalad
sharks”
interest).
women,
who
in
borrow
money
.
community
,
are
of
members.
part
the
and
This
the
community
makes
lends
repayment
of
out
the
money
loan
to
much
its
more
likely
.
initiative
START
1
9
Rural
woman
living
in
poverty
2
Joins
WMI
uses
fund
a
repayment
new
woman
a
loan
living
in
to
to
a
....and
rural
graduates
independent
bank
to
loan
poverty
20-member
WMI
Loan
Group
8
After
24
months,
Borrower
loan
WMI
3
in
trains
new
borrowers
business
skills
and
to
repays
last
WMI...
record
keeping
Borrower
can
follow-up
6
months
business
18
get
loans
to
grow;
months
7
every
help
her
after
loan
amount
4
can
Loan
to
$250
Group
members
each
increase
guarantee
other’s
loan
Borrower
6
Each
5
group
receives
a
of
$150
up
to
business
starts
and
member
WMI
works
her
out
poverty
The
way
Journey
loan
of
from
poverty
financial
for
Micronance
Micronance
schemes
standards
for
many
have
critics:
•
their
Their
interest
have
poor
the
a
schemes
potential
people.
6-month
–
to
However,
the
theory
improve
the
living
•
schemes
are
higher
than
those
of
commercial
Not
all
may
•
rates
to
autonomy
term
poor
be
people
Micronance
rather
are
entrepreneurs
and
so
the
loans
other
loans
wasted.
than
loans
for
may
business
be
used
to
pay
off
purposes.
banks.
•
Some
care
CHECK
people
rather
will
than
YOUR
use
for
the
loans
starting
or
to
pay
for
improving
food
their
or
health
business.
Some
also
causes
of
claim
that
poverty
micronance
but
actually
does
makes
not
tackle
poverty
the
root
worse.
UNDERSTANDING
7.
Outline
one
advantage
8.
Outline
one
disadvantage
of
micronance
of
schemes.
micronance
schemes.
Development
opportunities
191
Social
entrepreneurship
human
FAIR
Fair
development
and
(2)
Fair
TRADE
trade
can
be
dened
socially,
economically
trade
which
in
impact
of
and
trade
that
attempts
environmentally
companies
their
Principles
as
take
to
be
responsible.
responsibility
for
the
It
is
wider
business.
of
Fair
trade
of
the
in
poor
for
goods
and
the
Opportunities
Disadvantaged
Fair
Trade
is
a
and
sustainable
for
Economically
get
from
a
fair
buyers
that
for
poverty
development.
opportunities
for
Its
is
conventional
Trade
trading
with
and
involves
commercial
or
working
disclose
Fair
social,
who
have
at
respect
to
that
Trade.
if
and
small
their
made
the
directly
organisation
deal
fairly
and
and
or
respectfully
valued
their
trade
producers
based
with
concern
environmental
expense.
on
They
and
to
the
interest-free
for
Fair
Trade
of
a
in
Fair
the
agreed
covers
not
production
sound.
It
through
only
by
the
provides
the
women
payment
to
producers
and
rewarded.
contribution
in
their
organised
in
Freedom
in
hiring,
promotion,
on
race,
sexual
afliation,
that
work
always
production
national
HIV/Aids
women’
s
are
caste,
orientation,
is
paid
process
status
properly
for
and
are
organisations.
Conditions
do
not
means
maximize
Trade
environment
long-term
conditions
and
national
trust
promotion
pre-payment
mutual
and
of
growth
at
least
of
for
or
local
context
dialogue
with
is
costs
of
socially
and
comply
and
local
Organization
safe
and
with
laws
healthy
working
Working
conditions
and
hours
and
established
International
by
Labour
conventions.
Capacity
Building
Fair
is
Trade
a
means
Fair
to
develop
Trade
producers’
relationships
is
one
during
fair
and
pay
to
the
of
equal
and
men.
partners
access
to
Fair
producers
provide
and
their
marketing
that
can
improve
their
management
but
access
to
new
skills
and
markets.
enables
environmentally
producers,
pay
for
Traders
and,
which
participation.
production
just
principle
their
a
producers.
50%
ensure
whenever
pre-harvest
and
or
Promoting
takes
equal
prompt
possible,
Fair
T
rade
and
the
provide
help
Fair
are
T
rade
organisations
possibility
their
made.
the
They
and
of
and
raise
greater
customers
organisation,
pre-production
with
products,
use
honest
aim
for
awareness
justice
in
information
and
in
what
advertising
the
of
highest
Fair
world
T
rade
trade.
about
conditions
and
They
the
they
marketing
standards
in
product
packing.
Labour
T
rade
organisations
respect
the
UN
Convention
The
the
Rights
of
the
Child,
as
well
as
local
laws
norms
in
order
to
ensure
that
the
Environment
and
Fair
Trade
children
in
production
processes
of
actively
encourages
better
environmental
participation
practices
of
based
gender,
Women
the
Fair
quality
social
to
Working
techniques,
on
and
discriminate
political
of
nancing.
Fair
children
Price
regional
which
account
Child
informally
of
Equity
training,
means
the
well-being
maintain
solidarity,
contribute
An
price
been
work
to
disability,
membership,
age.
their
into
not
retirement
or
religion,
organisations
It
does
termination
continuity,
has
Gender
access
independence.
fair
with
involvement
remuneration,
union
management
requested.
Payment
A
a
by
Accountability
organisations
economic
relationships
is
and
security
been
marginalized
partners.
marginalized
Fair
reasonable
Relations
Trade
prot
is
price
conditions
Association
empowered
Trade
there
producers
fair
system.
transparent
relations
trading
working
a
to
origin,
Fair
including
alleviation
purpose
producers
disadvantaged
Transparency
shortcomings
that
Producers
strategy
The
the
deal,
the
ensure
production.
of
economically
address
and
decent
Non-Discrimination,
create
to
system
services,
Organisations
Trade
attempt
producers.
producers
Creating
an
trading
countries
commitment
for
is
global
fairly
and
the
application
of
responsible
methods
of
traded
production.
articles
(if
security
,
CHECK
9.
any)
YOUR
Dene
“fair
10. Outline
does
not
educational
the
adversely
requirements
affect
and
their
need
well-being,
for
play
.
Source:
UNDERSTANDING
trade”.
ways
in
which
Fair
Trade
impacts
working
conditions.
192
Unit
5
–
Human
Development
and
Diversity
https://www.trade
aid.org.nz/index.php/page/wfto
Social
entrepreneurship
human
CORPORATE
Corporate
of
SOCIAL
social
companies
reduce
widely
in
their
environment.
take
more
many
Benets
of
of
impacts
In
their
refers
activities,
TNCs
is
the
and
workers
the
a
practices
and
take
involved
and
have
code
to
Companies
towards
companies
that
McDonald’s
economic
necessary.
workers
Most
follow
(CSR)
social,
their
if
general,
of
TNCs.
they
the
responsibilities
care
large
whether
manage
impacts
these
(3)
RESPONSIBILITY
responsibility
to
environmental
to
development
action
vary
and
in
code
of
In
2014
Social
fair
CSR,
Corp.
McDonald’
s
Responsibility
•
supporting
•
sourcing
the
•
increasing
than
but
•
2020
Corp.
announced
Framework.
coffee,
beef
palm
in-restaurant
increasing
Its
its
2020
goals
Corporate
include:
production
oil
and
sh
that
are
produced
minimizing
matter.
CSR
sustainable
only
sustainably
trade
environment
another
and
waste
energy
restaurants
by
in
recycling
nine
of
efciency
20%
in
its
in
seven
to
top
50%
and
markets
company-owned
of
its
top
markets.
CSR
Winning
new
businesses
Enhanced
Increase
in
Relationship
customer
with
retention
stakeholders
Attracting,
Saving
on
money
energy
and
operating
cost
Retaining
and
Maintaining
Benets
of
happy
CSR
a
workforce
Differentiating
Media
yourself
from
interest
the
and
good
competitor
reputation
funding
B
e
to
n
Access
the
e
your
in
s
t

Enhancing
influence
opportunities
industry
CASE
THE
On
STUDY
RANA
24
April
Plaza
on
more
than
and
PLAZA
2013
the
Asia
warned
CASE
eight-storey
outskirts
1,100
children.
South
an
It
that
Dhaka,
one
the
the
of
people.
was
since
DISASTER,
Over
of
the
Bhopal
building
garment
the
worst
disaster
was
factory
Bangladesh,
half
threatened
to
Economist,
4
re
those
who
did
not
carry
on
as
usual
(The
BANGLADESH
were
industrial
unsafe
1984.
but
Rana
collapsed,
victims
of
in
the
killing
women
accidents
Local
for
owners
had
allegedly
ve-storey
As
a
result
companies
in
police
a
May
working
of
the
to
of
not
Rana
made
and
an
buildings
disaster,
to
or
CSR
labour,
re
had
given
clothing
their
audits
but
been
building.
many
improve
groups,
child
permission
eight-storey
Plaza
efforts
pressure
hours
soundness
Planning
building,
have
According
at
2013).
not
CSR.
had
looked
the
structural
tea,
including
exits.
STUDY
Unilever
plans
that
by
2020,
100%
of
their
UNILEVER
loose
Unilever
a
is
a
TNC
comprehensive
Industry
Indexes
leader”
for
“Global
11
100
Unilever
all
of
its
offers
✗
a
Workers
and
Dow
years
“sustainable
PG
Tips
The
way
to
It
been
sector,
ranked
Corporations
tea”
tea
from
Alliance
differentiate
in
their
“Food
World
7th
in
the
programme.
bags
with
ranked
Sustainability
and
Rainforest
and
beverage
has
Jones
Sustainable
economically
COMMON
food
strategy.
the
and
farms.
a
the
consecutive
has
farms
socially
,
in
Most
Lipton
Certied™
in
CSR
It
the
World”.
sources
Rainforest
Alliance
Certication
products
environmentally
as
being
LICs
are
Although
of
provide
has
exploited
by
TNCs,
sales
of
(2)
reducing
(3)
enhancing
the
to
globe.
double
the
In
main
goals:
company’
s
size
of
to
its
Plan,
(1)
which
improving
overall
of
these
Plan
shows
impact,
customers
livelihoods
addition
the
The
company’
s
the
Living
environmental
growth.
the
sourced.
Sustainable
reduce
three
well-being
sustainably
10-year
can
maintaining
2010,
be
while
the
of
the
in
health
and
consumers;
environmental
goals,
also
launched
and
millions
how
impact;
people
around
company
hopes
business.
and
derive
no
YOUR
11. Explain
the
UNDERSTANDING
meaning
of
the
term
“corporate
social
responsibility”.
exploitation
many
Unilever’
s
businesses
CHECK
benets.
✓
will
sustainable.
MISTAKE
in
tea,
the
an
it
of
is
very
easy
workers
workers
income,
to
and
want
criticize
resources
to
however
work
large
in
for
TNCs
LICs
TNCs,
and
as
it
for
the
NICs,
12. Outline
Plaza
the
conditions
that
may
have
led
to
the
Rana
disaster.
will
small.
Development
opportunities
193
CHANGING
2
What
Culture
of
is
is
the
people.
IDENTITIES
AND
“culture”?
way
of
Among
life
of
other
a
particular
factors,
it
society
includes
or
group
LANGUAGE
beliefs,
A
behaviours,
art,
music,
concept
customs,
sport
with
a
CUL
TURE
and
traditions,
literature.
range
of
rituals,
dress,
Culture
meanings,
is
and
a
it
number
all
to
region,
human
populations.
speakers.
is
Hindi,
Arabic
some
Culture
areas
being
varies
from
relatively
offering
greater
EMERGING
The
world
have
more
include
than
English,
100
million
Mandarin,
Bengali.
world
English
business
has
become
languages,
and
one
the
of
main
region
similar
of
the
internet,
but
it
has
major
variations
in
and
and
accent
from
country
to
country
and
from
diversity.
region
AN
and
dominant
vocabulary
others
These
important
language
with
languages
native
the
to
of
language,
complicated
GLOBAL
to
region.
CULTURE
RELIGION
is
is
probably
such
changing
greater
than
as
the
internet
making
the
world
The
increased
the
increasing
cultures,
and
fast,
speed
ever
and
more
of
the
global
and
New
more
and
between
of
of
this
change
technologies
communications,
transport
growth
rate
before.
satellite
interactions
the
and
are
interconnected.
communications,
economies
international
There
are
ve
Hinduism,
Christianity
remaining
major
Chinese
and
three
global
folk
Islam
are
religions:
religion
can
and
claim
more
to
regional
Christianity,
Buddhism.
be
in
truly
their
Islam,
While
global,
the
distribution.
and
migration,
are
MUSIC
among
recent
the
factors
different
world
are
global
have
changed
everyday
lives
in
decades.
Proponents
that
that
of
an
places
emerging
and
converging
culture
might
cultural
and
be
global
practices
becoming
the
culture
product
more
of
suggest
around
the
similar.
A
two
very
Transnational
corporations
industry,
the
with
domestically
USA
control
and
generated
the
the
UK
popular
global
music
dominating
music.
different
TELEVISION
processes:
•
The
export
of
supposedly
“superior”
cultural
Until
traits
and
products
from
advanced
recently,
produced
and
their
worldwide
adoption
•
The
mixing,
or
primarily
for
programmes
domestic
tended
audiences
to
be
within
(“modernization”,
national
“westernization”,
television
countries,
boundaries,
and
could
be
subjected
to
rigorous
“Americanization”).
hybridization,
greater
interconnections
cultural
practice.
of
cultures
leading
to
a
governmental
control.
cable,
and
However,
with
the
advent
of
through
new
satellite
digital
technologies,
several
television
universal
channels
extent
are
now
Germany
and
programmes.
and
globally
circumvent
ABC
the
UK
are
Companies
have
an
disseminated,
national
restrictions.
major
such
exporters
as
international
and
The
Al
to
some
USA,
of
France,
television
Jazeera,
BBC,
CNN
reach.
SPORT
Sports
are
becoming
forms
commodied.
example,
league
of
cultural
increasingly
but
expression
globalized,
Football/soccer
similar
trends
is
can
as
the
be
that
well
most
are
as
increasingly
obvious
observed
in
US
major
baseball.
TOURISM
A
McDonald’s
restaurant
in
Ulsan,
South
Korea
T
ourism
allows
cultures
CHECK
YOUR
13. Dene
the
14. Suggest
194
Unit
term
why
5
UNDERSTANDING
–
wider
”culture“.
cities
are
often
Human
culturally
diverse.
Development
and
Diversity
is
a
large
and
form
of
international
numbers
places.
international
It
of
people
also
locks
cultural
cultural
to
exchange
experience
specic
patterns.
that
other
destinations
into
Cultural
CULTURAL
traits
and
DIFFUSION
forces
people.
Cultural
diffusion,
when
two
when
members
another
cultures
through
today
share
interest
an
also
be
different
trade,
when,
in
a
forced,
CULTURAL
spread
of
intermingle.
of
happens
may
the
This
example,
particular
when
occurs
or
with
warfare,
different
one
and
it
countries
Cultural
culture
assumption
historically
interacted
sport.
one
traits,
occurred
cultures
intermarriage
for
as
cultural
to
hold
through
another
the
to
Global
cultural
economic
the
USA)
imperialism
forces,
captures
gains
inuence
other
countries.
the
most
political
in
when
and
sphere,
HAS
today
the
markets
sources
cultural
people
its
over
export
has
of
the
CULTURAL
popular
cultural
their
(usually
and
is
one
diffusion.
plays
cultural
a
In
major
roots,
IMPERIALISM
thereby
culture
entertainment
of
from
culture
commodities
imperialism
from
resulted
dominant
for
control
The
important
dissociating
HOW
as
of
the
brought
during
reached
British
is
of
the
its
cultural
peak
Empire
usually
the
CASE
is
a
or
just
before
its
follow
that
or
the
First
the
cultural
powerful
less
it
World
started
War
afuent
one.
is
and
The
of
–
the
a
large,
the
end
the
cities
people,
DIFFUSION
are
ideas
Singapore,
IN
characterized
and
have
victim
of
formal
Cultural
process
that
of
Socially,
it
a
key
and
TNCs
this
political
attracted
dominant
by
world
culture
of
the
dominant
this
happens
brands,
is
bonds
which
global
and
effect
are
their
the
in
process.
the
shaping
today
spread
factor
Media
aid
an
the
occur
media
and
second
cultural
and
and
as
well
a
the
those
of
the
changed.
of
process
has
political
is
a
a
social
It
the
is
from
and
and
not
nature
becoming
the
West.
economic
facilitated
rich
did
the
technological,
originating
one.
of
century
world
through
become
interests
the
20th
However,
The
standardized,
cultural
as
half
imperialism.
by
TNCs
powerful,
West.
trading,
goods.
many
by
by
Port
a
constant
cities
multiracial
global
primary
trade
products
has
led
cultural
to
in
mixing
Asia,
such
communities,
links,
and
and
the
and
Ex-pats
and
the
and
Mixed-race
the
most
visible
aspect
of
For
centuries
Asian
are
the
in
Asian
people
nationalities.
Singapore
of
are
Malay
a
Peranakam
For
integration
have
been
example,
mixed-race
women
and
Jawi
in
around
living
and
the
people
Indians
Peranakam,
Chinese
leading
to
Straits
four
are
convergence
of
people
imported
CHECK
goods.
YOUR
diverse
and
goods
For
architecture
those
who
and
became
non-permanent
who
account
residents
for
This
is
up
from
about
25%
in
40%
2000.
skilled
workers
40,000
in
British
Singapore
nationals
are
and
from
overseas.
other
large
in
of
overseas
French
and
communities
Japanese.
based
on
neighbourhoods
include
There
are
Australians,
many
including
popular
Orchard,
Holland
coast.
cater
the
Bukit
T imah
and
the
east
T
o
for
Chitty
ex-pat
communities,
there
are
many
sporting
schools,
expat
websites
and
intermarriage
clubs,
inter national
and
Peranakam.
created
a
demand
wealthy
Singapore
continues
to
be
a
place
of
great
cities
cultural
by
million
population.
over
magazines.
characterized
2.5
Singapore,
Peranakam
creating
and
Chinese
in
mixing
social
with
luxury
are
the
Melaka
on
creation
Village,
intermarriage
spent
Singapore
island’
s
ex-pat
people
was
and
Americans
other
income
goods.
communities
cultural
in
populations
cities.
their
goods.
are
There
perhaps
of
fashion
of
as
import
manufactured
intermarriages
forms.
much
SINGAPORE
One
altered
The
by
diffusion
ideas
community
of
structures
means
imperialism
represent
especially
of
of
into
tourism,
imperialism
(ex-pats)
with
The
countries
inuence
and
the
the
of
uniform
There
characterized
port
of
in
end
cultural
goods
of
As
the
as
model.
desires.
reects
somehow
technology
tourists
traditional
It
is
Cultural
cultural
regarded
and
pressured
language,
commercial
It
of
export
from
values
as
global
conquered
STUDY
CUL
TURAL
Port
the
Some
colonialism
more
extent.
imperialist
nation
a
is
the
imposed
communications
another.
are
to
replacing
Colonialism
territorial
world
workers
under
being
replaced.
the
towards
of
on
imperialism.
democracy.
CHANGED?
that
phase.
maximum
militarily
smaller
believe
colonialism
reached
case
economically
country
imperialism
industrial
one
they
through
role
being
Globalization
people
from
system.
cultural
media-created
and
spell
Scholars
with
alienate
and
to
of
one
customs
as
culture
information
culture
system,
the
around
movement
them
IMPERIALISM
the
media.
driving
and
known
that
is
taking
beliefs
is
superior
mass
diffusion
defeats
its
This
as
mixing.
for
a
result
UNDERSTANDING
15. Explain
the
term
16. Explain
the
changing
“cultural
diffusion”.
nature
of
cultural
imperialism.
Changing
identities
and
culture
195
Glocalization
and
cultural
GLOBAL
The
rise
brands
every
of
global
country,
Pringles
are
avours
vary
in
more
commodities
hybridity
yet
it
is
very
to
seen
–
is
linked
avour
operates
many
sold
with
although
country,
seaweed
example,
100
has
Coca-Cola
much
country
and
for
than
culture
global.
worldwide
from
Cuba
MCDONALD’S
consumer
truly
found
McDonald’
s,
in
branded
BRANDS
become
avour
of
US
some
such
in
in
as
McDonald’
s
nearly
culture.
of
in
customers
the
35,000
and
its
outlets
an
Over
in
the
Australia
the
end
of
the
position
in
Europe
rst
and
and
1970s
an
day,
of
emblem
more
35,000
people
Canada
Japan
during
New
the
Zealand
America,
in
McDonald’
s
opened
early
were
in
1970s.
By
consolidating
its
and
namely
million
restaurants
more
was
70
McDonald’
s
work
and
of
than
McDonald’
s
McDonald’
s
and
South
one
million
The
USA
in
at
1.9
Europe,
restaurants
considered
average
served
franchises.
located
countries.
been
On
are
restaurants.
jalapeno
Singapore.
over
has
globalization.
RESTAURANTS
in
had
opened
Brazil.
The
COCA-COLA
1980s
saw
America,
Coca-Cola
is
the
biggest-selling
soft
drink
in
history
of
world’
s
best-known
products.
It
was
rst
a
soda
fountain
beverage
in
Atlanta.
The
the
Russia
is
now
one
of
the
most
and
the
second
word
most
“Coca-Cola”
widely
itself
understood
is
in
in
the
and
South
in
East
South
Asia.
half
of
the
these
Arab
world
restaurants
were
are
reached
in
the
States,
to
250,
but
China
the
UK
nearly
has
200
over
and
600
outlets,
Thailand
Brazil
nearly
50.
be
is
famed
for
its
corporate
uniformity;
it
world
has
after
Europe
the
thought
word
parts
Over
McDonald’
s
the
of
consolidation
Coca-Cola
recognized
over
world
and
1990s.
United
trademark
parts
and
offered
in
as
Mexico,
expansion
and
China,
one
further
largely
the
same
decor
and
the
same
service
style
“OK”.
around
The
Coca-Cola
Company
is
still
based
in
Atlanta
but
the
49,000
people
worldwide,
operating
in
world.
Nevertheless,
McDonald’
s
has
been
it
glocalized
employs
into
some
traditional
cultural
forms
and
over
practices.
200
countries.
The
production
and
distribution
of
Coca-
McDonald’
s
Cola
uses
a
franchising
model,
so
that
local
people
basic
local
resources
produce
the
drinks.
Coca-Cola
produces
menu
concentrate,
which
it
sells
around
the
is
are
a
number
of
variations
on
the
formula
Coca-Cola
with
lime
–
available
only
in
the
the
world.
national
The
specialities.
McDonald’
s
as
well
offers
the
green
gratin
tea-avoured
korokke
of
mashed
potato,
lled
burger
with
–
a
shrimp,
shredded
macaroni
Singapore,
the
UK,
Belgium
and
cabbage.
USA,
Some
Canada,
are
including:
and
•
around
there
original
sandwich
Coca-Cola
vary
but
world.
milkshakes,
There
similar
a
Japanese
syrup
menus
with
other
variations
you
may
not
have
heard
of
the
include:
Netherlands
•
Coca-Cola
Canada,
Blak
(2006–8)
France,
the
–
available
Czech
only
Republic,
in
the
Bosnia
•
McLobster:
•
Croque
Herzegovina,
Bulgaria
and
Citra
hamburger
(2005–present)
–
available
only
and
Herzegovina,
New
Zealand
and
Coca-Cola
McRice:
clear
and
(2016)
–
2012,
every
country
of
2012
to
ban
its
population
drinks
it
Coca-Cola
In
was
Coca
and
cheese
Canada)
and
ham
(Europe)
available
only
in
steamed
rice
buns
with
beef
or
(Asia)
McAloo
Tikki
Burger:
Vegetable
burger
made
out
the
widely
Cola,
to
has
been
world
rumoured
however,
drink
less
ofcially
except
the
cola
Cuba
that
available
and
Bolivia
was
government
and
have
in
North
Korea.
about
called
more
McTurco:
pepper
peas
and
spices
Ebi
McSpaghetti:
the
•
Filet-O:
pita
and
•
on
healthy
Fried
sauce
•
(India)
with
two
burger
vegetables
Shrimp
burger
Spaghetti
patties,
cayenne
(Turkey)
(Japan)
dinner
meal
(Indonesia
and
Philippines)
Kiwiburger:
tomato,
instead.
Beef
lettuce,
patty
with
cheese,
cooked
onion
and
beetroot,
egg,
mustard
ZAMZAM
EXAM
Zamzam
(previously
produced
popular
by
in
alternative
as
a
the
parts
to
following
the
Zamzam
Iranian
of
the
of
Middle
Pepsi,
Islamic
cola)
company
Coca-Cola
subsidiary
and
but
is
type
Zamzam
East,
Pepsi.
where
It
became
Revolution.
a
soft
drink
Group.
it
is
It
seen
as
an
created
in
1954
in
1979
product’
s
name
For
TIP
answers
have
is
independent
The
was
of
from
the
Well
of
Zamzam
in
Mecca.
The
produces
other
products
in
Iran
and
the
glocalization,
The
examples
do
make
not
sure
have
that
to
you
include
McDonald’
s!
is
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
Zamzam
17. Suggest
group
about
examples.
CHECK
derived
Middle
why
branded
commodities
may
become
East.
“glocalized”.
18. Outline
the
reasons
commodities.
196
Unit
5
of
Canada,
Australia.
•
Since
buns
Asia's
patty
potatoes,
France
England
Japan
•
•
(New
Emmental
in
chicken
Bosnia
roll
Melted
Lithuania
•
Coca-Cola
McDo:
and
on
•
Lobster
USA,
–
Human
Development
and
Diversity
for
the
growth
of
hybridized
The
changing
urban
cultural
EVOLUTION
The
evolution
of
of
variety
factors:
a
•
of
uniform
in
that
cities
people
in
communications
and
around
trends
•
increased
international
ideas
cultures
•
the
•
improvements
•
aspirations
and
desire
of
global
Starbucks
to
reach
to
in
be
landscapes
is
the
globalization
•
attempts
new
technology,
world
other
such
are
so
aware
and
as
the
spread
Costa
of
and
of
a
of
of
urban
similar.
T
all
estates
and
urban
SOUTH
is
a
the
good
Korean
are
as
of
of
urban
of
a
the
debate
landscapes.
homogenized
rms
like
Hyundai
The
international
high-rise
the
project
Gye
not
McDonald’
s)
countries.
On
Cheon
rms
on
On
of
the
the
landscape
central
in
a
recount
over
the
last
river
some
600
focus
YOUR
one
–
20. Suggest
similar
Barclays
Seoul.
also
Murals
most
years,
and
Seoul
changes
in
the
different
feature
parks
are
a
outsource
vital
have
in
a
raw
of
familiar
their
materials
similar
look
cities.
sight
activities
and
retailing
shopping
countries
many
in
to
many
access
potential
markets.
characteristics
centres
and
very
Industrial
–
out-of-town
T imes
Square
in
New
the
in
skyscrapers
T
esco.
river
There
developments.
the
Cheong
restoration
historical,
along
residents
located
redevelopment
of
the
has
and
individuality
York
and
–
partly
because
uniqueness
of
it
is
Seoul,
and
Korea.
hand,
as
and
the
global
just
by
important
has
cultural
side
of
events
become
visitors
–
environment
is
the
in
Seoul
an
rather
All
type
urban
areas
something
or
less
from
from
the
Arab
cities
western
urban
proportion
of
a
be
and
or
people
of
in
that
in
large
Arabic
a
to
are
be
structure
All
and
may
be
is
water
environment
have
merging
For
Begawan
Bandar‘s
different
globalized.
cities
unusual
have
westernized
more
peacefully.
Seri
western
less
more
western
Equally
in
are
cultures
Bandar
live
common.
that
co-existing
of
unique?
expected
different
mosque.
elements
areas
those
Many
landscape
by
are
are
cities.
is
something
than
areas,
area
Urban
might
Western
urban
dominated
there
have
unique.
another
mosques.
some
urban
globalized
one
Some
of
(Brunei)
that
in
example,
a
is
high
village,
yet
culture.
UNDERSTANDING
in
which
the
more
similar
around
why
This
has
value.
the
are
urban
restoration
but
Seoul,
edge-of-town
of
for
ways
becoming
the
in
Samsung
massive
River
of
as
and
a
located
characterized
such
hand,
environmental
19. Suggest
and
is
on
river
CHECK
are
centred
just
important
CBD
apartments
other
has
been
and
TNCs
labour,
What
and
culture
KOREA
example
theory
(such
other
and
supermarkets.
homogenization
rms
are
science
as
cities
stressing
ts
landscape
landscapes
towers
pedestrianized
like
it
activity
cities.
STUDY
SEOUL,
Seoul
smart
cultural
Many
Many
network
of
environment
cheap
living
global
economic
built
countries,
markets
standards
of
create
of
cities
migration
brands
part
the
in
to
result
centres
CASE
•
Aspects
improvements
opportunities
urban
landscape
the
around
built
the
built
the
environment
world.
is
becoming
more
world.
Changing
identities
and
culture
197
Diasporas
WHAT
The
IS
from
to
of
the
Palestine
dispersal
place.
of
a
a
diversity
in
70
of
AD.
or
the
It
population
forced
THE
population,
dispersal
Examples
the
cultural
DIASPORA?
scattering
referred
•
A
and
is
diaspora,
Jewish
now
There
population
used
formerly
originally
to
refer
any
in
been
include:
resettlement
of
Africans
during
the
slave
Many
professional
movement
•
cultural
of
and
of
business
Indians
diasporas,
African
such
descent
diasporas,
and
Mexicans
as
from
the
the
such
as
the
overseas
movement
of
migrants
Caribbean.
Syrians
During
the
Syrians
went
may
may
marry
cultures
bring
people
may
be
their
from
culture
other
with
them
population
–
some
groups,
Detroit.
and
in
so
hybridized.
increase
to
In
40
live
numbers
sizeable
concentrations
(7.6
and
million),
the
million
are
in
(3.4
for
people
in
at
(6.2
million).
and
Chinese
20
(2.6
million),
W ith
professional
of
least
Singapore
Malaysia
USA
migration
the
of
the
and
were
a
was
Syrian
early
in
the
20th
Many
they
in
the
the
in
New
the
Y
ork
as
into
has
and
neighbouring
Boston
lived
Little
more
been
Middle
region,
Y
ork,
persecution
known
there
both
many
New
moved
19th
residents.
centuries,
to
have
late
America.
and
Syrian
eeing
1970s
of
into
of
There
In
South
Argentina,
become
diaspora
Syria
in
particular
life.
to
economies
eeing
and
jobs
living
refugees
migrants.
number
prospered
Since
by
Syrians
are
migration.
Christians
better
what
they
oil
Syrian
Brazil
USA,
million
them
afuent
an
East,
later
in
Syria.
initially
due
to
states.
DIASPORA
Approximately
in
in
the
refugees
CHINESE
as
to
15
of
economic
of
attracted
19th
Most
in
were
and
more
signicant
neighbourhoods.
due
THE
a
to
search
However
,
and
went
late
and
million
waves
were
have
Manhattan
Diasporas
they
main
many
countries
8
Increasingly
,
earlier
three
century
,
DIASPORA
between
Syria.
whereas
one
trade
•
are
outside
to
concentrated
SYRIAN
countries.
million),
Thailand
globalization,
business
to
Large
war
Chinese
reasons
the
has
and
Syrian
government
Expatriate
(at
and
exchange
million)
the
of
return
T
ourism
Indonesia
(7
2002
Ministry
origin
least
a
visit)
remittances
for
Syria,
conict
number
for
Affairs
of
in
are
worth
Syria
diaspora
to
and
to
the
main
$1–$2
has
established
encourage
invest
a
returning
in
a
of
country.
foreign
annually.
negative
for
diaspora
the
source
billion
had
the
the
Civil
impact
on
holiday.
increased.
The
Chinese
diaspora
has
signicant
economic
power,
THE
through
in
the
remittances,
host
symbol
of
as
countries.
Chinese
well
as
nancial
Chinatowns
culture
and
are
power
an
IRISH
important
The
identity.
Irish
diaspora
descendants
Australia,
The
Global
Irish
DIASPORA
invested
in
New
consists
countries
Zealand,
of
Irish
such
as
Canada
migrants
the
and
The
Community
USA,
diaspora
than
people,
the
Canada
Britain
of
such
sport
Irish
East
(hurling
and
music
and
(popularized
0.04m
food
and
many
South
Africa
of
Australia
Irish
the
Gaelic
Zealand
✓
the
CHECK
in
a
way
that
does
culture
of
it
is
the
or
Unit
new
5
–
suggested
country
migrants
hydridized
YOUR
21. Dene
the
22. Suggest
often
however,
198
MISTAKE
change.
Very
that
that
intermarry,
cultures
Human
diaspora
they
and
left.
so
football
been
hybridized
In
groups
many
cultures
keep
cases,
become
emerge.
Development
and
Diversity
into
0.2m
Australian-rules
not
In
2.2m
has
culture
where
settled.
0.6m
New
home
are
throughout
areas
have
Australia,
their
Riverdance),
drink,
0.2m
the
Argentina
dance
by
commonplace
keep
Gaelic
traditional
0.4m
Asia
Migrants
of
as
39.9m
Middle
✗
times
10.5m
football),
COMMON
14
Ireland.
4.7m
Europe
USA
million
aspects
culture,
Europe.
contains
than
population
Irish
9.0m
80
more
Various
Great
their
UK,
continental
Irish
more
and
the
increase
UNDERSTANDING
term
two
football.
”diaspora“.
ways
cultural
in
which
diversity.
migrant
groups
may
LOCAL
3
The
rejection
ADVANTAGES
Globalized
The
AND
production
benets
Local
RESPONSES
and
has
many
of
GLOBAL
globalized
DISADVANTAGES
costs
commercial
of
TO
advantages
globalized
OF
and
and
GLOBALIZED
disadvantages.
localized
production
food
Benets
Producer
Increased
Possibly
market
more
access
and
farm-gate
sales
•
Fresh
food
•
Local
products
•
Reuced
air
•
Smaller
carbon
“in
season”
miles
economy
Ability
local
•
Multiplier
effects,
farm
to
Cheap
All
food
•
Competition
types
farming
e.g.
economy
demand
•
for
fertilizers,
be
major
equipment
•
•
Increasing
•
Greater
of
oil
makes
emphasis
cost
on
quality
production
of
less
cost
of
may
inputs
higher
make
protable
Consumer
able
•
Increased
•
Higher
of
local
“out
of
farm
products
season”
economy
•
Prot
to
to
to
maintain
encourage
environmentally
ALTERNATIVES
civil
THE
TO
farming,
farming
friendly
Increased
•
Indirect
e.g.
society
is
can
be
liberal,
RISE
OF
NGOs
perception
World
not
help
in
soil
all
•
Producers
mercy
wide
of
the
ranging.
democratic
global
that
and
Groups
peaceful,
to
to
include
that
an
food
times
of
are
has
such
undemocratic
led
attempting
round
keeps
main
costs
down
amounts
of
a
single
product
to
a
and
increased
production
especially
fertilizers
and
oil
squeezed
are
likely
such
to
to
global
regulate
as
and
civil
the
the
have
emerged
global
the
within
movement,
women’
s
global
Greenpeace,
in
The
your
advantage
goods.
the
produced
economic
passed
on
control,
erosion,
declining
water
local
are
farmers
who
vulnerable
complete
small,
but
do
society
to
may
to
the
consumer
eutrophication
of
quality
quit
changes
opposite.
such
such
as
as
Some
farming
in
civil
Oxfam,
Operation
Coalition,
all
Bank,
that
global
agree
the
that
IMF
favours
Globalize
Each
of
demand
societies
whereas
Hunger
in
Resistance,
these
major
and
rich
Important
Fair
NGOs,
such
as
anti-globalization
movement,
system.
which
Well-known
T
rade
responses.
and
Locally
but
be
pollution
the
has
and
are
others
South
are
at
the
very
are
large
relatively
Africa.
G7/G8
civil
as
methods,
the
pushing
than
societies
Amnesty
and
such
are
more
and
aims
bodies
countries
countries
global
CAFOD
different
globalizing
western
areas
Network,
are
•
creating
•
supporting
•
individual
World
an
agenda
others.
have
focused
on
Stop
The
making
they
goods
a
–
be
their
slowdown
example,
disadvantage
produced
may
For
or
goods
more
sales
a
of
may
fall
more
free
global
•
developing
level
playing
access
civil
a
new
YOUR
23. Outline
two
locally
and
have
24. Suggest
expensive
may
a
to
eld
for
the
global
south
information
society
more
accountable
and
transparent
CHECK
miles,
to
as
include:
reform
balanced
produced
globally
IMF
,
institutions,
TIP
be
consider
less
global
equally,
are
alliances
and
Try
the
environmental
attempting
EXAM
standard
or
below.
movement
NGOs
uniform
TNCs
War
some
and
people
from
Several
the
a
economy
Undercuts
ways
extremely
that
Bank
movements
system
year
intensication
inputs,
costs
costs
•
GLOBALIZATION
it
the
large
increasing
International.
The
to
miles
of
organizations,
comprise
and
round
producers
provide
allows
margins
•
Local
subsidies
payments
Global
year
available
between
air
costs
streams,
of
cheaply
Consumer
cost
choice
Cost
available
products
Specialization
Costs
•
foods
TNC
Producer
Local
stakeholders.
economy
May
Producer
Less
produce
•
Costs
•
between
production
•
Local
Improved
Higher
widely
footprint
•
•
vary
Consumer
•
vets,
Views
sales
Consumer
Local
PRODUCTION
Globalized
Producer
•
production
production
Benets
•
INTERACTIONS
two
relationship
global
institutions.
UNDERSTANDING
advantages
advantages
why
with
of
of
locally
globally
campaigns
against
produced
produced
TNCs
goods
goods.
develop.
than
during
recession.
Local
responses
to
global
interactions
199
The
rise
THE
OF
RISE
of
anti-immigration
ANTI-IMMIGRATION
a
GROUPS
wall
movements
built
between
the
USA
and
Buddhist
nationalist
Mexico
to
reduce
migration.
There
are
groups
jobs,
In
and
some
issues
many
the
groups
is
a
into
the
lot
of
a
growth.
isolate
integrate
of
be
for
housing,
in
Some
evidence
to
of
anti-immigration
over
migration
and
health
NICs,
environmental
result
of
a
argue
that
and
immigrant
refuse
2017
Yangon,
Myanmar,
carrying
aid
initially
rapid
certain
society
In
for
care.
and
to
for
thousands
refused
the
also
demanded
and
Buddhist
claim
that
against
ship
that
ethnic
the
of
aid
be
Rakhine
are
protested
of
a
Rohingyas.
permission
the
Rohingyas
groups
arrival
to
The
enter
distributed
people.
illegal
its
to
ship
government
waters,
both
Buddhist
migrants
at
Malaysian
from
and
Rohingya
nationalists
Bangladesh.
society.
there
suggest
%
that
competition
as
from
mainstream
hand,
rise
threats
education
LICs
concern,
themselves
other
the
perceived
notably
also
population
the
cost
cases,
may
On
reasons
including
benets
of
votes
won
by
the
nationalist
party
Finland
host
country.
A
2014
study
by
1–8
Sweden
the
University
College
The
Sweden
Finns
18%
9–18
London
Democrats
13%
19–28
suggested
that
the
UK
beneted
29+
from
of
EU
£20
the
in
migrants
billion
euro
the
from
per
crisis
of
the
the
year.
and
number
Syria,
to
the
amount
However,
increase
migrants
Middle
East
Denmark
and
North
Africa
have
People’s
many
Europeans
Danish
made
anxious
Party
21%
Germany
about
for
migration.
There
has
been
Alternative
Germany
4.7%
an
Netherlands
increase
in
right-wing
political
Freedom
Party
Austria
parties
opposed
to
Party
in
many
European
nations.
Freedom
10%
immigration
35.1%
AntiFrance
migration
to
be
the
a
issues
very
UK
were
considered
important
voting
to
reason
leave
the
National
Slovakia
Front
Our
14%
for
Following
the
rise
in
In
race
crime
2017,
prevented
there
US
was
in
a
the
Party
29%
Hungary
Jobbik
21%
reported
UK.
President
migrants
Swiss
Brexit
People’s
referendum
8%
EU
Switzerland
(”Brexit“).
Slovakia
Italy
Trump
from
Northern
League
4%
Cyprus
seven,
ELAM
mainly
Muslim,
countries
Greece
entering
his
by
the
decision
a
USA,
was
number
reiterated
CASE
of
his
Golden
7%
although
US
courts.
of
He
The
having
rise
of
nationalism
in
Europe
STUDY
independence,
LAWS
IN
Denmark
has
some
of
in
Europe.
Denmark
to
make
more
allowed
it
non-Danes
imposing
Danish
EXAM
a
into
minimum
spouse
the
and
tightest
introduced
difcult
the
a
immigration
points
“family
reunions”
the
country
for
of
24
years
immigrant,
designed
proof
both
of
while
Switzerland
the
nancial
asylum
try
the
rise
to
refer
of
to
anti-immigration
recent
elections
their
results.
Denmark
some
YOUR
won
by
26. Outline
5
–
an
active
commitment
to
Human
Development
and
Diversity
assets
is
in
for
not
asylum
alone
German
voted
order
in
states
to
is
in
favour
help
pay
of
for
their
considered.
claiming
also
assets.
take
funds
from
seekers.
the
a
UNDERSTANDING
European
nationalist
the
to
country
with
the
highest
party.
measures
government
Unit
of
government
application
and
25. Identify
and
Danish
seekers’
their
However,
marriage,
for
the
asylum
CHECK
to
evidence
society.
2016
seizing
stay
that
TIP
referring
movements,
In
laws
system
for
age
and
DENMARK
Danish
200
Down
overturned
intention
IMMIGRA
TION
When
3.7%
from
taken
control
by
the
migration.
Danish
votes
Geopolitical
GOVERNMENT
AND
constraints
MILITIA
on
global
interactions
(1)
CONTROL
Iceland
United
Russia
States
Germany
Estonia
United
Canada
Belarus
Kingdom
Kazakhstan
Ukraine
Georgia
France
Uzbekistan
Hungary
United
Italy
States
Kyrgyzstan
Armenia
Turkey
Tunisia
Leba
no
n
Japan
China
Iran
Syria
n
t
i
s
South
k
Egypt
Morocco
Mexico
Bangladesh
a
Bahrain
Jordan
Libya
Myanmar
a
Saudi
P
India
Cuba
Korea
Arabia
Vietnam
Sudan
Venezuela
UAE
Thailand
Philippines
The
Gambia
Cambodia
Ethiopia
Sri
Colombia
Indonesia
Lanka
Nigeria
Kenya
Equador
Singapore
Uganda
Rwanda
Brazil
Malawi
Angola
Zambia
Australia
a
n
Zimbabwe
it
South
n
e
Africa
g
Status
Countries
r
A
Free
17
Free
PARTLY
PARTLY
28
NOT
20
FREE
NOT
FREE
NOT
ASSESSED
FREE
T
otal
Freedom
Internet
such
as
on
access
China,
China
websites
has
9,
media
to
Eritrea,
censored
A
that
in
Eritrea
media.
with
UN
in
North
inquiry
there
has
earn
users,
try
to
independent
although
telecommunications
through
slow
population
Up
to
making
life
were
the
arrive
on
the
second
Italian
YOUR
leaving
is
the
online
role
of
the
banned
rights
in
of
are
healthiest
per
most
Eritrea
“pervasive
largest
is
65
countries
expected
in
the
to
future.
strictly
Most
by
are
and
Borders,
able
a
state-run
available
than
1%
only
of
the
ed
to
the
Europe
state
nationality,
country,
to
start
control”.
after
In
the
many
a
new
2015
Syrians,
shores.
radio
and
Kim
Lumpur
one
the
to
to
they
was
to
people
just
South
and
or
smuggled
China.
to
Korea
with
to
fatal
VX
of
a
W ithout
are
only
ever
Korea’
s
dictator
gas.
has
and
is
created.
loss
illegal
but
had
of
failure.
believed
his
at
VX
destruction
respiratory
activities,
uncle
nerve
mass
are
allegedly
Jong-nam
convulsions,
Japan
North
missile-building
dictator
Kim
gases
lead
and
an
from
Reporters
Korea’
s
weapon
and
The
in
Less
although
access
North
nerve
ignore
the
frequencies.
Malaysia,
(including
have
bought
may
and
Pyongyang.
cellphones,
in
the
immigration
to
North
Korea
publicised.
killed
ve
liquid
in
half-brother
paralysis
contain
highly
his
deadliest
the
China,
weapons
kill
airport,
consciousness,
tried
sets
Jong-un,
to
be
and
from
only
supporters
live
have
and
According
chemical-based
of
Exposure
to
to
institutions
intranet.
TV
population
abroad,
political
government
assassins
banned,
other
and
receive
2017
Kuala
and
less
to
Only
allowed
believed
its
or
Emigration
population
schools
In
is
the
are
phones
exiles
the
controlled.
of
prevents
country
vehicles.
Some
used
internet
own
citizens
10%
worldwide
and
the
some
day
.
Eritrean
largely
around
highly-controlled
violations,
service.
gures
blocked
have
journey
assessed
project
countries
elite
the
USA,
Eritreans
2016
The
Korea
paper,
independent
rights
military
websites
The
critical
than
one
$1–$2
North
political
human
Some
are
net
more
blocks
government
has
connections,
dangerous
from
27. Suggest
these
to
the
globe.
travelling
online.
320,000
the
away
CHECK
go
5.6%.
expand
countries
rule.
lowest
company
dial-up
It
a
human
the
cellphone
broadcasts,
at
of
the
Vietnam.
that
indenite
service
one
Korea,
systemic
for
provide
2014
world.
and
communist
which
stated
into
were
national
also
In
It
in
and
government
the
detention
Cuba
Firewall”
leaked.
support
along
widespread
Eritreans
was
on
around
2016
controlled
Korea,
“Great
countries
journalists.
claimed
highly
social
Document
was
is
internet,
North
a
and
the
Freedom
65
to
The
have
nuclear
this
over
incident
340
half-brother)
in
years.
UNDERSTANDING
reasons
for
the
large
number
of
migrants
Eritrea.
28. Comment
freedom
on
to
North
Korea’
s
participate
in
control
global
on
personal
interactions.
Local
responses
to
global
interactions
201
Geopolitical
NATIONAL
TRADE
constraints
on
of
RESTRICTIONS
global
imports
food
Trade
restrictions
restrictions
to
make
would
and
help
place
home
argue
lead
a
to
trade
through
taxes
form
more
trade
to
of
additional
choice
well,
reduces
a
goods
less
as
an
that
country
criticized
are
protectionism:
charge
competitive.
restrictions
for
consumers,
Trade
as
affect
they
on
often
countries.
imports
Most
barriers
LICs.
goods
have
have
be
on
may
20
been
a
in
OECD
2015
and
a
to
to
as
buy
the
the
free
have
on
goods.
at
least
2008
256%
example,
tariff
to
free
trade
on
and
Most
HICs
trade
70%
slowdown.
cold-rolled
(2)
legislation
restrictive
economic
a
or
since
imposed
imposed
tariff
produced
trade,
(for
subsidies
anti-dumping
However,
global
USA
522%
as
barriers
standards),
nationally
bloc.
nations
to
well
embrace
trading
response
achieved
the
tried
within
administrative
environmental
producers
campaigns
economists
they
(quotas),
safety,
home
Protectionism
may
limits
trade
inefciency
although
This
(tariffs),
traded
increase
industrialize.
between
on
most
interactions
of
the
policies
For
in
example,
Chinese
steel
steel.
volume
Sector
States
United
States
Kingdom
United
Kingdom
Turkey
Turkey
United
Protectionist
United
measures
Korea
South
South
Africa
South
Africa
Saudi
Arabia
Saudi
Arabia
rebmem
02G
India
Germany
France
China
Canada
Canada
Brazil
Brazil
Australia
Australia
Argentina
Argentina
)yrenihcam
)tropsnart(
.cele(
94
.ceps(
24
)yrenihcam
latem(
14
.neg(
).dorp
cisab(
)yrenihcam
)latem
44
34
53
64
edam-nam(
43
)erbfi
)slacimehc(
71
10
)yticirtcele(
)erutlucirga(
Protectionism
members
bauxite
NATIONALISM
from
Across
gain
a
nationalism
part
of,
much
larger
Africa,
mineral
50%
In
is
capital
2012
prots
are
intends
to
Zambia,
6%.
In
the
tax
on
mining
taxes
for
on
which
have
at
a
on
of
benet
contains
its
some
and
of
the
to
and
35%.
the
on
and
that
Some
control
over
resource
the
mining
nationalism
and
and
much
dollars,
It
to
largest
will
take
it
to
the
has
Resource
complete
control
but
develop
202
control
may
the
Unit
nationalism
rely
of
on
does
its
not
mean
resources
TNCs
for
the
–
it
that
has
a
country
one
some
equipment
to
resources.
5
–
Human
Development
and
Diversity
15%
In
era,
mining
is
a
get
nationalism
return
in
for
on
the
to
by
Africa,
sell
stakes
about
holds
the
their
industry
expensive.
cost
a
billions
of
return.
many
countries
benets
to
investments
give
that
they
future.
UNDERSTANDING
countries
policies
with
the
most
implemented.
advantage
nationalism.
and
one
of
2014.
worried
may
to
prots
been
capital-intensive
extremely
decade
South
rms
are
all
has
black-economic
shareholders
is
of
mining
a
three
protectionist
takes
investments
to
invest
sector
new
companies
important
YOUR
resource
✓
is
G20
company.
Mining
that
enough
continue
black
equipment
up
all
apartheid
required
to
resource
countries,
30. Outline
materials.
the
mining
the
29. Identify
raw
of
laws
worry
and
companies
have
of
of
Although
for
Namibia,
state-owned
cent
global
among
economic
government
in
end
per
Companies
mining
copper
production
a
by
nationalism.
CHECK
pursue
to
the
26
resource
MISTAKE
Countries
least
the
In
world’
s
following
the
and
empowerment
rights.
that
reserves,
mining,
transferred
at
prots
country.
royalties
of
to
possible
ensure
25
take
South
trillion,
mining
to
from
doubled
In
prospecting
review
to
ownership.
attempted
$2.5
contracts,
the
decides
state
mining.
tax
sale
mining
government
Guinea,
50%
announced
all
country
under
from
estimated
gains
maximized
the
complete
is
prots
a
of
a
governments
the
wealth
raise
COMMON
✗
of
when
resources
considering
Ghana
renegotiation
occurs
natural
Africa,
share
government
a
of
its
20
Indonesia
China
a
15
Italy
Indonesia
France
or
10
Japan
Italy
Germany
all,
5
sector
Mexico
Japan
India
Resource
against
Korea
Russia
Russia
Mexico
RESOURCE
0
implemented
South
disadvantage
of
The
role
DEFINITION
society
is
CIVIL
composed
civil
society
(1)
The
SOCIETY
of
all
the
civic
Role
of
Civil
Society
and
form
the
d
that
b
movements
a
or
c
organizations
a
functioning
the
in
private
the
sector
I
f
n
r
o
household,
work
m
the
and
i
t
a
between
society
,
o
area
of
n
basis
Government,
CIVIL
Parliament
Security
Society
concern.
Civic
societies
include
needs
Security
SOCIETY
demands
and
public
E
of
d
matters
non-governmental
u
negotiate
c
to
a
t
i
state
the
Security
o
the
n
and
k
social
e
e
F
Civil
OF
of
Providers
organizations
unions,
(NGOs),
academic
community
institutions
groups,
and
trade
faith-based
organizations.
PEOPLE’S
GLOBAL
action
ACTION
and
civil
disobedience
as
the
most
effective
form
of
struggle.
People’
s
Global
Action
information
and
movements
around
an
opposition
CIVIL
USE
to
THE
the
is
SOCIAL
a
network
actions
world.
capitalism
SOCIETY
,
OF
(PGA)
coordinating
These
and
a
for
spreading
between
diverse
groups
commitment
MEDIA
AND
The
grassroots
to
share
with
Global
aims
to
south,
strengthen
as
majority
in
place
aims
in
of
In
south
INCREASED
to
of
for
internet
in
or
the
internet
forums.
West
Africa
regulate
capacity
understand
internet
Program
of
a
do
wider
the
society
in
the
example,
not
yet
civil
It
society
global
laws
also
in
relevant
national,
that
the
have
activities.
inuence
at
civil
freedom
For
online
and
freedom
is
and
2005,
the
the
”develop
orientated
countries
policy,
World
a
the
Summit
people-centred,
have
limited
policy.
civil
the
of
Information
all
countries
inclusive
society“.
and
However,
society
government
The
on
commitment
information
preferring
internet
facilitating
engagement
approaches
challenges
that
civil
Society
to
the
monitoring
of
violation
of
and
fairer
for
laws
the
for
protection
use
of
the
of
societies
internet.
For
and
website
for
spreading
group
and
and
it
helps
numerous
email
and
media
hashtag
•
tackling
of
rights,
and
Strategies
women’
s
life
and
The
by
challenging
to
increasing
media;
explosion
and
of
women
of
new
to
bring
the
forefront
include
women’
s
working
social
opportunities
to
enhance
empowerment
technology;
issues
with
media
technologies
gender
of
both
equality
policy
attention.
social
media
have
enabled
women’
s
include:
activism
forefront
Arab
use
where
activism
to
actors.
rights
areas
for
public
important
women’
s
Three
women’
s
bringing
political
violence
women’
s
issues
to
the
agendas
against
women
through
social
media
tools
internet
•
public
accountability
towards
gender
equality.
GLOBAL
face
INTERNET
POPULATION
BY
2016
FOTN
(Freedom
of
of
opinion“
in
the
Arab
assesses
88
percent
of
the
world’s
internet
user
population.
developing
example,
world
the
STATUS
rights,
70%
of
Partly
“prisoners
lists.
setting
internet
activists,
a
support
stereotypes.
unprecedented
making
•
to
access
of
FOTN
pushing
their
cross-section
Net)
include
is
potential
in
present
in
and
a
and
development-
many
network
informal
there
representation
and
policies
regional
media’
s
political
afrmed
organized
an
accountability
represents
levels.
(WSIS)
to
policy
in
govern
increase
support
global
as
is
discrimination
Freedom
countries
that
to
global
well
an
It
direct
INTERNET
Internet
is
fundraising;
social
The
PGA
information.
are
imprisoned
Free
29%
Free
Not
on
charges
of
unlawful
internet
use,
and
70%
of
those
Partly
prosecuted
The
has
because
OECD
been
equality
has
of
social
Development
been
actors,
civil
with
society
a
to
Free
35%
content.
Centre’
s
engaging
from
media
Free
are
W ikigender
Not
Free
Not
Assessed
platform
cross-section
governments,
of
as
gender
Free
a
Not
means
of
promoting
women’
s
voices
in
24%
policy-making.
Assessed
Social
media
CHECK
has
YOUR
31. Dene
32. Briey
reduce
the
proven
potential
for
mobilizing
attention
12%
UNDERSTANDING
term
explain
gender
”civil
how
society“.
the
use
of
social
media
can
help
inequalities.
Local
responses
to
global
interactions
203
The
CASE
role
of
civil
society
(2)
STUDY
A
CHALLENGING
RESTRICTED
number
what
THE
ARAB
Arab
and
civil
Africa
over
Spring
wars
after
by
become
Arab
a
2010.
wealth,
in
only
food
in
countries
communicated
Following
came
the
instability
thus
had
freedom
Tunisia.
law
and
CASE
the
the
was
T
unisia.
(for
the
and
success.
compared
the
order,
factors
food
T
unisia
Y
emen
traditional
and
changes
a
decline.
of
wave
The
the
restrictions
in
Spring
lay
–
were
were
without
because
country
after
•
to
behind
the
as
the
Egypt
such
prices.
the
Egypt,
Arab
•
whereas
•
people
Arab
Spring
Spring
where
has
CHANGE
been
League
for
IN
San
Democracy
party
in
in
as
de
there
facto
are
Myanmar’
s
groups,
such
still
difcult
government,
2017
and
the
country’
s
CHECK
leader
armed
YOUR
33. Suggest
the
Kyi
to
as
a
Syria,
social
media
media
were
•
others.
of
–
the
to
government,
the
in
political
vocal
with
than
those
the
in
was
with
BBC
in
by
greater
in
Syria
government
to
access
for
in
the
countries
reporting
to
the
Egypt
protesters
in
the
television
support
–
such
provided
contrast
less
military
the
countries
the
social
protests
and
Tunisia,
removing
military
have
war
of
the
middle
change
Tunisia
transform
violence
mobilize
whereas
civil
mobilization
strong,
there
supported
to
–
and
mass
national
the
to
suppressed,
countries
able
as
change
Jazeera
where
such
successful
able
censorship
was
military
a
collapse
Al
the
greater
middle
class
class
were
thancountries
–
countries
more
with
a
likely
weak
with
to
or
see
limited
middleclass.
of
guarantee
Aung
ethnic
the
Ms
and
San
Suu
groups
left
that
Kyi
to
ethnic
and
for
urged
sign
a
ahead,
minority
Suu
Kyi
has
Many
major
the
deal
and
new
will
rebels
1947
succeed.
The
military
since
with
to
was
come
its
under
criticism
have
Rohingyas
of
armed
of
human
Rakhine
of
San
(Ms
leaders
if
they
from
General
have
to
from
state.
the
rights
abuses
Myanmar
conict
has
involving
to
became
Suu
Kyi’
s
grant
a
father)
level
of
cooperated
with
months
Aung
San
that,
adhere
to
stateless
Citizenship
Five
was
since
the
in
reached
an
autonomy
Britain.
claimed
failed
government’
s
in
plight
independence.
separate
signed,
the
allegations
years
Aung
groups
ignoring
living
50
ethnic
groups
governments
all
ceasere
amid
than
General
ethnic
ethnic
for
Rohingyas
more
agreement
to
groups
minority,
the
government
still
seats.
the
they
In
2016.
military
for
Rohingya
suffered
National
challenges
The
rights
against
the
March
parliamentary
been
Myanmar
,
to
2015,
important
have
no
of
communities
of
in
rule
in
Rohingyas.
share
is
Suu
November
many
decisions
there
change
military
“president”
ethnic
as
disproportionate
important,
political
authoritarian
Aung
for
religious
In
explain
not
MY
ANMAR/BURMA
of
swearing
notably
of
election
Nevertheless,
the
to
but
Syria.
considerable
decades
democratic
a
forward
areas
STUDY
the
have
put
some
more
were
coverage,
contributed
has
been
as
they
state
military
support
media.
violence,
has
the
human
her
been
in
countries
political
of
and
of
led
degree
widespread
before,
has
societies
societies
dictatorships,
the
there
civil
civil
Spring
Libya)
Arab
some,
strong
strong
important
made
of
•
riots
agreement.
from
have
success
include:
inequalities
and
forms
For
Arab
as
an
Arab
networks
as
W inter,
with
others,
Many
media
and
Arab
is
the
and
protests
governments,
such
the
and
Syria
in
escalating
example,
protest
in
East
unemployment,
and
economic
social
with
social
through
mixed
POLITICAL
There
reasons
determined
North
protests,
Middle
revolutions
involved
decline,
to
the
conict
countries
so-called
For
of
shortages
access
demonstrations,
through
dissatisfaction
possible
other
the
country
economic
Widespread
Spring
Most
democracy
Spring:
to
spread
although
The
corruption,
in
refers
that
2012,
exception.
has
SPRING
They
The
of
FREEDOM:
the
federal
after
assassinated,
then,
successive
agreement.
1982
under
the
Act.
UNDERSTANDING
ways
in
which
the
Rohingyas
have
restricted
freedom.
34. Suggest
why
countries
but
Exam
Analyse
the
(b)
Examine
the
Unit
–
5
not
Arab
in
Spring
was
successful
in
some
others.
practice
(a)
204
the
validity
and
reasons
for
Human
reliability
the
of
growth
development
of
indicators
anti-immigration
Development
and
and
groups.
Diversity
indices.
(12
marks)
(16
marks)
UNIT
6
GLOBAL
RISKS
GEOPOLITICAL
1
Threats
to
AND
AND
ECONOMIC
individuals
and
HACKING
Hacking
is
major
and
a
major
TNCs,
attack
on
Times,
used
thousands
infected
the
attacks
ever.
to
with.
deal
although
On
a
PDF
is
opened.
to
all
complexity
in
mobile
such
Wall
It
was
attacks
are
on
scale,
as
businesses
such
future,
a
as
that
had
The
the
been
“botnet”,
largest
made
more
of
people
will
many
In
the
addition,
criminals.
difcult
also
until
own
the
the
In
a
include
it
and
in
study
computers
and
most
of
PERSONAL
be
identity
identity
at
in
a
study
likely
Hispanics
to
the
have
theft
theft
in
geographically
be
urban
the
the
rates
of
victims
in
of
lenient
some
regional
theft.
university
patients
areas
in
of
Certain
identity
as
rise
protection.
and
to
USA,
such
to
number
insufcient
risk
medical
the
least
expected
in
identied.
groups
of
is
appealing
in
were
increased
close
personnel,
In
theft
prosecution
and
even
Florida,
identity
These
students
the
whites
theft
(72%)
(1%).
theft
per
SURVEILLANCE
can
increase
which
low
Identity
OF
white-collar
crimes
traditional
victim
the
hotspots
are
military
were
of
and
people
deceased.
devices.
IMPLICATIONS
fastest-growing
from
identity
of
very
make
populations
is
of
because
it
increase
of
differs
and
incidence
future
sentencing
are
one
offender
internet
attack
is
computers,
common
PCs
harmless
attacks
theft
differences
the
THEFT
Cybercrime
the
(1)
separate.
New
Hackers
that
and
source
appears
more
a
scale.
devices
such
crimes.
Paypal,
the
a
attack
large
the
that
the
becoming
mobile
that
of
as
Identity
was
and
Journal.
devices
the
from
even
there
Twitter
known
of
and
including
one
are
Often
likely
users,
2016
Street
code,
complexity
graphic
is
in
interconnected
attack.
JPEG
It
the
internet.
Such
internet
affected
malicious
smaller
a
and
of
all
governments
example,
were
and
The
not
vulnerable
or
a
to
companies
CNN
with
disable
For
websites
York
to
threat
national
providers.
many
RISKS
IDENTITY
individuals,
internet
RESILIENCE
incidences
100,000
reported
in
2002
population
FOR
FREEDOM
N
In
2013
link
the
United
between
expression”,
to
the
state
Nations
published
surveillance
concerning
the
and
threat
right
to
privacy.
surveillance
of
communications
According
surveillance
severely
a
report,
freedom
of
to
state
the
“The
of
surveillance
report:
“State
Low
enjoy
their
a
private
other
life,
is
undermines
freely
fundamental
citizens’
express
human
ubiquitous,
ability
themselves
rights.”
and
such
to
and
enjoy
(https://www.
High
privacyinternational.org/node/392)
It
was
centrality
and
the
the
of
rst
time
the
“the
right
to
free
Modern
ow
of
intrude
into
individuals’
placing
taps
on
almost
complete
has
privacy
speech
surveillance
the
UN
and
Identity
emphasized
to
democratic
private
For
control
of
lives.
cables,
reported
in
2006
population
N
enable
optic
incidences
100,000
principles
ideas”.
technologies
bre
theft
per
the
states
example,
states
can
telecommunications
to
by
achieve
and
Low
online
communications.
adopted,
for
governments
In
more
was
May
example,
in
the
2017,
than
ransomware,
computer's
les
Health
the
morning
the
was
victims
a
Service
the
systems
a
the
global
in
150
is
majority
of
reportedly
Libyan
Spring.
cyber-attack,
countries.
paid.
was
and
Arab
program
ransom
(NHS)
were
Egyptian
to
malicious
until
National
next
a
by
lead-up
there
200,000
Such
hit
the
that
In
48
locks
the
hard,
The
UK,
with
Identity
theft
100,000
population
The
in
England
WannaCry
Windows
had
virus
operating
their
machines
infected
systems.
only
back
in
machines
Unlike
many
network
tricking
the
ransomware
by
itself.
them
attack
into
Most
has
the
others
clicking
on
ability
rely
an
on
to
USA,
2002
and
2006,
per
by
health
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
operation.
1.
Suggest
2.
Outline
why
hacking
is
becoming
more
frequent.
running
other
one
move
humans
attachment
advantage
and
one
disadvantage
of
malicious
increased
programs,
the
the
CHECK
trusts
in
a
although
affected
High
culprit
around
to
surveillance
by
governments.
a
spread
by
harbouring
code.
Geopolitical
and
economic
risks
205
Threats
RISKS
TO
to
THE
individuals
GLOBAL
SUPPL
Y
and
businesses
(2)
CHAIN
Supply
RISKS
Demand
Risks
Risks
Operational
Risks
FACTORS
Environmental
Geopolitical
Political
Natural
Economic
Demand
shocks
ICT
Trade
disruptions
restrictions
Price
Extreme
T
echnological
instability
disasters
volatility
weather
Infrastructure
Terrorism
Border
delays
failures
Pandemic
Corruption
Currency
Theft
and
illicit
uctuations
Probability
Mitigation
trade
High
Energy
(>30%)
shortages
Uncontrollable
Piracy
Average
Low
There
risks
are
on
many
the
Supply
for
in
goods
risks
refer
supply-chain
due
to
risks
for
are
factors
events
disrupt
the
of
in
Africa
Ebola
goods
affected
up
to
of
Political
and
West
to
and
Japan
150,000
result
and
delivering
disruption
conict,
all
limited
Floods
on
of
the
2011
the
produced
supply
chain
have
a
or
including
•
the
major
of
the
industry:
USA
as
on
stability
nationalism)
lead
major
may
Economic
to
factors
include
restrictions
Europe
and
to
the
T
echnological
factors
ICT
failures
are
Middle
at
Governments
may
take
cause
in
the
much
leave
chain.
and
Debt
(Portugal,
much
to
supply
uctuations
countries
with
decisions
decision
governments.
provided
East
times
crises
Ireland,
economic
managers.
networks
and
by
the
UK’
s
currency
PIIGS
Spain)
risk
that
The
changes
imposed
among
Greece
Managing
restrictions,
impact
protests.
the
EU
from
disrupted
include
networks.
unusual,
but
ICT
disruption
Transport
reliability
to
transport
infrastructure
is
an
issue.
a
parts.
trade
resource
uncertainty
•
that
Spring
economic
investors.
in
people
Arab
or
goods
severely
among
Italy,
tsunami
the
of
were
uncertainty
trade
outbreak
as
Supplies
Africa
political
(such
extreme
motor
in
for
protectionism,
which
poor
Bangladesh
while
chain.
North
following
transport
movement
impact
were
and
demand
factors,
in
major
cars
supply
risks.
technological:
there,
the
including
changes
disasters,
The
Raw
Raw
or
region.
include
of
many
natural
chain
the
ows
goods.
the
fewer
factors
to
the
economic,
supply
a
by
the
the
uctuations
refer
epidemics.
from
had
risks
to
ows
operational
meet
currency
include
regularly
to
supply-chain
and
refer
affected
weather
and
risks
geopolitical,
Environmental
global
sides
ability
Operational
Supply-chain
•
global
the
required
environmental,
to
demand
to
Controllable
Risks
demand
possibly
unrest.
infrastructure
•
to
and
whereas
demand,
political
risks
supply
Inuenceable
(15–30%)
(<15%)
the
that
more
supply
than
supply-chain
chains
is
difcult.
three-quarters
disruption
within
of
A
survey
companies
the
previous
in
2013
had
two
found
experienced
years.
Materials
Materials
Finished
Hospital
Suppliers
Distribution
Clinics/
Pharmacies
Patients
3rd
Party
Raw
Distribution
and
Dispensing
Materials
Dispensing
Manufacturing
Logistics
Sourcing
Pharmaceutical
EXAM
with
CHECK
to
named
the
questions
examples
disruption,
chain/supply
206
Chain
TIP
Responses
from
Supply
Unit
chain
6
–
on
risks
to
connecting
for
example,
being
supply
the
a
chains
benet
risk/causes
named
of
risk
event/product
affected.
Global
Risks
and
3.
Resiliences
4.
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
Briey
explain
supply
chains.
Briey
explain
supply
chains.
how
physical
factors
may
disrupt
global
how
political
factors
may
disrupt
global
New
the
REPATRIATION
AVOIDANCE
Repatriation
a
business
country
of
or
of
against
another
or
is
example,
anywhere
in
Germany.
China
economy
the
and
repatriate
Some
a
are
to
foreign
to
to
it
an
a
and
FDI
of
for
share
is
open
(FDI)
to
(1)
AVOIDANCE
earns
are
avoid
paying
lower
rates
world
champion
where
in
of
the
wealthy
to
T
welve
its
legally
tax.
of
BY
a
THE
WEALTHY
offshore
tax
is
which
in
example,
the
former
Hamilton
much-reduced
were
is
the
largest
show
exploit
leaders
lives
tax
name
leaked,
fourth
close
wealthy
live
Lewis
individuals
and
in
to
records
national
families
ways
way
For
Papers
that
The
of
One
tax.
is
world’
s
Fonseca.
prots
number
Panama
documents
rm.
home
a
there
The
liberalized
from
There
in
country.
possible
prots
the
protect
factor
back
It
to
parent
Group
needs.
to
the
to
in
currency
country
successfully
annual
choose
of
investment
from
takes
made
back
important
direct
vary
suit
90%
companies
advantage
is
protable
slowly
prots
repatriated
Volkswagen
world,
has
of
country
normally
take
laws
the
laws
up
in
actually
when
to
TAX
movement
foreign
repatriation
states
AND
repatriation
whether
of
threats
TAX
the
Prots
Prot
country
Prot
is
investment
expropriation
determining
to
OF
prots
origin.
uctuation.
For
emerging
sovereignty
PROFIT
THE
and
in
were
to
11.5
law
the
rm,
ways
offshore
among
1
Switzerland
from
complex
known
with
Formula
rate.
2015,
secretive
associates
in
given
offshore
the
people
countries
143
to
million
database
Mossack
in
tax
which
regimes.
politicians,
have
been
their
using
havens.
China.
subsidiaries
in
other
20
countries.
They
do
this
because
the
corporation
tax
in
Netherlands
their
home
country
is
extremely
high,
and
signicant
can
be
made
by
being
based
elsewhere.
20
25
UK
savings
22
15
20
Belgium
22
Percent
T
ax
avoidance
is
not
conned
to
HICs.
Oxfam
estimates
15
33.99
35.1
that
LICs
could
be
losing
up
to
$124
billion
each
year
as
a
Poland
30.1
19
25.1
Germany
result
of
tax
avoidance
by
TNCs
and
wealthy
individuals.
29.72
19
Action
Aid
reported
on
tax
avoidance
by
Associated
20.1
British
22
15.1
Ireland
Foods
(ABF)
in
Zambia.
ABF
has
operations
in
46
25
countries
France
19
10
12.5
16
and
an
annual
turnover
of
around
£11
33.3
billion.
20
Between
2007
and
2012,
Zambia
Sugar,
a
subsidiary
10
Lux.
of
ABF
,
made
prots
of
$123
million
but
paid
less
than
Spain
Italy
29.22
0.5%
tax.
It
also
repatriated
over
one-third
of
its
prots
Greece
25
to
31.4
29
countries
such
as
Ireland,
Mauritius
and
the
Netherlands,
Malta
which
offer
estimates
very
that
avoidance
by
low
it
tax
loses
TNCs
rates.
over
and
$2
The
Zambian
billion
wealthy
per
government
year
from
Portugal
35
12.5
people.
Corporation
CASE
TAX
tax
in
the
European
Union
STUDY
AVOIDANCE:
APPLE
The
In
Cyprus
21
tax
2016
Apple
Inc.
was
ordered
by
the
European
Union
to
pay
Tax
havens’ share
of
US
big
shift
overseas
corporate
profits, %
60
€13
billion
worth
of
back
taxes
to
Ireland.
Apple
claimed
in
EU
that
Switzerland
such
a
move
could
lead
to
less
investment
the
by
TNCs.
Singapore
50
The
European
Apple
and
Commission
the
Irish
ruled
government
that
was
the
tax
illegal,
deal
since
between
the
same
Ireland
deal
Luxembourg
40
Bermuda
was
not
open
to
other
companies.
The
rate
of
corporation
other
30
in
Ireland
but
is
Apple
one
had
of
an
the
most
competitive
arrangement
in
whereby
Europe
the
at
&
tax
Caribbean
Netherlands
12.5%,
maximum
tax
rate
20
it
paid
in
Ireland
Apple
sales
of
has
its
was
just
avoided
iPhone
1%;
in
paying
and
other
2014
tax
on
goods.
it
paid
most
It
just
of
0.005%.
its
prots
transferred
the
from
10
prots
0
to
Ireland
the
the
rather
phones
USA,
Tax
as
than
were
their
avoidance
keep
sold.
It
them
does
corporation
and
US
in
not
tax
the
country
repatriate
is
around
the
in
which
money
1982
85
Source: “ The
Hidden Wealth
the
USA,
overseas
and
increasing,
the
share
being
and
this
of
taxed
is
of
95
Nations”
, by
Gabriel
2000
Zucman, University
of
05
Chicago
10
13
Press, 2015
35%.
TNCs
CHECK
For
90
to
overseas
prots
at
rates
lower
happening
in
than
many
5.
remaining
in
areas
the
of
USA
the
and
is
world.
6.
YOUR
Identify
(ii)
Briey
the
UNDERSTANDING
European
lowest
explain
against
countries
corporation
why
Apple’
s
tax
the
European
deal
Geopolitical
with
the
(i)
highest
taxes.
with
and
Commission
was
Ireland.
economic
risks
207
New
and
emerging
sovereignty
DISRUPTIVE
of
threats
states
TECHNOLOGICAL
to
(2)
create
INNOVATIONS
some
70,000
Drones
are
unmanned
aerial
vehicles
(UAVs)
for
remote
control,
either
by
an
operator
or
Drones
have
a
number
of
by
an
the
conict
advantages:
they
used
for
surveillance
in
natural
and
man-made
to
survey
damage,
locate
victims,
help
the
children
police
and
of
monitor
the
drone
large
expected
to
generate
between
2015
and
billion.
Moreover,
it
is
In
a
US
in
the
in
use
war
of
are
drones
in
operated
war
far
and
may
killing.
In
thus
desensitize
addition,
military
drones
have
fatalities.
have
also
been
Their
linked
powerful
with
an
invasion
cameras
and
of
remote
imagery
$13
billion,
and
by
expected
that
the
can
2025
industry
problems
be
used
include
to
“spy”
cost,
on
people.
especially
with
drones
over
for
military
operations,
breakdown
or
malfunction
of
will
software,
and
human
error
in
their
operation.
DEATHS
survey,
supported
Between
and
civilian
privacy.
computer
DRONE
used
2018
used
$80
about
crowds.
industry
over
than
for
Other
is
more
disasters
search
sensing
Growth
exist
Drones
zone
war
many
personal
lost
and
can
Drones
to
jobs
on-board
caused
be
concerns
surveillance.
personnel
computer.
manufacturing
jobs.
operated
from
by
30,000
technical
However,
and
Drones
the
the
56%
use
2006
attacks
and
using
of
of
respondents
drones
2009
drones.
and
about
At
indicated
UAVs
746
least
in
people
147
of
that
they
war.
the
civilians,
at
were
killed
victims
least
and
400
country
94
were
civilians
since
children.
had
been
Pakistan
killed
in
claimed
US
that
strikes
in
the
2006.
were
Key
<
Afghanistan
10
deaths
10–24
deaths
24–49
deaths
drone
50–99
strike
victims
701
civilians
identified
militants
unknown
deaths
China
>
100
deaths
casualty
by
count
577
gender
2
male
23
women
unknown
Pakistan
Pakistan:
375
at
200413
strikes,
least
The
2,561
Bureau
adopts
individuals
aged
The
a
the
0–17
UN’s
definition
of
a
child
as
being
inclusive.
99
killed*
children
age
of
drone-strike
victim
is
not
always
reported.
India
Drone
casualties
Source:
https://storiesbywilliams.com/2013/08/07/drone-wars-new-leaks-reveal-costs-of-drone-use/
3D
3D
PRINTING
printing
allows
for
model,
medicine,
and
to
the
use
3D
3D
as
a
is
variety
printing
in
printing
organs
much
of
built
up
have
and
Pakistan
own
in
a
great
manufacturing”,
objects
potential
In
up
to
in
layers.
3D
The
engineering,
printing
it
is
There
to
create
education
reduced
globalization,
manufacturing
of
as
in
body
3D
size.
users
than
3D
parts,
printing
many
rather
involved,
argue
will
do
outsource
UNDERSTANDING
one
advantage
and
one
disadvantage
of
one
advantage
and
one
disadvantage
of
drones.
8.
Outline
3D
printing.
208
Unit
6
–
Global
Risks
the
and
Resiliences
in
lead
highly
to
to
a
skilled
technology
the
trade.
that
counterfeit
it
already
has
steal
in
with
also
will
for
be
used
from
3D
and
needed
ATM
to
of
in
printing
HICs
develop
capital
poses
concerning
create
to
3D
complex
3D
risks.
the
as
the
develop
banking,
printing
machines.
as
for
can
lack
and
printing
tasks,
The
technology
weapons
that
online
that
that
industry.
argue
increasingly
ATMs
believe
amounts
the
lead
production
manufacturing
be
to
could
customized
technology
Critics
concerns
money
of
regulations
can
technology
Some
large
printing
goods.
labour
to
access
and
replace
are
demand.
needed
3D
legislation
means
printing
localized,
resurgence
and
However,
of
companies
technology
There
3D
development
responds
could
possible
complex
waste
human
favour
engage
to
of
little
than
create
in
is
or
that
digital
materials.
rather
Those
of
a
architecture,
manufacturers
time.
from
sequence
construction,
used
counter
YOUR
Outline
“additive
industries.
short
been
their
Somalia
physical
different
tissues.
could
CHECK
7.
to
allows
a
are
has
and
of
or
of
them
military,
computing
products
it
said
the
objects
that
creation
building
technology
Yemen,
TECHNOLOGY
technology,
the
by
in
will
technology
example.
enable
gangs
Increased
renewed
According
evolution
to
of
globalization
and
nationalism
Kearney,
there
are
four
possibilities
in
the
in
globalisation.
nationalism
following
the
was
due,
nancial
in
The
changing
global
economic
order
in
Europe,
brought
Four
possible
Globalization
poor
2008,
rising
about
economic
rising
immigration.
by
growth
inequality
,
The
globalization
and,
changes
to
look
for
stability
in
led
many
national
or
3.0
local
2001–2008
to
of
futures
people
1989–2000
part,
crash
features,
history
2009–?
or
such
as
language.
a
shared
This
new
culture,
nationalism
Polarization
takes
Globalization
1.0
Globalization
Globalization
2.0
2.0
Global
Global
many
forms:
protectionist
policies
such
Hiatus
Hiatus
as
trade
barriers,
policies
favouring
domestic
Islandization
•
Post-Soviet
countries
begin
to
bloc
and
•
The
China
BRICS
other
liberalize
and
•
Developed
emerging
markets
power
emerging
the
workers,
anti-immigration
resource
nationalism.
measures
and
and
markets
In
the
most
extreme
experience
Commonization
global
economy
economic
volatility
cases,
economic
opportunities
Globalization
globalisation;
tensions
into
blocs
economic
a
global
sharing
By
had
ows;
economy
it
RENEWED
ground
which
rising
the
key
economies
measures
a
clear
fall
an
of
and
consumer
the
increase
NATIONALISM
–
IN
around
rise
and
in
of
the
The
cases,
vote
the
in
Europe
Europe
is
peaceful,
among
national
is
making
prosperous
governments.
One
Singapore
and
”must
the
European
Commission,
general,
cooperation
substantial
power
the
not
must
resist
the
anti-globalization
on
its
the
”remain
threat
the
in
the
2017
Economy
plugged
rising
growth
strategy
into
to
will
and
a
the
nostalgia
threat
increase
multilateral
to
for
Europe.
international
cooperation
development
more
its
The
great-power
general
political
on
rise
tensions
climate,
trade,
status
in
and
make
taxation
and
i
o
a
m
a
l
s
I
i
n
A
A
A
A
A
t
n
t
i
i
i
t
n
-
E
m
i
m
r
g
o
t
r
u
a
l
b
p
i
n
t
n
t
i
i
-
-
e
e
s
u
o
r
b
o
a
z
l
e
s
i
t
a
o
n
n
n
m
h
i
A
politics.
n
right-wing
t
of
i
rise
-
the
g
national
A
as
l
their
t
determination
defend
t
n
well
stronger
to
i
as
a
-
self-interest
with
governments
a
many
e
nationalism
of
o
z
r
growing
part
n
a
t
i
is
the
that
nationalism
European
However
,
s
u
on
amid
difcult.
y
there
stated
trade“,
e
Justice.
the
(CFE)
protectionism
e
of
of
for
global
o
Court
parties
sentiment“.
t
European
UK’
s
political
i
the
fuelling
extreme
nationalism.
Future
of
in
T
rump,
right-wing
share
In
and,
n
as
In
did
President
of
renewed
Singapore.
Committee
that
Union,
close
of
West,
of
are
U
and
gives
is
the
that
was
of
growth
lack
t
n
such
Parliament
It
there
examples
country
nationalism
election
the
the
a
people
increase
EUROPE
reappearance.
are
The
and
and
and
young
n
institutions
a
and
globalization
Brexit,
EU
creates
Nationalism
of
terrorism.
for
future,
globalization
nationalism.
resentment
in
capitalism.
increase
in
in
reduced
the
manufacturing
the
that
current
economy
”Islandization“,
in
through
in
geopolitical
global
”Commonization“
and
by
deciencies
divide
countries;
was
matched
for
protectionist
commons
2014–15
been
of
to
in
rivalries
gains
leading
global
new
corrects
”Polarization“,
nationalism
world,
which
economic
competing
which
the
and
3.0,
failure
for
Europe
Podemos
has
been
and
the
affected
large
by
problems
number
of
with
refugees
the
and
Euro
(its
migrants
currency),
entering.
Spain
The
Syriza
Greece
growth
of
right-wing
politics
has
led
to
a
greater
focus
on
Five
anti-immigration
and
the
rise
of
rise
of
Star
Movement
Islamophobia.
Italy
However,
the
nationalism
in
Europe
does
not
UK
Independence
Party
Britain
necessarily
provide
many
solutions
to
the
problems
that
National
nationalists
criticize.
According
to
the
Financial
Front
Times,
France
renewed
nationalism
in
Europe
shows
”no
economic
Freedom
policies
beyond
an
iconoclastic
rage
at
the
Euro,
free
The
trade
Alternative
and
foreigners
alleged
to
be
parasites
of
the
welfare
Party
Netherlands
for
Germany
state.“
Germany
Nationalism
is
not
only
in
Europe.
President
Trump
of
the
Freedom
USA
initiated
Modi,
a
a
Hindu
policy
is
the
to
✗
The
Europe
is
humiliation
COMMON
”America
nationalist,
Nevertheless,
threat
of
swept
Economist
Russian
about
rst“,
to
power
claims
collapse
in
that
nationalism.
the
and
of
India
the
They
the
Narendra
in
2014.
European
biggest
claim
former
that
it
Soviet
and
Source:
nationalism
are
essentially
the
same
populism
http://timesondia.indiatimes.com/photo/55925871.
cms
CHECK
MISTAKE
Tribalization
9.
YOUR
Identify
the
UNDERSTANDING
impacts
of
renewed
nationalism
in
countries.
thing.
10. Identify
✓
Party
Austria
T
ribalization
refers
to
the
unication
of
groups
greatest
people
with
people
but
common
a
common
does
not
identity
at
identity
have
a
to
–
be.
national
it
can
be
an
Nationalism
the
two
European
countries
that
have
the
of
number
of
populist
policies.
indigenous
refers
to
the
level.
Geopolitical
and
economic
risks
209
ENVIRONMENTAL
2
Transboundary
RISKS
pollution
(TBP)
DEFINITION
Transboundary
ACID
pollution
(TBP)
is
pollution
affecting
a
large
area
or
more
than
one
country.
RAIN
TURBULENCE
Top
of
mixing
LIMITED
layer
ZONE
Wind
OF
TURBULENCE
direction
Diffusion
Uptake
and
gases,
of
aerosols,
OXIDATION
Plume
dilution
Natural
and
particles
1–2
air
DISSOLUTION
turbulence
DRY
km
DEPOSITION
Emission
source
Plume
Plume
WET
DEPOSITION
touches
buoyant
ground
(1–2
km)
Mixing
(tens
and
of
diffusion
km)
First
dry
(5–25
deposition
km)
Dispersion
(hundreds,
Dry
Acidic
deposition
pollutants
Wet
occurs
can
and
be
wet
typically
deposition
wet
occurs
or
when
to
Dry
the
the
oxides
and
acids
thousands
of
km)
deposition
dry
.
close
of
even
deposition
source
of
pollutants
As
of
pollutants.
are
dissolved
and
a
are
general
rule,
responsible
However
,
sulphur
for
worldwide
oxides
about
have
two-thirds
emissions
of
SO
the
of
are
greatest
the
effect
problem.
declining
while
those
2
in
precipitation,
sources.
Wet
disregard,
Acid
to
Rainfall
in
a
the
rain
pH
is
is
it
5
fall
that
of
is
rain
distances
international
more
has
a
acidic
pH
because
it
a
of
the
of
normal
than
absorbs
with
pollution.
than
less
weak
from
boundaries
transboundary
becomes
acid
rain
by
sulphur
are
the
burning
dioxide
sulphur
fossil
dioxide
acid,
with
and
dioxide
fuels
such
nitrogen
•
5.5.
carbon
carbonic
due
as
oxides
NOx
into
moisture
the
and
atmosphere,
become
weak
they
can
sulphuric
be
and
absorbed
nitric
by
power
stations
are
the
major
dioxide,
and
vehicles,
especially
of
which
water
•
aluminium
•
tree
•
soil
•
lakes
become
•
there
are
most
of
the
nitrogen
oxides
in
the
Various
acid
of
methods
deposition,
lakes
and
to
the
you
used
as
their
This
to
OF
try
adding
pH.
long-term
can
reduce
However,
be
the
is
cases
between
wet
deposition
about
pollution,
deposition
(particulate
does
whereas
write
to
are
the
wet
Unit
not
–
(acid
only
usually
cause
(acid
Global
sure
that
and
Dry
effects
really
the
as
you
Risks
aluminium,
and
snow)
of
effective
emissions
and
acid
and
a
and
deposition
by
lakes
gills
reduced
increases
acidied
possible
of
senile
effects
levels
of
of
and
links
(as
aquatic
yet
life
suffers
unproven)
to
the
increase
dementia.
acid
deposition
precipitation
on
the
ground)
neutralize
reducing
•
using
less
using
alternative
•
nitrate
•
the
the
•
to
distinguish
transboundary
rain
and
rivers
are
greatest
(causing
more
in
areas
acidity
to
with
and
those
with
acidic
be
rocks
or
removing
deposited
that
amount
of
sulphur-rich
the
fossil
fossil
energy
sulphate
acidity.
fuel
used
fuel
sources
that
do
not
produce
gases
pollutants
before
they
reach
the
atmosphere.
by:
deposition
rain
matter).
deposition
6
make
sh
severely
iron
into
responsible
limestone
curb
achieved
acid
especially
carried
of
CHECK
to
is
the
DEPOSITION
powdered
treatment
effects:
atmosphere.
ACID
to
ownership.
are
TIP
decide
transboundary
210
are
pollutants.
matter)
IMPACTS
such
increase
practical
EXAM
If
THE
car
coal,
cannot
REDUCING
is
of
increased
and
deposited
for
metals,
damages
growth
acidity
number
to
acids.
producers
cars,
a
due
buildings
mobilization
high
sulphur
has
of
partly
acidic
The
Coal-red
increasing,
weathering
in
released
are
Acidication
•
6.
of
produced
When
great
crosses
acidic
and
at
form
and
causes
oxides
gas.
a
Acid
naturally
major
and
is
rainfall
activity.
between
nitrogen
oil,
so
atmosphere
The
may
deposition
and
human
and
dry
(particulate
pollution
snow)
does.
Resiliences
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
11. Identify
the
two
12. Outline
the
main
chemicals
impacts
that
of
cause
acid
rain.
acid
rain.
Environmental
impacts
of
global
ows
(1)
SHIPPING
Shipping
PM
lanes
concentration
3
Micrograms/m
0–0.05
0.05–0.10
0.10–0.20
0.20–0.50
1.50–1.0
0.5–1.0
Shipping
Shipping
growth
is
of
pollution
one
of
the
most
globalization.
along
certain
pollution
important
However,
shipping
and
factors
there
routes.
are
the
in
the
high
There
is
world’s
rates
an
of
main
shipping
•
physical
•
noise
NO
routes
damage
pollution,
through
which
the
use
disturbs
of
anchors
large
mammals
such
as
whales.
2
track
in
Lanka,
the
and
Indian
others
Ocean
in
the
Mediterranean
Sea
to
tracks
China.
Atlantic
narrow
Such
Oceans,
less
ships
the
Singapore
the
route
evident
are
Gulf
not
from
in
as
of
the
and
Sri
the
Pollution
is
Singapore
shipping
routes.
Aden,
Pacic
sailing
and
concentrated
trade
in
and
causes
a
great
damage,
chemicals
accidental
highly
these
deal
of
pollution
Sea
and
between
been
including:
released
in
set
deliberate
discharges
criticized
for
Rising
spills
carrying
countries.
and
the
regulations
pushing
and
concentrated
Approximately
routes,
Organization
environmental
oil
along
are
where
Sea,
zones.
Shipping
•
and
between
Red
for
of
to
about
The
too
are
world’
s
main
merchant
ships
of
International
the
on
slow
and
leading
the
are
world’
s
Maritime
the
oceans,
environmental
CO
the
90%
Convention
protect
being
tighter
levels
UN
along
50,000
Law
but
of
they
reactive
the
have
rather
than
controls.
to
increased
acidication
2
•
waste
•
air
dumping,
pollution
including
through
the
sewage
release
and
of
of
garbage
greenhouse
the
oceans.
nitrogen
gases
In
oxides,
Particulate
and
ARCTIC
&
in
which
matter
absorb
rainfall
addition,
solar
the
also
carried
and
area
of
ships
in
leads
ships’
thermal
the
release
exhaust
radiation
shipping
SOx
A
lack
in
clouds
of
NOx
rainfall
over
SOx,
SOx,
NOx
&
of
ice
NOx
&
CO
2
CHECK
YOUR
on
land
CO
2
and
due
to
SOx
decline
and
NOx
and
rising
cove
of
of
the
contributes
Warming
Forms
causes
droughts
oceans
Cancer
warming
moisture
trigger
servere
Arctic
scatter
increased
OCEAN
and
early
to
gases
causing
EUROPE
THE
snow
and
acidication.
lanes
GREENLAND
Soot-infused
to
sulphur
pollution
related
to
the
ocean
causes
acidity
jellyfish
invasion
shipping
UNDERSTANDING
13. Outline
the
impacts
14. Identify
the
areas
of
shipping
where
on
pollution
the
by
natural
shipping
environment.
is
most
intense.
Environmental
risks
211
Environmental
CARBON
GLOBAL
AND
FOOTPRINTS
FLOWS
OTHER
OF
impacts
of
global
ows
(2)
FOR
FOOD
GOODS
163
89
100
Food
186
69
120
62
120
The
carbon
footprint
associated
150
380
70
with
61
95
70
67
food
production
is
complex.
The
386
diagram
below
shows
a
production,
distribution
The
foodstuffs
ow
of
producers
footprint
and
model
and
links
consumers.
depends
on
food
retailing.
the
The
such
for
main
carbon
factors
as
Net
transfers
MtCO
Net
volume
of
produce,
means
of
Net
importers
transport,
Top
exporters
–1000
–500
0
500
16
ows
in
refrigeration,
distribution
packaging,
and
sales.
world
shown
1000
MtCO
storage,
However,
the
Flows
of
CO
associated
with
the
export
of
goods
2
trade
use
in
of
food
has
other
machinery,
environmental
chemicals
and
impacts,
such
as
the
pesticides.
Meat
Ready
Meals
Farm
Population
Processor
Human
Process
storage
=
40
&
40
time
km,
1
light
hours.
CO
hour,
Process
truck.
storage
emissions
=
100
ows
Plant
&
25
time
km,
hours,
hours.
duty
1.2
Process
heavy-
storage
truck.
=
120
migration
is
at
an
migration
of
people
all-time
&
time
high.
The
from
hours.
2
LICs
CO
=
9.7
g/unit
CO
2
40
CO
2
emissions
=
g/unit
50
emissions
=
=
HICs
will
normally
lead
to
CO
2
Emissions
to
2
2.4
g/unit
emissions
g/unit
150
=
g/unit
an
increase
Migration
“high
to
Retail
an
Retail
global
from
carbon”
increase
emissions,
Distribution
in
emissions.
“low
carbon”
countries
in
will
greenhouse
especially
if
the
to
lead
gas
migrants’
Store
standard
of
living
increases
Center
following
150
km,
hours,
4.2
Process
heavy-
storage
&
100
time
km,
hour,
2.7
Process
heavy-
storage
the
migration.
&
time
Immigrants
duty
CO
truck.
=
19
emissions
hours.
duty
CO
2
CO
2
truck.
=
29
emissions
28
g/unit
emissions
80
=
=
g/unit
emissions
g/unit
40
based
on
“current
state”
value
into
the
impact
of
immigrants
shown
CO
and
storage
CO
emissions
per
unit
=
421.2
USA
of
emissions
=
142
g
per
unit
emissions
Other
emissions
in
the
food
trade
goods
ow
of
are
the
the
to
has
of
a
food.
belong
nations
diagram
identies
very
different
carbon
China
above
net
of
the
as
By
to
convention,
the
these
producing
generating
shows
exporters
USA
CHECK
an
the
only
and
the
world’
s
16. Explain
Unit
6
EU
emissions
nation,
despite
in
the
those
American.
more
than
they
would
USA
produce
in
CO
have
the
in
USA
their
Legal
immigrants
impact
demand
the
16
for
importers
largest
as
goods
is
of
.
CO
importers
clear
,
of
as
is
ows
of
the
and
The
importance
the
importance
associated
migrants
illegal
have
higher
with
carbon
migrants.
Global
Risks
and
because
incomes
and
goods.
ows
goods.
carbon
a
much
illegal
are
trade.
legal
than
–
of
have
than
they
have
the
UNDERSTANDING
main
food
why
footprints
212
the
YOUR
15. Describe
the
exporter
and
than
footprint
2
of
the
times
resulting
The
in
four
higher
consuming
lower
native-born
immigrants
considered
average
illegal)
country.
goods
ow
18%
Immigrants
larger
from
the
or
2
•
The
of
(legal
product)
•
Carbon
USA
g
2
(Production
the
2
stream
product
in
that:
immigrant
Transportation
environmental
=
g/unit
•
calculations
USA
2
21.1
has
Emission
the
CO
2
Research
=
to
hours.
Resiliences
emissions.
higher
Environmental
the
global
POLLUTING
issues
shift
MANUFACTURING
of
linked
industry
have
INDUSTRIES
and
HICs
have
long
LICs,
often
been
with
siting
disastrous
Union
toxic
pesticide
from
thousands.
to
NICs
and
The
has
soil,
its
shift
resulted
and
of
in
impacts
MAQUILADORA
polluting
Carbide
plant
in
industries
of
IN
dnasuoht
than
in
environmental
effective
NICs,
enforcement
give
killing
from
air,
stricter
more
higher
the
(1)
HICs
a
are
environmental
HICs
is
water
a
result
need
for
where
of
to
These
export
vulnerability
their
the
greater
underdeveloped
economic
benets
regulations
waste
LICs
and
and
NICs
systems
of
supervision
emissions
less-regulated
their
of
social
pollution
environmental
weaker.
chance
laws,
governments;
the
and
are
their
environments
pollution.
to
as
The
pollution
well
polluting
as
their
industries.
HICs
MEXICO
maquiladora
More
of
residents.
DEVELOPMENT
The
India,
pollution
health
Factories
1984
in
released
Bhopal,
manufacturing
the
In
company
widespread
on
industries
consequences.
American-owned
gas
their
with
2,800
industry
in
Mexico
maquiladora
plants
employing
more
than
a
million
people
were
operating
2,812
4
in
2005,
with
factories
in
combined
Mexico
exports
where
of
nearly
workers
$100
assemble
billion.
imported
These
parts
plants
into
are
foreign-owned
products
for
export.
3
250
miles
2
1
U
Ciudad
Juárez
N
S
T
I
T
E
D
A
T
E
S
0
242,600
‘85
‘95
‘05
Employees
noillim
Matamoros
1.2
1.5
million
55,500
Mexicali
Nogales
55,400
33,900
Tijuana
177,000
1.0
Ciudad
Acuña
Chihuahua
32,200
45,100
Pacific
Ocean
0.5
Monterrey
72,300
0
‘85
‘95
‘05
Major
Exports
maquiladora
Reynosa-Rio
Bravo
MEXICO
noillib
areas
$96.8
by
employment
100,800
billion
$100
Cities
Adjusted
along
the
U.S.
border
have
for
the
inflation
most
people
employed
in
$75
Actual
maquiladora
factories.
ranks
in
Tijuana
Guadalajara-Zapopan
second
total
industry
$50
48,600
employees.
$25
0
‘85
‘95
‘05
Relocations
Mexico
low-cost
Nuevo
has
assembly
Laredo
operations,
1989,
and
are
more
border
cities.
THE
THE
many
plants
in
Tijuana.
The
2,000
main
US
These
legislation
CAUSE
but
rms
and
OF
OF
such
as
Ciudad
employ
have
are
good
set
from
companies
factories,
attractions
RELOCATION
MAIN
US-owned
places
foreign-owned
than
environmental
IS
attracted
called
local
up
low
in
to
Juarez,
costs,
Since
Mexico
Although
Mexico
many
they
relaxed
is
common.
Mexicans
bring
Over
study
health
from
into
in
Paso
del
Norte
maquiladoras
CHECK
YOUR
17. Describe
18.
maquiladoras,
Outline
the
the
have
air
found
pollution
that
impacts
and
500,000
particular
that
MEXICO?
human
particulate
on
human
are
law
requires
back
to
Despite
in
people
of
money
are
the
the
favour
investment,
on
main
emissions
health,
in
respiratory
maquiladoras
particulates.
A
Mexican
substances
rms
USA,
to
transport
illegal
dumping
environmental
the
and
maquiladoras
jobs
employed
in
to
because
northern
these
in
problems,
Mexico.
factories.
markets.
INDUSTRIES
IN
to
hazardous
maquiladora
labour
.
US
POLLUTING
POLLUTION
USA
build
Mexico’
s
labour
access
the
to
are
Unpaved
sources
of
emit
diseases.
not
the
roads,
particulate
brick
kilns
than
maquiladoras,
far
more
they
However,
region’
s
vehicles
and
emissions.
it
leading
brick
found
sources
kilns
of
were
the
Given
that
vehicles
combustion-related
ne
particulates
inict
more
health
and
damage.
UNDERSTANDING
main
main
changes
reasons
in
for
maquiladora
the
relocation
industries,
of
US
as
shown
in
the
diagram.
rms.
Environmental
risks
213
Environmental
the
global
FOOD
PRODUCTION
GLOBAL
issues
shift
SYSTEMS
of
linked
industry
with
(2)
intensive,
FOR
much
AGRIBUSINESSES
high-input,
modern
Modern
The
food
market
increasingly
the
is
truly
intensive,
global.
large
in
scale
drive
for
cheaper
methods
are
having
The
“agro-industrialization”
term
food.
Farming
a
and
impact
become
globalized
Increasingly,
negative
has
modern
on
refers
the
to
adopted
in
and
farming
large-scale,
but
of
water
needed
to
produce
Meat
Processed
Beef
1857
Sausages
Pork
756
Processed
Chicken
469
Eggs
Fresh
IMPROVED
YIELDS
AND
500
grams
food
1382
cheese
589
of
is
371
major
and
and
quality
suited
produce
to
1960s,
large
or
animals
at
intensive
farming
methods.
with
increased
inputs
specic
of
times.
In
This
HICs,
fertilizers,
of
193
loss
84
to
8
is
ideally
since
for
per
12
in
there
indigenous/national
foreign
is
very
and
populations
country/multinational.
different
20th
100,000
are
being
from
centuries.
hectares
many
times
the
A
less
and
The
colonial
large
(240,000
land
land
give
new
land
deal
acres).
available
access
wave
grabs
used
Now
to
the
of
of
for
to
a
land
the
be
to
of
times.
grabs
cost
efciency
around
largest
ones
a
pollution,
production
contributor
water
biodiversity.
grain
31
worth
UK
of
world’
s
cereals
For
In
of
2900
766
milk
53
coffee
37
increased
year.
trade
while
than
£1.1
of
land
from
in
the
apples
gas
billion
15
LICs
heavy
use
degradation
lettuces
between
involving
the
to
greenhouse
total,
and
requires
lead
farmland
talks
a
jeans
of
have
example,
sprays
$20–$30
cereals
yields
farming
that
and
of
hectare
tonnes
wheat
more
developed,
per
Cup
intensive
pesticide
or
goods
Hamburger
methods
hectares
of
Glass
pollution
transactions
are
154
problems.
the
to
pollution,
receive
can
be
sprayed
emissions
from
annually
.
million
have
foreigners
and
been
since
subject
2006.
alone,
10
grabber
land
it
will
will
That
yield
produce
is
roughly
a
roughly
30–40
signicant
220
million
two
tonnes
million
share
of
tonnes
a
has
target
the
year.
countries
Investor
countries
average
GDP
have
an
South
Reported
Korea
and
signed
international
deals
in
millions
of
hectares
per
capita
deals
2.2
4
for
690,000
hectares,
times
higher
Key
than
target
countries.
Investor
the
United
Arab
Emirates
Target
(UAE)
for
400,000
1.8
SUDAN
1.6
INDIA
hectares
and
Egypt
has
1.7
USA
secured
a
similar
deal
CHINA
to
SOUTH
1.0
SUDAN
1.3
grow
1.1
0.8
wheat.
1.2
1.2
KOREA
0.6
It
is
not
just
Gulf
1.2
0.6
1.3
states
that
are
buying
0.6
SINGAPORE
0.4
0.5
up
farms.
the
right
China
secured
0.5
MALAYSIA
to
0.5
grow
INDONESIA
palm
oil
for
biofuel
on
0.5
GHANA
MADAGASCAR
NIGERIA
2.8
million
hectares
of
CONGO
Congo,
which
UNITED
would
ARGENTINA
be
the
world’
s
EGYPT
ARGENTINA
largest
CHECK
YOUR
19. Dene
the
20. Outline
to
214
two
global
Unit
UNDERSTANDING
term
agro-industrialisation.
ways
climate
6
–
SAUDI
ARAB
ARABIA
MOZAMBIQUE
ETHIOPIA
in
which
agriculture
may
contribute
change.
Global
Risks
and
Resiliences
The
billion.
2
Sudan
and
an
that.
Top
In
and
hectare.
plantation.
When
of
16
Air
million
deals
19th
and
welfare
average
and
of
items
example,
tonnes
chemicals
animal
the
insecticides
of
palm-oil
result
air
food
and
43
Potatoes
pesticides,
GRABS
grabs
increased
energy
109
Beans
20
Land
of
selected
Corn
103
uniform-
nature
agro-chemicals
Pair
farming
LAND
as
Avocados
379
Apples
quantities
such
Figs
ENVIRONMENTAL
want
of
emissions,
Unfortunately
,
usually
has
consumer
gas
erosion
foods
2.6
processors
increased
Common
IMPACTS
Food
intensied,
technologies
Vegetables
Bananas
cheese
has
Fruit
Plums
400
a
greenhouse
various
commercial
machinery.
land
Gallons
farming
labour-saving
Agro-industrialization
environment.
the
high-output,
farming.
EMIRATES
Environmental
the
The
global
role
of
livestock
issues
shift
in
GHG
of
linked
industry
(3)
emissions
Gas
Contribution
change
to
climate
(%)
Livestock
(billion
dioxide
Methane
Nitrous
damage
over
£2
up
to
billion
companies
nitrates
that
off,
soil
for
loss
of
the
water.
and
so
on)
for
and
alone.
to
37
9
2.19
64
In
now
the
USA
(pesticides,
could
arable
the
be
as
water
pesticides
it
is
as
and
to
UK
supplies
268
industry
freight.
The
the
major
billion
from
which
inefcient
that
of
almost
plane
as
from
boiling
New
a
kettle
more
have
carrots
Spain
38,000
farms
PROBLEMS
AND
GLOBAL
from
food
costs.
bought
imported
runner
beans
kilometres),
mangetout
Britain
from
from
(200
warehouses
T
ransporting
supplies
meal
cumulatively
8,000
had
even
energy
Poultry
potatoes
from
travelled
to
travelled
Italy
kilometres).
stores
was
ingredients
is
more
such
great
vulnerable.
be
UK
supermarkets.
taking
as
much
The
as
25%
12
100,000
small
of
largest
water
ower
normally
KENYA
The
The
shores
of
Lake
Naivasha
in
the
Happy
Valley
area
Kenya
water
have
been
problems
water
on
the
blighted.
on
Environmentalists
pollution
farms,
and
from
pesticides,
deforestation
blame
–
this
in
the
growing
shanty
towns
foraging
by
for
is
and
European-owned
of
owers
and
ower
companies
vegetables
for
ofcial
and
Kenyan
water
development
authority
,
groups
as
regional
well
as
and
exporting
is
accused
ower
companies
near
water
which
would
normally
ll
bodies,
Kenya
the
largest
nomadic
COMMON
It
is
river
,
farmers,
the
but
it
Ngiro,
also
is
a
river
.
life-sustaining
sustains
big
best
for
environment
to
It
is
used
usually
to
food
the
transport
transport
cost
is
it
in
and
that
amount
is
only
production
reduction
quality
thought
because
–
reduced.
part
of
there
biodiversity,
increased
it
of
is
best
to
Critics
the
also
could
of
gas
be
other
driest
countries
in
the
is
90%
world
to
some
employ
of
55,000
the
wettest.
labourers,
The
are
in
ower
direct
with
the
peasant
pay
the
farmers
for
water
,
same
as
peasant
and
eruption
of
the
farmers
the
for
2010,
due
to
the
Eyjafjallsjokull
water
.
volcano
Iceland,
most
ights
from
European
Kenya
airports
to
Europe
closed,
an
were
shut
estimated
down.
$8
of
owers
industry
had
lost
to
be
around
destroyed.
$3
million
a
The
Kenyan
day
.
for
ower
foods
YOUR
21. Evaluate
the
22. Suggest
why
UNDERSTANDING
concept
there
is
of
food
conict
miles.
over
water
resources
in
Kenya.
food
(GHG)
argue
environmental
eutrophication,
risk
source
the
Kenya’
s
for
source
greenhouse
Kenyan
ower
of
locally.
locally,
of
water
companies
CHECK
the
A
farmers
MISTAKE
always
water”.
human
resource
business
one
which
horticultural
second
“virtual
but
small-scale
Mount
is
million-worth
“stealing”
as
grow
export,
With
have
farmers.
exporting
fuel.
in
rights
thereby
use
In
the
are
migrant
largest
quantities
known
Kenya
competition
British
vast
than
companies
water
.
companies,
workers
more
the
excessive
caused
to
ower
of
water
of
food
kilometres),
the
and
kilometres,
(nearly
has
important
higher
have
17,000
and
kilometres.
supplying
may
available
✓
to
has
Christmas
may
sprouts
food
also
transported
kilometres),
and
far
is
FARMING
rms
✗
(1,600
it
kilometres.
Zambia
distance
makes
UK
nearly
transport
total
traditional
the
8,000
time
been
example,
38,000
from
By
the
in
how
However
,
has
for
a
dinner
describes
plate.
food
travels
kilometres),
than
miles
a
of
than
(over
Christmas
food,
(2,400
the
%
STUDY
WATER
of
the
come
from
distances
IN
on
supermarket
added,
times.
CASE
how
Thailand
could
a
food
frozen
Zimbabwe
food
unsustainable.
by
emissions
33–40%
become
means
and
imported
same
has
for
of
ingredients
a
from
on
and
appears
consider
The
million
impact
accounts
system
oil,
blueberries
produces
a
now
food
on
vulnerable,
of
has
distribution
dependent
are
kilogram
Zealand
food
Food
road
it
travelled
global
completely
concept
packaged;
run-
$16
$714
The
miles
before
and
estimated
nutrient
high
farming
costs
Food
as
equivalent)
2.17
costs
It
emissions
anthropogenic
18
farming
remove
total
9
repairing
industrial
UK
million
agriculture
hectare)
transport.
A
in
£200
by
of
2.70
livestock.
The
all
year
to
pollution
caused
drinking
costs
per
chemical
a
up
from
the
($96
the
habitats
Livestock
carbon
70
oxide
Cleaning
emissions
tonnes
dioxide
Carbon
with
costs
that
impact
such
decreased
as
water
ooding.
Environmental
risks
215
LOCAL
3
AND
GLOBAL
International
risks
AN
related
ENVIRONMENTAL
THE
WORLD
WIDE
civil
to
CIVIL
FUND
RESILIENCE
society
global
interactions
In
SOCIETY:
FOR
organizations
the
“stop
NATURE
and
to
with
1990s
the
the
build
a
nature”
(1)
WWF
degradation
future
of
in
and
changed
the
its
planet’
s
which
mission
natural
humans
live
statement
to
environment
in
harmony
by:
•
conserving
•
ensuring
the
that
world’
s
the
use
biological
of
diversity
renewable
natural
resources
is
sustainable
•
promoting
the
reduction
of
pollution
and
wasteful
consumption.
The
•
WWF’
s
restore
are
current
important
elephants
The
The
World
Wide
Fund
WWF
for
logo
Nature
•
(WWF)
is
an
reduce
non-governmental
organization
civil
society.
It
was
founded
in
1961
with
the
aim
wilderness
them,
reducing
WWF
areas
and
the
species
that
the
the
human
impact
on
the
The
WWF
and
in
with
mission
is
the
over
over
world’
s
1,300
5
million
statement
is
largest
projects
in
conservation
more
supporters
“to
stop
the
than
natural
humans
live
in
environment
harmony
and
with
civil
100
worldwide.
degradation
to
build
a
gets
WWF’
s
“money,
to
rst
carry
emergencies
by
out
threatened,
money
…
education”.
[and]
Its
for
initial
broadened
focus
into
biodiversity,
pollution,
…
on
to
and
where
pay
other
use
involved
Canadian
tar
in
sands
published
programme
many
For
projects
programme.
reports
could
that
change,
that
was
not
as
and
that
carbon
effective
capture
for
tar
and
of
the
development
of
the
future
in
risk
to
caribou
herds
in
to
it
meet
wildlife
of
Critics
are
companies,
such
refuges
Huismann’
s
documentary
wildlife
species
preserving
resources,
argue
destruction
guards
the
that
WWF’
s
of
International
reducing
who
the
as
WWF
natural
complained
Cameroon
too
–
ofces
around
the
world
UNDERSTANDING
statement
criticisms
Global
sands
abused
of
with
of
the
about
Risks
WWF
.
WWF
.
and
Resiliences
to
IKEA.
the
technology
forms
of
oil,
represented
a
that
the
WWF
rights
WWF
of
large
(2011)
responsible
In
2016
was
the
for
Survival
using
indigenous
denied
Oceania
some
W ilfried
Pandas
TNCs
environment.
the
rainforest.
close
and
Silence
involvement
the
had
is
Coca-Cola
Ocean
America
6
(CCS)
other
WWF
conservation
endangered
including
of
OF
treasures
Ocean
Unit
tar
climate
needed
Indian
216
the
to
which
South
the
that
Alberta.
Pacific
on
for
tar
Africa
24. Comment
critic
the
change.
mission
a
2008–10
WWF’
s
Ocean
the
voices
been
signicantly
as
America
YOUR
From
storage
sands
Asia
23. Outline
also
has
society,
Atlantic
CHECK
it
concluded
contribute
North
WWF
but
example,
countries,
criticized
areas,
climate
that
guardians
protecting
sustainable
and
stated
missions
land
that
including
nature”.
manifesto
buying
species
people,
footprints.
developments.
CRITICISMS
The
or
whales
ecological
on
WWF
major
planet’
s
species,
ecosystem
environment.
sands
working
their
inhabited
the
and
to:
of
of
preserving
and
is
keystone
(NGO),
opinions
or
for
of
international
The
environmental
strategy
populations
eco-
people
allegations.
in
International
risks
A
related
SOCIAL
CIVIL
civil
to
SOCIETY:
society
global
organizations
interactions
in
OXFAM
1942,
the
Oxfam
of
is
an
global
international
poverty.
It
was
charity
focused
originally
on
founded
the
in
alleviation
Oxford,
aim
Second
as
of
the
Oxford
getting
World
(2)
Committee
food
and
for
in
Famine
Greece
Relief,
during
with
to
people
the
seeks
to
support
women’
s
leadership
number
of
women
receiving
an
War.
UK,
Members
Observers
Countries
Oxfam’
s
poverty
aims
and
mission.
The
everyone
have
changed
injustice,
Oxfam
has
the
sustainable
in
to
having
which
address
human
International
right
Oxfam
the
causes
rights
to
strategic
is
the
plan
present
of
•
fore
states
of
its
Gender
Oxfam
1,200
opened
•
basic
•
life
•
be
heard
on
•
an
identity.
following
Oxfam
believes
if
the
that
there
Nevertheless,
of
poverty
is
following
with
will
continues
support,
sustainable
natural
and
political
Oxfam
development
poverty
and
services
security
eliminated
areas:
livelihood
shops
a
social
disasters
powerlessness
and
to
work
which
in
aims
projects,
and
human
lift
and
main
out
work
lobbying
and
its
2015–16
Report,
Oxfam
claimed
that
wealth
of
the
world’
s
richest
1%
would
of
everyone
else
by
2016,
given
the
trend
of
In
its
activities,
•
services,
Economic
rights
Oxfam
justice
in
crisis
focuses
focuses
and
on
worker,
from
•
and
energy
Essential
Rights
and
in
after
CHECK
changes
services
education,
•
labourers,
on
improving
water
crisis
fairer
and
refers
and
refers
to
trade,
climate
the
established
biggest
food
brands
a
about
clothing
“Behind
information
against
the
in
a
the
corporate
supply
small-scale
farmers
•
land
and
•
water
•
methods
rights
rights
of
growing
the
and
the
use
climate
commodities
of
sustainable
reducing
small-scale
chain
sustainable
and
level
women,
land
use
of
change
water
and
adapting
to
change.
Make
practices,
Trade
Fair
including
aims
the
to
eliminate
dumping
in
LICs
a
number
of
foods
produced
in
HICs;
high
highly
import
labour
laws,
in
which
women
earn
less
tariffs;
than
their
rising
counterparts;
and
patent
issues
of
seeds,
medicines
justice,
software.
justice.
farming
and
for
reducing
of
given
There
health
during
of
Oxfam
shocks
change.
provision
assistance
has
crafts,
overtake
sanitation.
to
now
provided
•
Criticisms
farmers
Oxfam
it
CDs,
the
economic
gender
and
books,
they
including
and
essential
2013
at
male
inequality
.
the
1948
which
farm
unequal
that
and
education.
criteria:
subsidized
combined
of
In
in
in
selling
transparency
Oxfam’
s
Annual
project,
policies
climate
focus
shop
•
of
In
products.
brands”
the
rst
•
campaigning.
Current
ethnic
its
worldwide,
producers
people
humanitarian
conict,
be
action.
three
to
can
the
that
to:
•
and
justice
increase
conicts
have
been
allegations
that
its
were
trustees
the
closure
of
some
Oxfam
tax
small
criticisms
is
of
politically
avoiders,
specialist
and
Oxfam.
These
motivated;
that
stores
its
and
stores
other
include
that
some
of
have
forced
charity
shops.
disasters.
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
25. Outline
Oxfam’
s
26. Outline
the
main
criticisms
goals.
made
about
Oxfam.
Local
and
global
resilience
217
Strategies
RESHORING
OF
to
build
ECONOMIC
ACTIVITY
resilience
BY
TNCs
goods,
(1)
working
conditions
in
LICs,
delivery
times
and
rising
unemployment.
40
K’Nex
Industries
is
a
US
company
which
makes
35
T inkertoys,
it
30
Lincoln
offshored,
of
its
to
ship
and
toymaking
Logs
by
to
and
the
building
early
China.
2000s
sets.
it
However,
In
had
the
the
late
1990s
outsourced
long
time
most
required
25
toys
to
the
United
States
placed
a
strain
on
the
20
business.
in
15
the
In
2017,
United
Bringing
90%
of
K’Nex
toys
were
manufactured
States.
manufacturing
back
to
the
United
States
is
10
complex.
5
US
UK
China
France
trade
Considerations
agreements.
include
Between
wages,
2013
and
energy
2014
costs
the
US
and
moved
Germany
from
0
1975
1970
1980
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
to
Changes
output
in
(%
the
of
manufacturing
national
value
share
of
losing
national
gaining
in
the
1970s
manufacturing
offshoring
that
to
LICs,
advantage
rises,
and
is
for
reduces
and
added)
the
China,
Rising
•
A
there
being
in
offered
eroded
now
exist
a
as
major
a
low-cost
as
in
was
HICs
the
HICs
of
The
of
labour.
cost
over
decline
result
However,
labour
the
lowest
in
source
LICs
from
global
relative
•
Greater
advantage
if
those
jobs
“Made
toys
oil
lack
overseas
prices
of
and
skilled
Pull
increasing
labour
in
transport
LICs
costs
compared
•
such
that
in
the
as
K’Nex
because
labour
risks
costs
in
in
the
LICs
and
supply
factors
smaller
A
NICs
jobs
for
countries
countries
are
Increased
per
year
also
automation
like
Mexico
automate.
automated
are
usually
the
of
USA”
the
–
label
they
USA
has
can
value
charge
for
up
a
toy
to
15%
more
stamp.
•
return
demand
home
for
customization
of
products
and
runs
tradition
maintain
chain
to
Increased
with
•
Rising
the
annually.
of
HICs
•
manufacturing
more
level.
company
for
wage
even
or
reshoring
factors
•
1980s,
which
concerns
Reasons
Push
and
employment
140,000
10,000
Moreover,
During
about
2010
of
manufacturing,
employment
Consumers
in
increasingly
and
public
demand
to
HICs
demanding
quick
delivery
times
•
Examples
is
of
investing
reshoring
£2.5
manufacture
times
for
25%
of
rapidly
These
in
its
the
www.bathrooms.com,
Midlands,
products.
This
UK,
will
where
cut
which
it
will
delivery
customers.
Capital-intensive
and
include
million
changing
include
markets
petroleum,
pharmaceuticals
and
with
complex
are
most
chemicals
chemicals
likely
and
(R&D);
supply
to
chains
reshore.
levels
Reshoring
has
•
direct
•
indirect
•
sectors
Higher
and
leather
TIP
increase
political
changes
anti-globalization,
activity,
in
and
this
your
due
have
has
a
to
answers.
the
led
to
major
rise
For
of
example,
nationalism
reshoring
impact
on
Unit
6
–
Global
Risks
and
the
for
GDP
supply
when
their
demand
The
benets
UK,
the
partly
of
and
economic
the
of
the
and
employment
chain
employees
earnings
in
the
of
the
reshored
economy
and
services.
physical
because
and
Resiliences
28. Identify
are
the
of
the
two
and
the
concentration
industries
diverse.
north-west
of
the
In
benet
defence,
there.
UNDERSTANDING
trends
value
explain
geographically
region
aerospace
YOUR
national
help
reshoring
south-east
27. Describe
environment.
218
impacts:
output,
in
spend
CHECK
synoptic
impacts
effects,
the
be
on
multiplier
electronics
to
several
impacts
industries
most,
Try
R&D
aerospace;
textiles
goods.
EXAM
of
in
added,
push
the
the
as
factors
process
share
shown
and
of
of
manufacturing
on
two
the
pull
reshoring.
graph.
factors
that
to
Strategies
to
build
resilience
due
CROWDSOURCING
to
group
Crowdsourcing
nances
and
is
the
process
information
of
from
sourcing
the
ideas,
public
Umbrella
via
of
services,
the
internet
(2)
the
of
benet
people.
from
It
has
approaches,
that
have
insufcient.
proved
is,
the
collective
developed
government
abilities
because
solutions
Crowdsourcing
of
a
large
top-down
to
problems,
empowers
people.
Crowdsourcing
Crowdsourcing
Getting
a
crowd
performed
by
a
of
people
to
help
single
individual
into
groups:
you
or
with
a
task
that’s
typically
group.
Contests
Can
be
divided
4
Microtasks
Asking
a
crowd
for
work
Crowdfunding
and
Breaking
tiny,
a
definable
large
tasks
project
for
a
into
Macrotasks
crowd
workers
to
a
project
tagging,
crowd
&
asking
them
entries.
donate
a
amount
specified
other
use
involved
with
the
your
knowledgeable
for:
Logo
business
design,
names
If
goal
isn’t
met,
Major
all
Platforms:
in.
donations
are
Great
project,
a
timeframe.
portions
translation
they’re
money
cause,
within
predetermined
Participants
of
to
research,
get
image
to
the
to
or
validation,
crowd
defined
for
Presenting
for:
the
Date
a
to
complete
a
Great
providing
chosen
Asking
of
only
compensation
empowered
are
99desings,
refunded
crowdSPRING,
to
Squadhelp
Major
Mturk,
Platforms:
determine
the
best
course
of
action.
Great
Microtask.com,
Clickworker,
Lingotek
for:
disaster
Great
for
:
R&D,
product
Project
relief,
startups,
Major
A
model
of
Crowdsourcing
namely
fund
of
its
provided
to
help
is
a
etc.
of
large
expectations
danger
The
that
over
and
allows
be
different
of
changes
circumstances.
transmission
have
For
been
example,
effort
that
✓
research
disaster
open
and
Innocentive,
people.
may
is
Major
Chaordix
in
in
limited
times
Nepal,
days.
to
tap
It
era
the
also
daily,
to
plans
to
of
for
the
a
a
Platforms:
support,
research
Kickstarter,
crowdrise,
SeedUps
not
the
a
that
or
solar
on
just
old
and
raising
Crowdsourcing
and
sharing
knowledge,
government,
development,
greater
raising
positions,
nd
money
to
Crowdsourcing
approach
of
used
quickly,
of
water
and
at
very
offers
system.
ways
the
the
Bill
waste
to
design
without
winning
break
of
and
Reinventing
challenge
The
could
many
each
global
a
human
new
2011
introduced
that
a
a
septic
design
down
opportunities
other
The
and
people
from
for
waste
was
and
for
solutions
interdependence
necessitates
different
problems
high-technology
empowering
nd
increased
interactions
solutions
is
nd
in
hydrogen.
with
many
to
US$100,000
problems.
of
would
obtain
as
the
stakeholder
they
arise.
bottom-up
communities
around
the
world.
–
YOUR
UNDERSTANDING
29. Outline
the
advantages
30. Outline
the
disadvantages
of
crowdsourcing.
of
crowdsourcing.
problem-
raising
money,
involvement
awareness,
new
of
internet.
includes
interact
complexity
a
and
Crowdsourcing
to
be
system
involvement
fundraising.
about
outside
fertilizer
to
very
example,
dispose
powered
to
can
Foundation
could
an
subjects
For
Challenge,
rapid
crowd-sourced
to
tank
services.
Gates
T
oilet
CHECK
focuses
is
Melinda
people
to
most
cost.
Crowdsourcing
water
under
on
extra
providing
differently.
respond
which
places
is
and
of
operate
before
the
plans
there
ability
allows
example
most
into
However,
because
to
information
toilet
environments
an
in
hospitals
interpret
refers
the
assets,
workers.
opportunities
in
used
60
and
best
ideas,
MISTAKE
marketing,
promoting
in
continuing
people
crowdfunding.
solving,
and
W ikipedia
Crowdsourcing
is
million
Crowdsourcing
difcult
Crowdsourcing
that
or
while
ideas
enables
COMMON
✗
of
more
been
schools
stated
people
communities
new
of
discuss
earthquake
organizations
resilience
shocks
community’
s
has
the
relief
clearly
individuals,
and
a
solutions,
$20
buildings,
numbers
must
concept
using
nd
Following
rescue
Crowdsourcing
of
of
to
Crowdsourcing
raised
images
search,
creativity
way
disasters.
crowdfunding
Quirly,
market
crowdsourcing
population,
projects
natural
Platforms:
fundraising,
artistic
innovations.
in
and
relief.
Local
and
global
resilience
219
New
of
technologies
global
ows
for
of
the
data
management
and
people
passwords,
CYBERSECURITY
computers
Cybersecurity,
of
information
from
theft
or
information
need
for
are
most
rely
on
many
or
as
well
is
is
sensitive
as
and
the
increasing
to
is
and
as
and
–
information
protection
such
of
more
people
security
.
as
The
and
internet.
attempt
user
One
to
keep
systems
and
systems
are
systems
and
of
One
obtain
names,
are
abide
by.
e-passport
about
at
airports
in
crime
and
a
computer
owner.
border
detection,
ngerprints.
CASE
has
the
as
chip
E-passports
clearance,
some
E-passports
in
and
contain
are
it
which
allow
difcult
they
also
help
such
reproduce
in
for
as
or
stolen,
forge,
with
world’
s
a
IN
ISRAEL
population
second
services
–
cybersecurity
Military
AND
In
there
to
the
train
army
gaps
for
are
could
hack
the
They
also
to
need
large
computer
prevention
internal
network
attack.
cybersecurity
or
make
common
it
more
is
that
rules
to
difcult
for
passports.
disadvantages.
be
used
into
the
person
to
regarding
regulations
several
military
common
of
are
Most
are
systems
targets
access
kinds
details.
threats
who
If
illegally.
system
owns
the
the
It
passport
would
and
be
change
passport
is
possible
the
does
data.
not
data.
largest
second
exports
experience
is
of
just
8.6
exporter
only
to
of
the
million
people,
cybersecurity
United
are
worth
around
the
key
Israel’
s
to
States.
$6
is
the
products
has
a
experience
its
year.
when
The
in
2017,
Economy
it
Singapore’
s
(CFE)
suggested
YOUR
in
cybersecurity
gains
Committee
using
on
national
the
the
service
to
For
be
and
country
”smart
defend
progress
in
skills
the
to
plug
country
talent
against
also
the
had
Singapore,
it
cyber-defence
Point
of
starting
another
military
company
in
is
that
imperative
dates
Software
co-founders
before
co-founders
CyberArk,
as
has
that
it
force.
Check
three
unit
such
nation“,
cyber-defence
company’
s
two
a
a
established
founding
31. Briey
to
own
Israel’
s
Israel’
s
billion
attacks.
aspirations
intelligence
February
CHECK
personnel
economic
SINGAPORE
cybersecurity.
Future
have
data
access
issues
card
but
protection
most
stop
different
improved.
to
have
cyber
and
main
and
Common
The
which
out
credit
departments,
carriers.
international
someone
Moreover,
threats.
and
protection,
STUDY
CYBERSECURITY
Israel,
the
the
lter
is
of
government
the
person
details
level
sophisticated
of
rewalls,
However,
checking
may
biometrics
to
contains
faster
account
some
airline
no
security
one
data
of
there
so
E-PASSPORTS
An
more
ahead
organizations,
technology.
the
the
becoming
to
protection
computer
“phishing”
the
software
related
computers
threats
common
security,
hardware
computers
cybersecurity
There
personal
computer
damage,
on
organizations
the
or
systems,
bank
have
were
the
in
back
the
company.
Israeli
to
1993
T
echnologies.
army’
s
cybersecurity
intelligence
elite
Similarly,
rm,
experience
before
(12
marks)
(16
marks)
1999.
UNDERSTANDING
explain
why
cybersecurity
is
an
increasing
problem.
32. Outline
two
Exam
(a)
Examine
(b)
Discuss
220
Unit
6
advantages
e-passports.
practice
the
the
–
of
relationship
view
that
Global
between
global
Risks
ows
and
increased
and
globalisation
global
shifts
Resiliences
and
inevitably
the
lead
rise
to
of
nationalism.
environmental
risks.
INDEX
abrasion
2,
ageing
agriculture
changes
aid
7,
10,
42,
146,
110,
48,
159
150,
157
1,
avalanche,
oods
3,
diet
206
147,
140
52,
11,
97,
149,
191,
54
142,
186
industry
drainage
basin
carbon
dioxide
carbon
stores
carrying
China
Egypt
168
21,
cirques
138,
138,
121,
140
144
166,
130,
102,
103,
67
hard
63
92,
Niño
100
health
14
high
56,
58,
60,
64,
167
214
111,
113,
115-
112,
168,
170
139-40
22,
of
climate
152,
change
26,
38,
41,
markets
copper
43
reefs
(CSR)
social
181,
countries,
12,
162
7,
10,
146
36,
28,
144,
145
responsibility
rates
industry,
planning
13,
142,
34-7,
145
49
and
King
La
48,
fjords
157,
167
24
8,
149
consumption
food
production
food
security
89,
94,
199,
93,
95,
157
global
74,
fuels
90,
138,
sources,
14,
17
14
124
6,
32
46,
deindustrialization
G8,
212,
97,
215
159,
157
gas
reserves
158
138,
144
109
29,
inequality
genetic
modication
geopolitics
glaciers
134
global
24,
202
189-90,
106,
33,
149,
199,
30
gender
Ghana
4
dividend
173,
gentrication
47,
148,
190
193
213-15
136,
137,
203,
139
205
123
16,
42,
160
185,
215
153
Protocol
150
203
“land
grabs”
use
98
115,
37,
54
6,
6,
land-zoning
lava
51,
96,
102,
157,
103,
52-5,
61,
214
104,
62,
64,
65,
197
162
72
52
environmental
developed
leisure
time
levees
3,
68,
6,
120
69-70
87,
liquefaction
53,
London
104,
longshore/littoral
low-income
211
(LDCs)
7
expectancy
79,
32,
countries
124,
58,
112,
drift
countries
132,
135
60
113,
142
22
(LICs)
120
107
201-2
202
dimming
19
52,
least
158
world
G20
36,
shift
owers
Niña
life
G7,
178
201,
10,
County
laws,
fossil
144
199
110,
landslides
161
shortages
143,
132,
lahars
land
90,
85,
food
22
52
186,
Ireland
Kenya
159
36,
6-7,
3,
accidents
internet
Kyoto
11,
189
140
food
120
104
130
loops
ooding
fuel
123,
demographic
71,
96
31,
(HDI)
186
cycle
fertilizers
index
6
people
insolation
220
Horizon
deforestation
184,
life
re-
20
2,
177,
128,
indigenous
11
species
family
8,
5,
140,
175,
India
168
family
shing
195
13,
River
3,
140
205
Deepwater
deltas
35,
113
cybersecurity
death
34,
22
194,
Danube
145-
famine
182
classication
cybercrime
dams
27
193
2,
78,
culture
142-3,
Facebook
fjards
21,
corrosion
crime
37,
industrial
environments
feedback
environments
corporate
141,
196
common
coral
216-17
163
22-4,
Coca-Cola
cold
49,
148-53,
coastlines
203-4,
(HKH)
161
action
irrigation
society
7,
85,
35
120
55
development
hurricanes
IMF
159,
17
civil
volcanic
34,
(HICs)
Himalayan
hydrographs
96
extinction
countries
162
Iceland
158,
164,
99
environments
160,
ice
security
e-waste
63-4
87,
81
balance
extreme
155
59,
Kush
hydraulic
energy
eutrophication
172,
115,
39
gion
hunger
energy
12,
150,
26
Hindu
206
89,
38,
57-8,
altitude
human
96
2-4,
141-3,
178
services
51
214
19,
136-8,
engineering
hazards
99,
184
69,
12,
Ethiopia
164,
105,
66,
footprints
105,
erosion
38
cities
101,
140-9
209
effect
valleys
hotspots,
ecotourism
21
60,
hanging
55,
structure
100,
171,
high-income
53,
211-12
136,
41
7,
1,
goods
215
157
91,
of
greenhouse
96
e-commerce
120
capacity
88,
9,
economy
109,
88,
warming
46
59,
9,
ow
global
Haiti
trends
disease
ecological
48
cycle
48
36,
94,
disaster
Earth’
s
124
countries
carbon
86,
global
globalization
65
199
127
Egypt
85,
Ebola
123,
123-5
134
198
recovery
206
128,
210
37,
disaster
El
car
4,
35,
100,
124,
42,
earthquakes
26
Haram
34,
drought
144
rates
Bustan,
205,
debris
biosphere
deposition
deserts
157
136-7,
23,
ratio
diasporas
48,
204,
175,
beaches
140
39
Bangladesh
banks
139,
11
atmosphere
transition
dependency
desalinization
207
31,
38,
BRIICS
demographic
134
desertication
181,
Spring
arêtes
Boko
41
10,
in
Inc
aquifers
birth
38,
128-9,
aquaculture
Arab
22,
95,
177-8
albedo
Apple
3,
88,
38,
39,
139,
140,
140
143
magma
51,
52
malaria
92,
147
mass
movements
McDonalds
193,
22,
54
196
INDEX
221
meat
98,
Médecins
157
Sans
megacities
102,
methane
30,
Mexico
change
Frontières
114,
138,
118,
126
140,
middle-income
countries
MINT
River
moraine
Cloud
rate
mudows
112,
York
Nigeria
Nile
81
rainshadow
reefs,
coral
136,
80
rift
209
Ring
198
of
199,
river
4,
12
158,
201
42
acidication
ocean
currents
ocean
pollution
offshoring
21,
18-19,
30,
177,
144,
211
34
32,
211
1,
level
Paris
agreement
periglacial
40,
plate
20,
Mount
29,
30,
210-11,
water
9,
population
128-9,
140,
144
112,
media
82,
32,
139
166
INDEX
solution
22
2,
27,
South
Africa
South
Asia
South
Korea
of
149
34,
51,
53,
110-11,
55
118,
139,
supply
172,
virtual
water
65,
176,
156,
52,
waste
52,
55,
56,
108,
164
9,
209,
220
32,
56,
61,
64,
65
204
women’
s
191,
136,
137,
122,
139
187,
women’
s
202
73,
WWF
74,
83,
22,
23
36,
87,
139,
to
92,
151
206
Development
175,
188
204
186
13,
16
11
160,
214,
161
215
nexus
159,
160-2,
23
14,
145
38,
40,
Goals
156,
empowerment
132,
190,
203
status
68,
95,
Programme
132
(WFP)
93,
97
Health
Organization
93
Heritage
152,
Sites
76
216
Zamzam
196
zeugens
41
Zika
41
15
102
194
214
risks
10,
156
38
22,
Food
11,
World
214
79,
36,
12,
159,
extreme
wetlands
197,
Africa
3,
weathering
203,
9,
116,
22,
weather,
World
73-4,
177,
126
215
availability
waves
74,
124,
T
anzania
214
197
163
61
aerosols
127,
107,
water
World
processes
169,
125,
114,
183
water-food-energy
54
134,
chain,
(UAE)
106-8
eruptions
96,
70,
183
206
102-4,
103,
6,
volcanoes
26
16,
71,
Sustainable
Syria
121-2,
63,
USA
102
184,
inuence
12,
(SDGs)
114,
sprawl
waterfalls
35
160-2
69,
sulphate
11
106,
142,
126
110,
40,
Sudan
213
10,
engineering
sport
185
195,
105,
sub-Saharan
144
30,
41
135
radiation
178-9,
185
63,
urbanization
139
177
58,
143,
boundaries
pollution
222
138,
178
urban
59
211
soliuction
194
202
Emirates
areas
57,
hierarchy
slums
subaerial
40,
Philippines
plankton
34-6,
Arab
urban
volcanic
24,
modern
spheres
22,
144
permafrost
Pinatubo,
148
150
environments
44,
55,
83
53,
61
environments
Soufrière
32,
79,
tsunamis
55,
40,
changes
187,
80-2,
55
143
slavery,
solar
28,
187
146
185,
78,
204
changes
shipping
174
19,
111,
use
47,
Games
transport
security
sea
185
135,
water
32,
Ocean
133,
water
ice
spills
Paralympic
53,
technology
sea
181,
76-7,
202
182,
pollution
industry
Pacic
blocs
trafcking
112
176
water
oil
167
global
33,
81
41
oil
113
69,
25,
soft
46,
167-8,
58
15,
5,
dunes
social
over-exploitation
155,
to
200,
73,
sand
174
112,
126,
45,
management
218
79,
94,
water
30,
Games
209
42
29,
Olympic
3-5,
29,
82,
28,
trading
194
10,
deposits
32
70,
salinization
oil
30,
160-2
31,
(Pacic)
Singapore
203
213-15,
218-19
56,
settlements,
ocean
68,
disputes
restrictions
United
vulnerability
satellite
42
32,
147
163
216
and
127,
145
51
Fire
Rohingyas
160-2,
177
30,
2,
144,
8
security
run-off
127,
173,
7,
84,
181
207
137
building
valleys
rivers
countries
126,
77,
tourism
109
178
risk,
159,
TNCs
trade,
122,
re-radiation
semi-arid
OECD
96,
remittances
resilience
219
142,
218
39
trade
28,
scale
73,
Group
avoidance
terrorism
35
mid-ocean
202,
tax
territorial
168
21,
92,
resource
133,
41,
34,
164,
ridges,
power
oases
106,
Richter
72,
T
ata
ecotourism
reservoirs
120
nomadism
nuclear
186
58
39
127,
delta
181,
56,
208
209
38,
126
115,
93,
peaks
resources
approach
NGOs
202
132
industrializing
(NICs)
nexus
168,
38,
200,
162,
factors
pyramidal
reindustrialization
Scale
134
television
3D
202,
54
parks
nationalism
44,
14
Forest
87,
52,
Mumbai
43,
156
131,
119
push/pull
refugees
8,
164,
deposits
mortality
newly
4,
Magnitude
Monteverde
Nepal
30,
123-5,
130,
120
120
phones
national
(MICs)
106,
129,
technology,
recycling
extraction
Moment
New
191
146
Mississippi
63,
125,
35-6,
printing
106, 121-2, 127, 183, 198, 212
countries
mobile
world
144
110
132,
animal
11,
pyramids
protectionism
micronance
mineral
93
213
microclimates
migration
(MSF)
virus
19,
91,
100
(WHO)
9,
O X
F O
R
D
I B
S
T
U
D
Geography
Y
G
U
I D
E
S
2nd edition
Authors
Garrett Nagle
F O R
T H E
I B
D I P L O M A
Briony Cooke
Fully updated to match the revised syllabus for SL and HL (rst examined
nd
in 2019), this 2
edition study guide thoroughly covers
all optional and
core themes in a concise and accessible format. Packed with revision
questions, advice on common mistakes, and exam practice and tips,
this book strengthens understanding and suppor ts the strongest
performance in assessment.
O xford IB study guides build unrivalled assessment potential.
You can trust them to:
●
comprehensively cover the syllabus, matching IB specications
●
reinforce all the key topics in a concise, user-friendly format,
cementing understanding
●
eectively prepare students for assessment with revision suppor t and
exam strategies
●
use clear and straightforward language to
suppor t E AL learners.
POPULATION
AND
ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT
1
PATTERNS
Factors
at
a
Population
global
Challenging material stretches learners to
•
affecting
global
distribution
•
to
where
people
live.
On
a
live
km
relatively
of
the
of
the
sea
most
people
live
on
areas
less
than
80%
live
over
At
a
500
in
close
world’
s
to
the
sea
population
–
live
low
m
concentrations
ground
–
nearly
90%
live
in
•
most
fertile
favoured
river
•
places
•
good
locations
three
the
too
“best”
include:
ood
cold
a
can
include
infertile.
people
and
those
in
with
high
population
identied:
Europe.
Brazil,
There
live
climate,
with
be
Western
California
areas
many
monsoonal
and
areas
and
south-east
Valley,
and/or
climate;
has
USA
include
Nile
major
people/km )
north-east
Disadvantaged
steep,
hemisphere.
this
The
Asia,
200
East
within
high
northern
scale,
(over
some
plateau,
the
distribution
global
density
people
1,000
•
refers
scale:
most
three-quarters
their full potential
population
scale
the
South
Smaller
Mexican
Java.
that
is
are
no
South
too
such
East
alternating
dry,
thing
Asia
too
as
a
and
seasons
of
drought.
valleys
with
a
regular
supply
communications
and
of
water
the
potential
for
trade.
Suppor ting course book ,
London
Moscow
Paris
Chicago
New
San
Beijing
York
Istanbul
Francisco
Seoul
developed with the IB
Tianin
Philadelphia
Tokyo
Tehran
Los
Angeles
Delhi
Chongqing
Cairo
Shanghai
Karachi
Tropic
of
Cancer
Dhaka
Kolkata
Mumbai
Mexico
City
Bangkok
978 019 839603 1
Equator
The focused approached improves
Jakarta
Inhabitants
Over
per
km
Urban
200
population
Over
10
000
000
Tropic
comprehension and strengthens
100–200
5
000
000–10
50–100
1
000
000–5
000
000
000
São
of
Capricorn
Paulo
000
Buenos
Aires
6–50
Under
World
performance
6
population
HUMAN
Human
•
the
distribution
FACTORS
factors
are
distribution
LORENZ
also
of
important.
raw
For
materials,
example:
especially
CURVES
Inequalities
coal
and
Lorenz
in
population
distribution
can
be
shown
by
Curves.
100
other
mineral
clusters
in
and
UK
resources,
parts
of
the
has
USA,
led
to
large
China,
population
India,
Germany
Curve
always
within
the
The
be
•
government
policy
may
lead
to
a
redistribution
if
a
line
as
in
in
South
Myanmar
Africa
in
under
relation
to
the
the
population
policies,
such
as
in
Egypt,
Hong
Kong
and
reP
town
USA
the
UK,
the
inuence
may
losing
lead
•
the
of
to
a
redistribution
migration
may
conict
population,
lead
to
of
such
and
as
people
major
shaded
area
was
of
population
in
war
may
Syria
lead
and
(whether
redistributions
forced
of
to
some
northern
or
Egypt–95%
of
population
live
5%
Curve
•
the
line
distributed
tnec
new
or
fo
Rohingya
•
such
policy
aera
populations,
Apartheid
would
straight
population
evenly
of
lies
areas
of
the
the
on
land
of
concentration
Nigeria
voluntary)
populations,
for
100
example,
COMMON
✗
people
of
to
South
Africa.
Per
and
CHECK
density
of
population
both
refer
to
live.
Distribution
measure
migrants
MISTAKE
Distribution
where
✓
African
is
how
where
many
people
live
there
live,
(per
whereas
density
is
a
1.
Dene
2.
Outline
1
to
get
in
the
cent
term
the
of
population
UNDERSTANDING
”population
most
favourable
distribution“.
conditions
for
human
habitation.
km ).
Population
How
YOUR
and
economic
development
patterns
1
contact:
web
www.oxfordsecondary.co.uk/ib
email
schools.enquiries.uk@oup.com
tel
+44
(0)1536
452620
fax
+44
(0)1865
313472
IS B N
9
9 7 8 -0 -1 9 -8 3 9 6 0 7 -9
780198
396079